Difference between revisions of "Sandpit"
Line 15: | Line 15: | ||
<SECT1><TITLE>Giving credit where credit is due!</TITLE> | <SECT1><TITLE>Giving credit where credit is due!</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The, basic zone writing manual, you are reading now, didn't | |
just come flying out of this authors head. In fact it is a | just come flying out of this authors head. In fact it is a | ||
conglomeration of several old texts which are no longer used. I had | conglomeration of several old texts which are no longer used. I had | ||
Line 33: | Line 33: | ||
;Original DIKU coding Team | ;Original DIKU coding Team | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | <itemizedlist> | |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Hans Henrik Staerfeldt</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Sebastian Hammer</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Michael Seifert</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Katja Nyboe</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Tom Madsen</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Lars Balker Rasmussen</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
Line 47: | Line 47: | ||
the following texts that have been swallowed up by this book. | the following texts that have been swallowed up by this book. | ||
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>''abilities.txt''</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>''guild.txt''</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>''monster.txt''</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>''objects.txt''</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>''rooms.txt''</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>''vmc.txt''</LISTITEM> |
− | </itemizedlist | + | </itemizedlist> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 60: | Line 60: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | One of the original administrators of Valhalla mud and now the administrator of the | |
mud connector. Andrew created the first zone tutorial, which was later included | mud connector. Andrew created the first zone tutorial, which was later included | ||
into the ''vmc.txt'' to clear up some things missing | into the ''vmc.txt'' to clear up some things missing | ||
in the old ''vmc.txt''. Again my thanks go out to Andrew for his | in the old ''vmc.txt''. Again my thanks go out to Andrew for his | ||
contributions not only to this document but to the growth of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | contributions not only to this document but to the growth of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | ||
− | programming language. | + | programming language. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 72: | Line 72: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Made major updates to the ''tutorial.txt'' created by Andrew | |
− | Cowan, which became version two of the tutorial. | + | Cowan, which became version two of the tutorial. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 79: | Line 79: | ||
;Peter Ryskin | ;Peter Ryskin | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Wrote the original explanation of how to define exits. | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 87: | Line 87: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Made major updates to the ''tutorial.txt'' created by Andrew | |
Cowan and updated by Ryan Holliday, which became version three of the | Cowan and updated by Ryan Holliday, which became version three of the | ||
− | tutorial. | + | tutorial. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 96: | Line 96: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | An editor and an author Marc combined and revised the ''tutorial'' | |
and the ''vmc.txt'' into one document making it less Valhalla specific | and the ''vmc.txt'' into one document making it less Valhalla specific | ||
− | and more for any mud running the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. | + | and more for any mud running the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 105: | Line 105: | ||
;Jennifer Garuba | ;Jennifer Garuba | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Created the first document on how to create shop keepers. She also was | |
one of the first builders to have the insite and to make it clear that a manual like this was | one of the first builders to have the insite and to make it clear that a manual like this was | ||
− | needed. | + | needed. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 116: | Line 115: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Converted the original ''vmc.txt'' into HTMl, while at the same | |
− | time fixing many inconsistencies and typos in it. | + | time fixing many inconsistencies and typos in it. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 124: | Line 123: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Wrote the original ''compiler howto'' to make it easier for new builders | |
to compile their zone. She was also the first builder to open my eyes | to compile their zone. She was also the first builder to open my eyes | ||
− | to the fact we needed a true manual on how to build. | + | to the fact we needed a true manual on how to build. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 134: | Line 133: | ||
;Mark Pringle | ;Mark Pringle | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Main editor, which spell checked and looked over my major grammer | |
mistakes. I am sure he didn't catch them all but at least the ugly ones | mistakes. I am sure he didn't catch them all but at least the ugly ones | ||
− | were caught. | + | were caught. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 145: | Line 143: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Wrote the guild definition primer which explained teachers. | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | + | </VARIABLELIST> | |
− | </VARIABLELIST | ||
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 156: | Line 153: | ||
<SECT1> <TITLE> Who should read this book?</TITLE> | <SECT1> <TITLE> Who should read this book?</TITLE> | ||
− | + | This book was designed to be read by anyone who is thinking of writing | |
areas for a <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. If you have wrote for other mud servers you will still | areas for a <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. If you have wrote for other mud servers you will still | ||
need to at least skim every chapter because the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> is like no other mud engine | need to at least skim every chapter because the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> is like no other mud engine | ||
− | and has some very interesting differences. | + | and has some very interesting differences. |
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 165: | Line 162: | ||
<SECT1> <TITLE>What does this book cover?</TITLE> | <SECT1> <TITLE>What does this book cover?</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The topics covered in this book are everything to do with writing an | |
area for the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. While we do cover using <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions to make your | area for the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. While we do cover using <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions to make your | ||
monsters, Rooms, and objects better and smarter we do not cover how to write the | monsters, Rooms, and objects better and smarter we do not cover how to write the | ||
Line 171: | Line 168: | ||
are topics covered by this book. | are topics covered by this book. | ||
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>compiling and debugging</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Macros using the CPP</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Overall Zone structure</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Writing rooms</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Writing Objects</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Writing Monsters</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Doing the resets</LISTITEM> |
− | </itemizedlist | + | </itemizedlist> |
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 186: | Line 183: | ||
<TITLE>General compiler information</TITLE> | <TITLE>General compiler information</TITLE> | ||
− | + | In order to get your zone onto a valhalla Mud Engine (<ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM>) server you must convert your zone from readable | |
english text to binary form the server can understand. The way | english text to binary form the server can understand. The way | ||
you do this is with a compiler. No don't freak out you don't have | you do this is with a compiler. No don't freak out you don't have | ||
Line 197: | Line 194: | ||
be a new experience to you but you will find you can plan out | be a new experience to you but you will find you can plan out | ||
better and more well designed areas offline than you can on | better and more well designed areas offline than you can on | ||
− | line. | + | line. |
− | < | + | <blockquote> |
− | + | In the future the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> coding team is thinking of adding | |
an online coding module for those mud administrators that can not | an online coding module for those mud administrators that can not | ||
live with out it. If you are one of these make sure you write | live with out it. If you are one of these make sure you write | ||
<email>whistler@valhalla.com</email> and express your desires so | <email>whistler@valhalla.com</email> and express your desires so | ||
you can be counted. | you can be counted. | ||
− | + | </blockquote> | |
− | </ | ||
− | + | This chapter will mainly cover the Valhalla Mud Compiler (<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM>), how it works, and | |
the Valhalla Mud pre processor (<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> -p) works. We will also throw in some debugging | the Valhalla Mud pre processor (<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> -p) works. We will also throw in some debugging | ||
hints but debugging will be covered more as you begin creating parts of | hints but debugging will be covered more as you begin creating parts of | ||
your areas in the following chapters. | your areas in the following chapters. | ||
− | |||
<SECT1><TITLE>The compiler</TITLE> | <SECT1><TITLE>The compiler</TITLE> | ||
− | + | ''VMC'' is the Valhalla Mud Engine Compiler. | |
for <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers. A compiler takes a source file or better described | for <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers. A compiler takes a source file or better described | ||
as your areas input file and converts it to a binary file the | as your areas input file and converts it to a binary file the | ||
Line 222: | Line 217: | ||
you build 'zones', therefore the source file for a zone has the | you build 'zones', therefore the source file for a zone has the | ||
extension 'zon'. In order to make this more clear we will start | extension 'zon'. In order to make this more clear we will start | ||
− | with our first example. | + | with our first example. |
− | + | Lets say you were making a Zone of dragons. You may want to | |
call the file something resembling its contents like, | call the file something resembling its contents like, | ||
''dragon.zon''. Notice we have appended the | ''dragon.zon''. Notice we have appended the | ||
'.zon' extension. The compiler requires all zones to end in '.zon' | '.zon' extension. The compiler requires all zones to end in '.zon' | ||
− | in order for it to know this is a zone source file. | + | in order for it to know this is a zone source file. |
− | + | Now lets say we have completed writing our first zone and want | |
to compile it. The command is simply: | to compile it. The command is simply: | ||
<command> | <command> | ||
Line 244: | Line 239: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The file holding the binary version of the zone | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 251: | Line 246: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The file containing the reset information for the | |
− | zone. | + | zone. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 259: | Line 254: | ||
will print a list of the errors and the location where they can be | will print a list of the errors and the location where they can be | ||
found so you can fix them. The debugging process will be explained | found so you can fix them. The debugging process will be explained | ||
− | more as you learn how to create rooms, monsters, and objects. | + | more as you learn how to create rooms, monsters, and objects. |
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 265: | Line 260: | ||
<SECT1><TITLE>The VMC pre-processor</TITLE> | <SECT1><TITLE>The VMC pre-processor</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> Pre-Processor (<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> -p) can be thought of as a powerful | |
search and replace tool used by the compiler before it | search and replace tool used by the compiler before it | ||
converts the zone to its binary form. This tool gives you the | converts the zone to its binary form. This tool gives you the | ||
builder the ability to add comments, create short hand expressions | builder the ability to add comments, create short hand expressions | ||
for repeated items, include other files in your zone, and even to do | for repeated items, include other files in your zone, and even to do | ||
− | some minor calculations when necessary. | + | some minor calculations when necessary. |
− | < | + | <blockquote> If you have coded in C or c++ before the Pre Processor the |
− | <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> uses is no different and you can skip this section. | + | <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> uses is no different and you can skip this section. |
− | </ | + | </blockquote> |
<sect2><TITLE>Commenting your zone</TITLE> | <sect2><TITLE>Commenting your zone</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The practice of adding comments to your zone is a good thing | |
to get into so the administrators and other builders can help | to get into so the administrators and other builders can help | ||
you with your zone and know what you were trying to do if there are | you with your zone and know what you were trying to do if there are | ||
Line 289: | Line 284: | ||
text you must surround it by a set of symbols that tell the CPP to | text you must surround it by a set of symbols that tell the CPP to | ||
strip it out before passing the zone on to the compiler. These | strip it out before passing the zone on to the compiler. These | ||
− | symbols are the '/*' and the '*/' symbols or the '//' symbols together in front of a single line. | + | symbols are the '/*' and the '*/' symbols or the '//' symbols together in front of a single line. |
− | + | In order to best explain how comments work we will give you a some | |
what strange example. First we will start by showing you a very basic | what strange example. First we will start by showing you a very basic | ||
− | line you will see time and time again in rooms. | + | line you will see time and time again in rooms. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 301: | Line 296: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This is a title it will show up in everything from rooms, to objects | |
− | and even NPCs. Now lets see what a commented line would look like. | + | and even NPCs. Now lets see what a commented line would look like. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 312: | Line 307: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This of course is very ugly but the point is not to be pretty it is | |
to show you both the first way and the second way will look | to show you both the first way and the second way will look | ||
exactly the same to the compiler because all comments are removed | exactly the same to the compiler because all comments are removed | ||
before the compiler ever gets it. A better use of a comment in a | before the compiler ever gets it. A better use of a comment in a | ||
− | zone however would be something like this: | + | zone however would be something like this: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 329: | Line 324: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You will find comments will make coding large zones much easier | |
because you can add text meant just for the builders | because you can add text meant just for the builders | ||
− | eyes. | + | eyes. |
− | < | + | <blockquote>You will have to decide if you want a multi-line comment or a single |
− | line comment and use the '//' or the '/**/' respectively. The rule of thumb is if the comment is longer than 1 line it is easier to put the '/**/' around the comment than to comment each individual line.</ | + | line comment and use the '//' or the '/**/' respectively. The rule of thumb is if the comment is longer than 1 line it is easier to put the '/**/' around the comment than to comment each individual line.</blockquote> |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
<sect2><TITLE>Macros and what they can do for you</TITLE> | <sect2><TITLE>Macros and what they can do for you</TITLE> | ||
− | + | When making a zone you will find there are things you use more | |
− | |||
than once. In fact you may find things you want others to use or | than once. In fact you may find things you want others to use or | ||
things you want to use in multiple zones. Its true you could block | things you want to use in multiple zones. Its true you could block | ||
Line 347: | Line 341: | ||
extremely large and hard to upkeep. With a few minor changes and a | extremely large and hard to upkeep. With a few minor changes and a | ||
lot of deleting I used short hand or better known in the world of coding | lot of deleting I used short hand or better known in the world of coding | ||
− | as macros to make my zone readable. | + | as macros to make my zone readable. |
− | + | Lets say you had some flags you were going to set in | |
fifty rooms and you knew they would all be the same. You could type | fifty rooms and you knew they would all be the same. You could type | ||
− | the following line 50 times. | + | the following line 50 times. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 359: | Line 353: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | With the macros however you could make this much easier by just doing | |
− | the following at the beginning of your zone. | + | the following at the beginning of your zone. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 368: | Line 362: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Then where ever you want the flags you just type DIRTFLOOR. You are | |
probably thinking, yeah big deal I can do that with block and copy. | probably thinking, yeah big deal I can do that with block and copy. | ||
True but there is another benefit to this. Lets say later you | True but there is another benefit to this. Lets say later you | ||
wanted to also make these 50 rooms no teleport. All you would have | wanted to also make these 50 rooms no teleport. All you would have | ||
− | to change is the define like this: | + | to change is the define like this: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 379: | Line 373: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now when you recompile all 50 rooms are changed and you didn't even | |
− | have to do a search and replace. | + | have to do a search and replace. |
− | + | You can also make macros that take arguments. The ability to | |
take arguments is where macros take a leap and a bound out in front | take arguments is where macros take a leap and a bound out in front | ||
of your favorite editor to allow you to do things you can not do easily | of your favorite editor to allow you to do things you can not do easily | ||
with search and replace. Lets say you have an exit descr you | with search and replace. Lets say you have an exit descr you | ||
want to use in 50 swamp rooms because heck everything looks the same | want to use in 50 swamp rooms because heck everything looks the same | ||
− | in a swamp when you look one direction to the next. | + | in a swamp when you look one direction to the next. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 396: | Line 390: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This could be made into a macro like: | |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 405: | Line 399: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Then all you need to use it is: | |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 415: | Line 409: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>There is no space between 'SEXIT' and '(' that is |
important because the CPP sees 'SEXIT(' and 'SEXIT (' as two | important because the CPP sees 'SEXIT(' and 'SEXIT (' as two | ||
different things. It is also important to notice all defines must start at the | different things. It is also important to notice all defines must start at the | ||
beginning of the line and be either one line long or have a '\' | beginning of the line and be either one line long or have a '\' | ||
telling the Pre Processor that it should continue with the next line as if it was | telling the Pre Processor that it should continue with the next line as if it was | ||
− | this line.</ | + | this line.</blockquote> |
− | + | You can also combine macros together so you have a set | |
− | of macros like: | + | of macros like: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 434: | Line 428: | ||
− | + | You may have noticed I capitalize all macros. This is not a must but it is | |
− | suggested so you can easily tell what is a macro and what is not. | + | suggested so you can easily tell what is a macro and what is not. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
<sect2><TITLE>Including other files in your zone</TITLE> | <sect2><TITLE>Including other files in your zone</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Another function of the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> Pre Processor, | |
'#include', allows you to include other files in | '#include', allows you to include other files in | ||
your zone file. The <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> comes with some basic include files | your zone file. The <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> comes with some basic include files | ||
Line 451: | Line 445: | ||
of | of | ||
the include files into your zone because it has include statements | the include files into your zone because it has include statements | ||
− | that use all the others. | + | that use all the others. |
− | < | + | <blockquote>You will want to include the files at the beginning of |
your zone file because all defines you use must be defined before | your zone file because all defines you use must be defined before | ||
− | you use them.</ | + | you use them.</blockquote> |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
<sect2><TITLE>Doing minor calculations</TITLE> | <sect2><TITLE>Doing minor calculations</TITLE> | ||
− | + | You can also do minor calculations in a macro. Lets say you | |
wanted to make it so the higher level an NPC was the heavier he | wanted to make it so the higher level an NPC was the heavier he | ||
− | was and the taller he was. This would be simple with a macro. | + | was and the taller he was. This would be simple with a macro. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 473: | Line 467: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This macro would increase the height and weight depending on what | |
level you made the NPC pretty simple. There is much more a macro | level you made the NPC pretty simple. There is much more a macro | ||
can do for you but the Pre Processor and all its uses go far beyond the scope | can do for you but the Pre Processor and all its uses go far beyond the scope | ||
Line 481: | Line 475: | ||
<command>man cpp</command> | <command>man cpp</command> | ||
The C-Pre Processor is what the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> Pre Processor is based on and most | The C-Pre Processor is what the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> Pre Processor is based on and most | ||
− | if not all functions of the CPP work in the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM>. | + | if not all functions of the CPP work in the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM>. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 490: | Line 484: | ||
<TITLE>Zone source file</TITLE> | <TITLE>Zone source file</TITLE> | ||
− | + | In this chapter we will define all the sections of a zone file | |
and go in-depth on the zone info section. Once complete with this | and go in-depth on the zone info section. Once complete with this | ||
− | chapter you should be able to create an empty yet compilable zone. | + | chapter you should be able to create an empty yet compilable zone. |
− | + | A zone source file is split up into 6 sections. A | |
zone-declaration section, a mobile (NPC) section, an object | zone-declaration section, a mobile (NPC) section, an object | ||
section, a room section, a reset section, and the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | section, a room section, a reset section, and the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | ||
section. The zone section is the only section that has to be in the file, and | section. The zone section is the only section that has to be in the file, and | ||
− | they may appear in any order. | + | they may appear in any order. |
− | + | Each section is preceded by a section header. These are the six | |
possible headers: | possible headers: | ||
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>%zone</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>%rooms</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>%mobiles</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>%objects</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>%reset</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>%<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM></LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
The first four sections may be considered lists of definitions. | The first four sections may be considered lists of definitions. | ||
Line 519: | Line 513: | ||
must tell the compiler you are done the special symbol '%end' | must tell the compiler you are done the special symbol '%end' | ||
must be placed at the end of the zone for this reason. | must be placed at the end of the zone for this reason. | ||
− | |||
<SECT1><TITLE>Definition types</TITLE> | <SECT1><TITLE>Definition types</TITLE> | ||
− | + | When creating your zone there are six main building blocks. | |
We call these definition types. Each type represents some kind of | We call these definition types. Each type represents some kind of | ||
data you want the compiler to be able to recognize. These data | data you want the compiler to be able to recognize. These data | ||
− | definitions take the basic form: | + | definitions take the basic form: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 534: | Line 527: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Where field is the name of a data field, and value is some value. | |
Values are of one of 6 types: | Values are of one of 6 types: | ||
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 540: | Line 533: | ||
;integer | ;integer | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
A whole number or if you are in practice of using Hex you can | A whole number or if you are in practice of using Hex you can | ||
use the C style hex numbers in either upper or lower case (i.e 0X0f3 | use the C style hex numbers in either upper or lower case (i.e 0X0f3 | ||
− | 0x0f3) | + | 0x0f3) |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 550: | Line 543: | ||
;string | ;string | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
Text enclosed in Double Quotes. The string can span more than | Text enclosed in Double Quotes. The string can span more than | ||
one line | one line | ||
− | as it would in a description. | + | as it would in a description. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 570: | Line 563: | ||
;stringlist | ;stringlist | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
A set of strings, it can be a single string or multiple depending on your needs. | A set of strings, it can be a single string or multiple depending on your needs. | ||
These are used in names, extras, creators, and special keywords all to be | These are used in names, extras, creators, and special keywords all to be | ||
defined later in their respective places. These are defined in the following | defined later in their respective places. These are defined in the following | ||
− | manor. | + | manor. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 588: | Line 581: | ||
;intlist | ;intlist | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
A list of numbers which can be used with an extra. This type works like the | A list of numbers which can be used with an extra. This type works like the | ||
− | stringlist but doesn't need the quotes. | + | stringlist but doesn't need the quotes. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 605: | Line 598: | ||
;flags | ;flags | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
Like the Intlist the flag is defined with a list of numbers. The list of numbers | Like the Intlist the flag is defined with a list of numbers. The list of numbers | ||
Line 611: | Line 604: | ||
oring the number list together. If that confuses you don't worry, it | oring the number list together. If that confuses you don't worry, it | ||
takes some getting used to. These types are used for Manipulation, flags, | takes some getting used to. These types are used for Manipulation, flags, | ||
− | and positions. | + | and positions. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 620: | Line 613: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | In the previous example the 'flags' value after this zone compiles | |
would be 10 because binary oring the two flags together is a lot | would be 10 because binary oring the two flags together is a lot | ||
like adding. The two numbers probably make no sense so most flags | like adding. The two numbers probably make no sense so most flags | ||
you use will have defines if I used the defines found in | you use will have defines if I used the defines found in | ||
− | ''vme.h'' the previous example would look like this: | + | ''vme.h'' the previous example would look like this: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 633: | Line 626: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | We will cover this more in-depth later but it was necessary to give | |
a good overview so you understand this field type enough to recognize | a good overview so you understand this field type enough to recognize | ||
− | what it is when you see it. | + | what it is when you see it. |
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> | </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;symbol | ;symbol | ||
− | <DICTDEF | + | <DICTDEF> |
A label you reference from other parts in your zones. Every | A label you reference from other parts in your zones. Every | ||
Line 644: | Line 637: | ||
that can be referenced. It is important to make symbol names that | that can be referenced. It is important to make symbol names that | ||
are clear so the Administrators of the mud know what each item | are clear so the Administrators of the mud know what each item | ||
− | is when using the online administration commands. | + | is when using the online administration commands. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 653: | Line 646: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | When loading items online the zone symbol and the item symbol are | |
combined to create a reference to the item. For example if our zone | combined to create a reference to the item. For example if our zone | ||
name was 'dragon' and our item was 'dark_sword' the symbolic name for | name was 'dragon' and our item was 'dark_sword' the symbolic name for | ||
Line 659: | Line 652: | ||
covered more in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual and in the administration manuals for | covered more in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual and in the administration manuals for | ||
loading objects online. For now it is enough to understand | loading objects online. For now it is enough to understand | ||
− | symbols must follow the following rules when being defined. | + | symbols must follow the following rules when being defined. |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>The first letter of the |
− | symbol must be a letter of the alphabet or a '_' character | + | symbol must be a letter of the alphabet or a '_' character</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Characters following the first can be numbers, alphabet |
− | letters, and '_' characters | + | letters, and '_' characters</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>The name can be no longer than |
− | 15 characters | + | 15 characters</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>No reserved keywords can be used as a name |
− | <XREF LINKEND="app-b" | + | <XREF LINKEND="app-b"></LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>the end tag that ends all unit definitions is also |
− | considered a symbol it is just a symbol that must be included with</ | + | considered a symbol it is just a symbol that must be included with</blockquote> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | </VARIABLELIST | + | </VARIABLELIST> |
− | + | There are two other field types that can not be defined as a | |
regular field type. These are the function reference and the | regular field type. These are the function reference and the | ||
Structure. The function reference can be either a reference to a | Structure. The function reference can be either a reference to a | ||
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function or a special function called from the | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function or a special function called from the | ||
− | base code. | + | base code. |
− | < | + | <blockquote>Special functions are being replaced with |
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> for better performance and should only be used | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> for better performance and should only be used | ||
when no <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions exist to replace | when no <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions exist to replace | ||
− | them</ | + | them</blockquote> |
− | + | The Structure field types are a combination of other field types | |
to make a special field type for the unit being defined. A good example | to make a special field type for the unit being defined. A good example | ||
of this is a 'exit' for a room. The exit has everything from flag, | of this is a 'exit' for a room. The exit has everything from flag, | ||
Line 696: | Line 689: | ||
many values. The only two Structure fields are the exit and extra | many values. The only two Structure fields are the exit and extra | ||
fields which will both be defined more later because they can be used | fields which will both be defined more later because they can be used | ||
− | differently depending on what you are using them for. | + | differently depending on what you are using them for. |
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 703: | Line 696: | ||
<TITLE>Zone information section</TITLE> | <TITLE>Zone information section</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The zone information section is the only section that must | |
exist in the source file of your area. With out this section the | exist in the source file of your area. With out this section the | ||
compiler is unable to create the zone because frankly it doesn't | compiler is unable to create the zone because frankly it doesn't | ||
Line 709: | Line 702: | ||
learn because there is only a few possible fields. The Zone-section defines the global parameters for the current | learn because there is only a few possible fields. The Zone-section defines the global parameters for the current | ||
zone. It is usually wise to place this section in the top of the | zone. It is usually wise to place this section in the top of the | ||
− | source file to make it easy to find the zone information when editing the file. | + | source file to make it easy to find the zone information when editing the file. |
<TABLE frame=all> | <TABLE frame=all> | ||
Line 784: | Line 777: | ||
will not be covered else where because it is simple to use. | will not be covered else where because it is simple to use. | ||
</ENTRY></ROW> | </ENTRY></ROW> | ||
− | |||
<ROW> | <ROW> | ||
Line 800: | Line 792: | ||
</TABLE> | </TABLE> | ||
− | + | The only field that must exist when you go to create the zone | |
− | |||
information section is the '%zone'. Leaving the '%zone' field out | information section is the '%zone'. Leaving the '%zone' field out | ||
will cause an error when you try to compile it. We suggest you | will cause an error when you try to compile it. We suggest you | ||
not only put the '%zone' field but you also add a symbol or as I | not only put the '%zone' field but you also add a symbol or as I | ||
call it a zone name. The following are three legal examples of a Zone information header. You be the judge of | call it a zone name. The following are three legal examples of a Zone information header. You be the judge of | ||
− | which is more informative. | + | which is more informative. |
Line 835: | Line 826: | ||
− | + | If you felt like it you could add a '%end' to the proceeding | |
examples and compile them. They would create an empty zone so | examples and compile them. They would create an empty zone so | ||
wouldn't be very exciting but at least its possible. We will not go into any compiling until we have at least one unit | wouldn't be very exciting but at least its possible. We will not go into any compiling until we have at least one unit | ||
Line 841: | Line 832: | ||
the next chapters will | the next chapters will | ||
define the basic unit building blocks you will use for rooms, | define the basic unit building blocks you will use for rooms, | ||
− | objects, and NPCs and start you off on compiling. | + | objects, and NPCs and start you off on compiling. |
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 849: | Line 840: | ||
<TITLE>Unit building blocks</TITLE> | <TITLE>Unit building blocks</TITLE> | ||
− | + | When creating your zone you will find some basic | |
structures are used in all three unit types rooms, objects, and | structures are used in all three unit types rooms, objects, and | ||
NPCs. In this chapter we will define the main building blocks of | NPCs. In this chapter we will define the main building blocks of | ||
− | all units along with some helpful hints | + | all units along with some helpful hints |
− | + | No matter which unit type you are dealing with there is a | |
simple basic structure that lets the compiler know not only what | simple basic structure that lets the compiler know not only what | ||
unit type it is dealing with but where one unit begins and where it | unit type it is dealing with but where one unit begins and where it | ||
Line 863: | Line 854: | ||
symbolic name called the unit symbol and ends with the keyword | symbolic name called the unit symbol and ends with the keyword | ||
end. The following would be a legal definition of any | end. The following would be a legal definition of any | ||
− | unit type: | + | unit type: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 872: | Line 863: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you define a unit like this when it loads it will be blank, while | |
this is not extremely useful it is good to know you can leave | this is not extremely useful it is good to know you can leave | ||
− | out any field you don't feel you need. | + | out any field you don't feel you need. |
− | |||
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 882: | Line 872: | ||
;symbol field | ;symbol field | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
In the last chapter we defined the different field types and | In the last chapter we defined the different field types and | ||
Line 889: | Line 879: | ||
problems when creating your units. | problems when creating your units. | ||
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>The first letter of the |
− | symbol must be a letter of the alphabet or a '_' character | + | symbol must be a letter of the alphabet or a '_' character</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Characters following the first can be numbers, alphabet |
− | letters, and '_' characters | + | letters, and '_' characters</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>The symbol can be no longer than |
− | 15 characters | + | 15 characters</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>No reserved keywords can be used as a symbol<XREF LINKEND="app-b"></LISTITEM> |
− | </itemizedlist | + | </itemizedlist> |
− | < | + | <blockquote>It is also important to know currently it is hard to deal with units |
having capital letters in them, this may be fixed in the future but it is | having capital letters in them, this may be fixed in the future but it is | ||
good practice to use all lower case characters in the | good practice to use all lower case characters in the | ||
− | symbols.</ | + | symbols.</blockquote> |
− | + | Another thing you should think about when defining your symbol | |
names is to be clear about what the unit is. When you list units on | names is to be clear about what the unit is. When you list units on | ||
the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server with <command>wstat</command> the symbolic names are | the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server with <command>wstat</command> the symbolic names are | ||
Line 916: | Line 906: | ||
<computeroutput> | <computeroutput> | ||
long_sword healer_hut dog | long_sword healer_hut dog | ||
− | </computeroutput | + | </computeroutput></LISTITEM> |
− | |||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;title field | ;title field | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The title field is probably the easiest field on all units it | The title field is probably the easiest field on all units it | ||
Line 931: | Line 920: | ||
need to be capitalized and so do proper names but the first letter of an object | need to be capitalized and so do proper names but the first letter of an object | ||
title or a NPC title do not normally need to be capitalized. this is | title or a NPC title do not normally need to be capitalized. this is | ||
− | best explained by some examples. | + | best explained by some examples. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 942: | Line 931: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now to show why some of those are good we will demonstrate by some | |
sample output in the game. | sample output in the game. | ||
<computeroutput> | <computeroutput> | ||
Line 960: | Line 949: | ||
details but if you do it right the first time you won't have to deal | details but if you do it right the first time you won't have to deal | ||
with the english major that just happens to be playing on your | with the english major that just happens to be playing on your | ||
− | mud. | + | mud. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 966: | Line 955: | ||
;names field | ;names field | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The 'names' field defines the names everything in the game can | The 'names' field defines the names everything in the game can | ||
Line 976: | Line 965: | ||
very flexible it has even been used to store what a container is | very flexible it has even been used to store what a container is | ||
holding in order to have quick access to the names in the container. | holding in order to have quick access to the names in the container. | ||
− | it | + | it |
− | + | When making rooms it is not necessary to put room names. In | |
fact it is a good way of making sure players can't teleport to | fact it is a good way of making sure players can't teleport to | ||
certain rooms because if the room doesn't have a name the person | certain rooms because if the room doesn't have a name the person | ||
Line 985: | Line 974: | ||
depending on which you are dealing with. It is also good practice | depending on which you are dealing with. It is also good practice | ||
to use all combinations of the object or NPCs title so a | to use all combinations of the object or NPCs title so a | ||
− | player will know exactly what to type to use the item for example: | + | player will know exactly what to type to use the item for example: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 996: | Line 985: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | It is up to you as a builder if you want to use names like 'small' | |
in your names list since you would not 'get small' in real life it | in your names list since you would not 'get small' in real life it | ||
may not have to be added to the names list. It is important however | may not have to be added to the names list. It is important however | ||
to define your extras from big to small because of how the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | to define your extras from big to small because of how the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | ||
command interpreter handles names of things. For example if you had | command interpreter handles names of things. For example if you had | ||
− | the following names: | + | the following names: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,011: | Line 1,000: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | When you try to <command>give small item Bill</command>. The interpreter | |
would try to give | would try to give | ||
small to item and that would not be what you wanted to do. Don't | small to item and that would not be what you wanted to do. Don't | ||
Line 1,020: | Line 1,009: | ||
Fatal name ordering on line ###. | Fatal name ordering on line ###. | ||
− | </computeroutput | + | </computeroutput> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,027: | Line 1,016: | ||
;descr field | ;descr field | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The description building block is used in many places. You will find | The description building block is used in many places. You will find | ||
description fields on extras, exits, rooms, NPCs, objects, and as | description fields on extras, exits, rooms, NPCs, objects, and as | ||
you have already seen the help and the notes field of the zone | you have already seen the help and the notes field of the zone | ||
− | information section are also description fields. | + | information section are also description fields. |
− | + | Depending on what | |
you are working on description fields can mean totally different | you are working on description fields can mean totally different | ||
things to the person looking in the room. A description field on a | things to the person looking in the room. A description field on a | ||
Line 1,042: | Line 1,031: | ||
the descr field describes what you see when you look in that | the descr field describes what you see when you look in that | ||
direction from the room you are in. The important thing right now | direction from the room you are in. The important thing right now | ||
− | is no matter where you use them they all work the same. | + | is no matter where you use them they all work the same. |
− | + | description fields like the title field have a tag or unlike | |
the title field can have a set of tags before them like in extras or | the title field can have a set of tags before them like in extras or | ||
exits but like titles they are just a string surrounded by quotes. | exits but like titles they are just a string surrounded by quotes. | ||
You can make multiple line descriptions if the description is on a | You can make multiple line descriptions if the description is on a | ||
NPC you may not want to since it is the description shown when you | NPC you may not want to since it is the description shown when you | ||
− | walk into the room. The following would be some examples of room descriptions. | + | walk into the room. The following would be some examples of room descriptions. |
Line 1,077: | Line 1,066: | ||
;extra fields | ;extra fields | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The extra field is the work horse for the builder. It is the | The extra field is the work horse for the builder. It is the | ||
Line 1,086: | Line 1,075: | ||
main description on NPCs since the descr field on NPCs is really the | main description on NPCs since the descr field on NPCs is really the | ||
long title shown in the room which will be explained later | long title shown in the room which will be explained later | ||
− | in <xref linkend="ch-05">. | + | in <xref linkend="ch-05">. |
− | + | The extra Is the first structure definition you have run into | |
so it may take some playing with to figure it out. The extra has | so it may take some playing with to figure it out. The extra has | ||
actually 4 fields three of them must be there in some form. The | actually 4 fields three of them must be there in some form. The | ||
Line 1,094: | Line 1,083: | ||
extra, the second is a stringlist, the third is an Optional | extra, the second is a stringlist, the third is an Optional | ||
Intlist, and the final one is the extra description field. If the extra | Intlist, and the final one is the extra description field. If the extra | ||
− | had all the fields it would look like this: | + | had all the fields it would look like this: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,102: | Line 1,091: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If the previous wasn't an example we | |
would have left out the Intlist because it is not necessary to put | would have left out the Intlist because it is not necessary to put | ||
the Intlist on a chair unless you want it there for some special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | the Intlist on a chair unless you want it there for some special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | ||
Line 1,108: | Line 1,097: | ||
left out but you can leave the string list blank when you want | left out but you can leave the string list blank when you want | ||
to make the extra the default description when the object, room, or | to make the extra the default description when the object, room, or | ||
− | NPC is being looked at, like this: | + | NPC is being looked at, like this: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,118: | Line 1,107: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | We will go more in-depth into why you want to do this in the | |
− | following chapters. | + | following chapters.</LISTITEM> |
− | |||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | You are now ready to put these building blocks to work. You have only | |
to learn how to put these fields to work for each of the three unit | to learn how to put these fields to work for each of the three unit | ||
− | types and you will be off and running. | + | types and you will be off and running. |
</chapter> | </chapter> | ||
Line 1,133: | Line 1,121: | ||
<TITLE>The room section</TITLE> | <TITLE>The room section</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The previous chapter gave you the basic building blocks that | |
will be used all through creating rooms, NPCs, and objects. If you | will be used all through creating rooms, NPCs, and objects. If you | ||
jumped straight to this chapter without reading about the general | jumped straight to this chapter without reading about the general | ||
Line 1,139: | Line 1,127: | ||
first. This chapter will deal with all the fields | first. This chapter will deal with all the fields | ||
of rooms what they are and how to use them but with out the previous | of rooms what they are and how to use them but with out the previous | ||
− | chapter you may get lost. | + | chapter you may get lost. |
− | + | In order to get started building rooms you should first be aware | |
of the room fields you can use. The <xref linkend="rmfields"> shows a full listing | of the room fields you can use. The <xref linkend="rmfields"> shows a full listing | ||
− | of all the room fields and their types as defined in <xref linkend="ch-03">. | + | of all the room fields and their types as defined in <xref linkend="ch-03">. |
<TABLE frame=all id="rmfields"> | <TABLE frame=all id="rmfields"> | ||
Line 1,249: | Line 1,237: | ||
</TABLE> | </TABLE> | ||
− | + | As you can see there is not a whole lot of fields you have to | |
− | |||
learn in order to make a room. In fact as you will see shortly some of | learn in order to make a room. In fact as you will see shortly some of | ||
these fields are not even used on rooms. In <xref linkend=" | these fields are not even used on rooms. In <xref linkend=" | ||
rmfielddescr"> we will expand your knowledge from just knowing what the | rmfielddescr"> we will expand your knowledge from just knowing what the | ||
− | field types are to how to set them as well. | + | field types are to how to set them as well. |
<sect1 id="rmfielddescr"> | <sect1 id="rmfielddescr"> | ||
Line 1,263: | Line 1,250: | ||
;symbolic name | ;symbolic name | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The rules of the symbols has been explained in <XREF | The rules of the symbols has been explained in <XREF | ||
Line 1,271: | Line 1,258: | ||
administrators and builders can use the | administrators and builders can use the | ||
<command>goto</command> and the <command>wstat</command> to easily | <command>goto</command> and the <command>wstat</command> to easily | ||
− | goto the room in question. | + | goto the room in question.</LISTITEM> |
− | |||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;title | ;title | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The room title field should start with a capital and depending on | The room title field should start with a capital and depending on | ||
your preference the compiler will not complain if you add punctuation | your preference the compiler will not complain if you add punctuation | ||
− | at the end. The following are good examples of a room title. | + | at the end. The following are good examples of a room title. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,291: | Line 1,277: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | It is really up to you weather you want to use punctuation or not, it | |
− | is more administrator personal opinion than anything. | + | is more administrator personal opinion than anything.</LISTITEM> |
− | |||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;names | ;names | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The names field on the rooms are not that important and only should be | The names field on the rooms are not that important and only should be | ||
Line 1,308: | Line 1,293: | ||
the names should match the title since that is what the player will try | the names should match the title since that is what the player will try | ||
to teleport to. A few good examples of names on a room would look as | to teleport to. A few good examples of names on a room would look as | ||
− | follows. | + | follows. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,325: | Line 1,310: | ||
;descr | ;descr | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The description field is what the player sees when walking into the room or | The description field is what the player sees when walking into the room or | ||
− | when looking with no arguments. | + | when looking with no arguments.</LISTITEM> |
− | |||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;outside_descr | ;outside_descr | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
This field is what is shown to a char if the room is loaded inside | This field is what is shown to a char if the room is loaded inside | ||
another room. For example if you had a room linked inside | another room. For example if you had a room linked inside | ||
another room and called a barrel this would be the description that | another room and called a barrel this would be the description that | ||
− | lets the character know it is a barrel. An example would be like: | + | lets the character know it is a barrel. An example would be like: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,347: | Line 1,331: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This allows a builder to make a room that looks like an object | |
− | inside another room. | + | inside another room.</LISTITEM> |
− | |||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;movement | ;movement | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The movement field defines the endurance cost to a character when moving through | The movement field defines the endurance cost to a character when moving through | ||
Line 1,445: | Line 1,428: | ||
The movement is simply defined by placing the 'movement' keyword first | The movement is simply defined by placing the 'movement' keyword first | ||
followed by the type of sector you desire. For example a few | followed by the type of sector you desire. For example a few | ||
− | movement fields would look as follows: | + | movement fields would look as follows: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,454: | Line 1,437: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>Only one movement is needed for a room if you put more than one |
− | the last one added will be the one used.</ | + | the last one added will be the one used.</blockquote> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,461: | Line 1,444: | ||
;flags | ;flags | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
This field on a room is used to set special attributes in order to make the room | This field on a room is used to set special attributes in order to make the room | ||
Line 1,476: | Line 1,459: | ||
</THEAD> | </THEAD> | ||
<TBODY> | <TBODY> | ||
− | |||
<ROW> | <ROW> | ||
Line 1,529: | Line 1,511: | ||
<ENTRY>Marks a unit to be magic</ENTRY> | <ENTRY>Marks a unit to be magic</ENTRY> | ||
</ROW> | </ROW> | ||
− | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE | + | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE></LISTITEM> |
− | |||
− | |||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;extra | ;extra | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Extras are the work horse of the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM>. Extras are used in everything from <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to just normal | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
extra descriptions on rooms. The first job for an extra was to hold extra description information | extra descriptions on rooms. The first job for an extra was to hold extra description information | ||
− | on a room. For example if you had a computer room and you described it might look something like this: | + | on a room. For example if you had a computer room and you described it might look something like this: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,552: | Line 1,529: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The problem is as a player if you saw this description you might want to know what kind | |
of pizza we eat or maybe you would want to see what kind of soda we drink. Or heaven forbid you might want to know | of pizza we eat or maybe you would want to see what kind of soda we drink. Or heaven forbid you might want to know | ||
what kinds of computer equipment is scattered about the room. In the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers we | what kinds of computer equipment is scattered about the room. In the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers we | ||
do this by adding extra descriptions to the room. In this case the builder of the zone | do this by adding extra descriptions to the room. In this case the builder of the zone | ||
− | may do something like this: | + | may do something like this: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,586: | Line 1,563: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | There is a lot to notice in the previous examples. First we will start with | |
extras when defined on rooms, NPC, and objects must be in length | extras when defined on rooms, NPC, and objects must be in length | ||
order for the names. There are a few reasons for this but lets just | order for the names. There are a few reasons for this but lets just | ||
say the most important reason is we wanted it this way. If you | say the most important reason is we wanted it this way. If you | ||
don't put them in order the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> will give you a fatal error and | don't put them in order the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> will give you a fatal error and | ||
− | will not compile your zone. | + | will not compile your zone. |
− | + | The next thing you should notice is we have used an extra to | |
describe something in another extra. We actually did this twice | describe something in another extra. We actually did this twice | ||
once for the beer cans and once for the computer parts. That way | once for the beer cans and once for the computer parts. That way | ||
you can actually give quest information but make the person really | you can actually give quest information but make the person really | ||
− | have to explore your rooms descriptions to find it. | + | have to explore your rooms descriptions to find it. |
− | + | The previous example is what we consider normal extras in a | |
room. There are also extras that hold information for DIL functions. These | room. There are also extras that hold information for DIL functions. These | ||
special extras can have extra fields and they can be hidden to the | special extras can have extra fields and they can be hidden to the | ||
players eyes. Here are some | players eyes. Here are some | ||
− | examples of special extras. | + | examples of special extras. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,618: | Line 1,595: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | These extras all have the '$' sign appended to the front of | |
the names in order to tell the look command the player | the names in order to tell the look command the player | ||
shouldn't be able to look at the extra. If you have not already seen | shouldn't be able to look at the extra. If you have not already seen | ||
Line 1,628: | Line 1,605: | ||
the drink extra also has something you haven't seen yet, an added integer list after the namelist. all extras can have these but | the drink extra also has something you haven't seen yet, an added integer list after the namelist. all extras can have these but | ||
only extras being used with DIL functions really need | only extras being used with DIL functions really need | ||
− | them. | + | them. |
− | + | Some of these special functions are supported already in the code | |
and the ones that affect the rooms are as follows. In the | and the ones that affect the rooms are as follows. In the | ||
− | following $1n is the activator and $2n is the unit in question. | + | following $1n is the activator and $2n is the unit in question. |
− | + | There is only one special extra already supported for rooms and | |
that would be the '$get'. As we have previously | that would be the '$get'. As we have previously | ||
mentioned the extras that start with a dollar sign are not seen by the | mentioned the extras that start with a dollar sign are not seen by the | ||
Line 1,640: | Line 1,617: | ||
types get on the other names in the extras list. This easier to | types get on the other names in the extras list. This easier to | ||
describe in an example than in words so the following would be a good | describe in an example than in words so the following would be a good | ||
− | example.: | + | example.: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,654: | Line 1,631: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | With this one special extra we have made it so you don't need to | |
make millions of items so the person can act upon them. You can | make millions of items so the person can act upon them. You can | ||
− | just make the acts as if the items were in the room. | + | just make the acts as if the items were in the room. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,662: | Line 1,639: | ||
;Exits | ;Exits | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
Every room has ten possible exits; North, East, South, West, Northeast, | Every room has ten possible exits; North, East, South, West, Northeast, | ||
Southeast, Southwest, Northwest, Up and Down. To | Southeast, Southwest, Northwest, Up and Down. To | ||
enable mobile use of these commands, you must specify these exits as outlined | enable mobile use of these commands, you must specify these exits as outlined | ||
− | below: | + | below: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,683: | Line 1,657: | ||
;exit <directions> | ;exit <directions> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Is the direction the exit leads, ie. one of north, south .. | |
− | up, down. | + | up, down. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,690: | Line 1,664: | ||
<TERM>to <destinations></TERM> | <TERM>to <destinations></TERM> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | The symbolic reference to the room, you want this exit | |
to lead to. If you reference a room within another zone, post pend the name | to lead to. If you reference a room within another zone, post pend the name | ||
− | with @<zone name> | + | with @<zone name> |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,709: | Line 1,683: | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | These flags describe the state of the door. The following is the | |
− | list of possible door flags. | + | list of possible door flags. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 1,716: | Line 1,690: | ||
;EX_OPEN_CLOSE | ;EX_OPEN_CLOSE | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Set this if you can open and close this exit, be it a door, gate or | |
− | otherwise. | + | otherwise. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,723: | Line 1,697: | ||
;EX_CLOSED | ;EX_CLOSED | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Set this if you want the exit to be closed at boot time. | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,729: | Line 1,703: | ||
;EX_LOCKED | ;EX_LOCKED | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Set this if you want the exit to be clocked at boot time. | |
− | < | + | <blockquote> |
− | + | An interesting aspect is, if you do not specify a key, you can | |
only unlock this door with the 'pick' skill, 'unlock' spell or from | only unlock this door with the 'pick' skill, 'unlock' spell or from | ||
− | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> with UnSet(); | + | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> with UnSet(); |
− | </ | + | </blockquote> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,740: | Line 1,714: | ||
;EX_PICK_PROOF | ;EX_PICK_PROOF | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Using this flag renders the 'pick' skill and 'unlock' spell un useable on the | |
− | lock of this exit. | + | lock of this exit. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,748: | Line 1,722: | ||
;EX_HIDDEN | ;EX_HIDDEN | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | If this bit is set, the exit is hidden until the mobile has successfully | |
− | searched for it, using the 'search'-command. | + | searched for it, using the 'search'-command. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,759: | Line 1,733: | ||
;key <keyname> | ;key <keyname> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The symbolic name of a key object used for unlocking this exit. | |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,773: | Line 1,747: | ||
;keyword { <stringlist> } | ;keyword { <stringlist> } | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This stringlist holds all the names of the exit, | |
you specify to manipulate the exit. If the exit is | you specify to manipulate the exit. If the exit is | ||
− | hidden exit, these are the keywords the mobile can search for. | + | hidden exit, these are the keywords the mobile can search for. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,790: | Line 1,764: | ||
;descr <description> | ;descr <description> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This string is the description of what you see if you look in | |
− | the direction of the exit. | + | the direction of the exit. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,797: | Line 1,771: | ||
;; | ;; | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Every exit statement needs to be terminated with a semi-colon. | |
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote> |
<TITLE>General notes</TITLE> | <TITLE>General notes</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Even though you do not need an exit in all directions, you can use it to place | |
− | descriptions of the direction. | + | descriptions of the direction. |
− | </ | + | </blockquote> |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,820: | Line 1,793: | ||
;minv | ;minv | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is rarely used on rooms. It could however be used to | |
− | |||
− | |||
make a room invisible inside another room. Or it could be used to store numbered values on a room. The reason this | make a room invisible inside another room. Or it could be used to store numbered values on a room. The reason this | ||
field is on a room is it is part of the base object which all objects | field is on a room is it is part of the base object which all objects | ||
are derived from. If the room is going to be inside another room and | are derived from. If the room is going to be inside another room and | ||
you don't want it visible the following would make it invisible to all | you don't want it visible the following would make it invisible to all | ||
− | players below the level of 20. | + | players below the level of 20. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,841: | Line 1,812: | ||
;key | ;key | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is not used normally on a room. It is a string that | |
− | |||
− | |||
can be used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is | can be used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is | ||
it is a part of the base object all unitptrs (unit pointers like, | it is a part of the base object all unitptrs (unit pointers like, | ||
− | rooms, objects, and NPCs) are derived from. | + | rooms, objects, and NPCs) are derived from. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 1,854: | Line 1,823: | ||
;manipulate | ;manipulate | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is not used normally on a room. It is an integer that can be | |
− | |||
− | |||
used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a | used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a | ||
− | part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from. | + | part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 1,866: | Line 1,833: | ||
;alignment | ;alignment | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is not used normally on a room. It is an integer that can be | |
− | |||
− | |||
used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a | used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a | ||
− | part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from. | + | part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,877: | Line 1,842: | ||
;weight | ;weight | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is not used normally on a room. It is an integer that can be | |
− | |||
− | |||
used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a | used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a | ||
− | part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from. | + | part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 1,889: | Line 1,852: | ||
;capacity | ;capacity | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is not used normally on a room. It is an integer that can be | |
− | |||
− | |||
used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a | used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a | ||
− | part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from. | + | part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 1,901: | Line 1,862: | ||
;light | ;light | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field sets the light on a room. Normally this is not done | |
− | |||
− | |||
directly, instead it is set using macros defined in | directly, instead it is set using macros defined in | ||
− | ''wmacros.h''. | + | ''wmacros.h''. |
<TABLE frame=all id="seg-light"> | <TABLE frame=all id="seg-light"> | ||
Line 1,918: | Line 1,877: | ||
</THEAD> | </THEAD> | ||
<TBODY> | <TBODY> | ||
− | |||
− | |||
<ROW> | <ROW> | ||
Line 1,947: | Line 1,904: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | To set natural light that changes depending on the type of day | |
nothing is needed to be put in the light field the compiler will default | nothing is needed to be put in the light field the compiler will default | ||
to '0'. If you for some reason want to set the light to default | to '0'. If you for some reason want to set the light to default | ||
Line 1,954: | Line 1,911: | ||
for compatibility with older code base and if you wish to combine these | for compatibility with older code base and if you wish to combine these | ||
two macros or only use one it would not change the way the mud | two macros or only use one it would not change the way the mud | ||
− | works. | + | works. |
− | + | This is probably one of the simplest fields you will have to deal | |
with in the rooms. In order to set it all that is needed is to place | with in the rooms. In order to set it all that is needed is to place | ||
the macro or the light and value on a line in the room and your all | the macro or the light and value on a line in the room and your all | ||
− | done. | + | done. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 1,971: | Line 1,928: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You can decide which is easiest for you. | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,978: | Line 1,935: | ||
;link | ;link | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | </LISTITEM> | |
− | |||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,986: | Line 1,942: | ||
;spell | ;spell | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | </LISTITEM> | |
− | |||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 1,994: | Line 1,949: | ||
;dilbegin or dilcopy | ;dilbegin or dilcopy | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions are what give <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers the edge over all other muds. | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
We will only give some examples here and leave it up to the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual to teach | We will only give some examples here and leave it up to the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual to teach | ||
you how to create your own functions that will make your rooms, NPC, and | you how to create your own functions that will make your rooms, NPC, and | ||
− | objects more than special. | + | objects more than special. |
− | + | There are only currently three room functions that come | |
standard with a <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> in the ''function.zon''. There | standard with a <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> in the ''function.zon''. There | ||
are much more in the zones released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> but you | are much more in the zones released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> but you | ||
Line 2,009: | Line 1,961: | ||
impossible for players to kill each other, the death room is a | impossible for players to kill each other, the death room is a | ||
function that lets you make things like rock slides and quick sand, | function that lets you make things like rock slides and quick sand, | ||
− | and the forced move lets you make an easy river. | + | and the forced move lets you make an easy river. |
− | + | Since these are just <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>'s written by builders for the | |
Valhalla mud all you have to do is use the dilcopy keyword in the | Valhalla mud all you have to do is use the dilcopy keyword in the | ||
room with the function name you want to use and the arguments the | room with the function name you want to use and the arguments the | ||
function requires. The following is what you would find in the | function requires. The following is what you would find in the | ||
− | ''function.zon'' for death room. | + | ''function.zon'' for death room. |
Line 2,076: | Line 2,028: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function scares you don't worry you don't have to | |
understand or adjust it you just have to use it. In this function it requires a time, | understand or adjust it you just have to use it. In this function it requires a time, | ||
damage, and act. So you could use this in a room definition like | damage, and act. So you could use this in a room definition like | ||
− | this: | + | this: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,088: | Line 2,040: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This says to copy the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> from zone function with the arguments 60 | |
− | seconds, damage 25% and act as shown. Pretty simple eh? | + | seconds, damage 25% and act as shown. Pretty simple eh? |
− | + | All released <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> room functions are described in | |
<XREF LINKEND="rmdilfunc">. | <XREF LINKEND="rmdilfunc">. | ||
Then we put some to work so you can see how | Then we put some to work so you can see how | ||
− | to use them in <XREF LINKEND="rmcomplex" | + | to use them in <XREF LINKEND="rmcomplex"> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 2,105: | Line 2,057: | ||
<TITLE>Building your first room</TITLE> | <TITLE>Building your first room</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Now you are ready! With all you have learned about room | |
fields you are now ready to build your first room. I personally | fields you are now ready to build your first room. I personally | ||
like dragons and I like space so I have chosen to make a dragon | like dragons and I like space so I have chosen to make a dragon | ||
station. We will first do a simple room and build on to it in the | station. We will first do a simple room and build on to it in the | ||
next sections. In this section we will walk you through creating a | next sections. In this section we will walk you through creating a | ||
− | basic room and why we choose what we do where we do. | + | basic room and why we choose what we do where we do. |
− | + | When making rooms you create the zone source file first as shown | |
in <xref linkend="ch-02">. If you only have rooms you do not need the | in <xref linkend="ch-02">. If you only have rooms you do not need the | ||
%reset, %objects, and %mobiles. For the examples in this chapter we | %reset, %objects, and %mobiles. For the examples in this chapter we | ||
will use the zone we created in <xref linkend="ch-02"> and add the %room | will use the zone we created in <xref linkend="ch-02"> and add the %room | ||
tag where we will put all the rooms. At the end of the chapter we will | tag where we will put all the rooms. At the end of the chapter we will | ||
− | have the entire zone so you can see it all together. | + | have the entire zone so you can see it all together. |
− | + | The first part of all rooms is the symbolic name it is good to | |
always pick a name that will match the title so you can use the | always pick a name that will match the title so you can use the | ||
administrator command <command>goto</command> to easily get to the | administrator command <command>goto</command> to easily get to the | ||
Line 2,128: | Line 2,080: | ||
wstat zone dragon room | wstat zone dragon room | ||
</command> | </command> | ||
− | You will get the following: | + | You will get the following: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,137: | Line 2,089: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you didn't make it clear what the rooms were by the symbolic name | |
− | it might look like this: | + | it might look like this: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,148: | Line 2,100: | ||
− | + | While this might be great when you first start imagine trying to | |
− | remember what all one hundred rooms are. | + | remember what all one hundred rooms are. |
− | + | The first room we will create will be a simple chamber with nothing special. We can build on to it later if we need to. | |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,160: | Line 2,112: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Pretty easy so far. Now lets add some life to it. The room | |
will need a title and a description. The title should be a one line | will need a title and a description. The title should be a one line | ||
description of a room sort of like if you were walking someone | description of a room sort of like if you were walking someone | ||
Line 2,168: | Line 2,120: | ||
decorator you were talking to on the phone and asking for | decorator you were talking to on the phone and asking for | ||
advice. He would want to know everything about the room you | advice. He would want to know everything about the room you | ||
− | can see so he could give you good advice. | + | can see so he could give you good advice. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,187: | Line 2,138: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | It is a matter of taste if you want the descriptions of the | |
exits in your description or not but I like them so I put them. Now | exits in your description or not but I like them so I put them. Now | ||
if you were reading this description to someone the person might ask | if you were reading this description to someone the person might ask | ||
you what is on the pictures or maybe even what exactly do the chairs | you what is on the pictures or maybe even what exactly do the chairs | ||
look like so we better take care of that by adding some extras to | look like so we better take care of that by adding some extras to | ||
− | our little room. | + | our little room. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,208: | Line 2,159: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Normally we could put a movement type for the amount of | |
endurance lost when a person is moving through the area but we will | endurance lost when a person is moving through the area but we will | ||
leave it blank and go with the default which is SECT_CITY since | leave it blank and go with the default which is SECT_CITY since | ||
with the fake gravity that is the closest we could come with the | with the fake gravity that is the closest we could come with the | ||
sector types availible. The last thing we need to finish our room | sector types availible. The last thing we need to finish our room | ||
− | is the two exits leading to the other rooms. | + | is the two exits leading to the other rooms. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,223: | Line 2,174: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Thats it that is all there is to making a room. In the next | |
couple of sections we are going to add some more rooms with more | couple of sections we are going to add some more rooms with more | ||
advanced features and give some debugging hints for compiling your | advanced features and give some debugging hints for compiling your | ||
rooms but if you understand everything so far your going to have no | rooms but if you understand everything so far your going to have no | ||
− | problem. Lets take a look at our entire finished first room | + | problem. Lets take a look at our entire finished first room |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,263: | Line 2,213: | ||
<sect1 id="rmdebug"> | <sect1 id="rmdebug"> | ||
<TITLE>Compiling and debugging your first room</TITLE> | <TITLE>Compiling and debugging your first room</TITLE> | ||
− | + | It is time we put the zone header information together with | |
your first zone and compile it into a format the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server can | your first zone and compile it into a format the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server can | ||
use. This is done by using the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> compiler. Depending on if you | use. This is done by using the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> compiler. Depending on if you | ||
Line 2,275: | Line 2,225: | ||
compiler. The rest of this section is written as if you have your | compiler. The rest of this section is written as if you have your | ||
own <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> running on your own Linux box using the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> at the command | own <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> running on your own Linux box using the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> at the command | ||
− | line. | + | line. |
− | + | When you are working on your first zone it is always a good | |
idea to start with one or two rooms and compile them instead of | idea to start with one or two rooms and compile them instead of | ||
writing all the rooms and then trying to compile. The reason is the | writing all the rooms and then trying to compile. The reason is the | ||
Line 2,284: | Line 2,234: | ||
your first mistake was easily. In our case we only have our first | your first mistake was easily. In our case we only have our first | ||
room and the header information for the zone so lets put it together | room and the header information for the zone so lets put it together | ||
− | now and try and compile it. | + | now and try and compile it. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,335: | Line 2,284: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | We added the %room tag to our zone header stuck our room in | |
and now its ready to be compiled and put into the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server for | and now its ready to be compiled and put into the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server for | ||
you to be able to look at it in the game. If you downloaded our | you to be able to look at it in the game. If you downloaded our | ||
Line 2,342: | Line 2,291: | ||
''debug_rm.zon''. Just so you know the errors in this | ''debug_rm.zon''. Just so you know the errors in this | ||
zone are intentional so please don't write me an email telling me | zone are intentional so please don't write me an email telling me | ||
− | there are errors in it. | + | there are errors in it. |
− | + | The command to compile the zone is | |
<command>VMC debug_rm.zon</command>. | <command>VMC debug_rm.zon</command>. | ||
Here is what we get when we first try and | Here is what we get when we first try and | ||
− | compile the zone. | + | compile the zone. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,360: | Line 2,308: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Don't worry if this looks scary, it really is much easier to read than it looks like. | |
The first thing you need to realize about compiling is always fix one error | The first thing you need to realize about compiling is always fix one error | ||
and compile again because it might fix two or three errors after | and compile again because it might fix two or three errors after | ||
Line 2,368: | Line 2,316: | ||
tried to read a book it would get confusing really fast. So you have | tried to read a book it would get confusing really fast. So you have | ||
to correct the definition of 'water' to understand the rest of the | to correct the definition of 'water' to understand the rest of the | ||
− | book. | + | book. |
+ | |||
+ | Lets take the first error with this in mind. The first error | ||
+ | shows up on line three of the error file it says: | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,379: | Line 2,327: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This line is not really cryptic reading it in a more english form | |
would sound like: In file 'debug_rm.zon' you have an error at line 2, the | would sound like: In file 'debug_rm.zon' you have an error at line 2, the | ||
argument to the include statement is not correct. Not all errors will | argument to the include statement is not correct. Not all errors will | ||
Line 2,386: | Line 2,334: | ||
you will find, we forgot to put in the '<' symbol. If you fix | you will find, we forgot to put in the '<' symbol. If you fix | ||
the line to look like: | the line to look like: | ||
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,394: | Line 2,342: | ||
Then recompile you will have fixed your first error and get a whole new | Then recompile you will have fixed your first error and get a whole new | ||
set to play with. The following is the errors we got after fixing line | set to play with. The following is the errors we got after fixing line | ||
− | two: | + | two: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,413: | Line 2,361: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now this looks to be a much more interesting error file than the | |
previous one. Remember we mentioned you should always fix the | previous one. Remember we mentioned you should always fix the | ||
first error first so the compiler doesn't get confused. In this error | first error first so the compiler doesn't get confused. In this error | ||
Line 2,429: | Line 2,377: | ||
see what the errors look like. With that line fixed the following is | see what the errors look like. With that line fixed the following is | ||
the errors we get. | the errors we get. | ||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,448: | Line 2,394: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Again we must figure out which error message we should deal with | |
first. As before we need to deal with the lowest number error. The | first. As before we need to deal with the lowest number error. The | ||
error we need to fix first then is the one on line '21'. If you go | error we need to fix first then is the one on line '21'. If you go | ||
Line 2,460: | Line 2,406: | ||
you get used to it will come naturally and the compiler does try to | you get used to it will come naturally and the compiler does try to | ||
get you close. Now if we add the '"' we are missing and recompile | get you close. Now if we add the '"' we are missing and recompile | ||
− | the following is the output we get. | + | the following is the output we get. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,471: | Line 2,416: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Notice there are no errors and it says '<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> done', this means | |
you have now successfully compiled the zone. I want you to look at the | you have now successfully compiled the zone. I want you to look at the | ||
last error file and the fact that we only changed a quote to go from it | last error file and the fact that we only changed a quote to go from it | ||
Line 2,479: | Line 2,424: | ||
if you jump around trying to fix errors that look like they make sense | if you jump around trying to fix errors that look like they make sense | ||
you may end up making more work for yourself. | you may end up making more work for yourself. | ||
− | |||
− | + | Now that you have a compiled zone you should check and make sure | |
all the files are there. When you compile a zone you will end up | all the files are there. When you compile a zone you will end up | ||
with three extra files. the files will have the same filename as your zone | with three extra files. the files will have the same filename as your zone | ||
− | with a new extension in this case you should have the following. | + | with a new extension in this case you should have the following. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,495: | Line 2,439: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you have all of these you are all set to go. If not then there | |
is something seriously wrong and you may want to write the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> staff for | is something seriously wrong and you may want to write the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> staff for | ||
help. To get your new zone in the mud all that is needed is to make | help. To get your new zone in the mud all that is needed is to make | ||
Line 2,501: | Line 2,445: | ||
these files into your zone directory. Then reboot the mud. You should | these files into your zone directory. Then reboot the mud. You should | ||
be able to log on your builder character and goto your zone by typing, | be able to log on your builder character and goto your zone by typing, | ||
− | <command>goto chamber@dragonst</command>. | + | <command>goto chamber@dragonst</command>. |
− | + | There you go you have now compiled your first zone. Its not much | |
to look at but with what you already know you could make a full zone of | to look at but with what you already know you could make a full zone of | ||
very basic rooms. The next few sections will teach you some of the more | very basic rooms. The next few sections will teach you some of the more | ||
− | interesting things you can do when making your rooms. | + | interesting things you can do when making your rooms. |
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 2,512: | Line 2,456: | ||
<TITLE><ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions for rooms</TITLE> | <TITLE><ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions for rooms</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language is the language a builder can use to make his own | |
special functions on rooms, NPCs, objects, PCs, and much more. This | special functions on rooms, NPCs, objects, PCs, and much more. This | ||
manual is for basic zone writing and therefore will not go into how to | manual is for basic zone writing and therefore will not go into how to | ||
Line 2,518: | Line 2,462: | ||
functions for you as an Administrator and your builders to use to make | functions for you as an Administrator and your builders to use to make | ||
special rooms, NPCs, and objects. The following is a list of all room | special rooms, NPCs, and objects. The following is a list of all room | ||
− | functions released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 server. | + | functions released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 server. |
− | |||
<variablelist id="var-roomfunc"> | <variablelist id="var-roomfunc"> | ||
Line 2,525: | Line 2,468: | ||
;Death room | ;Death room | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function is a simple function that allows you to create a | |
− | |||
− | |||
room to do damage to a player. The death_room can kill them slowly like | room to do damage to a player. The death_room can kill them slowly like | ||
a fire cave would or it can kill them quickly as if you stuck them in a | a fire cave would or it can kill them quickly as if you stuck them in a | ||
Line 2,534: | Line 2,475: | ||
of death style rooms. There is no need to understand how the function | of death style rooms. There is no need to understand how the function | ||
works just how to use it so with that in mind the following is the | works just how to use it so with that in mind the following is the | ||
− | functions header. | + | functions header. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,542: | Line 2,483: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As with any function all you have to do is 'dilcopy' the function | |
onto your room with the correct zone name and arguments and it will do | onto your room with the correct zone name and arguments and it will do | ||
the rest. In this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you have three arguments to pass The first is the | the rest. In this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you have three arguments to pass The first is the | ||
Line 2,551: | Line 2,492: | ||
+points damage done each round you just put '60' as that argument. | +points damage done each round you just put '60' as that argument. | ||
Finally is the act shown to the character as a string in quotes. So a | Finally is the act shown to the character as a string in quotes. So a | ||
− | finished death room on your room would look like this. | + | finished death room on your room would look like this. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,566: | Line 2,507: | ||
;Climb | ;Climb | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | |||
− | |||
This special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is used for the climb skill and should be set on | This special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is used for the climb skill and should be set on | ||
stationary objects (stationary mast, robe, tree, wall, etc). The | stationary objects (stationary mast, robe, tree, wall, etc). The | ||
Line 2,577: | Line 2,516: | ||
work correctly. The destination can be the same room in which you | work correctly. The destination can be the same room in which you | ||
started but it doesn't have to be. The 'direction' is the direction | started but it doesn't have to be. The 'direction' is the direction | ||
− | in which you want the person to have to climb enclosed in quotes. | + | in which you want the person to have to climb enclosed in quotes. |
− | + | With all this in mind the following is the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> definition and | |
− | an example use of it. | + | an example use of it. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,594: | Line 2,532: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | We should note here, if you wanted the person to have to climb | |
back down you will need to put a climb <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> on the room you are climbing | back down you will need to put a climb <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> on the room you are climbing | ||
too that has the "down" directory as an argument. This <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> also allows | too that has the "down" directory as an argument. This <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> also allows | ||
you to link two rooms not linked by normal directions but we | you to link two rooms not linked by normal directions but we | ||
suggest you should think before doing this because it may not make sense to not | suggest you should think before doing this because it may not make sense to not | ||
− | have a link between the two places. | + | have a link between the two places. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 2,607: | Line 2,545: | ||
;Force move | ;Force move | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function allows you to move a player or NPC from a room to another | |
+ | room with out having the player or NPC type or do anything. | ||
− | < | + | The following is the definition of the force move <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,620: | Line 2,556: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The 'tick' parameter is how fast you want the force move to be | |
triggered. The 'tick' is in 1/4 second increments so to get a one | triggered. The 'tick' is in 1/4 second increments so to get a one | ||
second wait you would place a four. The second parameter is two strings | second wait you would place a four. The second parameter is two strings | ||
Line 2,627: | Line 2,563: | ||
or NPC when it is moved. The final parameter is either a one or a zero. | or NPC when it is moved. The final parameter is either a one or a zero. | ||
The one stands for true and it would make the timer trigger randomly | The one stands for true and it would make the timer trigger randomly | ||
− | fifty percent of the time, while a zero would make it not random. | + | fifty percent of the time, while a zero would make it not random. |
+ | |||
+ | The following is what the force move would look like if you wanted it to trigger every 30 seconds and give acts of a river. | ||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,642: | Line 2,578: | ||
;Safe room | ;Safe room | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function creates a safe room where combat is not allowed. | |
+ | The following is the definition and an example of how to use it. | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,665: | Line 2,599: | ||
<TITLE>A more complex set of rooms</TITLE> | <TITLE>A more complex set of rooms</TITLE> | ||
− | + | In the last section you learned to make basic rooms. In this | |
section we will build on what you already know to allow you to make much | section we will build on what you already know to allow you to make much | ||
more fancy rooms. IN this section we will give a much better view of | more fancy rooms. IN this section we will give a much better view of | ||
Line 2,672: | Line 2,606: | ||
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions being used that were described in the previous section. | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions being used that were described in the previous section. | ||
Finally we will pull it all together in a completed zone for you to | Finally we will pull it all together in a completed zone for you to | ||
− | compile and play with. | + | compile and play with. |
<sect2 id="rmdoorexits"> | <sect2 id="rmdoorexits"> | ||
<TITLE>Exits with doors</TITLE> | <TITLE>Exits with doors</TITLE> | ||
− | + | When we first defined exits we included the 'keyword' and 'open' | |
fields on a door. In this section we will give an example of two rooms | fields on a door. In this section we will give an example of two rooms | ||
linked together with a door. There is no new information you have | linked together with a door. There is no new information you have | ||
− | not already encountered so we will start with an example. | + | not already encountered so we will start with an example. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,718: | Line 2,651: | ||
open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; | open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; | ||
end | end | ||
− | |||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | One important thing you should notice is, whatever you put as a | |
keyword, along with the direction, is what a person must use to open | keyword, along with the direction, is what a person must use to open | ||
the door. To make sure the door closes at reset time you will have to | the door. To make sure the door closes at reset time you will have to | ||
Line 2,730: | Line 2,662: | ||
came from. This means you need a 'west' direction for every 'east' | came from. This means you need a 'west' direction for every 'east' | ||
direction leading to it. If you do not put both you will end up with a | direction leading to it. If you do not put both you will end up with a | ||
− | one way direction. | + | one way direction. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 2,736: | Line 2,668: | ||
<sect2> | <sect2> | ||
<TITLE>Locked exits</TITLE> | <TITLE>Locked exits</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Now that you have making a door down, you may find that it is not | |
safe to leave your doors unlocked. Well the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> is ready for you. You | safe to leave your doors unlocked. Well the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> is ready for you. You | ||
have already seen the 'keyword' and 'open' sections and what you can set | have already seen the 'keyword' and 'open' sections and what you can set | ||
in them. Now lets use the 'EX_LOCKED field with them and introduce a | in them. Now lets use the 'EX_LOCKED field with them and introduce a | ||
new macro to allow you to set the difficulty to unlock the lock with out | new macro to allow you to set the difficulty to unlock the lock with out | ||
− | a key. | + | a key. |
− | + | First lets look at the macro that allows you to set a difficulty | |
on a lock. If you set the lock with out this macro it will default to | on a lock. If you set the lock with out this macro it will default to | ||
− | 0 and thus be easy to pick. | + | 0 and thus be easy to pick. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,754: | Line 2,686: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | When using this macro you only set the value of the exit you want | |
to add the difficulty to, you can leave the rest of the exits '0'. Only | to add the difficulty to, you can leave the rest of the exits '0'. Only | ||
one of these macros are needed on a room no matter how many exits | one of these macros are needed on a room no matter how many exits | ||
because each of the exits are included.. If you have an exit to the | because each of the exits are included.. If you have an exit to the | ||
north that is locked and you want it to have a difficulty of 50% the | north that is locked and you want it to have a difficulty of 50% the | ||
− | following would be the line you would add to your room | + | following would be the line you would add to your room |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,766: | Line 2,698: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now lets add the macro and the locked flag to the exits and create | |
− | the room. | + | the room. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,811: | Line 2,743: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The only thing you may be wondering about in this example is the | |
'key' field. I have picked 'nokey' as my value of the key. There is no | 'key' field. I have picked 'nokey' as my value of the key. There is no | ||
key in this zone so all this does is create a key hole. If you leave | key in this zone so all this does is create a key hole. If you leave | ||
the 'key' field out totally the only way you can open the lock is by a | the 'key' field out totally the only way you can open the lock is by a | ||
magical spell. It is also important that you read about resets of door locks in | magical spell. It is also important that you read about resets of door locks in | ||
− | <xref LINKEND="ch-07">. | + | <xref LINKEND="ch-07">. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 2,822: | Line 2,754: | ||
<TITLE>Hidden exits</TITLE> | <TITLE>Hidden exits</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Locking the doors may not be enough. In fact sometimes you may | |
not want to lock the door but you might want to hide it. You can do | not want to lock the door but you might want to hide it. You can do | ||
− | both or either with the following macro added to your exit. | + | both or either with the following macro added to your exit. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,833: | Line 2,765: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | So if you wanted a door or just a passage to the north hidden you | |
− | would add this before or after your exits. | + | would add this before or after your exits. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,841: | Line 2,773: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now lets put it all together and link two rooms together with a | |
− | hidden door. | + | hidden door. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,895: | Line 2,827: | ||
<sect2> | <sect2> | ||
<TITLE>Rooms inside of rooms</TITLE> | <TITLE>Rooms inside of rooms</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Now that you have normal exits down its time to take a look at | |
something a bit different. Lets say you wanted to put a barrel in a | something a bit different. Lets say you wanted to put a barrel in a | ||
room that is also a room that has exits to other rooms. Or maybe in my | room that is also a room that has exits to other rooms. Or maybe in my | ||
Line 2,901: | Line 2,833: | ||
so you can exit back into the room you came from. In the case of the | so you can exit back into the room you came from. In the case of the | ||
teleporter I could use an object but as you will find it is much easier | teleporter I could use an object but as you will find it is much easier | ||
− | to deal with a room for this than an object. | + | to deal with a room for this than an object. |
− | + | To put a room in a room it is much different than using the normal | |
exit fields. The only thing needed is the 'in' keyword and the | exit fields. The only thing needed is the 'in' keyword and the | ||
room you are linking the current room into. There is no need for a | room you are linking the current room into. There is no need for a | ||
− | semi-colon. The following is what the line would look like. | + | semi-colon. The following is what the line would look like. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,914: | Line 2,845: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Not too hard. The following are two rooms one in the other. | |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 2,955: | Line 2,886: | ||
in portal_room | in portal_room | ||
end | end | ||
− | |||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote> |
− | + | After adding a room in a room you should note the room in the | |
description or put an 'outside_descr' on the room inside it. In | description or put an 'outside_descr' on the room inside it. In | ||
our example we have chosen to add the description into the room instead | our example we have chosen to add the description into the room instead | ||
− | of using the 'outside_descr'. Also doors and locks work the same way as before you can even hide this exit. | + | of using the 'outside_descr'. Also doors and locks work the same way as before you can even hide this exit.</blockquote> |
− | |||
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 2,971: | Line 2,900: | ||
<TITLE>A room using force move.</TITLE> | <TITLE>A room using force move.</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Sometimes you will want to help players along | |
their path. This could be for a river that flows strongly enough to | their path. This could be for a river that flows strongly enough to | ||
force a players raft down stream or maybe for a room of quick sand that | force a players raft down stream or maybe for a room of quick sand that | ||
Line 2,977: | Line 2,906: | ||
the force move <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>, explained in the previous section. Here we | the force move <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>, explained in the previous section. Here we | ||
have built two rooms linked only by a forced move. | have built two rooms linked only by a forced move. | ||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,027: | Line 2,954: | ||
//True or False for randomizing or not | //True or False for randomizing or not | ||
FALSE); | FALSE); | ||
− | |||
end | end | ||
− | |||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
Line 3,038: | Line 2,963: | ||
<TITLE>A death room</TITLE> | <TITLE>A death room</TITLE> | ||
− | + | As a final touch to my little example zone I want to create a | |
room that will kill a player instantly. I will use the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function | room that will kill a player instantly. I will use the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function | ||
− | Death room and the room would simply look as follows. | + | Death room and the room would simply look as follows. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,071: | Line 2,996: | ||
<TITLE>Putting the rooms together</TITLE> | <TITLE>Putting the rooms together</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Using all you have learned so far and putting it all together into | |
one zone. You end up with a very interesting space station with some | one zone. You end up with a very interesting space station with some | ||
secret rooms and traps.. The full zone all together looks like | secret rooms and traps.. The full zone all together looks like | ||
− | this. | + | this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,122: | Line 3,046: | ||
ALWAYS_LIGHT | ALWAYS_LIGHT | ||
flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} | flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} | ||
− | |||
west to disposal_room descr | west to disposal_room descr | ||
Line 3,281: | Line 3,204: | ||
//True or False for randomizing or not | //True or False for randomizing or not | ||
FALSE); | FALSE); | ||
− | |||
end | end | ||
Line 3,377: | Line 3,299: | ||
//act for the damage. | //act for the damage. | ||
"You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your lungs explode."); | "You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your lungs explode."); | ||
− | |||
− | |||
end | end | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
%end | %end | ||
− | |||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
Line 3,393: | Line 3,309: | ||
<TITLE>Suggested room exercises</TITLE> | <TITLE>Suggested room exercises</TITLE> | ||
− | + | ||
− | + | 1. Create a door between the Disposal room and the main chamber | |
− | + | of the station. Make the new door pick-proof and magic-proof. | |
− | of the station. Make the new door pick-proof and magic-proof. | + | |
− | + | 2. Create another hallway to the south of the main chamber that leads | |
− | |||
− | |||
to a ship attached by an airlock. You will need a door before the | to a ship attached by an airlock. You will need a door before the | ||
hallway and before the ship so no one gets sucked out in space. You | hallway and before the ship so no one gets sucked out in space. You | ||
will need two more rooms for this one for the hallway and one for the | will need two more rooms for this one for the hallway and one for the | ||
− | ship. | + | ship. |
− | + | ||
− | + | 3. Using the Dragon station zone as a guide create your own zone with | |
− | |||
eight rooms. Don't worry to much about descriptions and extras. Link all | eight rooms. Don't worry to much about descriptions and extras. Link all | ||
eight of the rooms to each of the other rooms. This means each room | eight of the rooms to each of the other rooms. This means each room | ||
should have seven exits. If you were to map this it would look like a | should have seven exits. If you were to map this it would look like a | ||
− | cube marked with 'X' on the sides. | + | cube marked with 'X' on the sides. |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
+ | 4.Make a 3 room cliff that uses the climb <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function to climb from the bottom to top. | ||
+ | |||
+ | |||
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 3,426: | Line 3,336: | ||
<TITLE>The NPC section</TITLE> | <TITLE>The NPC section</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Now that you have rooms down it is time to start filling your area | |
with some life. The NPC is the Non-player Character or mobile. These | with some life. The NPC is the Non-player Character or mobile. These | ||
− | are the things players will hunt and interact with | + | are the things players will hunt and interact with |
− | + | In order to get started building NPCs you should first be aware | |
of the NPC fields you can use. The <xref linkend="npcfields"> shows a full listing | of the NPC fields you can use. The <xref linkend="npcfields"> shows a full listing | ||
− | of all the NPC fields and their types as defined in <xref linkend="ch-03">. | + | of all the NPC fields and their types as defined in <xref linkend="ch-03">. |
<TABLE frame=all id="npcfields"> | <TABLE frame=all id="npcfields"> | ||
Line 3,469: | Line 3,379: | ||
<ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> | <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> | ||
</ROW> | </ROW> | ||
− | |||
<ROW> | <ROW> | ||
Line 3,486: | Line 3,395: | ||
<ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> | <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> | ||
</ROW> | </ROW> | ||
− | |||
<ROW> | <ROW> | ||
Line 3,601: | Line 3,509: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | Many of the same fields you found in rooms, as you can see from | |
<xref linkend="npcfields">, can also be found in NPCs. The fields do | <xref linkend="npcfields">, can also be found in NPCs. The fields do | ||
not always have exactly the same use when coding rooms, NPCs, and | not always have exactly the same use when coding rooms, NPCs, and | ||
objects but they are normally set in the same manor. It is very | objects but they are normally set in the same manor. It is very | ||
important that you read and understand the differences of each field as | important that you read and understand the differences of each field as | ||
− | they pertains to rooms and or NPCs. | + | they pertains to rooms and or NPCs. |
<sect1 id="npcfielddescr"> | <sect1 id="npcfielddescr"> | ||
Line 3,615: | Line 3,523: | ||
;symbolic name | ;symbolic name | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The rules of the symbols has been explained in <XREF LINKEND="ch-03">, if you didn't read them yet you may want to review. | The rules of the symbols has been explained in <XREF LINKEND="ch-03">, if you didn't read them yet you may want to review. | ||
Line 3,622: | Line 3,530: | ||
that administrators and builders can use the | that administrators and builders can use the | ||
<command>load</command> and the <command>wstat</command> to easily | <command>load</command> and the <command>wstat</command> to easily | ||
− | locate, examine, and load the NPC in question. | + | locate, examine, and load the NPC in question.</LISTITEM> |
− | |||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;title | ;title | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The NPC title is what is shown if the NPC is being attacked or talking. | The NPC title is what is shown if the NPC is being attacked or talking. | ||
It is also what is shown if the NPC can be picked up. there should be | It is also what is shown if the NPC can be picked up. there should be | ||
Line 3,634: | Line 3,541: | ||
server. If you add punctuation or forget to capitalize something | server. If you add punctuation or forget to capitalize something | ||
that the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> thinks you should it will give you a warning when you | that the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> thinks you should it will give you a warning when you | ||
− | compile. | + | compile. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,646: | Line 3,552: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 3,653: | Line 3,558: | ||
<TERM>descr</term> | <TERM>descr</term> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | ||
The description field is what the player sees when walking into the room | The description field is what the player sees when walking into the room | ||
or when looking with no arguments. The description on a NPC will only | or when looking with no arguments. The description on a NPC will only | ||
show up when the NPC is in the standing position. All other positions | show up when the NPC is in the standing position. All other positions | ||
− | will show the title and the position they are in. | + | will show the title and the position they are in. |
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,670: | Line 3,573: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 3,678: | Line 3,580: | ||
;names | ;names | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
The NPC name field is much more important then the room name field. It | The NPC name field is much more important then the room name field. It | ||
Line 3,684: | Line 3,586: | ||
for administrators who are trying to use their administrator commands on a | for administrators who are trying to use their administrator commands on a | ||
NPC. The names should match the title and the descr fields and | NPC. The names should match the title and the descr fields and | ||
− | have all normal combinations of each. | + | have all normal combinations of each. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,701: | Line 3,602: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The idea of course is to make any combination that a player may | |
− | |||
type to try and act upon your NPC. You would not want to describe and | type to try and act upon your NPC. You would not want to describe and | ||
title your NPC with an entirely different theme than you created its | title your NPC with an entirely different theme than you created its | ||
− | names with because a player would not know what it is called. | + | names with because a player would not know what it is called.</LISTITEM> |
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 3,711: | Line 3,611: | ||
;inside_descr | ;inside_descr | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The inside description is what a player sees if it is inside the | |
− | |||
− | |||
NPC. This could be used to show the player its stomach or if on a mount | NPC. This could be used to show the player its stomach or if on a mount | ||
− | it could be used to show the back of the horse. | + | it could be used to show the back of the horse. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,731: | Line 3,628: | ||
;extra | ;extra | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The extra's on the NPC can be used to do many things. It can be | |
− | |||
− | |||
used to store information for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs or it can be used to show a | used to store information for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs or it can be used to show a | ||
part of the NPC like the room extras show a part of the room. There is | part of the NPC like the room extras show a part of the room. There is | ||
also a special extra, the NPCs description when you look at it | also a special extra, the NPCs description when you look at it | ||
− | with the look <NPC> command. | + | with the look <NPC> command. |
− | + | Lets show the NPC description extra first. If you use an extra | |
with no names list it will become the NPCs description when you look at | with no names list it will become the NPCs description when you look at | ||
− | any of the names on the NPC. | + | any of the names on the NPC. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,751: | Line 3,646: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You can also use extras to show parts of the NPC. | |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,761: | Line 3,656: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You can also use the extras to give more detailed and vivid | |
− | descriptions when the NPC is acted upon. | + | descriptions when the NPC is acted upon. |
<TABLE frame=all> | <TABLE frame=all> | ||
Line 3,809: | Line 3,704: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | In the following example, $1n is the activator and $2n is the | |
− | unit in question. Assume you are defining a familiar. | + | unit in question. Assume you are defining a familiar. |
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,824: | Line 3,717: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Finally you can use extras to store information for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs. | |
We will not cover this because it is a topic covered in-depth in | We will not cover this because it is a topic covered in-depth in | ||
− | the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> documentation. | + | the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> documentation. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 3,833: | Line 3,726: | ||
;manipulate | ;manipulate | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The manipulate filed only has two values for NPCs The two values | |
− | |||
are 'MANIPULATE_TAKE' and 'MANIPULATE_ENTER'. The 'MANIPULATE_TAKE' | are 'MANIPULATE_TAKE' and 'MANIPULATE_ENTER'. The 'MANIPULATE_TAKE' | ||
makes it possible for a NPC to be picked up this would be good for | makes it possible for a NPC to be picked up this would be good for | ||
Line 3,840: | Line 3,732: | ||
like mounts when making a mount you will also have to set the capacity | like mounts when making a mount you will also have to set the capacity | ||
so a fat player can jump on. The following is how you set the | so a fat player can jump on. The following is how you set the | ||
− | manipulate flag. | + | manipulate flag. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,853: | Line 3,745: | ||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;flags | ;flags | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field on a NPC is used to set special attributes in order to make | |
− | |||
− | |||
the NPC able to be buried or not or no-teleportable and many others. The NPC | the NPC able to be buried or not or no-teleportable and many others. The NPC | ||
flag list uses the UNIT_FL_* variables that both the objects and the | flag list uses the UNIT_FL_* variables that both the objects and the | ||
Line 3,924: | Line 3,813: | ||
Currently has no affect on a NPC. | Currently has no affect on a NPC. | ||
</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | |||
− | + | If you wanted to make a NPC that a player can carry around but can | |
− | not save you would set the manipulate and flags as follows. | + | not save you would set the manipulate and flags as follows. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 3,941: | Line 3,829: | ||
;romflags | ;romflags | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Like flags these are just integer values that are used to change | |
− | + | how the NPC interacts with its environment. | |
− | |||
− | how the NPC interacts with its environment. | ||
<TABLE frame=all id="romflagsnpc"> | <TABLE frame=all id="romflagsnpc"> | ||
Line 4,048: | Line 3,934: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | These flags are set in the same way as other flags in rooms NPCs | |
and objects. The following are a few examples. | and objects. The following are a few examples. | ||
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,059: | Line 3,945: | ||
romflags {CHAR_DETECT_INVISIBLE} | romflags {CHAR_DETECT_INVISIBLE} | ||
− | </nowiki | + | </nowiki> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 4,066: | Line 3,952: | ||
;weight | ;weight | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The weight is the weight of the NPC in pounds. In the future we | |
− | |||
− | |||
may adjust this to allow you to make things lighter for example you | may adjust this to allow you to make things lighter for example you | ||
could set it in ounces or grams. Right now however all we have is | could set it in ounces or grams. Right now however all we have is | ||
− | pounds so we have some pretty heavy feathers out there. | + | pounds so we have some pretty heavy feathers out there. |
+ | |||
+ | To use this you just enter the 'weight' keyword and then the | ||
+ | value. | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,083: | Line 3,967: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>The weight affects the NPCs natural attack damage. |
− | </ | + | </blockquote> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 4,091: | Line 3,975: | ||
;capacity | ;capacity | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field along with the NPCs strength and dexterity decides how | |
− | |||
− | |||
much a NPC can carry. If you set the capacity to 300 lbs. the NPC will | much a NPC can carry. If you set the capacity to 300 lbs. the NPC will | ||
only be able to carry that much depending if it has the strength and | only be able to carry that much depending if it has the strength and | ||
dexterity to carry that much. This of course doesn't affect <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs | dexterity to carry that much. This of course doesn't affect <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs | ||
that link the objects directly into the NPC. To set the capacity you | that link the objects directly into the NPC. To set the capacity you | ||
− | just put the keyword and the amount in your NPC. | + | just put the keyword and the amount in your NPC. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,111: | Line 3,993: | ||
;height | ;height | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The height field is the size of the NPC in centimeters. This determines | |
− | |||
− | |||
the size of the equipment the NPC is wearing. You will learn more about | the size of the equipment the NPC is wearing. You will learn more about | ||
size and height in the object section but for now just understand this | size and height in the object section but for now just understand this | ||
makes your NPC the right or wrong size. To set the 'height' you just | makes your NPC the right or wrong size. To set the 'height' you just | ||
− | put the 'height' keyword followed by the number of centimeters. | + | put the 'height' keyword followed by the number of centimeters. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
− | |||
//6 feet tall since 1 inch equals 2.54 | //6 feet tall since 1 inch equals 2.54 | ||
Line 4,129: | Line 4,007: | ||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;dilbegin or dilcopy | ;dilbegin or dilcopy | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions are what give <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers the edge over all other muds. | |
− | |||
− | |||
We will only give some examples here and leave it up to the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual to teach | We will only give some examples here and leave it up to the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual to teach | ||
you how to create your own functions that will make your rooms, NPC, and | you how to create your own functions that will make your rooms, NPC, and | ||
− | objects more than special. | + | objects more than special. |
− | + | There are several NPC functions that come standard with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | |
− | 2.0. The following is a list of the functions. | + | 2.0. The following is a list of the functions. |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Mercenary</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>obey</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>evaluate</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>guard direction</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>shop keeper</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>combat magic</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>fido</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>zone wander</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>global wander</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>team work</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>rescue</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>agressive</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | These are the only NPC functions currently documented in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | |
2.0 release but if you go through the zones that are released with the | 2.0 release but if you go through the zones that are released with the | ||
<ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> you are sure to find many more. Hopefully with the descriptions in | <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> you are sure to find many more. Hopefully with the descriptions in | ||
<XREF LINKEND="npcdilfunc">. You will be able to use the functions | <XREF LINKEND="npcdilfunc">. You will be able to use the functions | ||
− | listed here and figure out ones that are not. | + | listed here and figure out ones that are not. |
− | + | Since these are just <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>'s written by builders for the | |
Valhalla mud all you have to do is use the dilcopy keyword in the | Valhalla mud all you have to do is use the dilcopy keyword in the | ||
NPC with the function name you want to use and the arguments that | NPC with the function name you want to use and the arguments that | ||
function require. The following is what you would find in the | function require. The following is what you would find in the | ||
− | ''function.zon'' for evaluate. | + | ''function.zon'' for evaluate. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,286: | Line 4,159: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function scares you don't worry you don't have to | |
understand it or adjust it you only have to use it. In fact this is a | understand it or adjust it you only have to use it. In fact this is a | ||
really easy <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to use. It only has one argument which is 'amt', the integer value of money you want the evaluator to charge when a | really easy <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to use. It only has one argument which is 'amt', the integer value of money you want the evaluator to charge when a | ||
person evaluates their stuff. So to use this function it would look | person evaluates their stuff. So to use this function it would look | ||
− | like this on an NPC. | + | like this on an NPC. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,299: | Line 4,171: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | this tells the evaluate <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to charge 5 gold pieces each time a player | |
evaluates something. For more information on the money see the money | evaluates something. For more information on the money see the money | ||
− | field. | + | field. |
− | + | All released <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> NPC functions are described in | |
<XREF LINKEND="npcdilfunc">. | <XREF LINKEND="npcdilfunc">. | ||
Then we put some to work so you can see how | Then we put some to work so you can see how | ||
− | to use them in <XREF LINKEND="npccomplex" | + | to use them in <XREF LINKEND="npccomplex"> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 4,314: | Line 4,186: | ||
;defensive | ;defensive | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field sets the NPC natural defense. The defense is a natural | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
bonus the NPC gets when being attacked. If this value is set high | bonus the NPC gets when being attacked. If this value is set high | ||
enough the NPC becomes almost indestructible. You should use the macro | enough the NPC becomes almost indestructible. You should use the macro | ||
to set the NPC natural attack and defense in <xref | to set the NPC natural attack and defense in <xref | ||
− | LINKEND="npcmacroattdef">. | + | LINKEND="npcmacroattdef">. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 4,329: | Line 4,197: | ||
;offensive | ;offensive | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field sets the NPC natural offense. The offense is a natural | |
− | |||
− | |||
bonus the NPC gets when being attacked. If this value is set high | bonus the NPC gets when being attacked. If this value is set high | ||
enough the NPC can do some serious damage when attacking. You should use the macro | enough the NPC can do some serious damage when attacking. You should use the macro | ||
to set the NPC natural attack and defense in <xref | to set the NPC natural attack and defense in <xref | ||
− | LINKEND="npcmacroattdef">. | + | LINKEND="npcmacroattdef">. |
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;mana | ;mana | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This sets the NPC max mana points. Using this field you can create | |
− | |||
− | |||
special NPCs that have more or less mana points than the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server would | special NPCs that have more or less mana points than the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server would | ||
− | normally give when a NPC is loaded. | + | normally give when a NPC is loaded. |
− | + | this field is simple all you have to do to set it is put the 'mana' | |
keyword followed by the amount of mana points you want the NPC to have as | keyword followed by the amount of mana points you want the NPC to have as | ||
its max. The following definition would make an NPC with only 100 mana | its max. The following definition would make an NPC with only 100 mana | ||
− | points no matter what level. | + | points no matter what level. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,368: | Line 4,230: | ||
;hit | ;hit | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This sets the NPC max hit points. Using this field you can create | |
− | |||
− | |||
special NPCs that have more or less hit points than the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server would | special NPCs that have more or less hit points than the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server would | ||
− | normally give when a NPC is loaded. | + | normally give when a NPC is loaded. |
− | + | this field is simple all you have to do to set it is put the 'hit' | |
keyword followed by the amount of hit points you want the NPC to have as | keyword followed by the amount of hit points you want the NPC to have as | ||
its max. The following definition would make an NPC with only 100 hit | its max. The following definition would make an NPC with only 100 hit | ||
− | points no matter what level. | + | points no matter what level. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,390: | Line 4,250: | ||
;money | ;money | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The money field is how you give your NPC money to have while going | |
− | |||
− | |||
along its marry way through your world. The money field is an integer | along its marry way through your world. The money field is an integer | ||
that tells the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> how much money the NPC is carrying. It would however | that tells the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> how much money the NPC is carrying. It would however | ||
be hard to calculate the amount you want on an NPC with out the macros | be hard to calculate the amount you want on an NPC with out the macros | ||
we have provided. For example to put 5 gold on an NPC you would have to | we have provided. For example to put 5 gold on an NPC you would have to | ||
− | use the following on your NPC. | + | use the following on your NPC. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,406: | Line 4,263: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | I of course am not sure this will make 5 gold pieces since I did | |
the math in my head and with all this righting I am doing my math mind | the math in my head and with all this righting I am doing my math mind | ||
doesn't seem to be working right. So to make life easier for you and me | doesn't seem to be working right. So to make life easier for you and me | ||
we have added some macros to help that are rather self | we have added some macros to help that are rather self | ||
− | explanatory. | + | explanatory. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,422: | Line 4,279: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now if we wanted to make a NPC carrying five gold it would be as | |
− | simple as this: | + | simple as this: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,430: | Line 4,287: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | the macro method also gains you the ability to tell the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> what | |
amount of each coin you want on the NPC. If you set it using a single | amount of each coin you want on the NPC. If you set it using a single | ||
integer the compiler would pick how many of each coin. This of course | integer the compiler would pick how many of each coin. This of course | ||
is not what is desired in fact you want to be able to set your money | is not what is desired in fact you want to be able to set your money | ||
however you like. So setting more than one coin is as simple as adding | however you like. So setting more than one coin is as simple as adding | ||
− | a comma between the first and second coin. | + | a comma between the first and second coin. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,448: | Line 4,305: | ||
;exp | ;exp | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | By default a monster gives 100% of the experience it is worth. | |
− | |||
This amount is calculated according to the level of the NPC verses the | This amount is calculated according to the level of the NPC verses the | ||
level of the person fighting it. Sometimes the amount of experience is | level of the person fighting it. Sometimes the amount of experience is | ||
Line 4,458: | Line 4,314: | ||
-500% to 500%. If you put the NPC at a negative experience value it | -500% to 500%. If you put the NPC at a negative experience value it | ||
will take experience away when it is killed. If you want the default of | will take experience away when it is killed. If you want the default of | ||
− | 100% you do not even need to place this field in your NPC. | + | 100% you do not even need to place this field in your NPC. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,476: | Line 4,331: | ||
;sex | ;sex | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Gender, one of these: | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,489: | Line 4,341: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | the values are pretty obvious which is which gender so all we will | |
− | show here is how to set it. | + | show here is how to set it. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,505: | Line 4,356: | ||
;level | ;level | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | When creating a NPC it must be between level 0 and 199. The | |
− | |||
− | |||
level of the NPC decides how many skill points and ability | level of the NPC decides how many skill points and ability | ||
points the NPC has. It, along with the 'exp' percentage, determines the amount of experience gained | points the NPC has. It, along with the 'exp' percentage, determines the amount of experience gained | ||
when the NPC is killed. To set the level of the NPC you use | when the NPC is killed. To set the level of the NPC you use | ||
the 'level' keyword and then follow it by the level you are | the 'level' keyword and then follow it by the level you are | ||
− | setting. | + | setting. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,523: | Line 4,371: | ||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;race | ;race | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The 'race' keyword is what you use to set the characters race. | |
− | |||
− | |||
Races in <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> are defined by using an integer that lets the spells and | Races in <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> are defined by using an integer that lets the spells and | ||
skills act differently for each specific type. The <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> comes standard | skills act differently for each specific type. The <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> comes standard | ||
Line 4,536: | Line 4,381: | ||
ease in access we have provided them in <xref linkend="app-c">. For now | ease in access we have provided them in <xref linkend="app-c">. For now | ||
you can look at the short list below taken from the over all | you can look at the short list below taken from the over all | ||
− | race list. | + | race list. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,555: | Line 4,399: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If for example you wanted to make a monkey you could simply put | |
− | the 'race' keyword and follow it by the monkey define like this: | + | the 'race' keyword and follow it by the monkey define like this: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,563: | Line 4,407: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If the race your looking for doesn't exist in the | |
''values.h'' list, you can either add one buy picking a | ''values.h'' list, you can either add one buy picking a | ||
number not already used and creating your own define in the | number not already used and creating your own define in the | ||
Line 4,569: | Line 4,413: | ||
Defines added to a single zone will not be accessible if another builder | Defines added to a single zone will not be accessible if another builder | ||
wants to use it. You could also just set it using a number. The | wants to use it. You could also just set it using a number. The | ||
− | following two methods would act the same. | + | following two methods would act the same. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
//add define to values.h and use in your zone | //add define to values.h and use in your zone | ||
Line 4,582: | Line 4,425: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you don't use the macros things can get confusing really fast with | |
− | the amount of races there are. | + | the amount of races there are. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 4,590: | Line 4,433: | ||
;attack | ;attack | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field sets the NPCs natural attack type. Do not use this | |
− | |||
− | |||
field directly instead use the macro described in <xref | field directly instead use the macro described in <xref | ||
− | linkend="npcmacroattarm" | + | linkend="npcmacroattarm"> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 4,602: | Line 4,443: | ||
;armour | ;armour | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field sets the NPCs natural armour type. Do not use this | |
− | |||
− | |||
field directly instead use the macro described in <xref | field directly instead use the macro described in <xref | ||
− | linkend="npcmacroattarm" | + | linkend="npcmacroattarm"> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 4,613: | Line 4,452: | ||
;speed | ;speed | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Speed determines the NPCs speed. The range is one to twelve. You | |
− | |||
− | |||
should not set this when compiling an NPC since the result is really | should not set this when compiling an NPC since the result is really | ||
undefined. If you have a special NPC that you want to try to make move | undefined. If you have a special NPC that you want to try to make move | ||
faster and hit faster then you could try setting this. This field is | faster and hit faster then you could try setting this. This field is | ||
mainly added so <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> can adjust speed. The lower the number the | mainly added so <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> can adjust speed. The lower the number the | ||
− | faster the NPC speed. | + | faster the NPC speed. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,639: | Line 4,475: | ||
;position | ;position | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field sets the position that the NPC will be in when it is | |
− | |||
− | |||
first loaded. The following positions are recognized by the | first loaded. The following positions are recognized by the | ||
− | compiler. | + | compiler. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,660: | Line 4,493: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Some of these positions make no sense you would not load a | |
NPC into a fight or you would not load an NPC that is already dead. | NPC into a fight or you would not load an NPC that is already dead. | ||
The positions are availible for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> and you will need to read the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | The positions are availible for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> and you will need to read the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | ||
manuals to find out what you would want those for. For now the | manuals to find out what you would want those for. For now the | ||
− | following are enough. | + | following are enough. |
Line 4,676: | Line 4,509: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The position combined with the default position determines what | |
will be shown when a player looks in the room. If the position of the | will be shown when a player looks in the room. If the position of the | ||
NPC matches its default position the NPC description will be shown. If | NPC matches its default position the NPC description will be shown. If | ||
it doesn't match the NPCs title and position will be shown. The | it doesn't match the NPCs title and position will be shown. The | ||
− | default value for both 'position' and 'default' is 'POSITION_STANDING' | + | default value for both 'position' and 'default' is 'POSITION_STANDING' |
− | + | To set the position like with other fields you type the 'position' | |
− | keyword first and follow it by the position you are setting. | + | keyword first and follow it by the position you are setting. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,697: | Line 4,529: | ||
;default | ;default | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The default position along with the position determines what is | |
− | |||
− | |||
shown when a NPC is in each position. If the position and default | shown when a NPC is in each position. If the position and default | ||
positions match the 'descr' field is shown. If they do not match the | positions match the 'descr' field is shown. If they do not match the | ||
NPC title is shown along with the current position information. If | NPC title is shown along with the current position information. If | ||
'default' is not set it defaults to 'POSITION_STANDING'. The following | 'default' is not set it defaults to 'POSITION_STANDING'. The following | ||
− | are possible default positions. | + | are possible default positions. |
Line 4,721: | Line 4,551: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Setting the default field is exactly like setting the 'position' | |
field you place the 'default' keyword first and then the position you | field you place the 'default' keyword first and then the position you | ||
− | want to be default like this: | + | want to be default like this: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,736: | Line 4,566: | ||
;ability | ;ability | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | this field is used to set each of the NPCs abilities. | |
− | |||
− | |||
It should not be used directly but instead set through the macro described | It should not be used directly but instead set through the macro described | ||
in <xref linkend="npcmacroability"> | in <xref linkend="npcmacroability"> | ||
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;weapon | ;weapon | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | this field is used to set each of the NPCs weapon proficiencies. | |
− | |||
− | |||
It should not be used directly but instead set through the macro described | It should not be used directly but instead set through the macro described | ||
− | in <xref linkend="npcmacroweapspl" | + | in <xref linkend="npcmacroweapspl"> </LISTITEM> |
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 4,760: | Line 4,584: | ||
;spell | ;spell | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | this field is used to set each of the NPCs spells. | |
− | |||
− | |||
It should not be used directly but instead set through the macro described | It should not be used directly but instead set through the macro described | ||
in <xref linkend="npcmacroweapspl"> | in <xref linkend="npcmacroweapspl"> | ||
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 4,772: | Line 4,593: | ||
;light | ;light | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The light field on NPC is not normally set. If however you have a | |
− | |||
− | |||
strange creature like a 'light bug' you can set a light value on a NPC. | strange creature like a 'light bug' you can set a light value on a NPC. | ||
The default light is set to 0 which means it neither adds or subtracts | The default light is set to 0 which means it neither adds or subtracts | ||
from the rooms light. To set the light value on a NPC you just put the | from the rooms light. To set the light value on a NPC you just put the | ||
'light' keyword first and then the value you want to add to the current | 'light' keyword first and then the value you want to add to the current | ||
− | light. | + | light. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,799: | Line 4,618: | ||
;alignment | ;alignment | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is a value between -1000 and +1000, where -1000 is | |
− | |||
− | |||
ultimate evil, 0 is neutral and +1000 is ultimate good. Good is | ultimate evil, 0 is neutral and +1000 is ultimate good. Good is | ||
per definition any value from +1000..+350, neutral is any value | per definition any value from +1000..+350, neutral is any value | ||
from +349..-349 and evil is any value from -350..-1000. Any value | from +349..-349 and evil is any value from -350..-1000. Any value | ||
− | in between can also be used. | + | in between can also be used. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,826: | Line 4,642: | ||
;minv | ;minv | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is the administrator invisible level of the NPC it is | |
− | |||
− | |||
set on. This means that if you set the 'minv' to two hundred it will | set on. This means that if you set the 'minv' to two hundred it will | ||
make it so the NPC can not be seen by anyone below the administrator | make it so the NPC can not be seen by anyone below the administrator | ||
level of two hundred. This is good for hiding ghosts that only come | level of two hundred. This is good for hiding ghosts that only come | ||
visible when they attack. In order for the 'minv' to be removed an | visible when they attack. In order for the 'minv' to be removed an | ||
− | administrator or a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function must change it. | + | administrator or a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function must change it. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,846: | Line 4,660: | ||
;key | ;key | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Currently this field is not used in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 release. It was | |
− | |||
− | |||
added so in the future you wanted to add keys to a NPC for some | added so in the future you wanted to add keys to a NPC for some | ||
weird reason like a living trunk then you can. In order to set the key | weird reason like a living trunk then you can. In order to set the key | ||
you first place the 'key' keyword and then add the symbolic name of the | you first place the 'key' keyword and then add the symbolic name of the | ||
− | key. | + | key. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,869: | Line 4,681: | ||
;open | ;open | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | this field is not used yet in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 release. The field was | |
− | |||
− | |||
added so you could make a NPC that can be opened, closed, locked, | added so you could make a NPC that can be opened, closed, locked, | ||
and everything else that a room or an object can have set on it. For | and everything else that a room or an object can have set on it. For | ||
now we will not document this but if you are interested in how you could | now we will not document this but if you are interested in how you could | ||
− | use it study the open fields on objects or rooms. | + | use it study the open fields on objects or rooms. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 4,887: | Line 4,697: | ||
<TITLE>The attack and armour macro</TITLE> | <TITLE>The attack and armour macro</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The natural attack and armour fields allow you to set the NPC to | |
do damage like a certain type of weapons and to defend like a certain | do damage like a certain type of weapons and to defend like a certain | ||
type of armour respectively. Lets say you had a metal cougar it would | type of armour respectively. Lets say you had a metal cougar it would | ||
Line 4,894: | Line 4,704: | ||
The 'NATURAL_DEF' macro is what allows you to set these fields. This | The 'NATURAL_DEF' macro is what allows you to set these fields. This | ||
macro is defined in ''wmacros.h'' and looks like | macro is defined in ''wmacros.h'' and looks like | ||
− | this. | + | this. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,904: | Line 4,714: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The word natural can sometimes be a little confusing since you can | |
set any of the weapons types you like on the NPC. It doesn't exactly | set any of the weapons types you like on the NPC. It doesn't exactly | ||
make sense to have a dog that attacks as if it uses a long sword but if | make sense to have a dog that attacks as if it uses a long sword but if | ||
Line 4,910: | Line 4,720: | ||
natural weapon types but you can find a full list in | natural weapon types but you can find a full list in | ||
<xref linkend="app-d"> or in the ''values.h'' of your mud | <xref linkend="app-d"> or in the ''values.h'' of your mud | ||
− | just in case you have added some weapon types. | + | just in case you have added some weapon types. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,924: | Line 4,733: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Again you don't have to use leather for dogs as we have already | |
mentioned with our metal cat idea you could make a cloth dragon if you | mentioned with our metal cat idea you could make a cloth dragon if you | ||
really want but its up to you to keep some sanity on your <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM>. The | really want but its up to you to keep some sanity on your <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM>. The | ||
following is the list of armour types that can be set. You will see | following is the list of armour types that can be set. You will see | ||
that the list is exactly the same as the list you will find later when | that the list is exactly the same as the list you will find later when | ||
− | making armour. | + | making armour. |
Line 4,942: | Line 4,751: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now that you have the defines to work with we will return to our | |
metal cat and normal dog. The definitions for them would look something | metal cat and normal dog. The definitions for them would look something | ||
− | like this. | + | like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 4,957: | Line 4,765: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You should know that the weight of the monster determines the | |
maximum amount of damage it can give when using a natural attack. | maximum amount of damage it can give when using a natural attack. | ||
− | The weight is categorized as follows: | + | The weight is categorized as follows: |
<TABLE frame=all tocentry=0> | <TABLE frame=all tocentry=0> | ||
Line 4,993: | Line 4,801: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | By default monsters are medium. So make sure you take this into | |
− | account when you are creating your NPC. | + | account when you are creating your NPC. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 5,000: | Line 4,808: | ||
<TITLE>The defense and offense bonus macro</TITLE> | <TITLE>The defense and offense bonus macro</TITLE> | ||
− | + | There comes a time when you may want to make your NPC super | |
naturally powerful. It is for those times that the offense and defense | naturally powerful. It is for those times that the offense and defense | ||
fields are available for you to set. Normally they default to 0 but you | fields are available for you to set. Normally they default to 0 but you | ||
Line 5,006: | Line 4,814: | ||
harder you will hit people you a re in combat with. The higher you set | harder you will hit people you a re in combat with. The higher you set | ||
the defense the harder it will be for people to hit your NPC. The | the defense the harder it will be for people to hit your NPC. The | ||
− | following macro allows you to set both the offense and defense. | + | following macro allows you to set both the offense and defense. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,017: | Line 4,824: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Using this macro is rather easy you just put the value you want | |
− | for each and your all done | + | for each and your all done |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,031: | Line 4,838: | ||
<TITLE>The NPc abilities macro</TITLE> | <TITLE>The NPc abilities macro</TITLE> | ||
− | + | All abilities are in the range [1..200]. Players usually have a | |
maximum of 150, modified by magic... 200 is considered divine. | maximum of 150, modified by magic... 200 is considered divine. | ||
When creating a monster you can not directly specify the size of | When creating a monster you can not directly specify the size of | ||
Line 5,037: | Line 4,844: | ||
points. The amount of points are then distributed by the computer | points. The amount of points are then distributed by the computer | ||
according to the specified level. The 'MSET_ABILITY' macro is | according to the specified level. The 'MSET_ABILITY' macro is | ||
− | available for this purpose, and is defined as: | + | available for this purpose, and is defined as: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,054: | Line 4,860: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote> |
Note the sum of the ability values must be 100%. This is thus | Note the sum of the ability values must be 100%. This is thus | ||
an example of an ability distribution: | an example of an ability distribution: | ||
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
MSET_ABILITY(25,15,10,15,10,5,10,0) /* Sum is 100% */ | MSET_ABILITY(25,15,10,15,10,5,10,0) /* Sum is 100% */ | ||
− | </nowiki> | + | </nowiki></blockquote> |
− | |||
− | |||
− | + | The amount of points distributed depends directly upon the level | |
of the monster and the percentage. If the percentage is too high and the | of the monster and the percentage. If the percentage is too high and the | ||
level is also set High some ability points may be lost since a NPC gets | level is also set High some ability points may be lost since a NPC gets | ||
Line 5,073: | Line 4,877: | ||
points maximum. In the current combat system in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 it is not | points maximum. In the current combat system in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 it is not | ||
necessary to spend points on both 'mag' and 'div' on the NPC since only | necessary to spend points on both 'mag' and 'div' on the NPC since only | ||
− | one or the other is ever used depending on which is higher. | + | one or the other is ever used depending on which is higher. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 5,080: | Line 4,884: | ||
<TITLE>The NPc weapon and spell macros</TITLE> | <TITLE>The NPc weapon and spell macros</TITLE> | ||
− | + | NPCs know about weapons and spells but not at the same detailed | |
level as the player. For NPCs the spell and weapon group are used. | level as the player. For NPCs the spell and weapon group are used. | ||
Thus the Axe hammer category defines all defence and all attack for all | Thus the Axe hammer category defines all defence and all attack for all | ||
Line 5,089: | Line 4,893: | ||
define weapon and spell skills (monsters have no skill skills) you also | define weapon and spell skills (monsters have no skill skills) you also | ||
define these as percentages, and the program automatically distributes | define these as percentages, and the program automatically distributes | ||
− | the points. Use the pre-defined macros: | + | the points. Use the pre-defined macros: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,141: | Line 4,944: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,158: | Line 4,960: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | |||
− | |||
<TABLE frame=all tocentry=0> | <TABLE frame=all tocentry=0> | ||
Line 5,217: | Line 5,017: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>If your not sure what your weapon or spell is categorized as |
you can look in the ''weapons.def'' or the | you can look in the ''weapons.def'' or the | ||
''spells.def'' for that you are using for your <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | ''spells.def'' for that you are using for your <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | ||
− | server.</ | + | server.</blockquote> |
− | + | The sum of all spell and weapon | |
skills must be 100%. For example, the following would be a legal | skills must be 100%. For example, the following would be a legal | ||
− | setting of weapons and spells. | + | setting of weapons and spells. |
Line 5,236: | Line 5,036: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Remember that the groups define both attack and defence. Thus if | |
you make an Orc which has 0% in the flail group it can only use | you make an Orc which has 0% in the flail group it can only use | ||
its dexterity to defend itself. Likewise with spell groups. For | its dexterity to defend itself. Likewise with spell groups. For | ||
this reason the groups are both "resistance" as well as attack | this reason the groups are both "resistance" as well as attack | ||
− | groups. | + | groups. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 5,246: | Line 5,046: | ||
<TITLE>Using the composed.h</TITLE> | <TITLE>Using the composed.h</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The file composed.h contains many standard monsters. It is a good | |
idea to study these definitions, as they form the basis of many | idea to study these definitions, as they form the basis of many | ||
different monsters. Note that the definitions by no means are | different monsters. Note that the definitions by no means are | ||
Line 5,257: | Line 5,057: | ||
servers running out there on the internet. Feel free to submit it to | servers running out there on the internet. Feel free to submit it to | ||
the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> staff and we will put it in the contribution directories on our | the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> staff and we will put it in the contribution directories on our | ||
− | release site. | + | release site. |
− | < | + | <blockquote>For more information on how to use the composed.h when |
− | building your NPC see <xref linkend="npcbasic">.</ | + | building your NPC see <xref linkend="npcbasic">.</blockquote> |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
− | |||
<sect1 id="npcbasic"> | <sect1 id="npcbasic"> | ||
<TITLE>Building your first NPC</TITLE> | <TITLE>Building your first NPC</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Now that you have built your first zone with rooms its time to | |
populate it with Non playing characters for your players to hunt, kill, | populate it with Non playing characters for your players to hunt, kill, | ||
and or interact with. In the last couple of sections you have looked | and or interact with. In the last couple of sections you have looked | ||
Line 5,277: | Line 5,076: | ||
build is a big bad ugly dragon. Don't worry if you hate dragons or you | build is a big bad ugly dragon. Don't worry if you hate dragons or you | ||
just want to build a normal world you will learn plenty from my dragon | just want to build a normal world you will learn plenty from my dragon | ||
− | example to be able to adjust it to whatever you want. | + | example to be able to adjust it to whatever you want. |
− | + | When making NPCs you create the zone source file first as shown | |
in <xref linkend="ch-02">. If you only have NPCS you do not need the | in <xref linkend="ch-02">. If you only have NPCS you do not need the | ||
%reset, %objects, and %rooms fields. For the examples in this chapter we | %reset, %objects, and %rooms fields. For the examples in this chapter we | ||
Line 5,285: | Line 5,084: | ||
%mobiles section where we will put all the NPC definitions. At the end | %mobiles section where we will put all the NPC definitions. At the end | ||
of this chapter, in <xref linkend="roomnpczone">, we will bring it all together with the rooms we have | of this chapter, in <xref linkend="roomnpczone">, we will bring it all together with the rooms we have | ||
− | already defined and our NPCs. | + | already defined and our NPCs. |
− | + | The first part of all NPC definitions is the symbolic name it is good | |
− | |||
to always pick a name that will match the name of the NPC so it | to always pick a name that will match the name of the NPC so it | ||
will be easy to load the NPC. | will be easy to load the NPC. | ||
Line 5,295: | Line 5,093: | ||
list of the NPCs by symbolic name for example if you type <command> | list of the NPCs by symbolic name for example if you type <command> | ||
wstat zone dragon mobiles </command> You will get the following: | wstat zone dragon mobiles </command> You will get the following: | ||
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,304: | Line 5,102: | ||
If you didn't make it clear what the NPC was by the symbolic name | If you didn't make it clear what the NPC was by the symbolic name | ||
it might look like this: | it might look like this: | ||
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,312: | Line 5,110: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
While this might be great when you first start imagine trying to | While this might be great when you first start imagine trying to | ||
− | remember each NPC if you have over 30 of them. | + | remember each NPC if you have over 30 of them. |
− | + | Now lets get started with our dragon. As with the rooms all that is required to make a NPC is the symbolic and end fields. That of course will make a NPC with all defaults. | |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,323: | Line 5,120: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Thats it for that dragon right? Nope not quite that makes a NPC | |
with all defaults. That means this will probably be a very wimpy human | with all defaults. That means this will probably be a very wimpy human | ||
with a symbolic name of dragon and no description, in short it will be a | with a symbolic name of dragon and no description, in short it will be a | ||
blank when you load it. Now lets start putting the Dragon | blank when you load it. Now lets start putting the Dragon | ||
− | together. | + | together. |
− | + | The first three things we need are the dragons title, description | |
and names. The description should be what you see when you do a 'look' | and names. The description should be what you see when you do a 'look' | ||
in the room. The title should be what you see when the NPC is talking | in the room. The title should be what you see when the NPC is talking | ||
or fighting. Finally the names should cover everything in the title and | or fighting. Finally the names should cover everything in the title and | ||
description fields so if you wanted to kill them you can easily | description fields so if you wanted to kill them you can easily | ||
− | know what to type. | + | know what to type. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,349: | Line 5,146: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The names, title and description shouldn't be to hard so I don't | |
think its necessary to go into any more description on the subject. | think its necessary to go into any more description on the subject. | ||
Lets move on. Now we have to take care of what a player sees when he or | Lets move on. Now we have to take care of what a player sees when he or | ||
Line 5,356: | Line 5,153: | ||
special extra that will be shown every time you look at anything in the | special extra that will be shown every time you look at anything in the | ||
names list of the NPC. So a description of a NPC would look something | names list of the NPC. So a description of a NPC would look something | ||
− | like this. | + | like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,370: | Line 5,166: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now that you have a main description for the NPC you need to make | |
any smaller descriptions that you want the player to be able to look at. | any smaller descriptions that you want the player to be able to look at. | ||
In this case the dragon eyes and claw would be good things to describe | In this case the dragon eyes and claw would be good things to describe | ||
− | and maybe a few other things just for humor. | + | and maybe a few other things just for humor. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,397: | Line 5,192: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now that we have the NPC all described we should start setting | |
things like race, gender, level, height, weight, defense, offense, | things like race, gender, level, height, weight, defense, offense, | ||
alignment, abilities, and finally skills and spells. First we will pick a race. Normally the | alignment, abilities, and finally skills and spells. First we will pick a race. Normally the | ||
list of races are in your ''values.h''. We have | list of races are in your ''values.h''. We have | ||
the list in <xref linkend="app-c"> and I have searched for dragon | the list in <xref linkend="app-c"> and I have searched for dragon | ||
− | and found the race I want it is as follows. | + | and found the race I want it is as follows. |
Line 5,411: | Line 5,206: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you don't think there is any difference in dragons you can | |
set them all to one race like you could define a race called | set them all to one race like you could define a race called | ||
− | 'RACE_DRAGON' or something like that. | + | 'RACE_DRAGON' or something like that. |
− | + | Now we should chose the gender of our dragon. Make sure your | |
descriptions match what you pick. It would be pretty weird to have a | descriptions match what you pick. It would be pretty weird to have a | ||
− | female dragon and have the descriptions say 'he, him, or his' | + | female dragon and have the descriptions say 'he, him, or his' |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,424: | Line 5,219: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now lets set the height and weight. Remember you set the height | |
in centimeters and the weight in pounds. In the future the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> will | in centimeters and the weight in pounds. In the future the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> will | ||
standardize to one or the other but for now we have to play the | standardize to one or the other but for now we have to play the | ||
− | conversion game. | + | conversion game. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
//20 feet (1 inch = 2.54 cm | //20 feet (1 inch = 2.54 cm | ||
Line 5,438: | Line 5,233: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now that we have the size of the dragon we can pick a level. | |
My dragon is only 20 feet tall and 1250 pounds so I think maybe he | My dragon is only 20 feet tall and 1250 pounds so I think maybe he | ||
− | is a bit young and will make his level around 70. | + | is a bit young and will make his level around 70. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,447: | Line 5,242: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The dragon may not wear armour but by default a dragon should | |
have an armour equal to someone wearing plate mail. Not only that | have an armour equal to someone wearing plate mail. Not only that | ||
but my dragon doesn't like to use his mouth as his natural attack | but my dragon doesn't like to use his mouth as his natural attack | ||
and he sure can't punch with those big claws so we need to set his | and he sure can't punch with those big claws so we need to set his | ||
− | attack type to claw. | + | attack type to claw. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,459: | Line 5,254: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Not many black dragons are good so I will pick almost totally | |
− | evil, since totally evil is -1000 I will set it as follows. | + | evil, since totally evil is -1000 I will set it as follows. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,467: | Line 5,262: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Finally we get to the hard part. Many people have trouble | |
setting the NPC abilities, weapons, and spells. There really is nothing | setting the NPC abilities, weapons, and spells. There really is nothing | ||
to it if you have read <xref linkend="npcmacroability"> and <xref | to it if you have read <xref linkend="npcmacroability"> and <xref | ||
Line 5,476: | Line 5,271: | ||
100% as well as all weapons and spells must add up to 100%. For the | 100% as well as all weapons and spells must add up to 100%. For the | ||
dragon the following would be what the abilities, weapons, and spells | dragon the following would be what the abilities, weapons, and spells | ||
− | would look like. | + | would look like. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,491: | Line 5,286: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | That is all you need to make a basic dragon. True this dragon | |
will not do anything but claw you to death if you attack it but in <xref | will not do anything but claw you to death if you attack it but in <xref | ||
linkend="npccomplex"> we will give the dragon some more abilities with | linkend="npccomplex"> we will give the dragon some more abilities with | ||
some special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions. For now lets take a look at our finished | some special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions. For now lets take a look at our finished | ||
− | product. | + | product. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,542: | Line 5,337: | ||
end | end | ||
− | |||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As you can see there is a bit more to building an NPC than a room | |
but its really not that much harder. Try changing some stuff and make | but its really not that much harder. Try changing some stuff and make | ||
sure to practice debugging your errors the more compiling you do the | sure to practice debugging your errors the more compiling you do the | ||
− | better you will get. | + | better you will get. |
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 5,556: | Line 5,350: | ||
<TITLE>Compiling and debugging your first NPC</TITLE> | <TITLE>Compiling and debugging your first NPC</TITLE> | ||
− | + | As we have previously mentioned in <xref linkend="rmdebug"> it is | |
always a good idea to build one or two things and then compile to make | always a good idea to build one or two things and then compile to make | ||
finding errors easy. In this case we have one NPC to compile and rather | finding errors easy. In this case we have one NPC to compile and rather | ||
than having all the rooms get in my way while compiling it I have | than having all the rooms get in my way while compiling it I have | ||
removed them and only have the '%mobiles' section. The following is | removed them and only have the '%mobiles' section. The following is | ||
− | what the zone looks like when it has only one NPC in it. | + | what the zone looks like when it has only one NPC in it. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,631: | Line 5,424: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | I removed the '%rooms' section added a '%mobiles' section and | |
stuck the dragon in and now its ready to be compiled and put into the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | stuck the dragon in and now its ready to be compiled and put into the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | ||
server for you to be able to look at it in the game. If you downloaded | server for you to be able to look at it in the game. If you downloaded | ||
Line 5,638: | Line 5,431: | ||
''debug_npc.zon''. Just so you know the errors in this | ''debug_npc.zon''. Just so you know the errors in this | ||
zone are intentional so please don't write me an email telling me that | zone are intentional so please don't write me an email telling me that | ||
− | there are errors in it. | + | there are errors in it. |
− | + | The command to compile the zone is | |
<command>VMC debug_npc.zon</command>. | <command>VMC debug_npc.zon</command>. | ||
Here is what we get when we first try and | Here is what we get when we first try and | ||
− | compile the zone. | + | compile the zone. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,657: | Line 5,449: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This error file doesn't look any harder than the last one we dealt | |
with when compiling our first room. The problem is when we go to line | with when compiling our first room. The problem is when we go to line | ||
'32' and look for an error we don't find one. This normally means that | '32' and look for an error we don't find one. This normally means that | ||
Line 5,668: | Line 5,460: | ||
the word 'alignment has been spelled wrong so we can fix that before we | the word 'alignment has been spelled wrong so we can fix that before we | ||
recompile so go to line '56' and fix that. Now with those two errors | recompile so go to line '56' and fix that. Now with those two errors | ||
− | fixed we can recompile and this is what we get: | + | fixed we can recompile and this is what we get: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,680: | Line 5,472: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As we have said before you have to make sure that abilities add up | |
to 100 percent this error is telling us that my math sucks and that I | to 100 percent this error is telling us that my math sucks and that I | ||
have added 1 extra percent to the abilities. Not only that but again if | have added 1 extra percent to the abilities. Not only that but again if | ||
Line 5,688: | Line 5,480: | ||
and it will take you right to the problems. After I subtract one from the | and it will take you right to the problems. After I subtract one from the | ||
abilities and one from either the spells or weapons the following is the | abilities and one from either the spells or weapons the following is the | ||
− | error file I get. | + | error file I get. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,698: | Line 5,490: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Notice there are no errors and it says '<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> done', this means that | |
you have now successfully compiled the zone. The main thing I want to | you have now successfully compiled the zone. The main thing I want to | ||
point out is that you can sometimes fix more than one error at a time | point out is that you can sometimes fix more than one error at a time | ||
Line 5,704: | Line 5,496: | ||
fixing the first you will be trying to fix things that are not broken. | fixing the first you will be trying to fix things that are not broken. | ||
The safest way to compile stuff is still fix one error at a | The safest way to compile stuff is still fix one error at a | ||
− | time. | + | time. |
− | + | Now that you have a compiled zone you should check and make sure | |
that all the files are there. When you compile a zone you will end up | that all the files are there. When you compile a zone you will end up | ||
with three extra files. the files will have the same filename as your zone | with three extra files. the files will have the same filename as your zone | ||
− | with a new extension in this case you should have the following. | + | with a new extension in this case you should have the following. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,720: | Line 5,512: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you have all of these you are all set to go. If not then there | |
is something seriously wrong and you may want to write the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> staff for | is something seriously wrong and you may want to write the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> staff for | ||
− | help. | + | help. |
− | + | To get your new zone in the mud all that is needed is to make | |
sure your zone is in the zonelist in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> etc directory and copy | sure your zone is in the zonelist in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> etc directory and copy | ||
these files into your zone directory. Then reboot the mud. You should | these files into your zone directory. Then reboot the mud. You should | ||
Line 5,730: | Line 5,522: | ||
<command>load bldragon@dragonst</command> and | <command>load bldragon@dragonst</command> and | ||
you can list your zones NPCs by typing <command>wstat zone dragonst | you can list your zones NPCs by typing <command>wstat zone dragonst | ||
− | mobiles</command>. | + | mobiles</command>. |
− | + | There you go you have now compiled your first NPC. As you can see | |
with as little as you have learned so far you can already make a variety | with as little as you have learned so far you can already make a variety | ||
of monsters and NPCs of any kind. The next section will cover the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | of monsters and NPCs of any kind. The next section will cover the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | ||
functions you can use with a NPC and then we will get right into some | functions you can use with a NPC and then we will get right into some | ||
− | more complex examples. | + | more complex examples. |
</sect1> | </sect1> | ||
Line 5,742: | Line 5,534: | ||
<TITLE><ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions for NPCs</TITLE> | <TITLE><ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions for NPCs</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language is the language a builder can use to make his own | |
special functions on rooms, NPCs, objects, PCs, and much more. This | special functions on rooms, NPCs, objects, PCs, and much more. This | ||
manual is for basic zone writing and therefore will not go into how to | manual is for basic zone writing and therefore will not go into how to | ||
Line 5,748: | Line 5,540: | ||
functions for you as an Administrator and your builders to use to make | functions for you as an Administrator and your builders to use to make | ||
special rooms, NPCs, and objects. The following is a list of all NPC | special rooms, NPCs, and objects. The following is a list of all NPC | ||
− | functions released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 server. | + | functions released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 server. |
<variablelist id="var-npcfunc"> | <variablelist id="var-npcfunc"> | ||
Line 5,754: | Line 5,546: | ||
;Mercenary | ;Mercenary | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | ||
− | |||
This function allows you to make an NPC hireable by players in the game. You | This function allows you to make an NPC hireable by players in the game. You | ||
simply dilcopy this unto a mob and the player can then type 'contract <character name> | simply dilcopy this unto a mob and the player can then type 'contract <character name> | ||
and the mob will hunt that char for a fee. This function takes no special | and the mob will hunt that char for a fee. This function takes no special | ||
arguments. the following is the function definition found in | arguments. the following is the function definition found in | ||
− | ''function.zon'': | + | ''function.zon'': |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,768: | Line 5,559: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | To use it you simply dilcopy it to your NPC as follows: | |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,781: | Line 5,572: | ||
;Obey | ;Obey | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function when dilcopied on the NPC will make it obey there master. And | |
− | |||
− | |||
example mobile of this is the familiar. Upon completing a small quest a Mage | example mobile of this is the familiar. Upon completing a small quest a Mage | ||
receives a familiar that will obey that player and that player only. The player | receives a familiar that will obey that player and that player only. The player | ||
Line 5,789: | Line 5,578: | ||
<player name></command> and it will carry out the command. This function takes | <player name></command> and it will carry out the command. This function takes | ||
no arguments. The following is the definition found in | no arguments. The following is the definition found in | ||
− | ''function.zon'': | + | ''function.zon'': |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,795: | Line 5,584: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | To use this function simply dilcopy it to the NPC you want to be a | |
− | mercenary like so: | + | mercenary like so: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,810: | Line 5,598: | ||
;Evaluate | ;Evaluate | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function when placed on an NPC allows it to evaluate items | |
+ | for a fee. The function definition looks as follows: | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,821: | Line 5,606: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The function has one argument 'amt' that lets you set the cost of | |
the evaluation of items. If you wanted to set the value to four gold it | the evaluation of items. If you wanted to set the value to four gold it | ||
would work just like when setting the money field and look as | would work just like when setting the money field and look as | ||
− | follows: | + | follows: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,838: | Line 5,623: | ||
;Guard Direction | ;Guard Direction | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is an enhanced version of the Guard Way Function. It will allow both | |
− | |||
certain players to enter as well as certain mobs. An optional stop <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | certain players to enter as well as certain mobs. An optional stop <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | ||
can be supplied if you wish to do something special. It takes two | can be supplied if you wish to do something special. It takes two | ||
arguments, the activator and the direction. The following is the | arguments, the activator and the direction. The following is the | ||
− | function definition: | + | function definition: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,851: | Line 5,635: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This function is dilcopied onto the mob in the room that the mob is initially | |
loaded. Thus is the mob is summoned or commanded away it will not block the | loaded. Thus is the mob is summoned or commanded away it will not block the | ||
directions until it is back to where it was first created. This <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> takes four | directions until it is back to where it was first created. This <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> takes four | ||
Line 5,864: | Line 5,648: | ||
to use the forth argument because it takes more <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> knowledge than this | to use the forth argument because it takes more <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> knowledge than this | ||
manual covers. The following would be a valid dilcopy for this | manual covers. The following would be a valid dilcopy for this | ||
− | function: | + | function: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,875: | Line 5,658: | ||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;Combat magic | ;Combat magic | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function when placed on a mobile allows it to use any of the | |
− | |||
combat spells. The function definition is as follows: It also allows | combat spells. The function definition is as follows: It also allows | ||
− | the NPC to cast heal during combat on itself. | + | the NPC to cast heal during combat on itself. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,925: | Line 5,706: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | Defense spells take priority when the hit points fall below the % specified, | |
after (if) the hits have been restored above that number attack magic will | after (if) the hits have been restored above that number attack magic will | ||
resume. If def_spl is used, function automatically makes sure that it retains | resume. If def_spl is used, function automatically makes sure that it retains | ||
enough mana for at least one healing, ie it will attack 4 times if it don't | enough mana for at least one healing, ie it will attack 4 times if it don't | ||
need a healing. The following would be an example of what you would put | need a healing. The following would be an example of what you would put | ||
− | on your NPC: | + | on your NPC: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,943: | Line 5,724: | ||
;Fido | ;Fido | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function turns the NPC into a corpse eating mobile. The | |
− | + | following is the functions definition: | |
− | following is the functions definition: | + | |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 5,990: | Line 5,770: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>In both cases $1n is the mob itself, $2n is the title of the |
− | item devoured.</ | + | item devoured.</blockquote> |
+ | |||
+ | An example of the 'fido' function on an NPC would look as | ||
+ | follows: | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,008: | Line 5,788: | ||
;Wander zone | ;Wander zone | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function allows a mob to wander around more than one zone, but not all zones. | |
− | |||
You specify what zones the mob can wander. Has optional intelligence which allows | You specify what zones the mob can wander. Has optional intelligence which allows | ||
the opening and closing of doors. The following is the function | the opening and closing of doors. The following is the function | ||
− | definition: | + | definition: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,054: | Line 5,833: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | The options are not too hard so we will show how to use it and | |
− | leave it at that | + | leave it at that |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,062: | Line 5,841: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>@loadzone option which is used by inputting @loadzone |
somewhere in the zones string will replace it by the zone the mob is | somewhere in the zones string will replace it by the zone the mob is | ||
loaded in like this: | loaded in like this: | ||
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
dilcopy wander_zones@function ("halfzon haon_dor @loadzone", 5, 1); | dilcopy wander_zones@function ("halfzon haon_dor @loadzone", 5, 1); | ||
− | </nowiki | + | </nowiki> |
− | </ | + | </blockquote> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,078: | Line 5,857: | ||
;Global wander | ;Global wander | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is similar to wander_zones because it's just a modified version of it, | |
− | |||
which requires no zones argument since it moves in all zones. The | which requires no zones argument since it moves in all zones. The | ||
− | following is the function definition: | + | following is the function definition: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,090: | Line 5,868: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | {| | |
− | + | |+Global wander arguments | |
− | + | ! Argument | |
− | + | ! Type | |
− | + | ! Description | |
− | + | |- | |
− | + | |spd | |
− | + | |integer | |
− | + | |The speed (in seconds) at which the mob wanders. Minimum = 5 seconds (for process time). | |
− | + | |- | |
− | + | |doors | |
− | + | |integer | |
− | + | |Can open/close doors (0 = false, 1 = true) | |
− | + | |- | |
− | + | |lckd_doors< | |
− | + | |integer | |
− | + | |Can open/closed locked doors (0=false, 1=true) | |
− | + | |} | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | + | The options are not to hard so we will show how to use it and | |
− | leave it at that | + | leave it at that |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,134: | Line 5,901: | ||
;Team work | ;Team work | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function when placed on a mob, located in the same room as another mob, | |
− | |||
will allow the mobile to assist the other in combat. The following is | will allow the mobile to assist the other in combat. The following is | ||
− | the function definition: | + | the function definition: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,145: | Line 5,911: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This function takes one argument which is a string of the mobiles it is | |
to protect. So if we wanted a NPC to protect both Jesper and Enver the | to protect. So if we wanted a NPC to protect both Jesper and Enver the | ||
− | dilcopy would look as follows: | + | dilcopy would look as follows: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,155: | Line 5,921: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>For this to work both mobs must be in the same room or following |
− | each other.</ | + | each other.</blockquote> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,163: | Line 5,929: | ||
;Rescue | ;Rescue | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function when placed on a mob, located in the same room as another mob, | |
− | |||
will allow the mobile to rescue the other mob if it is attacked. The | will allow the mobile to rescue the other mob if it is attacked. The | ||
− | function is as follows: | + | function is as follows: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,174: | Line 5,939: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This function takes one argument, a string of those mobiles | |
− | you wish this NPC to assist should they be attacked. | + | you wish this NPC to assist should they be attacked. |
− | < | + | <blockquote> |
For this to work both NPCs must be in the same room or following | For this to work both NPCs must be in the same room or following | ||
− | each other.</ | + | each other.</blockquote> |
− | + | Again we will use our test subjects Jesper and Enver and if | |
we wanted an NPC to protect them and come to their aid the following | we wanted an NPC to protect them and come to their aid the following | ||
− | would be the dilcopy: | + | would be the dilcopy: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,196: | Line 5,961: | ||
;Agressive | ;Agressive | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function makes a Mob hostile to person(s) in the room with it, under | |
− | |||
certain conditions which are provided as arguments. | certain conditions which are provided as arguments. | ||
In short, the all-singing, all-dancing aggression <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. The following is | In short, the all-singing, all-dancing aggression <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. The following is | ||
− | this functions definition: | + | this functions definition: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,342: | Line 6,106: | ||
</TABLE> | </TABLE> | ||
− | + | The argument descriptions pretty much explain everything there is | |
− | |||
to know about the agressive function and what it was so we will finish | to know about the agressive function and what it was so we will finish | ||
off by giving an example of a dilcopy that will create a NPC that fits | off by giving an example of a dilcopy that will create a NPC that fits | ||
− | the following description | + | the following description |
− | + | Let's say our mob is a level 40 Goblin who doesn't like | |
dwarves. He's very particular in that he doesn't like evil female | dwarves. He's very particular in that he doesn't like evil female | ||
dwarves who are level 20 and above. He does recognize the sanctuary | dwarves who are level 20 and above. He does recognize the sanctuary | ||
spell, but he doesn't recognize soothe, and he'll wait 10 seconds on | spell, but he doesn't recognize soothe, and he'll wait 10 seconds on | ||
average before he attacks. The 2 messages sent are: "$1n savagely | average before he attacks. The 2 messages sent are: "$1n savagely | ||
− | attacks $3n with his big axe!" and "$1n attacks you!" | + | attacks $3n with his big axe!" and "$1n attacks you!" |
+ | |||
+ | Here's what the function call would look like: | ||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,365: | Line 6,128: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | In this example, 3 (attack females), 2 (attack dwarves), 1 (just dwarves), | |
20 (Level 20+ victims), 2 (obey only soothe), PULSE_SEC*10 | 20 (Level 20+ victims), 2 (obey only soothe), PULSE_SEC*10 | ||
(wait around 10 seconds before attacking), EVIL (attack only | (wait around 10 seconds before attacking), EVIL (attack only | ||
evil), and the strings in the stringlist are displayed to | evil), and the strings in the stringlist are displayed to | ||
− | the victim and the room, in that order. | + | the victim and the room, in that order. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,376: | Line 6,139: | ||
;Janitors | ;Janitors | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function turns the NPC into a janitor that will pick up items left | |
− | |||
− | |||
lying around and will also tell new players. those under level 20, | lying around and will also tell new players. those under level 20, | ||
where there corpse is if they come across it in there wanderings. | where there corpse is if they come across it in there wanderings. | ||
You must also supply the wander_zone <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> for this to work correctly. | You must also supply the wander_zone <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> for this to work correctly. | ||
− | The definition for the janitor function is as follows: | + | The definition for the janitor function is as follows: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,389: | Line 6,150: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The Janitor function only takes one argument and that determines | |
− | how fast the janitor will pick up stuff in seconds. | + | how fast the janitor will pick up stuff in seconds. |
+ | |||
+ | To make a Janitor that will pick up stuff every thirty seconds the | ||
+ | following would be the dilcopy: | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,406: | Line 6,167: | ||
;Shop Keeper | ;Shop Keeper | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is one of the more complex dilcopies and considered by some to be | |
− | |||
confusing. Below I will step you through the creation of the mobile, | confusing. Below I will step you through the creation of the mobile, | ||
and the application of this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> using defines to hopefully simplify the | and the application of this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> using defines to hopefully simplify the | ||
− | use of this function. The function is defined as: | + | use of this function. The function is defined as: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,426: | Line 6,186: | ||
;Step 1 | ;Step 1 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | First, figure out what you want your shopkeeper to sell. He can sell | |
pretty much any item from any zone, as long as you know its symbolic | pretty much any item from any zone, as long as you know its symbolic | ||
name. | name. | ||
For Hogan (our example shopkeeper), he is a bartender, so he sells things | For Hogan (our example shopkeeper), he is a bartender, so he sells things | ||
you would commonly find in a pub, tavern, or bar. | you would commonly find in a pub, tavern, or bar. | ||
− | His list of items (their symbolic names at which zone) are: | + | His list of items (their symbolic names at which zone) are: |
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,445: | Line 6,203: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now, since I use defines, I make a define for Hogan's products. I called | |
it TAVERN_PROD (for tavern's products). And use the following setup | it TAVERN_PROD (for tavern's products). And use the following setup | ||
and just stick the names of your items in where his items are. | and just stick the names of your items in where his items are. | ||
− | Each item will have a setup like this: | + | Each item will have a setup like this: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,456: | Line 6,214: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | A symbolic name followed by two numbers, with the entire thing in | |
− | + | quotes. Where : | |
− | quotes. Where : | ||
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>The "tuborg@udgaard" is your item's symbolic name</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>The 15 (our first number in the string) is the number of that item that |
− | will load into your shop daily | + | will load into your shop daily</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>The 20 (our second number in the string) is the limit available of that |
− | item in the shop ever | + | item in the shop ever</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | So this shop would sell tuborgs.. and every mudday, 15 tuborgs will load | |
into our shop to replenish our stock.. and the maximum tuborgs we can have | into our shop to replenish our stock.. and the maximum tuborgs we can have | ||
− | at any given time is 20. | + | at any given time is 20. |
− | + | Next we place all this info into the define we created above, which would look | |
− | like this: | + | like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,487: | Line 6,243: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The above is my define for Hogan's products that he sells. Each one is in | |
quotes and they have commas separating them. If you put each item on its | quotes and they have commas separating them. If you put each item on its | ||
own separate line, you need to put a space and then a back slash after the | own separate line, you need to put a space and then a back slash after the | ||
comma which separates the items, like it shows above. The entire define | comma which separates the items, like it shows above. The entire define | ||
is enclosed in curly brackets, {}. | is enclosed in curly brackets, {}. | ||
− | Now we are finished with the items he sells. | + | Now we are finished with the items he sells. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;Step 2 | ;Step 2 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Now you must decide what kind of dialogue you would like your | |
shopkeeper to say. There are ten separate responses you can make for your | shopkeeper to say. There are ten separate responses you can make for your | ||
− | shopkeeper. They do go in a specific order and I will list what each do. | + | shopkeeper. They do go in a specific order and I will list what each do. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;Response 1 | ;Response 1 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The first response will be used if the shopkeeper doesn't have the | |
particular item you're trying to buy in stock, or if he doesn't sell that | particular item you're trying to buy in stock, or if he doesn't sell that | ||
− | item at all. | + | item at all. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,515: | Line 6,270: | ||
;Response 2 | ;Response 2 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The second response is used when the player is trying to sell the | |
shopkeeper something which the player does not have in his inventory. Items | shopkeeper something which the player does not have in his inventory. Items | ||
− | worn by the player can not be sold until removed from there worn position. | + | worn by the player can not be sold until removed from there worn position. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,523: | Line 6,278: | ||
;Response 3 | ;Response 3 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The third response is used when the player is trying to sell the shopkeeper | |
something that is not one of those of his trade types. (This will be more | something that is not one of those of his trade types. (This will be more | ||
clear when we get to the trade type part below. Such as a player trying to sell | clear when we get to the trade type part below. Such as a player trying to sell | ||
− | our bartender a canoe. =) | + | our bartender a canoe. =) |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,532: | Line 6,287: | ||
;Response 4 | ;Response 4 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The fourth response is used when the player tries to buy something from the | |
− | shopkeeper, but doesn't have enough money to buy it. | + | shopkeeper, but doesn't have enough money to buy it. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,539: | Line 6,294: | ||
;Response 5 | ;Response 5 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The fifth response is used when the sale was successful and the player | |
− | buys something from the shopkeeper. | + | buys something from the shopkeeper. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,546: | Line 6,301: | ||
;Response 6 | ;Response 6 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The sixth response is again used when the sale was successful, but this | |
time it's for when the player successfully sells something to the | time it's for when the player successfully sells something to the | ||
− | shopkeeper. | + | shopkeeper. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,554: | Line 6,309: | ||
;Response 7 | ;Response 7 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The seventh response is used when the shopkeeper doesn't have enough of the | |
item to sell as the player requests. Such as someone trying to buy 10 | item to sell as the player requests. Such as someone trying to buy 10 | ||
− | tuborgs, but our bartender only has 9. | + | tuborgs, but our bartender only has 9. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,562: | Line 6,317: | ||
;Response 8 | ;Response 8 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The eighth response is Used when the shop is closed and a player tries to | |
− | buy something from or sell something to the shopkeeper. | + | buy something from or sell something to the shopkeeper. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,569: | Line 6,324: | ||
;Response 9 | ;Response 9 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The ninth response is used when the player tries to sell an item to the | |
− | shopkeeper that the shopkeeper doesn't trade that item. | + | shopkeeper that the shopkeeper doesn't trade that item. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,576: | Line 6,331: | ||
;Response 10 | ;Response 10 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The tenth (and last!) response is for when the shopkeeper has run out of | |
− | money and can't afford to buy what the player is trying to sell him. | + | money and can't afford to buy what the player is trying to sell him. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | Now. again, I made a define called TAVERN_MSG (for tavern messages) and I | |
placed all my responses in it. Don't forget, they do go in that specific | placed all my responses in it. Don't forget, they do go in that specific | ||
− | order! And below is our setup with responses in it. | + | order! And below is our setup with responses in it. |
− | < | + | <blockquote>In the responses below, $1n refers to the shopkeeper, $2n refers |
to the item being sold, bought, etc.. and $3n refers to the person dealing | to the item being sold, bought, etc.. and $3n refers to the person dealing | ||
− | with the shopkeeper.</ | + | with the shopkeeper.</blockquote> |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,607: | Line 6,361: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Just like with the items, the responses are in quotes, and are separated | |
with commas. Since I put each on their own separate lines (for neatness | with commas. Since I put each on their own separate lines (for neatness | ||
sake), I put a space and a back slash, \, after each. The entire define is | sake), I put a space and a back slash, \, after each. The entire define is | ||
enclosed in curly braces,{}. | enclosed in curly braces,{}. | ||
And then you're done with your shopkeeper's messages! | And then you're done with your shopkeeper's messages! | ||
− | Don't worry, it gets simpler from here. | + | Don't worry, it gets simpler from here. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,618: | Line 6,372: | ||
;Step 3 | ;Step 3 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Now we get to decide when we want our shop to be open. We get to use | |
military time, so 1 refers to 1am, 6 refers to 6am, 12 refers to 12pm | military time, so 1 refers to 1am, 6 refers to 6am, 12 refers to 12pm | ||
(noon), 18 refers to 6pm, and both 0 and 24 refer to 12am (midnight).. | (noon), 18 refers to 6pm, and both 0 and 24 refer to 12am (midnight).. | ||
etc.. =) | etc.. =) | ||
And my define for this I named TAVERN_OPEN_TIMES (for when the tavern is | And my define for this I named TAVERN_OPEN_TIMES (for when the tavern is | ||
− | open) and I used the following setup: | + | open) and I used the following setup: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,631: | Line 6,385: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You just have to make your define and stick your times in quotes and | |
enclose them in curly braces. So Hogan will be opened from 1am ("1") | enclose them in curly braces. So Hogan will be opened from 1am ("1") | ||
until 11pm ("23"). He will close after 11pm and reopen again at 1am. | until 11pm ("23"). He will close after 11pm and reopen again at 1am. | ||
You may also add multiple open and close times as per the following | You may also add multiple open and close times as per the following | ||
− | example: | + | example: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,647: | Line 6,401: | ||
;Step 4 | ;Step 4 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | For this step you get to choose your shopkeeper's trade types. And what | |
you pick all depends on what kinds of things you want your shopkeeper to | you pick all depends on what kinds of things you want your shopkeeper to | ||
sell and buy. You can find the item types in ''values.h'', but I'll also list | sell and buy. You can find the item types in ''values.h'', but I'll also list | ||
− | them below. | + | them below. |
<TABLE frame=all tocentry=0> | <TABLE frame=all tocentry=0> | ||
<TITLE>Sale types</TITLE> | <TITLE>Sale types</TITLE> | ||
Line 6,704: | Line 6,458: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | We are making a bartender, so he should sell food and drinks. So I | |
selected ITEM_FOOD, and it's corresponding number is 19. So I made my | selected ITEM_FOOD, and it's corresponding number is 19. So I made my | ||
define TAVERN_ITEM_TYPE (for our tavern's type of items) using the | define TAVERN_ITEM_TYPE (for our tavern's type of items) using the | ||
− | following setup: | + | following setup: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,714: | Line 6,468: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now, if we had a magic shop, and wanted to sell potions and scrolls, I | |
would make a define called for example MAGIC_ITEM_TYPE and make it like | would make a define called for example MAGIC_ITEM_TYPE and make it like | ||
− | this: | + | this: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,723: | Line 6,477: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The 2 was our number corresponding to the scrolls, and the 10 | |
corresponded to the potions. That is how you make your shopkeeper | corresponded to the potions. That is how you make your shopkeeper | ||
sell more than one item type, just stick the corresponding numbers inside | sell more than one item type, just stick the corresponding numbers inside | ||
− | quotes with a space separating them. | + | quotes with a space separating them. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,732: | Line 6,486: | ||
;Step 5 | ;Step 5 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Now you get to decide how much money your shopkeeper gets to have | |
to buy things with. One platinum piece is equal to 40960. So if I wanted | to buy things with. One platinum piece is equal to 40960. So if I wanted | ||
him to have two platinum pieces to spend on buying things from players, I | him to have two platinum pieces to spend on buying things from players, I | ||
would make a define called TAVERN_MAX_CASH (for the maximum amount of | would make a define called TAVERN_MAX_CASH (for the maximum amount of | ||
− | money our shopkeeper gets) and use the following setup: | + | money our shopkeeper gets) and use the following setup: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,743: | Line 6,497: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | I got 81920 by multiplying the 40960 (one platinum) by 2 | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,749: | Line 6,503: | ||
;Step 6 | ;Step 6 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The sixth thing we get to do is to decide how much profit does our | |
shopkeeper get when he sells his items. Items should have a cost to them | shopkeeper get when he sells his items. Items should have a cost to them | ||
already tagged on them, so their whatever their cost is, that is equal to | already tagged on them, so their whatever their cost is, that is equal to | ||
Line 6,756: | Line 6,510: | ||
profit 110. So I made a define called TAVERN_SELL_PROFIT (for his profit | profit 110. So I made a define called TAVERN_SELL_PROFIT (for his profit | ||
when he sells things) and gave him 110% selling profit, and used the | when he sells things) and gave him 110% selling profit, and used the | ||
− | following setup: | + | following setup: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,768: | Line 6,522: | ||
;Step 7 | ;Step 7 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This last define is almost exactly like our selling profit, but now, we're | |
doing our buying profit... when a player sells an item to the shopkeeper, | doing our buying profit... when a player sells an item to the shopkeeper, | ||
he doesn't want to pay full price because it must be used since a player | he doesn't want to pay full price because it must be used since a player | ||
has it. Now the item's cost is 100%, and maybe the shopkeeper only wants | has it. Now the item's cost is 100%, and maybe the shopkeeper only wants | ||
to buy items for half its cost. So I would make his buying profit 50, | to buy items for half its cost. So I would make his buying profit 50, | ||
− | and use the following setup. | + | and use the following setup. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,781: | Line 6,535: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | All of the previous defines you can place anywhere in the zone. I like | |
to place mine before the %<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> section just to keep them somewhere where | to place mine before the %<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> section just to keep them somewhere where | ||
I know they all are. You can place each one on the mob itself, but I | I know they all are. You can place each one on the mob itself, but I | ||
think that looks cluttered so's why I put them where I put | think that looks cluttered so's why I put them where I put | ||
them. And you're going to have a dilcopy placed on your mob also, which | them. And you're going to have a dilcopy placed on your mob also, which | ||
− | I'll explain in step 8. | + | I'll explain in step 8. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 6,792: | Line 6,546: | ||
;Step 8 | ;Step 8 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Okay one last step. Now you get to place the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> on your shopkeeper mob | |
using all of those cute little defines you just made. The syntax for the | using all of those cute little defines you just made. The syntax for the | ||
− | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is: | + | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,803: | Line 6,557: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Take your defines from above the defines that you made are | |
− | called: | + | called: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,812: | Line 6,566: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now all you have to do is place them in the syntax where they belong like | |
− | in the below example. | + | in the below example. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,822: | Line 6,576: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | For the last two fields, I just put "", "" because I don't make my own | |
unique <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> for those. By just putting and empty set of quotes for each, | unique <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> for those. By just putting and empty set of quotes for each, | ||
it makes it go to the default. | it makes it go to the default. | ||
− | And make sure you don't forget that semicolon at the end either. | + | And make sure you don't forget that semicolon at the end either. |
− | + | You are pretty much done now. All you have to do is place your | |
defines either up before %<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> or somewhere in %mob if you'd like, and | defines either up before %<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> or somewhere in %mob if you'd like, and | ||
− | place the dilcopy onto your mob. | + | place the dilcopy onto your mob. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | Just to make sure I've completely beaten a very dead horse, this is | |
− | what it would look like in the end. | + | what it would look like in the end. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 6,865: | Line 6,619: | ||
#define TAVERN_SELL_PROFIT 110 | #define TAVERN_SELL_PROFIT 110 | ||
#define TAVERN_BUY_PROFIT 50 | #define TAVERN_BUY_PROFIT 50 | ||
− | |||
%mobiles | %mobiles | ||
Line 6,888: | Line 6,641: | ||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
− | |||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
</sect1> | </sect1> | ||
− | |||
<sect1 id="npccomplex"> | <sect1 id="npccomplex"> | ||
<TITLE>A more complex set of NPCs</TITLE> | <TITLE>A more complex set of NPCs</TITLE> | ||
− | + | In the last sections you learned all the fields and how to make a basic NPC. | |
In this section we will use the information from the last sections to | In this section we will use the information from the last sections to | ||
create some more unique NPCs for our dragon station zone There is not a | create some more unique NPCs for our dragon station zone There is not a | ||
lot of new information here we will be using the DIL functions from the previous | lot of new information here we will be using the DIL functions from the previous | ||
section and adding some flags to the NPCs to make them act | section and adding some flags to the NPCs to make them act | ||
− | different. | + | different. |
<sect2> | <sect2> | ||
<TITLE>Magic casting NPC</TITLE> | <TITLE>Magic casting NPC</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The basic Dragon we made in the <xref linkend="npcbasic"> looks | |
like a real dragon but it is a bit boring when you fight a dragon and | like a real dragon but it is a bit boring when you fight a dragon and | ||
don't get toasted by an acid or fire spell or two. in <xref | don't get toasted by an acid or fire spell or two. in <xref | ||
Line 6,915: | Line 6,665: | ||
is the function you use to make all NPCs cast magic while in combat. | is the function you use to make all NPCs cast magic while in combat. | ||
With that in mind lets take a look at how we can make our dragon a bit | With that in mind lets take a look at how we can make our dragon a bit | ||
− | more interesting g. | + | more interesting g. |
− | + | Well lets see a black dragon is supposed to have the ability to | |
either cast fire breath or acid breath depending on who you talk to. | either cast fire breath or acid breath depending on who you talk to. | ||
Once you learn <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you could even make fire breath be a skill not a | Once you learn <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you could even make fire breath be a skill not a | ||
Line 6,923: | Line 6,673: | ||
the acid breath spell so we will use that as the spell of choice. The | the acid breath spell so we will use that as the spell of choice. The | ||
NPC as we defined it before hasn't changed so the following would be the | NPC as we defined it before hasn't changed so the following would be the | ||
− | entire dragon with the combat magic function. | + | entire dragon with the combat magic function. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
− | |||
bldragon | bldragon | ||
Line 6,977: | Line 6,726: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | That is all there is to it. If you are wondering where I got the | |
'acid breath' part of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> copy all the spells names are in the | 'acid breath' part of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> copy all the spells names are in the | ||
''spells.def'' or you can just pick a spell by what you | ''spells.def'' or you can just pick a spell by what you | ||
Line 6,984: | Line 6,733: | ||
have been created with exactly the same information by using the | have been created with exactly the same information by using the | ||
''composed.h'' and the 'M_DRAGON_BLACK_OLD' macro. If | ''composed.h'' and the 'M_DRAGON_BLACK_OLD' macro. If | ||
− | we use the macro the dragon would look like this | + | we use the macro the dragon would look like this |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,024: | Line 6,773: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As you can see with the second way the dragon was a lot easier to | |
make because we let the macro set all the other values we just described | make because we let the macro set all the other values we just described | ||
− | the NPC and set the macro. | + | the NPC and set the macro. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 7,032: | Line 6,781: | ||
<TITLE>A wandering janitor</TITLE> | <TITLE>A wandering janitor</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Our space station is nice but we wouldn't want a lot of people | |
coming to visit if we didn't have a janitor to walk around cleaning up. | coming to visit if we didn't have a janitor to walk around cleaning up. | ||
Dragons most likely wouldn't be low life enough to be Janitors so I | Dragons most likely wouldn't be low life enough to be Janitors so I | ||
think we will leave that up to a hobgoblin. the following would be the | think we will leave that up to a hobgoblin. the following would be the | ||
− | definition of a hobgoblin wandering Janitor. | + | definition of a hobgoblin wandering Janitor. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,062: | Line 6,810: | ||
MSET_WEAPON(10,10,10,10,10,10) /* Average in everything, any wpn */ | MSET_WEAPON(10,10,10,10,10,10) /* Average in everything, any wpn */ | ||
MSET_SPELL(4,2,2,2,2,2,2,6,6,6,6) /* Resistances */ | MSET_SPELL(4,2,2,2,2,2,2,6,6,6,6) /* Resistances */ | ||
− | |||
//give him some money | //give him some money | ||
Line 7,076: | Line 6,823: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Like with the dragon if we wanted to create this NPC easier we | |
would use the Hobgoblin defines in ''composed.h'' so we | would use the Hobgoblin defines in ''composed.h'' so we | ||
don't have to fill out all the information. If we did this it would | don't have to fill out all the information. If we did this it would | ||
− | simply look as follows: | + | simply look as follows: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,109: | Line 6,856: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As you can see you can combine the DIL functions you learned in | |
− | <xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> to make your NPC do more than one thing. | + | <xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> to make your NPC do more than one thing. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 7,117: | Line 6,864: | ||
<TITLE>Creating a teacher</TITLE> | <TITLE>Creating a teacher</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Setting up teachers on valhalla is harder and more strict formed | |
than most things in the game. The reason is the way you set them up is | than most things in the game. The reason is the way you set them up is | ||
to use an old form of functions called special. In the future guilds | to use an old form of functions called special. In the future guilds | ||
Line 7,124: | Line 6,871: | ||
code they still allow for you to adjust many things. The truth is you | code they still allow for you to adjust many things. The truth is you | ||
don't have to use our teachers you could code your own in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but many | don't have to use our teachers you could code your own in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but many | ||
− | find this easier. | + | find this easier. |
− | + | Guild teacher definitions are actually less complex than people think | |
they are. There really are no big, mysterious secrets. The key is simply | they are. There really are no big, mysterious secrets. The key is simply | ||
to understand the numbers and how the balance is achieved. | to understand the numbers and how the balance is achieved. | ||
(From here on in, GTD will refer to "guild teacher definition", and | (From here on in, GTD will refer to "guild teacher definition", and | ||
"entity" will be used to refer to the ability/spell/skill/weapon being | "entity" will be used to refer to the ability/spell/skill/weapon being | ||
− | offered by the GTD.) | + | offered by the GTD.) |
− | < | + | <blockquote> |
Using TAB characters in GTDs is a very bad idea! It will have extremely | Using TAB characters in GTDs is a very bad idea! It will have extremely | ||
− | adverse effects, including causing the mud to crash. | + | adverse effects, including causing the mud to crash.</blockquote> |
− | |||
− | + | We need to tart first and explain that to use the teacher special | |
functions you need to use a field not described anywhere else in the NPC | functions you need to use a field not described anywhere else in the NPC | ||
descriptions. The field is called a 'special'. The reason the | descriptions. The field is called a 'special'. The reason the | ||
Line 7,145: | Line 6,891: | ||
replaced by <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> there will be no more special functions. For now | replaced by <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> there will be no more special functions. For now | ||
however we need to use them for the for mentioned purposes. The format | however we need to use them for the for mentioned purposes. The format | ||
− | for a special function is as follows: | + | for a special function is as follows: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,152: | Line 6,898: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | For teachers the function definition is 'SFUN_TEACH_INIT' and the | |
arguments range from who can join, what the acts of the teacher are, | arguments range from who can join, what the acts of the teacher are, | ||
− | and what the teacher teaches. | + | and what the teacher teaches. |
− | + | In the first part of a SFUN_TEACH_INIT definition, there are several | |
pieces of important information which allow the mud to know what you are | pieces of important information which allow the mud to know what you are | ||
trying to provide to players. The entire set of arguments are enclosed | trying to provide to players. The entire set of arguments are enclosed | ||
in double quotes. So a teacher with nothing at all in it would look | in double quotes. So a teacher with nothing at all in it would look | ||
− | like this: | + | like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,169: | Line 6,914: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | After the opening double quote ("), the first thing necessary | |
is the text formatting code '&l', which tells the compiler to ignore the | is the text formatting code '&l', which tells the compiler to ignore the | ||
standard text formatting protocols for the rest of the string or until the | standard text formatting protocols for the rest of the string or until the | ||
− | '&f' code is given. | + | '&f' code is given. |
− | + | Immediately following the '&l' code, with no spaces at all, the type of | |
entity the function will teach is defined. It is one of the following | entity the function will teach is defined. It is one of the following | ||
− | types: | + | types: |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>abilities</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>spells</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>skills</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>weapons</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | The first two lines of the SFUN_TEACH_INIT looks like this: | |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,194: | Line 6,938: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>The '0;' is the end of field marker that will be used |
− | through out the teacher fields</ | + | through out the teacher fields</blockquote> |
− | + | The next set of arguments to the teacher function is the acts the | |
teacher will use when a person is trying to train. There are seven acts | teacher will use when a person is trying to train. There are seven acts | ||
− | total and they are as follows: | + | total and they are as follows: |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
<TITLE>Teacher acts</TITLE> | <TITLE>Teacher acts</TITLE> | ||
Line 7,205: | Line 6,949: | ||
;Line 1 | ;Line 1 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This line is displayed when the player makes a mistake in typing | |
the name of an entity, whether or not it is actually offered at | the name of an entity, whether or not it is actually offered at | ||
the teacher. | the teacher. | ||
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,214: | Line 6,957: | ||
;Line 2 | ;Line 2 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This line is similar to the first, but is usually evident of | |
attempting to practice an entity not offered at this particular | attempting to practice an entity not offered at this particular | ||
teacher. | teacher. | ||
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,223: | Line 6,965: | ||
;Line 3 | ;Line 3 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is the act displayed when the player has insufficient funds | |
to practice the desired entity. | to practice the desired entity. | ||
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,231: | Line 6,972: | ||
;Line 4 | ;Line 4 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is displayed when the player has not got enough ability or | |
− | skill practice points to learn the desired entity. | + | skill practice points to learn the desired entity. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,238: | Line 6,979: | ||
;Line 5 | ;Line 5 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Simply put, the player has exceeded the teacher's expertise in the | |
offered entity and must go elsewhere to learn more, if at all | offered entity and must go elsewhere to learn more, if at all | ||
− | possible. | + | possible. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,246: | Line 6,987: | ||
;Line 6 | ;Line 6 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This line is displayed when the player is either wearing magical, | |
stat-modifying equipment or is affected by spells/skills which | stat-modifying equipment or is affected by spells/skills which | ||
− | modify stats. | + | modify stats. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,254: | Line 6,995: | ||
;Line 7 | ;Line 7 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This line is what is shown when your armour affects you using | |
special functions in base code. This is rare and may never be seen. In | special functions in base code. This is rare and may never be seen. In | ||
the future when the teachers are made in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> this act may not be | the future when the teachers are made in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> this act may not be | ||
− | necessary. | + | necessary. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | Now we can add the acts to our example it would look as | |
− | follows: | + | follows: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,278: | Line 7,019: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote> |
$1n is the substitution variable for the teacher's title (see the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | $1n is the substitution variable for the teacher's title (see the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | ||
− | document for more details). | + | document for more details). |
− | + | %s is the amount of money the teacher requires to teach the entity in | |
− | question. | + | question. |
− | + | %d is the amount of ability or skill practice points required to | |
− | practice the given entity. | + | practice the given entity. |
− | + | The standard GTD termination character, a semicolon (;) ends each | |
− | act | + | act |
− | </ | + | </blockquote> |
− | + | about the actual GTDs, or the lines that actually define what the | |
teachers teach and everything to do about how expensive and how high | teachers teach and everything to do about how expensive and how high | ||
they teach it. A GTD is a single line, composed of several fields. The data contained | they teach it. A GTD is a single line, composed of several fields. The data contained | ||
− | in these fields determines how a particular entity is practiced. | + | in these fields determines how a particular entity is practiced. |
+ | |||
+ | Here is an example of a GTD: | ||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,305: | Line 7,046: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Note that it has a lot of white space in it. It is really not necessary, | |
as the field terminators are the semicolons. This means that you could just | as the field terminators are the semicolons. This means that you could just | ||
− | as easily write: | + | as easily write: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,316: | Line 7,056: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | When making teachers most people prefer to put the white space in | |
to make it easier to read and find errors. A larger example would | to make it easier to read and find errors. A larger example would | ||
− | look as follows: | + | look as follows: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,329: | Line 7,069: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Each part of the GTD separated by a semicolon is called a | |
− | field. The following is the fields and their definitions. | + | field. The following is the fields and their definitions. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 7,336: | Line 7,076: | ||
;Field 1 | ;Field 1 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Field 1 is the guild level. It is simply the level at which one is | |
allowed to practice the particular entity in the guild. A level of 0 | allowed to practice the particular entity in the guild. A level of 0 | ||
− | indicates that one can practice it from the beginning. | + | indicates that one can practice it from the beginning. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,345: | Line 7,085: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is the maximum percentage one is allowed to practice the | |
particular entity. It can be anywhere from 1 to 200. For abilities, it | particular entity. It can be anywhere from 1 to 200. For abilities, it | ||
should be in increments of 2 (or divisible by 2), and for spells, skills, | should be in increments of 2 (or divisible by 2), and for spells, skills, | ||
or weapons, in increments of 5 (or divisible by 5). This means that the | or weapons, in increments of 5 (or divisible by 5). This means that the | ||
effective minimum depends on whether the entity is an ability or a spell, | effective minimum depends on whether the entity is an ability or a spell, | ||
− | skill or weapon. | + | skill or weapon. |
− | + | Therefore, the minimums for abilities is 2, and the minimum for spells, | |
skills or weapons is 5. Anything less will be automatically practiced to | skills or weapons is 5. Anything less will be automatically practiced to | ||
the effective minimum. This also means that putting an odd number for | the effective minimum. This also means that putting an odd number for | ||
abilities will result in the player practicing an additional point, and | abilities will result in the player practicing an additional point, and | ||
− | for spells, skills or weapons, practicing up to the nearest 5. | + | for spells, skills or weapons, practicing up to the nearest 5. |
− | + | For example: Percentage maximum for an ability is set for 95%. Player practices the | |
ability, which then becomes 96%. | ability, which then becomes 96%. | ||
Player then decides to practice a weapon skill. It is set to 77% maximum. | Player then decides to practice a weapon skill. It is set to 77% maximum. | ||
After practicing, the player has 80% in the weapon. | After practicing, the player has 80% in the weapon. | ||
It is better to simply make the ability 96% and the weapon 80% maximum | It is better to simply make the ability 96% and the weapon 80% maximum | ||
− | instead. | + | instead. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,369: | Line 7,109: | ||
;Field 3 | ;Field 3 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Name of Entity | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,375: | Line 7,115: | ||
;Field 4 | ;Field 4 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is the practice cost minimum in Old gold pieces. Anything less than 10 here | |
will simply be translated as 1 iron piece. Anything other than a number divisible | will simply be translated as 1 iron piece. Anything other than a number divisible | ||
− | by 10 is rounded up to the nearest iron piece. | + | by 10 is rounded up to the nearest iron piece. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,383: | Line 7,123: | ||
;Field 5 | ;Field 5 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is the practice cost maximum in old gold pieces. It is generally defined as | |
− | being 1000 times what Field 4 is defined as: | + | being 1000 times what Field 4 is defined as: |
− | + | The reason for this is because there is a scale related to the current | |
practice percentage of the entity. The practice minimum is what the entity | practice percentage of the entity. The practice minimum is what the entity | ||
costs when it is at 0%, and the practice maximum is what it costs to | costs when it is at 0%, and the practice maximum is what it costs to | ||
− | practice it to maximum percentage. | + | practice it to maximum percentage. |
− | + | It is not necessary to multiply the minimum by 1000 to define the | |
maximum. It can be any number, as long as the maximum exceeds the minimum. | maximum. It can be any number, as long as the maximum exceeds the minimum. | ||
Failure to do so will result in the mud crashing. It is unknown what will | Failure to do so will result in the mud crashing. It is unknown what will | ||
happen if the fields have 0 entered in them. I warn that it could be rather | happen if the fields have 0 entered in them. I warn that it could be rather | ||
− | unpredictable. | + | unpredictable. |
− | + | Setting the maximum too high will only serve to dissuade players from | |
practicing and indeed even playing. This is not to say you cannot make a | practicing and indeed even playing. This is not to say you cannot make a | ||
truly powerful entity very expensive. Just make sure that the entity is | truly powerful entity very expensive. Just make sure that the entity is | ||
− | worth the cost. | + | worth the cost. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,406: | Line 7,146: | ||
;Field 6 | ;Field 6 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is the only necessary practice points field. It allows one to use | |
their skill or ability practice points to increase their character's powers. | their skill or ability practice points to increase their character's powers. | ||
This number is generally determined by the desire of the builder to make | This number is generally determined by the desire of the builder to make | ||
the entity easier or harder to practice, based upon the logical | the entity easier or harder to practice, based upon the logical | ||
− | consideration of how this class would learn/use the entity. | + | consideration of how this class would learn/use the entity. |
− | + | For instance, a Fighter class would find practicing "fist" to be | |
exceedingly easy, so they may only need 4 points to practice this skill, | exceedingly easy, so they may only need 4 points to practice this skill, | ||
but on the other hand, a Mage class would not have such an experience so | but on the other hand, a Mage class would not have such an experience so | ||
− | it may cost them 15 points to practice. | + | it may cost them 15 points to practice. |
− | + | Don't go overboard, making this field an outrageous number will mean | |
that no one is likely to practice the entity, mainly because of lack of | that no one is likely to practice the entity, mainly because of lack of | ||
points. However, like in the cost fields, it can be made expensive to | points. However, like in the cost fields, it can be made expensive to | ||
− | reflect the power of the entity. | + | reflect the power of the entity. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,426: | Line 7,166: | ||
;Field 7 - X | ;Field 7 - X | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | You can repeat field 6 as many times as you want the player to be | |
able to practice in one level so you can set a point cost each | able to practice in one level so you can set a point cost each | ||
time. This is so each time they practice at a level you can make it | time. This is so each time they practice at a level you can make it | ||
− | more expensive. | + | more expensive. |
+ | |||
+ | An example of this would look as follows: | ||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,439: | Line 7,179: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This example has consider being practiced at guild level 0 up to 90%, | |
costing 4 old gold pieces minimum, 4000 old gold pieces maximum, | costing 4 old gold pieces minimum, 4000 old gold pieces maximum, | ||
5 practice points for the first practice per level and 10 for the | 5 practice points for the first practice per level and 10 for the | ||
− | second. | + | second. |
− | + | For 15 points a level, the player can practice consider twice. It is | |
actually quite nice to be able to do this, and generally easier entities | actually quite nice to be able to do this, and generally easier entities | ||
− | take advantage of this more often. | + | take advantage of this more often. |
− | + | Each additional field is followed by a semicolon | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 7,454: | Line 7,194: | ||
;Field X | ;Field X | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is the termination field for the GTD. It tells the compiler | |
that the GTD is finished. In fact, if you set a practice point field to | that the GTD is finished. In fact, if you set a practice point field to | ||
− | 0, it would consider that Field X, and end the GTD. | + | 0, it would consider that Field X, and end the GTD. |
− | + | Every GTD line must have an end of field marker! | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | When we refer to old gold pieces they represent the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> money system as | |
− | follows: | + | follows: |
<TABLE frame=all id="oldgold"> | <TABLE frame=all id="oldgold"> | ||
<TITLE>Old to new money conversions.</TITLE> | <TITLE>Old to new money conversions.</TITLE> | ||
Line 7,498: | Line 7,238: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | Of course, to finish up the entire SFUN_TEACH_INIT, you must include a | |
closing double quotation mark ("). Failure to do so will cause no end of | closing double quotation mark ("). Failure to do so will cause no end of | ||
− | problems for you. | + | problems for you. |
− | + | A finished teacher of ability function would look like | |
− | this: | + | this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,529: | Line 7,268: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | There are two other easy to use specials that you will want to use | |
with your teacher. they are 'SFUN_GUILD_BASIS' and | with your teacher. they are 'SFUN_GUILD_BASIS' and | ||
− | 'SFUN_MEMBERS_ONLY'. | + | 'SFUN_MEMBERS_ONLY'. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 7,537: | Line 7,276: | ||
;SFUN_GUILD_BASIS | ;SFUN_GUILD_BASIS | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This initializes the teacher and the only argument is the guild | |
− | name | + | name |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,552: | Line 7,291: | ||
;SFUN_MEMBERS_ONLY | ;SFUN_MEMBERS_ONLY | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This simply blocks anyone who is not in the guild from | |
practicing This means the argument is the guild name. and the act | practicing This means the argument is the guild name. and the act | ||
− | separated by a '#', an example would look as follows: | + | separated by a '#', an example would look as follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,564: | Line 7,302: | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | Finally we will show you what a full teacher would look like with | |
− | the entire specials and the NPC definition. | + | the entire specials and the NPC definition. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,616: | Line 7,353: | ||
<TITLE>Guild master functions</TITLE> | <TITLE>Guild master functions</TITLE> | ||
− | + | When you make a guild you have to make a guild master for it. This | |
NPC will let people join and leave the guild and it also gives titles. | NPC will let people join and leave the guild and it also gives titles. | ||
To create a guild master you need to use three 'special' functions. The | To create a guild master you need to use three 'special' functions. The | ||
functions you need are 'SFUN_GUILD_BASIS', 'SFUN_GUILD_MASTER', and | functions you need are 'SFUN_GUILD_BASIS', 'SFUN_GUILD_MASTER', and | ||
− | 'SFUN_GUILD_TITLES'. | + | 'SFUN_GUILD_TITLES'. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 7,626: | Line 7,363: | ||
;SFUN_GUILD_BASIS | ;SFUN_GUILD_BASIS | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This initializes the master and the only argument is the guild | |
− | name | + | name |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,641: | Line 7,378: | ||
;SFUN_GUILD_MASTER | ;SFUN_GUILD_MASTER | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The guild master function takes 6 arguments. Like the teacher | |
function the arguments must be surrounded by double quotes. The strings | function the arguments must be surrounded by double quotes. The strings | ||
in the arguments must be surrounded by tilde marks (~). The following | in the arguments must be surrounded by tilde marks (~). The following | ||
− | is a description of the arguments and what they do. | + | is a description of the arguments and what they do. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 7,650: | Line 7,387: | ||
;Line1: | ;Line1: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The first argument on is what the guild name is. As in the | |
teacher you need to pre-pend the '&l' symbol so the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> doesn't | teacher you need to pre-pend the '&l' symbol so the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> doesn't | ||
mess with the formatting of the string when the guild master is | mess with the formatting of the string when the guild master is | ||
− | compiled. | + | compiled. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,666: | Line 7,402: | ||
<term>Line 2</term> | <term>Line 2</term> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | This argument is what quest needs to be done before the character | |
− | can enter the guild. | + | can enter the guild. |
Line 7,679: | Line 7,415: | ||
<term>Line 3</term> | <term>Line 3</term> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | This argument is the amount it costs to enter the guild in old | |
− | gold pieces. | + | gold pieces. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,692: | Line 7,428: | ||
<term>Line 4</term> | <term>Line 4</term> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | this argument is the quest the player must do before leaving the | |
guild. If the player has not completed this quest the guild master | guild. If the player has not completed this quest the guild master | ||
− | will not let the player leave. | + | will not let the player leave. |
Line 7,707: | Line 7,443: | ||
<term>Line 5</term> | <term>Line 5</term> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | This argument is how much old gold pieces it will cost to quit | |
the guild. If the player doesn't have enough money the guild master | the guild. If the player doesn't have enough money the guild master | ||
− | will not let the player join. | + | will not let the player join. |
Line 7,722: | Line 7,458: | ||
<term>Line 6</term> | <term>Line 6</term> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | This argument is what guild the guild master will not accept | |
players from. For example the following will make it so no Thief can | players from. For example the following will make it so no Thief can | ||
− | be in the fighter guild. | + | be in the fighter guild. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,736: | Line 7,471: | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>When we refer to old gold pieces they represent the |
<ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> money system as shown in <xref | <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> money system as shown in <xref | ||
− | linkend="oldgold"></ | + | linkend="oldgold"></blockquote> |
− | + | The following is what a full 'SFUN_GUILD_MASTER' | |
− | function would look like | + | function would look like |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,762: | Line 7,496: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function allows the player to request a title at the guild | |
master. A title will be given every 5 levels up to level 100 so you | master. A title will be given every 5 levels up to level 100 so you | ||
have 20 titles you can set. The title function takes one title for male | have 20 titles you can set. The title function takes one title for male | ||
chars and one title for female chars so you have to set 40 | chars and one title for female chars so you have to set 40 | ||
− | titles. | + | titles. |
− | + | The arguments of this function are easy. The first thing you do is | |
the normal '&l' to let the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> know not to mess with this string. | the normal '&l' to let the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> know not to mess with this string. | ||
Then you put the guild name. Finally you follow it by the list of 40 | Then you put the guild name. Finally you follow it by the list of 40 | ||
− | titles. The following is the fighter guilds title list | + | titles. The following is the fighter guilds title list |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,825: | Line 7,558: | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | Put all three of these functions on your NPC and your all set you | |
− | have a guild master. | + | have a guild master. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 7,832: | Line 7,565: | ||
<TITLE>NPC banker</TITLE> | <TITLE>NPC banker</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The banker function is the easiest 'special' function there is to | |
− | use. The following placed on an NPC will make a banker: | + | use. The following placed on an NPC will make a banker: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,842: | Line 7,574: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As you see its very simple, so we will just show you a completed banker | |
− | and leave it at that. | + | and leave it at that. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,869: | Line 7,600: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
− | |||
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 7,876: | Line 7,606: | ||
<TITLE>Dragon station with rooms and NPCs</TITLE> | <TITLE>Dragon station with rooms and NPCs</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Now we will add the NPCs we have built to the zone from the | |
previous chapter. This is still not complete while it does compile and | previous chapter. This is still not complete while it does compile and | ||
you can log into your zone, you still have to load your NPCs and there | you can log into your zone, you still have to load your NPCs and there | ||
are no objects. These will be added as you progress through this | are no objects. These will be added as you progress through this | ||
− | manual. The following is the source file so far. | + | manual. The following is the source file so far. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 7,928: | Line 7,657: | ||
ALWAYS_LIGHT | ALWAYS_LIGHT | ||
flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} | flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} | ||
− | |||
west to disposal_room descr | west to disposal_room descr | ||
Line 8,088: | Line 7,816: | ||
//True or False for randomizing or not | //True or False for randomizing or not | ||
FALSE); | FALSE); | ||
− | |||
end | end | ||
Line 8,185: | Line 7,912: | ||
"You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your | "You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your | ||
lungs explode."); | lungs explode."); | ||
− | |||
end | end | ||
Line 8,268: | Line 7,994: | ||
special SFUN_BANK | special SFUN_BANK | ||
end | end | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
%end | %end | ||
Line 8,285: | Line 8,004: | ||
<TITLE>Suggested NPC exercises</TITLE> | <TITLE>Suggested NPC exercises</TITLE> | ||
− | + | ||
− | + | ||
− | + | 1. Using the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function for team work found in <xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> create a guard that will help all other guards. | |
− | + | ||
− | + | 2. Using the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function for rescue found in | |
− | |||
− | |||
<xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> add to your guard from exercise one and make it so | <xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> add to your guard from exercise one and make it so | ||
will now rescue as well as help. | will now rescue as well as help. | ||
− | + | ||
− | + | 3. Using the shop keeper function from <xref linkend="npcdilfunc">; | |
− | |||
− | |||
make a shop keeper that sells two types of food. The shop keeper should | make a shop keeper that sells two types of food. The shop keeper should | ||
− | make 5 of them a day and it should only buy items of the food type. For all other arguments be creative. | + | make 5 of them a day and it should only buy items of the food type. For all other arguments be creative. |
− | + | ||
− | + | 4. Using the shop keeper you created from exercise three, turn your shop keeper into a global wondering sales person. | |
− | + | ||
− | + | 5. Using the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function for agressive found in | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> create a Dwarf agressive to any Orc that | <xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> create a Dwarf agressive to any Orc that | ||
− | walks into the room. | + | walks into the room. |
− | + | ||
− | |||
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
− | |||
</chapter> | </chapter> | ||
Line 8,320: | Line 8,030: | ||
<TITLE>The objects section</TITLE> | <TITLE>The objects section</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The previous chapters would be enough for you to create an entire | |
game of nudists with no technology and no items of any kind. This of | game of nudists with no technology and no items of any kind. This of | ||
corse would be a very boring game of naked people fighting with no | corse would be a very boring game of naked people fighting with no | ||
weapons. don't worry the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> has a solution to this you can build | weapons. don't worry the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> has a solution to this you can build | ||
objects to dress up the NPCs and to fill the rooms with cluttered | objects to dress up the NPCs and to fill the rooms with cluttered | ||
− | junk. | + | junk. |
− | + | In order to get started building objects you should first be aware | |
of the object fields you can use. The <xref linkend="objfields"> shows a full listing | of the object fields you can use. The <xref linkend="objfields"> shows a full listing | ||
of all the object fields and their types as defined in <xref | of all the object fields and their types as defined in <xref | ||
− | linkend="ch-03">. | + | linkend="ch-03">. |
<TABLE frame=all id="objfields"> | <TABLE frame=all id="objfields"> | ||
Line 8,449: | Line 8,159: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | Many of the same fields you found in rooms and NPCs, as you can see from | |
<xref linkend="objfields">, can also be found in objects. The fields do | <xref linkend="objfields">, can also be found in objects. The fields do | ||
not always have exactly the same use when coding rooms, NPCs, and | not always have exactly the same use when coding rooms, NPCs, and | ||
objects but they are normally set in the same manor. It is very | objects but they are normally set in the same manor. It is very | ||
important that you read and understand the differences of each field as | important that you read and understand the differences of each field as | ||
− | they pertains to rooms, objects, and or NPCs. | + | they pertains to rooms, objects, and or NPCs. |
<sect1 id="objfielddescr"> | <sect1 id="objfielddescr"> | ||
<TITLE>Description of object fields</TITLE> | <TITLE>Description of object fields</TITLE> | ||
− | |||
<variablelist id="var-objfields"> | <variablelist id="var-objfields"> | ||
Line 8,464: | Line 8,173: | ||
;symbolic name | ;symbolic name | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The rules of the symbols has been explained in | |
− | |||
− | |||
<XREF LINKEND="ch-03">, if you didn't read them yet you may want to review. | <XREF LINKEND="ch-03">, if you didn't read them yet you may want to review. | ||
The important thing to realize with the object symbol is it is always | The important thing to realize with the object symbol is it is always | ||
Line 8,472: | Line 8,179: | ||
description so administrators and builders can use the | description so administrators and builders can use the | ||
<command>load</command> and the <command>wstat</command> to easily | <command>load</command> and the <command>wstat</command> to easily | ||
− | locate, examine, and load the object in question. | + | locate, examine, and load the object in question. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 8,479: | Line 8,186: | ||
;title | ;title | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The object title is what is shown if the object is being picked | |
− | |||
− | |||
up, dropped, given to someone, when you do the inventory command, , or being used in combat. | up, dropped, given to someone, when you do the inventory command, , or being used in combat. | ||
there should be no punctuation in the object title | there should be no punctuation in the object title | ||
Line 8,487: | Line 8,192: | ||
forget to capitalize something that the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> thinks you should it will | forget to capitalize something that the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> thinks you should it will | ||
give you a warning when you compile. The following are good examples of | give you a warning when you compile. The following are good examples of | ||
− | an object title. | + | an object title. |
Line 8,505: | Line 8,210: | ||
<TERM>descr</term> | <TERM>descr</term> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | The description field is what the player sees when walking into the room | |
− | |||
− | |||
or when looking with no arguments. It is good practice to make this no | or when looking with no arguments. It is good practice to make this no | ||
− | longer than one line not counting the 'descr' tag. | + | longer than one line not counting the 'descr' tag. |
− | + | Some examples of the object description field would be as | |
− | follows: | + | follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 8,534: | Line 8,236: | ||
;names | ;names | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The object names are as important as the NPC names. They are what | |
− | |||
− | |||
you act on when picking the object up, dropping it, throwing it, just | you act on when picking the object up, dropping it, throwing it, just | ||
about anything you do to objects use these name fields. On drink | about anything you do to objects use these name fields. On drink | ||
Line 8,544: | Line 8,244: | ||
title or description it should be in the names list. conversely if it is | title or description it should be in the names list. conversely if it is | ||
not in the title or description it shouldn't be in the names list | not in the title or description it shouldn't be in the names list | ||
− | because the players will not use it if they don't know about it. | + | because the players will not use it if they don't know about it. |
− | + | The following is some examples of good 'names' fields with respect to | |
− | their 'title' and 'descr'. | + | their 'title' and 'descr'. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 8,562: | Line 8,261: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The idea of course is to make any combination that a player may | |
type to try and act upon your object. You would not want to describe and | type to try and act upon your object. You would not want to describe and | ||
title your object with an entirely different theme than you created its | title your object with an entirely different theme than you created its | ||
− | names with because a player would not know what it is called. | + | names with because a player would not know what it is called. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 8,572: | Line 8,271: | ||
;inside_descr | ;inside_descr | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The inside description is what a player sees if it is inside the | |
− | |||
− | |||
object. This is used for things like Coffins or boxes or boats that a | object. This is used for things like Coffins or boxes or boats that a | ||
player can climb inside. The inside description is defined the same way | player can climb inside. The inside description is defined the same way | ||
the normal description is but you can make it as many lines as you want | the normal description is but you can make it as many lines as you want | ||
− | like you would with a room description. | + | like you would with a room description. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 8,596: | Line 8,292: | ||
;extra | ;extra | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The extra's on the object like the NPC, can be used to do many things. It can be | |
− | |||
− | |||
used to store information for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs or it can be used to show a | used to store information for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs or it can be used to show a | ||
part of the object like the room extras show a part of the room. They | part of the object like the room extras show a part of the room. They | ||
can even be used to create new acts when a person picks the item up, | can even be used to create new acts when a person picks the item up, | ||
drops, or enters it.There is also a special extra that is the object's description when | drops, or enters it.There is also a special extra that is the object's description when | ||
− | you look at it with the look <object> command. | + | you look at it with the look <object> command. |
− | + | Lets go over the object description extra first. If you use an extra | |
with no names list it will become the object's description when you look at | with no names list it will become the object's description when you look at | ||
− | any of the names on it. | + | any of the names on it. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 8,621: | Line 8,315: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You can also use extras to show parts of the object. | |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 8,635: | Line 8,329: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You can also use the extras to give more detailed and vivid | |
− | descriptions when the object is acted upon. | + | descriptions when the object is acted upon. |
<TABLE frame=all> | <TABLE frame=all> | ||
Line 8,699: | Line 8,393: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | In the following example of an ice cube, 1n is the activator and | |
− | $2n is the unit in question. | + | $2n is the unit in question. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 8,713: | Line 8,407: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Finally you can use extras to store information for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs. | |
We will not cover this because it is a topic covered in-depth in | We will not cover this because it is a topic covered in-depth in | ||
− | the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> documentation. | + | the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> documentation. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 8,722: | Line 8,416: | ||
;manipulate | ;manipulate | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is what defines the things that can be done to the | |
− | |||
− | |||
object. For example a piece of armour should be able to be taken and | object. For example a piece of armour should be able to be taken and | ||
worn, while a fountain should be able to be entered but not taken unless its some | worn, while a fountain should be able to be entered but not taken unless its some | ||
Line 8,730: | Line 8,422: | ||
though you can use them together. We separate them because the first | though you can use them together. We separate them because the first | ||
two are flags that tell you if you can take or enter something while the | two are flags that tell you if you can take or enter something while the | ||
− | rest of the manipulate flags are for worn positions. | + | rest of the manipulate flags are for worn positions. |
− | + | First the two flags for taking and entering are: | |
<TABLE frame=all> | <TABLE frame=all> | ||
Line 8,758: | Line 8,450: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | These flags are | |
set to indicate on what body positions a particular object can be | set to indicate on what body positions a particular object can be | ||
− | worn: | + | worn: |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_FINGER</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_NECK</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_BODY</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_HEAD</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_LEGS</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_FEET</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_HANDS</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_ARMS</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_SHIELD</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_ABOUT</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_WAIST</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_WRIST</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WIELD</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_HOLD</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_EAR</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_BACK</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_CHEST</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM> MANIPULATE_WEAR_ANKLE</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | Currently you can only set one of the worn positions flags on an | |
item at a time. You can set both enter and take on an item with a | item at a time. You can set both enter and take on an item with a | ||
position or just one or the other. Some legal examples of combinations | position or just one or the other. Some legal examples of combinations | ||
− | are as follows: | + | are as follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 8,807: | Line 8,498: | ||
;flags | ;flags | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field on an object is used to set special attributes in order to make | |
− | |||
− | |||
the object able to be buried or not or no-teleportable and many others. The | the object able to be buried or not or no-teleportable and many others. The | ||
object flag list uses the UNIT_FL_* variables that both the NPCs and | object flag list uses the UNIT_FL_* variables that both the NPCs and | ||
Line 8,817: | Line 8,506: | ||
as a special flag which you will learn as you learn to use <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. The | as a special flag which you will learn as you learn to use <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. The | ||
following is a full list of all unit flags and how they affect objects, if | following is a full list of all unit flags and how they affect objects, if | ||
− | they do. | + | they do. |
<TABLE frame=all id="unitflagsobj"> | <TABLE frame=all id="unitflagsobj"> | ||
Line 8,881: | Line 8,570: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | If you wanted to make an object that a player can carry around but can | |
− | not save you would set the manipulate and flags as follows. | + | not save you would set the manipulate and flags as follows. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 8,896: | Line 8,585: | ||
;type | ;type | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is what you use to set the objects type. The type | |
− | |||
− | |||
field is used when spells are cast or commands are executed on the | field is used when spells are cast or commands are executed on the | ||
object. You can add your own item types but they will not change the | object. You can add your own item types but they will not change the | ||
Line 8,904: | Line 8,591: | ||
and what they mean when you set them. Some are not supported with the | and what they mean when you set them. Some are not supported with the | ||
current code but you can add support for them if you like by making <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | current code but you can add support for them if you like by making <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | ||
− | commands, which is covered in another manual. | + | commands, which is covered in another manual. |
<TABLE frame=all id="itemtypes"> | <TABLE frame=all id="itemtypes"> | ||
Line 9,047: | Line 8,734: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | Unlike flags and manipulate fields only one item type can be set | |
on an object at a time. The format for the 'type' field is simply the | on an object at a time. The format for the 'type' field is simply the | ||
− | keyword followed by the value as follows: | + | keyword followed by the value as follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,064: | Line 8,750: | ||
;weight | ;weight | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The weight is the weight of the object in pounds. In the future we | |
− | |||
− | |||
may adjust this to allow you to make things lighter for example you | may adjust this to allow you to make things lighter for example you | ||
could set it in ounces or grams. Right now however all we have is | could set it in ounces or grams. Right now however all we have is | ||
− | pounds so we have some pretty heavy feathers out there. | + | pounds so we have some pretty heavy feathers out there. |
+ | |||
+ | To use this you just enter the 'weight' keyword and then the | ||
+ | value. | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,086: | Line 8,770: | ||
;capacity | ;capacity | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field sets the size of a container object. If the object does not have the manipulate enter flag set then this field doesn't have to be set. The capacity is currently by pounds since the weight of objects is set in pounds. In the future we may take into account size and weight but right now it goes only by weight. The following line of code would set an item to carry 600 pounds of stuff. | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,102: | Line 8,783: | ||
;key | ;key | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The key field sets the key name of the key that will open the item. This field should be set to the symbolic name of the key that opens the item it is on. If the item is in the same zone as the key then you do not need to put the zone extension on the key name. The following are the three possible examples of using the key field. | |
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,120: | Line 8,798: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Notice you can put the zone name on it if the key is in the same | |
zone but if the key is not in the same zone you must put the zone name | zone but if the key is not in the same zone you must put the zone name | ||
− | on it. | + | on it. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 9,129: | Line 8,807: | ||
;cost | ;cost | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is the field you set to add a cost to your object. If you | |
− | |||
− | |||
leave this field out it will default to no cost and will not be able to | leave this field out it will default to no cost and will not be able to | ||
be sold at stores. The system for setting cost on an item is the same | be sold at stores. The system for setting cost on an item is the same | ||
as setting money on a NPC. As with a NPC we could set it using a single | as setting money on a NPC. As with a NPC we could set it using a single | ||
number but it would not be easy to understand. For example 5 gold | number but it would not be easy to understand. For example 5 gold | ||
− | pieces would be something like: | + | pieces would be something like: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,144: | Line 8,820: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | I am no more sure this will make five gold pieces than I was when | |
I used this same example with the money field in NPC. The problem is I | I used this same example with the money field in NPC. The problem is I | ||
just did the math in my head so its not very accurate. It is much | just did the math in my head so its not very accurate. It is much | ||
easier to use the defined money types to set exactly what you want as | easier to use the defined money types to set exactly what you want as | ||
− | follows: | + | follows: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,160: | Line 8,836: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now if we wanted to make an object costing five gold it would be as | |
− | simple as this: | + | simple as this: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,168: | Line 8,844: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | the define method also gains you the ability to tell the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> what | |
amount of each coin you want on the NPC. If you set it using a single | amount of each coin you want on the NPC. If you set it using a single | ||
integer the compiler would pick how many of each coin. This of course | integer the compiler would pick how many of each coin. This of course | ||
is not what is desired in fact you want to be able to set your cost | is not what is desired in fact you want to be able to set your cost | ||
however you like. So setting more than one coin is as simple as adding | however you like. So setting more than one coin is as simple as adding | ||
− | a comma between the first and second coin. | + | a comma between the first and second coin. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,187: | Line 8,863: | ||
;rent | ;rent | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field tells how much it costs you to keep an item while your | |
− | |||
− | |||
offline. The rent is not always taken if the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server is set up to | offline. The rent is not always taken if the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server is set up to | ||
not take any rent then it will not matter if you set this or not. Also | not take any rent then it will not matter if you set this or not. Also | ||
Line 9,195: | Line 8,869: | ||
take the exact amount you et. If the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server is set up to take 100% | take the exact amount you et. If the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server is set up to take 100% | ||
of the rent then what you set will be taken. To set this field you do | of the rent then what you set will be taken. To set this field you do | ||
− | the same as you do with the cost field. | + | the same as you do with the cost field. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,210: | Line 8,883: | ||
;minv | ;minv | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This field is the administrator invisible level of the object it is | |
− | |||
− | |||
set on. This means that if you set the 'minv' to two hundred it will | set on. This means that if you set the 'minv' to two hundred it will | ||
make it so the object can not be seen by anyone below the administrator | make it so the object can not be seen by anyone below the administrator | ||
Line 9,218: | Line 8,889: | ||
administrators but you don't want players to see. | administrators but you don't want players to see. | ||
In order for the 'minv' to be removed an | In order for the 'minv' to be removed an | ||
− | administrator or a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function must change it. | + | administrator or a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function must change it. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,225: | Line 8,896: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 9,234: | Line 8,904: | ||
;alignment | ;alignment | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The object alignment is not currently used. It is an integer | |
− | |||
− | |||
value that can be set on an object to be used with any <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions. | value that can be set on an object to be used with any <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions. | ||
In the future it will be what determines if a good or evil person can | In the future it will be what determines if a good or evil person can | ||
wield an item. The value is set by placing the 'alignment' keyword | wield an item. The value is set by placing the 'alignment' keyword | ||
− | first followed by the alignment desired from -1000 to +1000. | + | first followed by the alignment desired from -1000 to +1000. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,253: | Line 8,920: | ||
;open | ;open | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The open field is used if you want to give your object the ability | |
− | |||
− | |||
to be opened, closed, and or locked. If you add the open flags you need | to be opened, closed, and or locked. If you add the open flags you need | ||
to also add a key field which has already been explained. | to also add a key field which has already been explained. | ||
The following are all | The following are all | ||
− | the possible open flags and what they are used for. | + | the possible open flags and what they are used for. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 9,265: | Line 8,930: | ||
;EX_OPEN_CLOSE | ;EX_OPEN_CLOSE | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Set this if you can open and close this object. | |
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 9,272: | Line 8,936: | ||
;EX_CLOSED | ;EX_CLOSED | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Set this if you want the object to be closed when loaded. | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 9,278: | Line 8,942: | ||
;EX_LOCKED | ;EX_LOCKED | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Set this if you want the object to be locked when loaded. | |
− | < | + | <blockquote> |
− | + | An interesting aspect is that if you do not specify a key, you can | |
only unlock this door with the 'pick' skill, 'unlock' spell or from | only unlock this door with the 'pick' skill, 'unlock' spell or from | ||
− | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> with UnSet(); | + | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> with UnSet(); |
− | </ | + | </blockquote> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 9,289: | Line 8,953: | ||
;EX_PICK_PROOF | ;EX_PICK_PROOF | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Using this flag renders the 'pick' skill and 'unlock' spell un useable on the | |
− | lock of this object. | + | lock of this object. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 9,296: | Line 8,960: | ||
;EX_INSIDE_OPEN | ;EX_INSIDE_OPEN | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Usable on container objects only, this enables the mobile to 'open' and | |
− | 'lock' from the inside. | + | 'lock' from the inside. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | The simplest use of this field is to make an object that opens | |
and closes. A coffin for example would have its flags set as | and closes. A coffin for example would have its flags set as | ||
− | follows: | + | follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,313: | Line 8,976: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you wanted to set an object that is locked and closed and | |
− | having a brass key that can open it, when it is loaded. It would look as follows. | + | having a brass key that can open it, when it is loaded. It would look as follows. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,324: | Line 8,986: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You would have to define the key in the object section as well and | |
− | the symbolic name for that key would be 'brass_key' | + | the symbolic name for that key would be 'brass_key' |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 9,334: | Line 8,996: | ||
;spell | ;spell | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The spell field is the power of the objects defense against | |
− | |||
− | |||
spells. You can set it from zero which is just not setting the field | spells. You can set it from zero which is just not setting the field | ||
all the way to 200% which means a person who has 100% in a spell will | all the way to 200% which means a person who has 100% in a spell will | ||
fail almost all the time. To set this field it would look as | fail almost all the time. To set this field it would look as | ||
− | follows: | + | follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
//Spell resistance at 150% | //Spell resistance at 150% | ||
Line 9,354: | Line 9,013: | ||
;value | ;value | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The object values are used for just about any special item from | |
− | |||
− | |||
armour to drink containers. They should not be set directly unless you | armour to drink containers. They should not be set directly unless you | ||
have a reason to do so, like a special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> command that checks a | have a reason to do so, like a special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> command that checks a | ||
Line 9,362: | Line 9,019: | ||
value is already used for example value one is already used on | value is already used for example value one is already used on | ||
weapons and armours for craftsman ship that will be explained later in | weapons and armours for craftsman ship that will be explained later in | ||
− | <xref linkend="objmacros">. | + | <xref linkend="objmacros">. |
− | + | If you find you need to set the values there are a total of five | |
− | of them and they can be set to any integer value as follows: | + | of them and they can be set to any integer value as follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,384: | Line 9,040: | ||
;affect | ;affect | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The affect field should not be set directly, instead you should | |
− | + | use the macros defined in <xref linkend="objmacros">. | |
− | |||
− | use the macros defined in <xref linkend="objmacros">. | ||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 9,395: | Line 9,049: | ||
;dilbegin or dilcopy | ;dilbegin or dilcopy | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | As has been mentioned in previous sections the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions are what give <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers the edge over all other muds. | |
− | |||
− | |||
We will only give some examples here and leave it up to the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual to teach | We will only give some examples here and leave it up to the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual to teach | ||
you how to create your own functions that will make your rooms, NPC, and | you how to create your own functions that will make your rooms, NPC, and | ||
− | objects more than special. | + | objects more than special. |
− | + | There are several object functions that come standard with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | |
− | 2.0. The following is a list of those functions. | + | 2.0. The following is a list of those functions. |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Guild restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Anti-guild restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Quest restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Quests restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Alignment restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Level restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Virtual level restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Race restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Ability restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Skill restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Spell restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Weapon restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Gender restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Player restrict</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>boards</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>tuborg/dilbegin</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | These are the only object functions currently documented in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | |
2.0 release but if you go through the zones that are released with the | 2.0 release but if you go through the zones that are released with the | ||
<ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> you are sure to find many more. Hopefully with the descriptions in | <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> you are sure to find many more. Hopefully with the descriptions in | ||
<XREF LINKEND="objdilfunc">. You will be able to use the functions | <XREF LINKEND="objdilfunc">. You will be able to use the functions | ||
− | listed here and figure out ones that are not. | + | listed here and figure out ones that are not. |
− | + | Since these are just <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>'s written by builders for the | |
Valhalla mud all you have to do is use the dilcopy keyword in the | Valhalla mud all you have to do is use the dilcopy keyword in the | ||
NPC with the function name you want to use and the arguments that | NPC with the function name you want to use and the arguments that | ||
function requires. The following is what you would find in the | function requires. The following is what you would find in the | ||
− | ''function.zon'' for tuborgs. | + | ''function.zon'' for tuborgs. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,499: | Line 9,150: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function scares you don't worry you don't have to | |
understand it or adjust it you only have to use it. In fact this is a | understand it or adjust it you only have to use it. In fact this is a | ||
really easy <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to use. The argument on the tuborg function is not used | really easy <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to use. The argument on the tuborg function is not used | ||
yet so all you have to do is pass in a blank string or any string for | yet so all you have to do is pass in a blank string or any string for | ||
that matter. So if you wanted to make a tuborg in the game you would | that matter. So if you wanted to make a tuborg in the game you would | ||
− | just add this to your drink container. | + | just add this to your drink container. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,513: | Line 9,163: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | All of the above listed <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> object functions are described in | |
<XREF LINKEND="objdilfunc">. | <XREF LINKEND="objdilfunc">. | ||
Then we put some to work so you can see how | Then we put some to work so you can see how | ||
− | to use them in <XREF LINKEND="objcomplex" | + | to use them in <XREF LINKEND="objcomplex"> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 9,527: | Line 9,177: | ||
<TITLE>Object macros</TITLE> | <TITLE>Object macros</TITLE> | ||
− | + | To make the creation of some objects easier we have provided a | |
set of Macros. The macros range from general armour and weapons macros | set of Macros. The macros range from general armour and weapons macros | ||
to macros that help you create special affects on all items. We will | to macros that help you create special affects on all items. We will | ||
Line 9,534: | Line 9,184: | ||
which we will show the use of craftsmanship and magical modifiers in | which we will show the use of craftsmanship and magical modifiers in | ||
<xref linkend="objmacroweapon"> and <xref | <xref linkend="objmacroweapon"> and <xref | ||
− | linkend="objmacroarmour">. | + | linkend="objmacroarmour">. |
− | |||
− | |||
Line 9,542: | Line 9,190: | ||
<TITLE>Weapon and armour craftsmanship</TITLE> | <TITLE>Weapon and armour craftsmanship</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The craftsmanship is a way of expressing the overall quality of a | |
piece of armour or weapon. The quality on the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers currently | piece of armour or weapon. The quality on the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers currently | ||
means the amount of hit points given to an item. The craftsmanship | means the amount of hit points given to an item. The craftsmanship | ||
ranges from 25 to -25 and the hit points range from 125 to 6000. The craftsmanship can be looked at as how tough or good the armour | ranges from 25 to -25 and the hit points range from 125 to 6000. The craftsmanship can be looked at as how tough or good the armour | ||
or weapon is. The following table should help you in deciding how tough | or weapon is. The following table should help you in deciding how tough | ||
− | your armour or weapon should be. | + | your armour or weapon should be. |
<TABLE frame=all tocentry=0> | <TABLE frame=all tocentry=0> | ||
Line 9,615: | Line 9,263: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | + | It is suggested the higher the craftsmanship the higher the cost | |
of the weapon should be. This is not a must but it goes with out saying | of the weapon should be. This is not a must but it goes with out saying | ||
the quality of an item should be represented in the cost of it. Of | the quality of an item should be represented in the cost of it. Of | ||
corse there is the time you would want to sell your players poor quality | corse there is the time you would want to sell your players poor quality | ||
items at a high cost just to make them think they are getting something | items at a high cost just to make them think they are getting something | ||
− | cool. | + | cool. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 9,627: | Line 9,275: | ||
<TITLE>Magical modifier</TITLE> | <TITLE>Magical modifier</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The magical modifier can be said to modify damage done to an | |
opponent. In a combat the damage is calculated and then the magical | opponent. In a combat the damage is calculated and then the magical | ||
bonuses on armour or weapons is added in. This is best explained by an | bonuses on armour or weapons is added in. This is best explained by an | ||
− | example. | + | example. |
− | + | Lets say that you were about to give 25 hit points of damage to a | |
person. Your sword has a plus 25% in magical bonus. The bonus is added to | person. Your sword has a plus 25% in magical bonus. The bonus is added to | ||
your damage to make it a total of 50 hit points of damage. The player | your damage to make it a total of 50 hit points of damage. The player | ||
Line 9,638: | Line 9,286: | ||
are about to hit him on. That will reduce the damage back to its 25% | are about to hit him on. That will reduce the damage back to its 25% | ||
hit points originally done. This is just a nice way to add a bit of | hit points originally done. This is just a nice way to add a bit of | ||
− | damage for a special weapon. | + | damage for a special weapon. |
− | + | The magical modifier ranges from 25 to -25. It affects both the | |
damage being given to a player and the damage being given to a weapon or | damage being given to a player and the damage being given to a weapon or | ||
− | a piece of armour. | + | a piece of armour. |
− | + | It is suggested that you modify the costs of your objects to fit | |
the amount of magical bonus along with adding the magical flag tot he | the amount of magical bonus along with adding the magical flag tot he | ||
objects flag list so an identify spell can pick up that there is | objects flag list so an identify spell can pick up that there is | ||
magic about the object. This is not a must but your players will love | magic about the object. This is not a must but your players will love | ||
− | you for it. | + | you for it. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
<sect2 id="objmacroweapon"> | <sect2 id="objmacroweapon"> | ||
<TITLE>Setting weapon fields</TITLE> | <TITLE>Setting weapon fields</TITLE> | ||
− | + | To create a weapon you only need three pieces of information. | |
The weapons craftsmanship and magical modifiers defined in <xref | The weapons craftsmanship and magical modifiers defined in <xref | ||
linkend="objcraft"> and <xref linkend="objmag"> and the weapon type. | linkend="objcraft"> and <xref linkend="objmag"> and the weapon type. | ||
Line 9,661: | Line 9,309: | ||
linkend="app-d">. With craftsmanship, magical modifier and the weapon | linkend="app-d">. With craftsmanship, magical modifier and the weapon | ||
type all you need to do is pick from one of the following macros and | type all you need to do is pick from one of the following macros and | ||
− | insert your numbers. | + | insert your numbers. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,679: | Line 9,326: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As you can see the first macro uses the second macro so the only | |
difference between them is the first one sets the height field. Using | difference between them is the first one sets the height field. Using | ||
the first macro will force your weapon to be a certain size when loaded. | the first macro will force your weapon to be a certain size when loaded. | ||
While not setting the height field by using the second macro would let | While not setting the height field by using the second macro would let | ||
the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server set the size of the weapon by what NPC it is loaded | the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server set the size of the weapon by what NPC it is loaded | ||
− | on. | + | on. |
− | + | A flail (two handed) of non-pure iron (-3%), a little better than | |
− | average craftsmanship (5%) and no magic bonuses would have: | + | average craftsmanship (5%) and no magic bonuses would have: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
WEAPON_DEF(WPN_FLAIL, +2, 0) | WEAPON_DEF(WPN_FLAIL, +2, 0) | ||
Line 9,695: | Line 9,341: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | A rusty (-5%) mean sacrificial dagger by a skilled smithy (+5%) | |
− | and magically enchanted might be: | + | and magically enchanted might be: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,706: | Line 9,351: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | An old shaky wooden stick made for a 400 cm tall person could | |
− | be: | + | be: |
Line 9,716: | Line 9,361: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | A wooden bastard sword would have considerable less craftsmanship | |
than listed since wood prevents the slashing effect, also it would be | than listed since wood prevents the slashing effect, also it would be | ||
non-sense to apply better than average craftsmanship in this | non-sense to apply better than average craftsmanship in this | ||
− | case. | + | case. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,731: | Line 9,375: | ||
<TITLE>Setting armour fields</TITLE> | <TITLE>Setting armour fields</TITLE> | ||
− | + | When designing armour it is no more difficult then when designing | |
weapons. There is five main armour types. The types don't define the | weapons. There is five main armour types. The types don't define the | ||
material type for example if you wanted to create a wooden pair of | material type for example if you wanted to create a wooden pair of | ||
Line 9,737: | Line 9,381: | ||
the armour type as plate and then adding the material as defined in | the armour type as plate and then adding the material as defined in | ||
<xref linkend="objmacromattype">. The five armour types are as | <xref linkend="objmacromattype">. The five armour types are as | ||
− | follows: | + | follows: |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Clothes</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Leather</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Hard leather</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Chain</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Plate</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | The armours macros are almost the same as the weapons macro it looks | |
− | as follows. | + | as follows. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,766: | Line 9,409: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The craftsmanship and magical modifier fields have already been | |
explained so the only thing new that you need to pass into these macros | explained so the only thing new that you need to pass into these macros | ||
is the 'atype' which stands for armour type. As we have mentioned there | is the 'atype' which stands for armour type. As we have mentioned there | ||
are five different armour types. The following are the defines for | are five different armour types. The following are the defines for | ||
− | each: | + | each: |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>ARMOUR_CLOTHES</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>ARMOUR_LEATHER</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>ARMOUR_HLEATHER</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>ARMOUR_CHAIN</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>ARMOUR_PLATE</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | The armour type defines how different weapons and spells are | |
defended against for example plate would be better against acid maybe | defended against for example plate would be better against acid maybe | ||
and worse against electricity. You as a <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | and worse against electricity. You as a <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | ||
administrator will have to decide which armours are better at what by | administrator will have to decide which armours are better at what by | ||
changing your ''weapons.def'' and | changing your ''weapons.def'' and | ||
− | ''spells.def'' | + | ''spells.def'' |
− | + | This explains the entire armour define but there is some more to | |
it. The rest will be covered in <xref linkend="objarmour"> For now an | it. The rest will be covered in <xref linkend="objarmour"> For now an | ||
− | example use of the armour define would be as follows: | + | example use of the armour define would be as follows: |
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,805: | Line 9,446: | ||
<TITLE>Setting shield fields</TITLE> | <TITLE>Setting shield fields</TITLE> | ||
− | + | We have tried to keep the interface of making armours, weapons, and shields the same. If you have already looked through the defines for weapons and armours you will find that there is very little difference here. The following is the define for the macro that sets the shield values. | |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,823: | Line 9,463: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You have already seen the craftsmanship and magical modifiers | |
in <xref linkend="objcraft"> and <xref linkend="objmag">, so the only | in <xref linkend="objcraft"> and <xref linkend="objmag">, so the only | ||
thing different here is the shield type. There are three shield | thing different here is the shield type. There are three shield | ||
Line 9,829: | Line 9,469: | ||
size. the three sizes are small, medium, and large. to set the type | size. the three sizes are small, medium, and large. to set the type | ||
you use the defines from ''vme.h'' which define the | you use the defines from ''vme.h'' which define the | ||
− | following: | + | following: |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>SHIELD_SMALL</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>SHIELD_MEDIUM</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>SHIELD_LARGE</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | the larger the shield the better chance of blocking an attack. | |
You may want to remember to add weight as you add size to your shield so | You may want to remember to add weight as you add size to your shield so | ||
players are weighted down and can not carry the best of everything | players are weighted down and can not carry the best of everything | ||
− | but that is up to the administrator of the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. | + | but that is up to the administrator of the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. |
− | + | A small magical wooden shield could be assigned: | |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,856: | Line 9,495: | ||
<TITLE>Setting material types</TITLE> | <TITLE>Setting material types</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Currently Material types are not used greatly in spells or skills | |
but in the future we hope to add more functionality for materials. For | but in the future we hope to add more functionality for materials. For | ||
example in the future if you are hit by an acid spell we want your | example in the future if you are hit by an acid spell we want your | ||
Line 9,863: | Line 9,502: | ||
check in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> what the weapon is made out of. The following is the list | check in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> what the weapon is made out of. The following is the list | ||
you would find in ''wmacros.h'' of in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 | you would find in ''wmacros.h'' of in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 | ||
− | release. | + | release. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,882: | Line 9,520: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Therefore if you had a wooden staff you could add the following to | |
− | your weapon so spells would know what it was made out of. | + | your weapon so spells would know what it was made out of. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,895: | Line 9,532: | ||
<TITLE>Drink container macros</TITLE> | <TITLE>Drink container macros</TITLE> | ||
− | + | There are two different kinds of macros for drink containers. The | |
one you use depends on the need at the time. The harder macro is made | one you use depends on the need at the time. The harder macro is made | ||
so you can create a drink of any kind. If however you want normal | so you can create a drink of any kind. If however you want normal | ||
Line 9,902: | Line 9,539: | ||
following is a couple of the macros from the | following is a couple of the macros from the | ||
''liquid.h'' for a full listing see | ''liquid.h'' for a full listing see | ||
− | <xref linkend="app-e">. | + | <xref linkend="app-e">. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,918: | Line 9,554: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | To use these macros the arguments are pretty simple. | |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;weight | ;weight | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The first argument just says how heavy your drink container is when | |
empty. Like a barrel might be 15 pounds and a glass might be 1 pound. | empty. Like a barrel might be 15 pounds and a glass might be 1 pound. | ||
You may be thinking there is no way the glasses in your kitchen are one | You may be thinking there is no way the glasses in your kitchen are one | ||
Line 9,930: | Line 9,566: | ||
least we can make it is a pound. In the future of the | least we can make it is a pound. In the future of the | ||
<ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> we will be converting to smaller measurements | <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> we will be converting to smaller measurements | ||
− | like grams or ounces. | + | like grams or ounces. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 9,937: | Line 9,573: | ||
<term>capacity</term> | <term>capacity</term> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | The second argument is what your container can carry weight wise. | |
So if your barrel is 15 pounds and your barrel can carry 35 pounds of a | So if your barrel is 15 pounds and your barrel can carry 35 pounds of a | ||
liquid then the total weight when full would be 50 pounds, if my math | liquid then the total weight when full would be 50 pounds, if my math | ||
is working today. To make a container with infinity liquid like a | is working today. To make a container with infinity liquid like a | ||
− | fountain you just set capacity to '-1'. | + | fountain you just set capacity to '-1'. |
− | < | + | <blockquote>Making capacities ridiculously large can cause weight bugs. |
If your going to allow ridiculous amounts you might just want to give | If your going to allow ridiculous amounts you might just want to give | ||
them the infinite amount or really work on your drink and pour | them the infinite amount or really work on your drink and pour | ||
− | functions</ | + | functions</blockquote> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 9,952: | Line 9,588: | ||
<term>inside</term> | <term>inside</term> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | The third argument is how much liquid by weight your container | |
has inside. This value should not be greater than the capacity but if | has inside. This value should not be greater than the capacity but if | ||
you mess up it will be fixed when the player tries to drink from it. | you mess up it will be fixed when the player tries to drink from it. | ||
The total weight of the drink container and the liquid it contains | The total weight of the drink container and the liquid it contains | ||
− | will be the weight added to this value. | + | will be the weight added to this value. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 9,963: | Line 9,599: | ||
<term>poison</term> | <term>poison</term> | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | the forth argument is the amount of poison in your drink. There | |
is no limit on the amount of poison but understand that a value of ten | is no limit on the amount of poison but understand that a value of ten | ||
− | would be a very high poison value. | + | would be a very high poison value. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | So if you wanted to make a simple small glass of water you would | |
− | use the water macro and it would look like this: | + | use the water macro and it would look like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 9,980: | Line 9,615: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | You are probably wondering what it takes to fill a player from | |
empty. The players thirst ranges from -24 which is dieing of | empty. The players thirst ranges from -24 which is dieing of | ||
thirst all the way to positive 24 which is full. So if you have a | thirst all the way to positive 24 which is full. So if you have a | ||
barrel that can hold 24 capacity one full barrel can take a person from | barrel that can hold 24 capacity one full barrel can take a person from | ||
− | zero thirst to full. | + | zero thirst to full. |
− | + | Now lets say you want to make something more exotic. All the | |
normal drinks are made or at least a great | normal drinks are made or at least a great | ||
number of them are in the | number of them are in the | ||
Line 9,994: | Line 9,629: | ||
not covered in our liquid file so you would | not covered in our liquid file so you would | ||
have to make one yourself or use the more | have to make one yourself or use the more | ||
− | complex macro. | + | complex macro. |
Line 10,012: | Line 9,647: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As you can see this define has much more information you need to | |
pass it but it really is not that hard. The following are the arguments | pass it but it really is not that hard. The following are the arguments | ||
− | and what they do. | + | and what they do. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 10,021: | Line 9,656: | ||
;color | ;color | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | the first argument is the color of the liquid. this color will be | |
− | shown when you look at the liquid in the container. | + | shown when you look at the liquid in the container. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 10,030: | Line 9,665: | ||
;wgt | ;wgt | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The second argument is the weight of the container as in the last | |
− | macros. It is what the container would weigh empty. | + | macros. It is what the container would weigh empty. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> |
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;max_cap | ;max_cap | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The third argument is the maximum capacity of the container. If | |
the value is set to 15 and the container is fulled it will contain 15 | the value is set to 15 and the container is fulled it will contain 15 | ||
pounds of liquid which adds to the base weight to get the total weight | pounds of liquid which adds to the base weight to get the total weight | ||
of the container. If you want a container to have unlimited contents | of the container. If you want a container to have unlimited contents | ||
then you set the capacity to '-1' and the weight will be that of the | then you set the capacity to '-1' and the weight will be that of the | ||
− | 'wgt' field. | + | 'wgt' field. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 10,048: | Line 9,683: | ||
;inside | ;inside | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The forth argument is the amount of liquid the container starts | |
with. This amount should not be greater than the 'max_cap' field, but | with. This amount should not be greater than the 'max_cap' field, but | ||
if it is it will be corrected when the player takes a drink or acts on | if it is it will be corrected when the player takes a drink or acts on | ||
− | the container. | + | the container. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 10,058: | Line 9,693: | ||
;thirst | ;thirst | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The fifth field is how much thirst this gives per pound of liquid | |
consumed. For example if you have a glass of water and it only has a | consumed. For example if you have a glass of water and it only has a | ||
capacity of 1 with 1 inside. this value will be added once to the players | capacity of 1 with 1 inside. this value will be added once to the players | ||
− | thirst field. | + | thirst field. |
− | + | this can be a bit confusing so lets first explain that the thirst | |
field can be anything from 0 to 10 or even greater but we suggest only 10 | field can be anything from 0 to 10 or even greater but we suggest only 10 | ||
max. With that in mind know that we set water at 10 because it is one | max. With that in mind know that we set water at 10 because it is one | ||
Line 10,070: | Line 9,705: | ||
the player was down to zero thirst value one drink will give them 10. | the player was down to zero thirst value one drink will give them 10. | ||
remember that a players thirst ranges from -24 to +24 so with three | remember that a players thirst ranges from -24 to +24 so with three | ||
− | drinks of water a person could fill his thirst need entirely. | + | drinks of water a person could fill his thirst need entirely. |
− | + | With that in mind when setting this field you have to think what | |
kind of thirst quencher is my drink. If for example it is vodka it would | kind of thirst quencher is my drink. If for example it is vodka it would | ||
have little to know thirst quenching power so you would set this field | have little to know thirst quenching power so you would set this field | ||
− | to 0 or 1. | + | to 0 or 1. |
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> | </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 10,082: | Line 9,717: | ||
;full | ;full | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The sixth field like the thirst field sets how the drink will | |
affect the chars fullness. The chars fullness field is normally set | affect the chars fullness. The chars fullness field is normally set | ||
when a player is eating but as you know drinking some drinks will also | when a player is eating but as you know drinking some drinks will also | ||
Line 10,089: | Line 9,724: | ||
the argument you are setting on this field should range from 0 to 10 | the argument you are setting on this field should range from 0 to 10 | ||
unless you have a pro teen drink that fills them like food. Milk might | unless you have a pro teen drink that fills them like food. Milk might | ||
− | have a fullness of something like 5. | + | have a fullness of something like 5. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 10,096: | Line 9,731: | ||
;drunk | ;drunk | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | the seventh field like thirst and full deals with the Drunkenness of | |
a character. A character can range from 0 (not drunk) all the way up to | a character. A character can range from 0 (not drunk) all the way up to | ||
24 (smashed). The drunk field on this macro sets how much drunk is | 24 (smashed). The drunk field on this macro sets how much drunk is | ||
Line 10,102: | Line 9,737: | ||
like vodka should have a value of 10 while something like water should | like vodka should have a value of 10 while something like water should | ||
be down at 0 unless you have some weird race that gets drunk from | be down at 0 unless you have some weird race that gets drunk from | ||
− | water. | + | water. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;poison | ;poison | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The eighth and final field is again like the last macro we looked | |
at it sets the poison factor of a liquid. The value ranges from 0 (no | at it sets the poison factor of a liquid. The value ranges from 0 (no | ||
poison) to whatever you want but understand that 10 is an extreme poison | poison) to whatever you want but understand that 10 is an extreme poison | ||
− | factor and a player drinking this will most likely die quickly. | + | factor and a player drinking this will most likely die quickly. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 10,119: | Line 9,753: | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | So with the definitions of each arguments in mind lets return to | |
the example of making a silicone oil based liquid. We will first | the example of making a silicone oil based liquid. We will first | ||
show what it would look like using the hard macro then what the new | show what it would look like using the hard macro then what the new | ||
− | easy macro that you could create would look like. | + | easy macro that you could create would look like. |
Line 10,131: | Line 9,765: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now if you want to make this a liquid your going to use a lot | |
− | you would define your own easier macro like this. | + | you would define your own easier macro like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,142: | Line 9,775: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | That covers the use of the macros but for more information on the | |
− | drink containers see <xref linkend="objdrink">. | + | drink containers see <xref linkend="objdrink">. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 10,149: | Line 9,782: | ||
<TITLE>The food macros</TITLE> | <TITLE>The food macros</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The food macro is much easier than that of the drink macro so if | |
you have drink containers down you will have no problem making food to | you have drink containers down you will have no problem making food to | ||
go with your beverage. The players fullness value ranges from -24 to 24 | go with your beverage. The players fullness value ranges from -24 to 24 | ||
Line 10,156: | Line 9,789: | ||
modified by food. Therefore the only thing you have to set is the | modified by food. Therefore the only thing you have to set is the | ||
amount of fullness and the poison factor if there is any. The following | amount of fullness and the poison factor if there is any. The following | ||
− | is what the define for food looks like. | + | is what the define for food looks like. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,168: | Line 9,800: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Therefore if you wanted to make sure that only one of your | |
foods that you were creating would fill a player entirely in one bite | foods that you were creating would fill a player entirely in one bite | ||
− | you would set it like this: | + | you would set it like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,179: | Line 9,810: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | It is recommended that you only set the value between 1 and 10 so | |
that players have to eat a bit as if they were eating in the real | that players have to eat a bit as if they were eating in the real | ||
− | world. | + | world. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 10,187: | Line 9,818: | ||
<TITLE>Light object macro</TITLE> | <TITLE>Light object macro</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The light macro is very simply to use it only has two values | |
duration and brightness of light. The macro is defined as | duration and brightness of light. The macro is defined as | ||
− | follows: | + | follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,201: | Line 9,831: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The first argument is the duration in mud hours which is about 5 | |
minutes per mud hour. The second argument is how bright the object | minutes per mud hour. The second argument is how bright the object | ||
is 0 would be stupid cause it would give off no light but you never | is 0 would be stupid cause it would give off no light but you never | ||
Line 10,207: | Line 9,837: | ||
would be small torch, large torch, and lantern respectively. You | would be small torch, large torch, and lantern respectively. You | ||
could set a brightness greater than 3 but you should be carefull not | could set a brightness greater than 3 but you should be carefull not | ||
− | to over light your characters or you may cause light bugs. | + | to over light your characters or you may cause light bugs. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 10,214: | Line 9,844: | ||
<TITLE>Container macro</TITLE> | <TITLE>Container macro</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The container macro is a simple macro that just sets two fields. | |
The only information you have to give it is the capacity of the | The only information you have to give it is the capacity of the | ||
container. Remember that capacity of an item is in weight not size. | container. Remember that capacity of an item is in weight not size. | ||
Therefore if some ones corpse weighs 230 pounds you will need a container | Therefore if some ones corpse weighs 230 pounds you will need a container | ||
that has a capacity of 230 to fit the corpse in it. The following is | that has a capacity of 230 to fit the corpse in it. The following is | ||
− | the macros definition as found in ''wmacros.h'': | + | the macros definition as found in ''wmacros.h'': |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,230: | Line 9,859: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you wanted to create a coffin that could carry any normal human | |
− | corpse you could set it something like this: | + | corpse you could set it something like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,244: | Line 9,872: | ||
<TITLE>Money macro</TITLE> | <TITLE>Money macro</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Money is one of the simplest objects you can make on the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | |
server. With this macro all you need is the symbolic before the macro | server. With this macro all you need is the symbolic before the macro | ||
− | and the end keyword after the macro and you have 1 piece of money or a whole pile. The macro is defined in the ''wmacros.h'' and looks exactly as follows: | + | and the end keyword after the macro and you have 1 piece of money or a whole pile. The macro is defined in the ''wmacros.h'' and looks exactly as follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,259: | Line 9,886: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The arguments are simple the first argument is the type of money the five possible values are: | |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>IRON_PIECE</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>COPPER_PIECE</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>SILVER_PIECE</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>GOLD_PIECE</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>PLATINUM_PIECE</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | The second argument is the amount of coins. If you set it to | |
zero then it will still make exactly 1 of the coins. The following | zero then it will still make exactly 1 of the coins. The following | ||
− | would be what one platinum piece would be like in a zone file. | + | would be what one platinum piece would be like in a zone file. |
Line 10,284: | Line 9,911: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now if you want to make a whole pile of money it would look like this: | |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,305: | Line 9,931: | ||
<TITLE>Cursed objects macro</TITLE> | <TITLE>Cursed objects macro</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Sometimes when making special objects you want to make an item | |
that a person can wear but can't remove. With the cursed object macro | that a person can wear but can't remove. With the cursed object macro | ||
this is a simple thing. The cursed object macro is defined in | this is a simple thing. The cursed object macro is defined in | ||
− | ''wmacros.h'' and looks as follows: | + | ''wmacros.h'' and looks as follows: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,324: | Line 9,950: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | to use this macro it is simply a matter of putting the define | |
− | in your object like this: | + | in your object like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,334: | Line 9,959: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | When you set this macro on an object it adds an affect that can | |
only be removed by the 'set' command or by the 'remove curse | only be removed by the 'set' command or by the 'remove curse | ||
− | spell'. | + | spell'. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 10,342: | Line 9,967: | ||
<TITLE>Potion, wand, and staff macros</TITLE> | <TITLE>Potion, wand, and staff macros</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The macros for potions, scrolls, wands, and staffs are almost the | |
same. In fact there is only two differences. The first is the potions and scrolls can cast three | same. In fact there is only two differences. The first is the potions and scrolls can cast three | ||
spells while wands can only cast two, The second is wands and staffs | spells while wands can only cast two, The second is wands and staffs | ||
have multiple charges possible while scrolls and potions only can be | have multiple charges possible while scrolls and potions only can be | ||
used once. The following are the macros | used once. The following are the macros | ||
− | for all four as found in ''wmacros.h''. | + | for all four as found in ''wmacros.h''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,396: | Line 10,020: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The arguments are as follows for the macros. | |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 10,402: | Line 10,026: | ||
;power | ;power | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The first argument on potions, scrolls, wands, and staff is the | |
power the spell will be cast at. You can have the power set in the | power the spell will be cast at. You can have the power set in the | ||
range 1-200. The spell power works the same as a player training in the | range 1-200. The spell power works the same as a player training in the | ||
− | spell. The higher the number the more powerfull the cast. | + | spell. The higher the number the more powerfull the cast. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 10,412: | Line 10,036: | ||
;charge | ;charge | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The second argument on the staffs and wands is how many charges it | |
− | has. | + | has. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 10,420: | Line 10,044: | ||
;spell# | ;spell# | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | On potions and scrolls you can set up to 2 spells you do not have | |
to set them both the one you don't want set to 0. On staffs and wands | to set them both the one you don't want set to 0. On staffs and wands | ||
you can set three spells. Again if you want only one or two you can | you can set three spells. Again if you want only one or two you can | ||
− | leave the one you do not want set to 0. | + | leave the one you do not want set to 0. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 10,433: | Line 10,057: | ||
<TITLE>Magical transfer macros</TITLE> | <TITLE>Magical transfer macros</TITLE> | ||
− | + | There are times when you want to give a player a bonus in a | |
ability, weapon, skill, and or weapon. There is even times when you | ability, weapon, skill, and or weapon. There is even times when you | ||
want to adjust a characters speed or add a flag to a player when they | want to adjust a characters speed or add a flag to a player when they | ||
wear an item. The following macros are what you would use to do any of | wear an item. The following macros are what you would use to do any of | ||
− | those when a person uses an item. | + | those when a person uses an item. |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>CHAR_FLAG_TRANSFER(_MFLAGS)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>SKILL_TRANSFER(skill, amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>WEAPON_TRANSFER(weapon, amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>SPELL_TRANSFER(spell, amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>STR_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>DEX_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>CON_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>CHA_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>BRA_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>MAG_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>DIV_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>HIT_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>SPEED_TRANSFER(newspeed)</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>SLOW_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>For the full definitions of the transfer macros see |
− | <xref linkend="app-f"> or the header file ''wmacros.h''.</ | + | <xref linkend="app-f"> or the header file ''wmacros.h''.</blockquote> |
− | + | The transfer macros can be broken down into three groups those | |
which transfer percentage, flags, and speed. The skill, weapons, | which transfer percentage, flags, and speed. The skill, weapons, | ||
spells, and ability macros transfer the amount of percentage you put. | spells, and ability macros transfer the amount of percentage you put. | ||
Line 10,467: | Line 10,091: | ||
speed transfer macros add or subtract the amount of speed you give them. | speed transfer macros add or subtract the amount of speed you give them. | ||
The range for speed is from zero to twelve with twelve being the | The range for speed is from zero to twelve with twelve being the | ||
− | slowest. | + | slowest. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
</sect1> | </sect1> | ||
Line 10,474: | Line 10,098: | ||
<TITLE>Building your first object</TITLE> | <TITLE>Building your first object</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Now that you have learned how to make rooms and NPCs its time to | |
make the objects for your little world. | make the objects for your little world. | ||
In the last couple of sections you have looked | In the last couple of sections you have looked | ||
Line 10,483: | Line 10,107: | ||
So the first object we will make is a dragon head. I didn't say I liked | So the first object we will make is a dragon head. I didn't say I liked | ||
them alive now did I? Anyway this will be a nice simple object that | them alive now did I? Anyway this will be a nice simple object that | ||
− | your player can pick up and carry around. | + | your player can pick up and carry around. |
− | + | When making objects you create the zone source file first as shown | |
in <xref linkend="ch-02">. If you only have objects you do not need the | in <xref linkend="ch-02">. If you only have objects you do not need the | ||
%reset, %mobiles, and %rooms fields. For the examples in this chapter we | %reset, %mobiles, and %rooms fields. For the examples in this chapter we | ||
Line 10,491: | Line 10,115: | ||
%objects section where we will put all the object definitions. At the end | %objects section where we will put all the object definitions. At the end | ||
of this chapter, in <xref linkend="roomnpcobjzone">, we will bring it | of this chapter, in <xref linkend="roomnpcobjzone">, we will bring it | ||
− | all together with the rooms and NPCs we have defined already. | + | all together with the rooms and NPCs we have defined already. |
− | + | The first part of all object definitions is the symbolic name it is good | |
to always pick a name that will match the name of the object so it | to always pick a name that will match the name of the object so it | ||
will be easy to load the object. | will be easy to load the object. | ||
Line 10,500: | Line 10,124: | ||
list of the objects by symbolic name for example if you type <command> | list of the objects by symbolic name for example if you type <command> | ||
wstat zone dragon objects</command> You will get the following: | wstat zone dragon objects</command> You will get the following: | ||
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,509: | Line 10,133: | ||
If you didn't make it clear what the object was by the symbolic name | If you didn't make it clear what the object was by the symbolic name | ||
it might look like this: | it might look like this: | ||
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,517: | Line 10,141: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
While this might be great when you first start imagine trying to | While this might be great when you first start imagine trying to | ||
− | remember each object if you have over 30 of them. | + | remember each object if you have over 30 of them. |
− | + | Now lets get started with our dragon head. As with the rooms and | |
npcs all that is required to make an object is the symbolic and end fields. | npcs all that is required to make an object is the symbolic and end fields. | ||
− | That of course will make a NPC with all defaults. | + | That of course will make a NPC with all defaults. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,531: | Line 10,154: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Thats it for that dragon head right? Nope not quite, like before | |
with NPCs, that makes an object with all defaults. That means this will probably be | with NPCs, that makes an object with all defaults. That means this will probably be | ||
a very blank spot on the screen with no names and no way your players | a very blank spot on the screen with no names and no way your players | ||
can interact with it. | can interact with it. | ||
Now lets start putting the | Now lets start putting the | ||
− | Dragon heads other more interesting fields on. | + | Dragon heads other more interesting fields on. |
− | + | Like with rooms and NPCs, the first three things we need are the | |
dragon heads title, description and names. The description should be what you | dragon heads title, description and names. The description should be what you | ||
see when you do a 'look' in the room. The title should be what you see | see when you do a 'look' in the room. The title should be what you see | ||
Line 10,547: | Line 10,170: | ||
in the title and description fields so if your player wants to pick | in the title and description fields so if your player wants to pick | ||
the object up or wear it will be easy to figure out what the names | the object up or wear it will be easy to figure out what the names | ||
− | are. | + | are. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,566: | Line 10,188: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The names, title and description shouldn't be to hard so I don't | |
think its necessary to go into any more description on the subject. | think its necessary to go into any more description on the subject. | ||
Lets move on. Now we have to take care of what a player sees when he or | Lets move on. Now we have to take care of what a player sees when he or | ||
Line 10,573: | Line 10,195: | ||
special extra that will be shown every time you look at anything in the | special extra that will be shown every time you look at anything in the | ||
names list of the object. So a description of an object would look something | names list of the object. So a description of an object would look something | ||
− | like this. | + | like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,585: | Line 10,206: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now that you have a main description for the object you need to make | |
any smaller descriptions that you want the player to be able to look at. | any smaller descriptions that you want the player to be able to look at. | ||
In this case it may be good to give some secret information if the | In this case it may be good to give some secret information if the | ||
− | player looks at the face of the head directly. | + | player looks at the face of the head directly. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,603: | Line 10,223: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now that we have the object all described we only need to give the | |
object the manipulate flags it needs, weight, height, and maybe | object the manipulate flags it needs, weight, height, and maybe | ||
some extras that will make some cool acts when a player picks it up | some extras that will make some cool acts when a player picks it up | ||
− | or drops it. | + | or drops it. |
− | + | First thing to do though is pick the manipulate flags you | |
want on the object. This is not a weapon or armour so all the | want on the object. This is not a weapon or armour so all the | ||
player really needs to be able to do with it is pick it up and maybe | player really needs to be able to do with it is pick it up and maybe | ||
− | hold it if you want and I do. The flags would then be as follows: | + | hold it if you want and I do. The flags would then be as follows: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,619: | Line 10,239: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you were feeling a little weird you could even make the | |
person be able to wear the dragon head on his head but that would | person be able to wear the dragon head on his head but that would | ||
just be strange. of course its always good to know you have | just be strange. of course its always good to know you have | ||
− | options. | + | options. |
− | + | Now lets set the height and weight. Remember you set the height | |
in centimeters and the weight in pounds. In the future the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> will | in centimeters and the weight in pounds. In the future the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> will | ||
standardize to one or the other but for now we have to play the | standardize to one or the other but for now we have to play the | ||
− | conversion game. | + | conversion game. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,639: | Line 10,259: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The final touch to our little dragon head is some cute acts | |
when the player picks it up or drops it. If you remember from the extra | when the player picks it up or drops it. If you remember from the extra | ||
fields in <xref linkend="objfielddescr">, there are some special extras | fields in <xref linkend="objfielddescr">, there are some special extras | ||
− | that are made just for this purpose. | + | that are made just for this purpose. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,661: | Line 10,280: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | There are other things we could add to this item but I want to | |
keep this first object simple. The finished head would then look like | keep this first object simple. The finished head would then look like | ||
− | this: | + | this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,682: | Line 10,300: | ||
dragon head can be. There is an extreme look of sorrow on the dragons | dragon head can be. There is an extreme look of sorrow on the dragons | ||
face and it seems to be for much more than its own death." | face and it seems to be for much more than its own death." | ||
− | |||
extra {"gold dragon head face","dragon head face","head face","face"} | extra {"gold dragon head face","dragon head face","head face","face"} | ||
Line 10,713: | Line 10,330: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Thats all there is to making regular items. The rest is just | |
− | |||
− | |||
adding functionality to what you already know. We will get much deeper | adding functionality to what you already know. We will get much deeper | ||
into what you can do with items in <xref linkend="objcomplex"> but first | into what you can do with items in <xref linkend="objcomplex"> but first | ||
we will go over a debugging example and then all the special DIL functions made | we will go over a debugging example and then all the special DIL functions made | ||
− | for objects. | + | for objects. |
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 10,725: | Line 10,340: | ||
<TITLE>Compiling and Debugging your first object</TITLE> | <TITLE>Compiling and Debugging your first object</TITLE> | ||
− | + | As we have previously mentioned in <xref linkend="rmdebug"> and | |
<xref linkend="npcdebug"> it is always a good idea to build one or two | <xref linkend="npcdebug"> it is always a good idea to build one or two | ||
things and then compile to make finding errors easy. In this case we | things and then compile to make finding errors easy. In this case we | ||
Line 10,731: | Line 10,346: | ||
get in my way while compiling it I have removed them and only have the | get in my way while compiling it I have removed them and only have the | ||
'%objects' section. The following is what the zone looks like when it | '%objects' section. The following is what the zone looks like when it | ||
− | has only one object in it. | + | has only one object in it. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,767: | Line 10,381: | ||
dragon head can be. There is an extreme look of sorrow on the dragons | dragon head can be. There is an extreme look of sorrow on the dragons | ||
face and it seems to be for much more than its own death." | face and it seems to be for much more than its own death." | ||
− | |||
extra {"gold dragon head face","dragon head face","head face","face"} | extra {"gold dragon head face","dragon head face","head face","face"} | ||
Line 10,800: | Line 10,413: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | I removed the '%rooms' and '%mobiles' sections added a '%objects' section and | |
stuck the dragon head in and now its ready to be compiled and put into the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | stuck the dragon head in and now its ready to be compiled and put into the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | ||
server for you to be able to look at it in the game. If you downloaded | server for you to be able to look at it in the game. If you downloaded | ||
Line 10,807: | Line 10,420: | ||
''debug_obj.zon''. Just so you know the errors in this | ''debug_obj.zon''. Just so you know the errors in this | ||
zone are intentional so please don't write me an email telling me that | zone are intentional so please don't write me an email telling me that | ||
− | there are errors in it. | + | there are errors in it. |
− | + | The command to compile the zone is | |
<command>VMC debug_obj.zon</command>. | <command>VMC debug_obj.zon</command>. | ||
Here is what we get when we first try and | Here is what we get when we first try and | ||
− | compile the zone. | + | compile the zone. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,828: | Line 10,440: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This error file doesn't look any harder than the last one we dealt | |
with when compiling our first room or NPC. We can not stress enough | with when compiling our first room or NPC. We can not stress enough | ||
always fix the smallest numbered error first. In this case the lowest | always fix the smallest numbered error first. In this case the lowest | ||
Line 10,834: | Line 10,446: | ||
something is wrong with the '{' but looking at the line it is obvious | something is wrong with the '{' but looking at the line it is obvious | ||
the compiler got confused because I forgot 's' at the end of 'creators'. | the compiler got confused because I forgot 's' at the end of 'creators'. | ||
− | If we fix line five and recompile this is what we get: | + | If we fix line five and recompile this is what we get: |
Line 10,848: | Line 10,460: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now we have come to another one of those weird errors. If you | |
look at line 25 you will find that the line looks like it is correct. | look at line 25 you will find that the line looks like it is correct. | ||
As we have said before when you find an error like this it most likely | As we have said before when you find an error like this it most likely | ||
Line 10,856: | Line 10,468: | ||
the missing one is in the very next string. If you add a double quote | the missing one is in the very next string. If you add a double quote | ||
just before the ending comma on line 24 and recompile you will get the | just before the ending comma on line 24 and recompile you will get the | ||
− | following: | + | following: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,869: | Line 10,480: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This error is a little tricky. It seems to be pointing at the ',' | |
as the problem. If you look at the line though and remember what you | as the problem. If you look at the line though and remember what you | ||
need for a manipulate field you will notice that the surrounding '{}' are | need for a manipulate field you will notice that the surrounding '{}' are | ||
Line 10,875: | Line 10,486: | ||
doesn't understand what to do with the comma with out the '{}' grouping | doesn't understand what to do with the comma with out the '{}' grouping | ||
symbols. Fixing these and recompiling results in the following message | symbols. Fixing these and recompiling results in the following message | ||
− | from the compiler. | + | from the compiler. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,886: | Line 10,496: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Notice there are no errors and it says '<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> done', this means that | |
you have now successfully compiled the zone. This is the last debugging | you have now successfully compiled the zone. This is the last debugging | ||
walk through in the manual. If you still have a lot of trouble figuring | walk through in the manual. If you still have a lot of trouble figuring | ||
Line 10,898: | Line 10,508: | ||
for more than 5 minutes take a break and come back in 10 minutes | for more than 5 minutes take a break and come back in 10 minutes | ||
sometimes that short relaxing time will help you find the | sometimes that short relaxing time will help you find the | ||
− | problem. | + | problem. |
− | + | You have now compiled your first object. The steps are the same | |
to get it into the game as it was for the rooms and NPCs. We will not | to get it into the game as it was for the rooms and NPCs. We will not | ||
go over them again except to say copy your files that the compiler made | go over them again except to say copy your files that the compiler made | ||
Line 10,908: | Line 10,518: | ||
name. It would be a good idea to try and get this zone into your server | name. It would be a good idea to try and get this zone into your server | ||
and lay with the object a bit so when you get to <xref | and lay with the object a bit so when you get to <xref | ||
− | linkend="objcomplex"> you will be ready for anything. | + | linkend="objcomplex"> you will be ready for anything. |
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 10,914: | Line 10,524: | ||
<TITLE><ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions for objects</TITLE> | <TITLE><ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions for objects</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language is the language a builder can use to make his own | |
special functions on rooms, NPCs, objects, PCs, and much more. This | special functions on rooms, NPCs, objects, PCs, and much more. This | ||
manual is for basic zone writing and therefore will not go into how to | manual is for basic zone writing and therefore will not go into how to | ||
Line 10,920: | Line 10,530: | ||
functions for you as an Administrator and your builders to use to make | functions for you as an Administrator and your builders to use to make | ||
special rooms, NPCs, and objects. The following sections contain a full list of all object | special rooms, NPCs, and objects. The following sections contain a full list of all object | ||
− | functions released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 server. | + | functions released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 server. |
<sect2 id="objdilrestrict"> | <sect2 id="objdilrestrict"> | ||
<TITLE>Restriction functions</TITLE> | <TITLE>Restriction functions</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The desire to have different equipment comes from every players | |
desire to be different. The restrict functions were designed to help | desire to be different. The restrict functions were designed to help | ||
make this a reality by only allowing certain groups of players to wear | make this a reality by only allowing certain groups of players to wear | ||
Line 10,931: | Line 10,541: | ||
make a greater restricted item. for example you could make an item, | make a greater restricted item. for example you could make an item, | ||
restricted to only females or you could make an item, restricted to females that had a strength greater than 20 and who have | restricted to only females or you could make an item, restricted to females that had a strength greater than 20 and who have | ||
− | done a certain quest. | + | done a certain quest. |
− | + | All restrict functions have a name that describes what the | |
restriction function is for and four other arguments. the 2nd, 3rd, and | restriction function is for and four other arguments. the 2nd, 3rd, and | ||
4th argument is the exact same for all restrict functions only the name | 4th argument is the exact same for all restrict functions only the name | ||
of the restrict and the first argument changes. The format for the | of the restrict and the first argument changes. The format for the | ||
− | restrict functions is as follows. | + | restrict functions is as follows. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 10,947: | Line 10,556: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | We will skip the function name and the first argument and get back | |
− | to them later. | + | to them later. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 10,956: | Line 10,565: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The second and third arguments set the damage done when the wrong player | |
wears an object. The reason we are explaining them together is they can | wears an object. The reason we are explaining them together is they can | ||
work together or separately depending on how you set them. | work together or separately depending on how you set them. | ||
The second argument is the max damage the third argument is the | The second argument is the max damage the third argument is the | ||
− | percentage damage. | + | percentage damage. |
− | + | When both arguments are set to 0 no damage will be | |
done when the item is illegally worn. When the second argument is set | done when the item is illegally worn. When the second argument is set | ||
to a number like 100 and the third argument is set to 0, exactly 100 | to a number like 100 and the third argument is set to 0, exactly 100 | ||
Line 10,968: | Line 10,577: | ||
has. So by setting the second argument to a number and setting the | has. So by setting the second argument to a number and setting the | ||
third to 0 you could possibly kill your victim since it will remove the | third to 0 you could possibly kill your victim since it will remove the | ||
− | amount specified no matter how much the player has. | + | amount specified no matter how much the player has. |
− | + | If you do not want | |
to possibly kill your victim the Third argument should be used. If you | to possibly kill your victim the Third argument should be used. If you | ||
set the second argument to 0 and the third argument to a number it will | set the second argument to 0 and the third argument to a number it will | ||
do a percent of damage to the player. for example if The third argument | do a percent of damage to the player. for example if The third argument | ||
− | was set to 25 it would do 25 % damage to a player. | + | was set to 25 it would do 25 % damage to a player. |
− | + | You can also use the second and third argument together if you want to set a max amount of | |
damage without possibly killing them. for example if you set the second | damage without possibly killing them. for example if you set the second | ||
argument to 100 and third to 25. The item will do 25% damage up to 100 | argument to 100 and third to 25. The item will do 25% damage up to 100 | ||
hit points of damage. This all might be a bit confusing so let me show | hit points of damage. This all might be a bit confusing so let me show | ||
− | you a few examples and tell you what they would do. | + | you a few examples and tell you what they would do. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 10,987: | Line 10,596: | ||
;second= 0 third = 25 | ;second= 0 third = 25 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This would | |
do 25% damage to a player. second =100 third = 0 this would do 100 | do 25% damage to a player. second =100 third = 0 this would do 100 | ||
− | damage to a player no matter his amount of hit points. | + | damage to a player no matter his amount of hit points. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 10,995: | Line 10,604: | ||
;second = 25 third = 25 | ;second = 25 third = 25 | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This would do 25 % damage to a player up to 25 hit points. | |
So if a player had 150 hit points the max that could be removed is 25 | So if a player had 150 hit points the max that could be removed is 25 | ||
− | hit points. | + | hit points. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 11,007: | Line 10,616: | ||
;optional <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | ;optional <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | All restrict DIL functions have a default set of acts. If you want to make | |
your own set of acts you have to create your own <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> that does nothing | your own set of acts you have to create your own <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> that does nothing | ||
more than act. If you don't understand how this works. You may want to | more than act. If you don't understand how this works. You may want to | ||
− | look in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual about passing DIL functions as arguments. | + | look in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual about passing DIL functions as arguments. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | Now we should get back to the first argument and function name | |
since they are what control the restricts. The function name has been | since they are what control the restricts. The function name has been | ||
chosen so you can easily tell what the restrict was created for | chosen so you can easily tell what the restrict was created for | ||
while the first argument changes depending on which restrict you use. | while the first argument changes depending on which restrict you use. | ||
The following are what each function restricts name is and what the function | The following are what each function restricts name is and what the function | ||
− | name and first argument are. | + | name and first argument are. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 11,026: | Line 10,635: | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
<TERM>Guild Restrict</term> | <TERM>Guild Restrict</term> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM> |
− | + | This function restricts an object to players in a certain | |
− | |||
− | |||
guild or guilds. Anyone not in the guild or guilds, will have the damage done as set in the | guild or guilds. Anyone not in the guild or guilds, will have the damage done as set in the | ||
2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | ||
object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | ||
inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,044: | Line 10,650: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first argument is a stringlist. This | |
means you can restrict this item to more than one guild. All guilds in | means you can restrict this item to more than one guild. All guilds in | ||
the string list will be able to wear this object. If we wanted to make | the string list will be able to wear this object. If we wanted to make | ||
an item that only Paladins and sorcerers could wear it would look like | an item that only Paladins and sorcerers could wear it would look like | ||
− | this. | + | this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,063: | Line 10,668: | ||
;Anti-guild Restrict | ;Anti-guild Restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object to players not in a certain | |
− | |||
− | |||
guild or guilds. Anyone not in the guild or guilds listed, will have the damage done as set in the | guild or guilds. Anyone not in the guild or guilds listed, will have the damage done as set in the | ||
2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | ||
object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | ||
inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,080: | Line 10,682: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first argument is a stringlist. This | |
means you can restrict this item from more than one guild. All guilds in | means you can restrict this item from more than one guild. All guilds in | ||
the string list will not be able to wear this object. If we wanted to make | the string list will not be able to wear this object. If we wanted to make | ||
an item that only Paladins and sorcerers could not wear it would look like | an item that only Paladins and sorcerers could not wear it would look like | ||
− | this. | + | this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,093: | Line 10,694: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 11,102: | Line 10,702: | ||
;Quest Restrict | ;Quest Restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object to players who have done a | |
− | |||
− | |||
certain quest. Any player who has not done the quest, | certain quest. Any player who has not done the quest, | ||
will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless | will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless | ||
Line 11,110: | Line 10,708: | ||
the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is | the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is | ||
the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,120: | Line 10,717: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first argument is a string. The | |
quest restrict is only made to restrict the by one quest at a time. If | quest restrict is only made to restrict the by one quest at a time. If | ||
you want the item to have multiple quests restrictions you just add | you want the item to have multiple quests restrictions you just add | ||
another dilcopy to it. The following Would be an object | another dilcopy to it. The following Would be an object | ||
− | restricted to one quest. | + | restricted to one quest. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,139: | Line 10,735: | ||
;Quests Restrict | ;Quests Restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object to players who have a certain | |
− | |||
− | |||
quest or quests. Anyone not having all quests in the list of quests, will have the damage done as set in the | quest or quests. Anyone not having all quests in the list of quests, will have the damage done as set in the | ||
2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | ||
object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | ||
inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,156: | Line 10,749: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first argument is a stringlist. This | |
means you can restrict this item to more than one quest. Players that | means you can restrict this item to more than one quest. Players that | ||
have not done every quest will not be able to use the object. | have not done every quest will not be able to use the object. | ||
If we wanted to make an item that only players that have finished both | If we wanted to make an item that only players that have finished both | ||
the 'Eagles quest complete' and the 'Feather fall quest complete' could | the 'Eagles quest complete' and the 'Feather fall quest complete' could | ||
− | wear. It would look like this. | + | wear. It would look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,178: | Line 10,770: | ||
;Alignment Restrict | ;Alignment Restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object to players with a certain | |
− | |||
− | |||
alignment range. | alignment range. | ||
Anyone not in the alignment range, | Anyone not in the alignment range, | ||
will have the damage done as set in the 3nd and 4th arguments unless | will have the damage done as set in the 3nd and 4th arguments unless | ||
none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of | none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of | ||
− | the players equipment and placed in their inventory. | + | the players equipment and placed in their inventory. |
− | + | We said at the beginning of this section that all restricts have | |
only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five | only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five | ||
arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and | arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and | ||
second argument in the alignment restrict function are used together and | second argument in the alignment restrict function are used together and | ||
thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,202: | Line 10,791: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first and second arguments are two | |
integers. the first is the max alignment that can wear or use this | integers. the first is the max alignment that can wear or use this | ||
object and the second is the minimum alignment. So if we wanted to | object and the second is the minimum alignment. So if we wanted to | ||
− | restrict an item to only good players it would look like this. | + | restrict an item to only good players it would look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,221: | Line 10,809: | ||
;Level restrict | ;Level restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object to players above or equal to | |
− | |||
− | |||
a certain level. Any player not at least the level or higher, will | a certain level. Any player not at least the level or higher, will | ||
have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is | have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is | ||
Line 11,233: | Line 10,819: | ||
should be able to use. If you want to restrict an object to greater | should be able to use. If you want to restrict an object to greater | ||
than level fifty for players you need to use the 'vlevel' restrict. The | than level fifty for players you need to use the 'vlevel' restrict. The | ||
− | following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in ''function.zon''. | + | following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,243: | Line 10,828: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first argument is an integer. The | |
− | |||
integer for the level restrict can range from 1 to 255. Thus if we | integer for the level restrict can range from 1 to 255. Thus if we | ||
wanted to make an object that only administrator could wear or use it would | wanted to make an object that only administrator could wear or use it would | ||
− | look like this | + | look like this |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,263: | Line 10,846: | ||
;Virtual Level Restrict | ;Virtual Level Restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object to players above or equal to | |
− | |||
− | |||
a certain level. Any player not at least the level or higher, will | a certain level. Any player not at least the level or higher, will | ||
have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is | have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is | ||
Line 11,271: | Line 10,852: | ||
players equipment and placed in their inventory. This restrict works in | players equipment and placed in their inventory. This restrict works in | ||
the new level system from one to infinity. | the new level system from one to infinity. | ||
− | The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in ''function.zon''. | + | The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,281: | Line 10,861: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first argument is an integer. The | |
integer for the level restrict can range from 1 to infinite. Thus if we | integer for the level restrict can range from 1 to infinite. Thus if we | ||
wanted to make an object that only players that have reached the level | wanted to make an object that only players that have reached the level | ||
− | of 5000 could wear or use, it would look like this. | + | of 5000 could wear or use, it would look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,292: | Line 10,871: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | |||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 11,301: | Line 10,879: | ||
;Race restrict | ;Race restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object from players of a certain | |
− | |||
− | |||
race. Any player not of the selected race, will have the damage done as set | race. Any player not of the selected race, will have the damage done as set | ||
in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is | in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is | ||
set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed | set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed | ||
in their inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found | in their inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found | ||
− | in ''function.zon''. | + | in ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,318: | Line 10,893: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first argument is an integer. The | |
integer being passed in should be the race you want to restrict the | integer being passed in should be the race you want to restrict the | ||
object from. You can pass in the defines as listed in <xref | object from. You can pass in the defines as listed in <xref | ||
linkend="app-c"> or if you have added races you will find the list of | linkend="app-c"> or if you have added races you will find the list of | ||
races in ''values.h''. If we wanted to restrict an | races in ''values.h''. If we wanted to restrict an | ||
− | object from humans the following is what it would look like. | + | object from humans the following is what it would look like. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,338: | Line 10,912: | ||
;Gender restrict | ;Gender restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object to players of a certain | |
− | |||
− | |||
gender. Anyone not of the gender, will have the damage done as set in the | gender. Anyone not of the gender, will have the damage done as set in the | ||
2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | ||
object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | ||
inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,355: | Line 10,926: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first argument is an integer. The | |
integer you should pass in is one of the defines from | integer you should pass in is one of the defines from | ||
− | ''vme.h''. The gender defines are as follows. | + | ''vme.h''. The gender defines are as follows. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,368: | Line 10,938: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If we wanted to make an item that could only be worn by a female | |
− | player, it would look like this. | + | player, it would look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,384: | Line 10,953: | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;Player restrict | ;Player restrict | ||
− | <DICTDEF> | + | <DICTDEF> |
− | + | This function restricts an object to players who have a | |
− | |||
− | |||
specific name. Any player of the wrong name, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless | specific name. Any player of the wrong name, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless | ||
none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of | none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of | ||
the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is | the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is | ||
the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,402: | Line 10,968: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first argument is a string. The | |
quest restrict is only made to restrict the quest to one person at a | quest restrict is only made to restrict the quest to one person at a | ||
time. While this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> was designed to be put on when a player receives a | time. While this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> was designed to be put on when a player receives a | ||
Line 11,411: | Line 10,977: | ||
to read the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual If however you want to restrict this to a single | to read the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual If however you want to restrict this to a single | ||
player at compile time of your zone it would look something like | player at compile time of your zone it would look something like | ||
− | this. | + | this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,427: | Line 10,992: | ||
;Ability restrict | ;Ability restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object from a player with less than | |
− | |||
− | |||
a certain amount of a certain ability. Any player not having the correct | a certain amount of a certain ability. Any player not having the correct | ||
amount of a certain ability, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd | amount of a certain ability, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd | ||
and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | ||
object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | ||
− | inventory. | + | inventory. |
− | + | We said at the beginning of this section that all restricts have | |
only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five | only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five | ||
arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and | arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and | ||
second argument in the ability restrict function are used together and | second argument in the ability restrict function are used together and | ||
thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,451: | Line 11,013: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first and second arguments are two | |
integers. the first is the ability type and the second is the amount of | integers. the first is the ability type and the second is the amount of | ||
that ability the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the | that ability the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the | ||
item. the ability types can be found in ''vme.h'' and | item. the ability types can be found in ''vme.h'' and | ||
− | are listed here for convenience. | + | are listed here for convenience. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,471: | Line 11,032: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you wanted to restrict an object to people having more than 50% | |
− | strength it would look like this: | + | strength it would look like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,481: | Line 11,041: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you want to restrict an object to more than one ability you | |
only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you | only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you | ||
wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% | wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% | ||
− | divine and 30% brain. The item would have these two lines. | + | divine and 30% brain. The item would have these two lines. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,500: | Line 11,059: | ||
;Skill restrict | ;Skill restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object from a player with less than | |
− | |||
− | |||
a certain amount of a certain skill. Any player not having the correct | a certain amount of a certain skill. Any player not having the correct | ||
amount of a certain skill, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd | amount of a certain skill, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd | ||
and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | ||
object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | ||
− | inventory. | + | inventory. |
− | + | We said at the beginning of this section that all restricts have | |
only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five | only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five | ||
arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and | arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and | ||
second argument in the skill restrict function are used together and | second argument in the skill restrict function are used together and | ||
thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,524: | Line 11,080: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first and second arguments are two | |
integers. the first is the skill and the second is the amount of | integers. the first is the skill and the second is the amount of | ||
that skill the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the | that skill the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the | ||
item. the skills can be found in <xref linkend="app-g"> and | item. the skills can be found in <xref linkend="app-g"> and | ||
''values.h''. We have also included the first five skills | ''values.h''. We have also included the first five skills | ||
− | here for convenience in explaining how the function works. | + | here for convenience in explaining how the function works. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,542: | Line 11,097: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you wanted to restrict an object to people having more than 50% | |
− | 'turn undead' it would look like this: | + | 'turn undead' it would look like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,552: | Line 11,106: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you want to restrict an object to more than one skill you | |
only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you | only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you | ||
wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% | wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% | ||
− | in 'turn undead' and 30% in 'scroll use'. The item would have these two lines. | + | in 'turn undead' and 30% in 'scroll use'. The item would have these two lines. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,572: | Line 11,125: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object from a player with less than | |
a certain amount of a certain spell. Any player not having the correct | a certain amount of a certain spell. Any player not having the correct | ||
amount of a certain spell, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd | amount of a certain spell, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd | ||
and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | ||
object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | ||
− | inventory. | + | inventory. |
− | + | We said at the beginning of this section that all restricts have | |
only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five | only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five | ||
arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and | arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and | ||
second argument in the spell restrict function are used together and | second argument in the spell restrict function are used together and | ||
thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,594: | Line 11,146: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first and second arguments are two | |
integers. the first is the spell and the second is the amount of | integers. the first is the spell and the second is the amount of | ||
that spell the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the | that spell the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the | ||
item. the spells can be found in <xref linkend="app-h"> and | item. the spells can be found in <xref linkend="app-h"> and | ||
''values.h''. We have also included the first five | ''values.h''. We have also included the first five | ||
− | spells here for convenience in explaining how the function works. | + | spells here for convenience in explaining how the function works. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,612: | Line 11,163: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you wanted to restrict an object to people having more than 50% | |
− | 'lock' spell, it would look like this: | + | 'lock' spell, it would look like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,622: | Line 11,172: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you want to restrict an object to more than one spell you | |
only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you | only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you | ||
wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% | wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% | ||
− | in 'lock' and 30% in 'unlock' spells. The item would have these two lines. | + | in 'lock' and 30% in 'unlock' spells. The item would have these two lines. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,640: | Line 11,189: | ||
;Weapon restrict | ;Weapon restrict | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This function restricts an object from a player with less than | |
− | |||
a certain amount of a certain weapon. Any player not having the correct | a certain amount of a certain weapon. Any player not having the correct | ||
amount of a certain weapon, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd | amount of a certain weapon, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd | ||
and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the | ||
object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their | ||
− | inventory. | + | inventory. |
− | + | We said at the beginning of this section that all restricts have | |
only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five | only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five | ||
arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and | arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and | ||
second argument in the weapon restrict function are used together and | second argument in the weapon restrict function are used together and | ||
thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in | ||
− | ''function.zon''. | + | ''function.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,663: | Line 11,210: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the first and second arguments are two | |
integers. the first is the weapon and the second is the amount of | integers. the first is the weapon and the second is the amount of | ||
that weapon the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the | that weapon the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the | ||
item. the weapons can be found in <xref linkend="app-d"> and | item. the weapons can be found in <xref linkend="app-d"> and | ||
''values.h''. We have also included the first five | ''values.h''. We have also included the first five | ||
− | weapons here for convenience in explaining how the function works. | + | weapons here for convenience in explaining how the function works. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,678: | Line 11,224: | ||
#define WPN_WAR_HAMMER 10 | #define WPN_WAR_HAMMER 10 | ||
#define WPN_GREAT_SWORD 11 /* Two Handed */ | #define WPN_GREAT_SWORD 11 /* Two Handed */ | ||
− | |||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you wanted to restrict an object to people having more than 50% | |
− | 'battle axe', it would look like this: | + | 'battle axe', it would look like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,692: | Line 11,236: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | If you want to restrict an object to more than one weapon you | |
only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you | only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you | ||
wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% | wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% | ||
− | in 'hand axe' and 30% in 'battle axe' spells. The item would have these two lines. | + | in 'hand axe' and 30% in 'battle axe' spells. The item would have these two lines. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,714: | Line 11,257: | ||
<TITLE>Tuborg function</TITLE> | <TITLE>Tuborg function</TITLE> | ||
− | + | What game would be complete with out the Denmark water! With that | |
in mind the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 has a tuborg function that makes a drink give | in mind the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 has a tuborg function that makes a drink give | ||
endurance and health when drank. The function is defined in | endurance and health when drank. The function is defined in | ||
− | ''function.zon'' as follows: | + | ''function.zon'' as follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,726: | Line 11,268: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As the definition indicates the tuborg function only has one | |
argument. The real surprise is that the argument is not used yet in the | argument. The real surprise is that the argument is not used yet in the | ||
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> so no matter what you set it to it doesn't matter. In the future | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> so no matter what you set it to it doesn't matter. In the future | ||
this argument is going to allow different kinds of tuborgs to be made | this argument is going to allow different kinds of tuborgs to be made | ||
but for now its just a place holder and all that is needed is a set of | but for now its just a place holder and all that is needed is a set of | ||
− | double quotes. | + | double quotes. |
− | + | To create a tuborg you just add the following line to your drink | |
− | container. | + | container. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,747: | Line 11,288: | ||
<TITLE>Message board</TITLE> | <TITLE>Message board</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Every game needs a way for Administrators and players to exchange | |
ideas. The message boards have been designed for this purpose. The | ideas. The message boards have been designed for this purpose. The | ||
boards function can be easy to use or more difficult depending on what | boards function can be easy to use or more difficult depending on what | ||
all you want them to do. The board function is defined in | all you want them to do. The board function is defined in | ||
− | ''boards.zon'' as follows. | + | ''boards.zon'' as follows. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,761: | Line 11,301: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This looks pretty hard I know but to make a normal board we have | |
made it as simple as possible while allowing for the boards to be used | made it as simple as possible while allowing for the boards to be used | ||
in almost any situation. After you make your first board it is pretty | in almost any situation. After you make your first board it is pretty | ||
much block and copy and change the first argument. The arguments are as | much block and copy and change the first argument. The arguments are as | ||
− | follows: | + | follows: |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 11,772: | Line 11,312: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The first argument is the board index filename. It tells the | |
board <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> what name to store the board under so if you create more | board <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> what name to store the board under so if you create more | ||
boards with the same name they will all be pointing to the same | boards with the same name they will all be pointing to the same | ||
messages. You can put any legal symbolic name in this string and it | messages. You can put any legal symbolic name in this string and it | ||
− | will work with no problems. | + | will work with no problems. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 11,785: | Line 11,324: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | the second argument is a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you pass in that does any checks to | |
see if the player looking at the board is allowed to. This requires | see if the player looking at the board is allowed to. This requires | ||
some knowledge in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but we have given some example DIL functions in the | some knowledge in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but we have given some example DIL functions in the | ||
− | ''boards.zon''. | + | ''boards.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,801: | Line 11,339: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | So with the 'admin_res' you could do something like | |
− | this: | + | this: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,810: | Line 11,348: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Putting the 'admin_res' function in the second argument would make | |
it so only administrators could look at the board. If you put an empty | it so only administrators could look at the board. If you put an empty | ||
string or two double quotes as the argument it will let anyone look at | string or two double quotes as the argument it will let anyone look at | ||
− | the board. | + | the board. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;r_res | ;r_res | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | the third argument is a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you pass in that does any checks to | |
see if the player trying to remove a post at the board is allowed to. This requires | see if the player trying to remove a post at the board is allowed to. This requires | ||
some knowledge in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but we have given some example DIL functions in the | some knowledge in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but we have given some example DIL functions in the | ||
− | ''boards.zon'' | + | ''boards.zon'' |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,836: | Line 11,372: | ||
dilbegin string rem_res (u:unitptr, v:unitptr); | dilbegin string rem_res (u:unitptr, v:unitptr); | ||
+ | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | So with the 'rem_res' you could do something like | |
+ | this: | ||
− | |||
− | |||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,848: | Line 11,383: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | With the 'rem_res' in the third argument only administrators can | |
now remove from this board but anyone can look at it because of the empty | now remove from this board but anyone can look at it because of the empty | ||
string in the second argument. Putting an empty string in the third | string in the second argument. Putting an empty string in the third | ||
− | argument will make it so anyone can remove from this board. | + | argument will make it so anyone can remove from this board. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 11,861: | Line 11,395: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | the forth argument is a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you pass in that does any checks to | |
see if the player trying to post at the board is allowed to. This requires | see if the player trying to post at the board is allowed to. This requires | ||
some knowledge in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but we have given some example DIL functions in the | some knowledge in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but we have given some example DIL functions in the | ||
− | ''boards.zon''. | + | ''boards.zon''. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,877: | Line 11,410: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | As you can see we haven't made a post restriction <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> because as of | |
yet we haven't found a need for one. If you have a need for one just | yet we haven't found a need for one. If you have a need for one just | ||
look over the two restrict DIL functions we have already mentioned and you will | look over the two restrict DIL functions we have already mentioned and you will | ||
find it is really easy to make. We want to allow anyone to post so our | find it is really easy to make. We want to allow anyone to post so our | ||
− | dilcopy looks like this: | + | dilcopy looks like this: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,890: | Line 11,422: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | With the 'rem_res' in the third argument only administrators can | |
now remove from this board but anyone can post to it because of the empty | now remove from this board but anyone can post to it because of the empty | ||
string in the forth argument. The empty string again in the second | string in the forth argument. The empty string again in the second | ||
− | argument also allows everyone to look at the board. | + | argument also allows everyone to look at the board. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;max | ;max | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The fifth argument is simply the amount of posts that you want to | |
− | allow to be posted before the board is full. | + | allow to be posted before the board is full. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | To make a free for all board where everyone can post, remove | |
posts, look at what posts are on the board, and have a max of 50 posts it would simply be as | posts, look at what posts are on the board, and have a max of 50 posts it would simply be as | ||
− | follows: | + | follows: |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,917: | Line 11,448: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | When making a board for players to post concerns to the | |
administrators and only have the administrators be able to remove them, | administrators and only have the administrators be able to remove them, | ||
wile still allowing everyone to read them it would look like | wile still allowing everyone to read them it would look like | ||
− | this. | + | this. |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,929: | Line 11,460: | ||
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
</sect1> | </sect1> | ||
− | |||
<sect1 id="objcomplex"> | <sect1 id="objcomplex"> | ||
<TITLE>More complex objects</TITLE> | <TITLE>More complex objects</TITLE> | ||
− | + | In the last sections you learned all the fields and how to make a | |
basic object. In this section we will use the information from the last | basic object. In this section we will use the information from the last | ||
sections to create some more unique objects for our dragon station zone | sections to create some more unique objects for our dragon station zone | ||
There is not a lot of new information here we will be using the DIL functions, | There is not a lot of new information here we will be using the DIL functions, | ||
− | fields, and flags to make objects we have only mentioned before. | + | fields, and flags to make objects we have only mentioned before. |
<sect2 id="objboard"> | <sect2 id="objboard"> | ||
<TITLE>Making a communication board</TITLE> | <TITLE>Making a communication board</TITLE> | ||
− | + | In <xref linkend="objdilboard"> you learned all there you need to | |
know about the boards <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to create a board. In this small section we | know about the boards <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to create a board. In this small section we | ||
are going to show you the rest of a board and what a finished one looks | are going to show you the rest of a board and what a finished one looks | ||
− | like. | + | like. |
− | + | As with all objects the first step is to fully describe and name | |
your board. We will stick with the space station theme since our goal | your board. We will stick with the space station theme since our goal | ||
is to have a complete example zone for you. The boards symbolic, names, title, | is to have a complete example zone for you. The boards symbolic, names, title, | ||
− | description and extra turned out like this. | + | description and extra turned out like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,968: | Line 11,497: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Just incase the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server we have has a spell that can damage | |
− | inanimate objects we will give this board a material type. | + | inanimate objects we will give this board a material type. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,978: | Line 11,506: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now for the special stuff for the board. We need to give the | |
− | board a type and copy the board <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to it. | + | board a type and copy the board <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to it. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 11,989: | Line 11,516: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | There you go nothing to it you have just created your first board. | |
Now lets bring it all together and tag on an end symbol and we are all | Now lets bring it all together and tag on an end symbol and we are all | ||
− | finished. | + | finished. |
Line 12,013: | Line 11,540: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
− | |||
<sect2 id="objcontainer"> | <sect2 id="objcontainer"> | ||
<TITLE>Making a container</TITLE> | <TITLE>Making a container</TITLE> | ||
− | + | I thought it would be cool to have a small weapons locker on the | |
space station not to mention event hough we went over the container | space station not to mention event hough we went over the container | ||
macro in <xref linkend="objmacrocontainer">, we didn't cover everything | macro in <xref linkend="objmacrocontainer">, we didn't cover everything | ||
you need in fact the macro eaves a few things out because you may or may | you need in fact the macro eaves a few things out because you may or may | ||
− | not want to set them. | + | not want to set them. |
− | + | As with all objects we start right off by describing the item. | |
There is nothing new here so we will just show it to you and go | There is nothing new here so we will just show it to you and go | ||
− | on. | + | on. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,044: | Line 11,569: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now we need to put in all the information that makes this item a | |
container that can't be taken but it can be opened and it is | container that can't be taken but it can be opened and it is | ||
− | locked. | + | locked. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,058: | Line 11,582: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Notice we didn't make the item 'MANIPULATE_TAKE' because | |
we don't want people to be able to walk off with our weapons locker. | we don't want people to be able to walk off with our weapons locker. | ||
One final touch and we are all finished with the weapons locker. It is | One final touch and we are all finished with the weapons locker. It is | ||
always nice to put a material type on your items so a spell or a skill | always nice to put a material type on your items so a spell or a skill | ||
can tell if you can do anything with them. So with our material added | can tell if you can do anything with them. So with our material added | ||
− | in the full locker would look like this. | + | in the full locker would look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,088: | Line 11,611: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | |||
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 12,095: | Line 11,617: | ||
<TITLE>Creating drinks</TITLE> | <TITLE>Creating drinks</TITLE> | ||
− | + | In <xref linkend="objmacroliqcont">, we covered how to set the size and weight of the container and its content but now we need to talk about some other special things about a drink container verses other objects. | |
− | + | The drink container is one of the few objects that has rules on | |
how you set the title, description and names fields. The title and | how you set the title, description and names fields. The title and | ||
description fields should ot have anything to do with the liquid inside | description fields should ot have anything to do with the liquid inside | ||
Line 12,107: | Line 11,629: | ||
description it would still be there but the bag would now be full of | description it would still be there but the bag would now be full of | ||
water.. Our symbolic, title, and description would then look like | water.. Our symbolic, title, and description would then look like | ||
− | this. | + | this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,119: | Line 11,640: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The names on the other hand MUST have the drink name as the last | |
name in the name list. The reason it must be the last one is when a | name in the name list. The reason it must be the last one is when a | ||
player drinks or pours out the liquid the name is removed. If a player | player drinks or pours out the liquid the name is removed. If a player | ||
then refills the container the name of the new liquid is added to the | then refills the container the name of the new liquid is added to the | ||
last name. The bag we are making is full of wine so our names list would | last name. The bag we are making is full of wine so our names list would | ||
− | look like this. | + | look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,133: | Line 11,653: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now we add the liquid define for wine | |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,142: | Line 11,661: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Finally we add the material type for the bag, the cost to buy the | |
container, an extra players can look at, and finally an identify extra so | container, an extra players can look at, and finally an identify extra so | ||
if a player casts either the identify or improved identify spell on the | if a player casts either the identify or improved identify spell on the | ||
bag they will se it. with all that added The finished drink container | bag they will se it. with all that added The finished drink container | ||
− | looks like this. | + | looks like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,158: | Line 11,676: | ||
extra {} | extra {} | ||
"A small label reads Tassel Grove's finest. Year 321" | "A small label reads Tassel Grove's finest. Year 321" | ||
− | |||
MATERIAL_ORGANIC("a soft plastic") | MATERIAL_ORGANIC("a soft plastic") | ||
Line 12,178: | Line 11,695: | ||
<TITLE>Creating food</TITLE> | <TITLE>Creating food</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The food is very simple to make its just a regular item with the | |
macros you learned in <xref linkend="objmacrofood">. In fact making | macros you learned in <xref linkend="objmacrofood">. In fact making | ||
food is so simple we almost left it out. I am only adding this to show | food is so simple we almost left it out. I am only adding this to show | ||
Line 12,185: | Line 11,702: | ||
person would make a dragon head into food but if you wanted to you just | person would make a dragon head into food but if you wanted to you just | ||
add the 'FOOD_DEF(...)' and your all set. here is a basic food that you | add the 'FOOD_DEF(...)' and your all set. here is a basic food that you | ||
− | might find laying around a space station. | + | might find laying around a space station. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,215: | Line 11,731: | ||
<TITLE>Making a weapon</TITLE> | <TITLE>Making a weapon</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Whats a game with out some kind of weapon to chop or bash things | |
into little pieces. We examined how to set the weapon fields in <xref | into little pieces. We examined how to set the weapon fields in <xref | ||
linkend="objmacroweapon">, the object transfers in <xref | linkend="objmacroweapon">, the object transfers in <xref | ||
linkend="objmacrotransfers">, and the restriction DIL functions in <xref | linkend="objmacrotransfers">, and the restriction DIL functions in <xref | ||
linkend="objdilrestrict">. Now we will pull all we have learned together | linkend="objdilrestrict">. Now we will pull all we have learned together | ||
− | and make a pretty nifty little stiletto. | + | and make a pretty nifty little stiletto. |
− | + | The first part as with all our example objects is to set up the | |
symbolic, names, title, description, object extra, and material type. this is no | symbolic, names, title, description, object extra, and material type. this is no | ||
− | different from any other object so here is what we ended up with | + | different from any other object so here is what we ended up with |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,242: | Line 11,757: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now lets add the defines and DIL functions that make this a special weapon | |
along with the manipulate flags that makes it able to be wielded. We will give | along with the manipulate flags that makes it able to be wielded. We will give | ||
it a bonus in magic and good craftsmanship along with a plus in | it a bonus in magic and good craftsmanship along with a plus in | ||
− | backstab for all those assassins on the game. | + | backstab for all those assassins on the game. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,257: | Line 11,771: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | to finish it off we will give the weapon a cost, rent, and finally | |
two identifies for the two identify spells. Now that we have it all | two identifies for the two identify spells. Now that we have it all | ||
− | defined we pull it together and it looks like this. | + | defined we pull it together and it looks like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,299: | Line 11,812: | ||
<TITLE>Making armour</TITLE> | <TITLE>Making armour</TITLE> | ||
− | + | In <xref linkend="objmacroarmour"> we explained how to set the | |
armour fields now we will finish off by adding some more | armour fields now we will finish off by adding some more | ||
− | important information about armour in general. | + | important information about armour in general. |
− | + | The most important thing to realize is that not all wear | |
positions on the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server are armour positions. In fact | positions on the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server are armour positions. In fact | ||
only seven of the wear positions count as armour the rest are | only seven of the wear positions count as armour the rest are | ||
non-armour positions which we will cover next in <xref | non-armour positions which we will cover next in <xref | ||
linkend="objnon-armour">. The following are the armour | linkend="objnon-armour">. The following are the armour | ||
− | positions and their defines. | + | positions and their defines. |
<TABLE frame=all> | <TABLE frame=all> | ||
Line 12,334: | Line 11,847: | ||
<ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_ARMS</ENTRY> | <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_ARMS</ENTRY> | ||
</ROW> | </ROW> | ||
− | |||
<ROW> | <ROW> | ||
Line 12,358: | Line 11,870: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>There is one more field that works as armour, 'MANIPULATE_WEAR_SHIELD' but since that uses another define it is not |
shown here. We will leave that for an exercise for you to do | shown here. We will leave that for an exercise for you to do | ||
− | later.</ | + | later.</blockquote> |
− | + | First we do the same as we have for every other item, pick the | |
− | symbolic, title, description, extra description, and material type for the plate. | + | symbolic, title, description, extra description, and material type for the plate. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,376: | Line 11,887: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now we pick the armour type in this case I want it to be made like | |
plate mail and I want it to have a magical bonus and a high | plate mail and I want it to have a magical bonus and a high | ||
craftsmanship. Obviously since this is a plate we will pick the body | craftsmanship. Obviously since this is a plate we will pick the body | ||
− | position. | + | position. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,389: | Line 11,899: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | All that is left is to add the cost, rent, the identify extras, | |
and I felt like putting a 40% strength restriction on the armour. With | and I felt like putting a 40% strength restriction on the armour. With | ||
all that added together we finish up with the following piece of | all that added together we finish up with the following piece of | ||
− | armour. | + | armour. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,430: | Line 11,939: | ||
<TITLE>Making non-armour worn objects</TITLE> | <TITLE>Making non-armour worn objects</TITLE> | ||
− | + | In the previous section we defined armour that actually protects | |
the char in combat. Here we will learn how to make the clothing and | the char in combat. Here we will learn how to make the clothing and | ||
jewelery that may not do anything directly to combat but it can give | jewelery that may not do anything directly to combat but it can give | ||
your characters bonuses that help in combat in the long run. We will | your characters bonuses that help in combat in the long run. We will | ||
start by listing all the non-armour worn positions and their manipulate | start by listing all the non-armour worn positions and their manipulate | ||
− | defines and then we will give a simple ring object. | + | defines and then we will give a simple ring object. |
<TABLE frame=all> | <TABLE frame=all> | ||
Line 12,489: | Line 11,998: | ||
</TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | </TBODY></TGROUP></TABLE> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>When giving ability, skill, weapon, or spell bonuses make |
sure you realize that positions like ear, neck, wrist, and ankle can all | sure you realize that positions like ear, neck, wrist, and ankle can all | ||
have two on a player. This means any bonuses you give can be doubled if | have two on a player. This means any bonuses you give can be doubled if | ||
− | the player gets two of them</ | + | the player gets two of them</blockquote> |
− | + | I don't want to beat a dead horse so since I have already | |
explained armour in <xref linkend="objarmour"> the only difference here | explained armour in <xref linkend="objarmour"> the only difference here | ||
is there is no 'ARMOUR_DEF' everything else is the same. The following | is there is no 'ARMOUR_DEF' everything else is the same. The following | ||
was one of the first items my wife made as a new builder and I have | was one of the first items my wife made as a new builder and I have | ||
always liked it. I know, I am a lush but this way I don't have to write | always liked it. I know, I am a lush but this way I don't have to write | ||
− | an example. | + | an example. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,524: | Line 12,032: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>One last thing I forgot to mention. The item type also |
changes but then that is not hard to understand since this is not armour | changes but then that is not hard to understand since this is not armour | ||
it should be some other thing. In the case of non-armour worn items the | it should be some other thing. In the case of non-armour worn items the | ||
− | item type is 'ITEM_WORN'.</ | + | item type is 'ITEM_WORN'.</blockquote> |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 12,535: | Line 12,043: | ||
<TITLE>Dragon station with rooms, NPCs, and objects</TITLE> | <TITLE>Dragon station with rooms, NPCs, and objects</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Now we will add the objects we have built to the zone from the | |
previous chapter. This is still not complete while it does compile and | previous chapter. This is still not complete while it does compile and | ||
you can log into your zone, you still have to load your NPCs and objects | you can log into your zone, you still have to load your NPCs and objects | ||
Line 12,541: | Line 12,049: | ||
armour. This will be taken care of in <xref linkend="ch-07"> and you | armour. This will be taken care of in <xref linkend="ch-07"> and you | ||
will finally have a finished zone. The following is the source file so | will finally have a finished zone. The following is the source file so | ||
− | far. | + | far. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 12,589: | Line 12,096: | ||
ALWAYS_LIGHT | ALWAYS_LIGHT | ||
flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} | flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} | ||
− | |||
west to disposal_room descr | west to disposal_room descr | ||
Line 12,749: | Line 12,255: | ||
//True or False for randomizing or not | //True or False for randomizing or not | ||
FALSE); | FALSE); | ||
− | |||
end | end | ||
Line 12,846: | Line 12,351: | ||
"You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel | "You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel | ||
your lungs explode."); | your lungs explode."); | ||
− | |||
end | end | ||
Line 13,077: | Line 12,581: | ||
</sect1> | </sect1> | ||
− | |||
<sect1 id="objexer"> | <sect1 id="objexer"> | ||
<TITLE>Suggested object exercises</TITLE> | <TITLE>Suggested object exercises</TITLE> | ||
− | + | ||
− | + | 1. Using information you learned in <xref linkend="objcraft">, | |
− | |||
<xref linkend="objmag">, <xref linkend="objmacroshield">, and | <xref linkend="objmag">, <xref linkend="objmacroshield">, and | ||
− | <xref linkend="objarmour"> create a large shield. | + | <xref linkend="objarmour"> create a large shield. |
− | + | ||
− | + | 2. Using information you learned in <xref linkend="objnon-armour"> | |
− | |||
and <xref linkend="objmacrotransfers"> create a ring that gives a person | and <xref linkend="objmacrotransfers"> create a ring that gives a person | ||
− | 5% strength bonus and removes 5% magic ability. | + | 5% strength bonus and removes 5% magic ability. |
− | + | ||
− | + | 3. Using information you learned from <xref linkend="objmacroliqcont"> and <xref | |
− | + | linkend="objdrink"> create a beer or soda from your local area. | |
− | linkend="objdrink"> create a beer or soda from your local area. | + | |
− | + | 4. Using information you learned in <xref linkend="objmacrolight">; | |
− | |||
− | |||
make an object that gives off a bright light and will never run | make an object that gives off a bright light and will never run | ||
− | out. | + | out. |
− | + | ||
− | + | 5. Using the macros found in <xref linkend="objmacroliqcont">, | |
− | |||
<xref linkend="objmacrofood">, <xref linkend="objmacromoney">, and | <xref linkend="objmacrofood">, <xref linkend="objmacromoney">, and | ||
<xref linkend="objmacrocontainer"> along with information found in | <xref linkend="objmacrocontainer"> along with information found in | ||
<xref linkend="objfood"> and <xref linkend="objdrink">; create a chest that | <xref linkend="objfood"> and <xref linkend="objdrink">; create a chest that | ||
can be locked that contains food, drink, a pile of silver pieces, and a | can be locked that contains food, drink, a pile of silver pieces, and a | ||
− | pile of iron pieces. | + | pile of iron pieces. |
− | + | ||
− | |||
</SECT1> | </SECT1> | ||
Line 13,118: | Line 12,615: | ||
<TITLE>The reset section</TITLE> | <TITLE>The reset section</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Once you have learned to build rooms, objects and NPCs, you will | |
find one main missing thing, while you have created NPCs and objects | find one main missing thing, while you have created NPCs and objects | ||
they don't exist in the game unless you load them. When developing the | they don't exist in the game unless you load them. When developing the | ||
Line 13,127: | Line 12,624: | ||
takes care of closing doors after players have opened them, loading NPCs | takes care of closing doors after players have opened them, loading NPCs | ||
and their equipment, loading objects by themselves in rooms or even | and their equipment, loading objects by themselves in rooms or even | ||
− | loaded objects in objects. | + | loaded objects in objects. |
− | + | Everything inside the reset section activates once at boot time and | |
then again when the reset time is up and the reset flag is true. These | then again when the reset time is up and the reset flag is true. These | ||
two fields were described in <xref linkend="zoneinfo"> and are included | two fields were described in <xref linkend="zoneinfo"> and are included | ||
Line 13,138: | Line 12,635: | ||
forth, NPCs fifth, | forth, NPCs fifth, | ||
and finally NPCs. You may find that you have a better way of sorting | and finally NPCs. You may find that you have a better way of sorting | ||
− | them and again it is up to you. | + | them and again it is up to you. |
<sect1 id="doorreset"> | <sect1 id="doorreset"> | ||
<TITLE>Door resets</TITLE> | <TITLE>Door resets</TITLE> | ||
− | + | To show how the door resets work we will revisit an old room | |
example from <xref linkend="rmdoorexits">. The following two rooms are | example from <xref linkend="rmdoorexits">. The following two rooms are | ||
linked with a door and at boot time they are reset to closed. When the | linked with a door and at boot time they are reset to closed. When the | ||
mud boots the door flags set on the room are the door flags that are | mud boots the door flags set on the room are the door flags that are | ||
used. After boot up time the reset section is where the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> gets its | used. After boot up time the reset section is where the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> gets its | ||
− | information about what to do with the door. | + | information about what to do with the door. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,189: | Line 12,685: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now that we have two rooms lets define the reset command and how | |
− | |||
it works. All reset commands have a keyword and then a set of | it works. All reset commands have a keyword and then a set of | ||
arguments. The door reset command is simply 'door' followed by a set of | arguments. The door reset command is simply 'door' followed by a set of | ||
arguments that tell the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> where the door is, which door in that | arguments that tell the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> where the door is, which door in that | ||
location, and what you want to do with the door. The command looks like | location, and what you want to do with the door. The command looks like | ||
− | this. | + | this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,209: | Line 12,703: | ||
;room symbolic | ;room symbolic | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | As the name indicates this is the room that the door is located | |
in. If you are resetting a door not in the zone the reset | in. If you are resetting a door not in the zone the reset | ||
command is in you will need to use a full symbolic name with the zone | command is in you will need to use a full symbolic name with the zone | ||
− | extension. The following would be two valid examples. | + | extension. The following would be two valid examples. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,231: | Line 12,724: | ||
;direction number | ;direction number | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The direction number can be one of the pre-defined direction | |
numbers in the file ''vme.h''. shown here so you don't | numbers in the file ''vme.h''. shown here so you don't | ||
− | have to go flipping file to file. | + | have to go flipping file to file. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,248: | Line 12,740: | ||
#define SOUTHEAST 8 | #define SOUTHEAST 8 | ||
#define SOUTHWEST 9 | #define SOUTHWEST 9 | ||
− | |||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
Line 13,258: | Line 12,749: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | These flags, surrounded by '{}', describe the state of the door after the reset. The following is the | |
− | list of possible door flags. | + | list of possible door flags. |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 13,265: | Line 12,756: | ||
;EX_OPEN_CLOSE | ;EX_OPEN_CLOSE | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Set this if you can open and close this exit, be it a door, gate or | |
− | otherwise. | + | otherwise. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,272: | Line 12,763: | ||
;EX_CLOSED | ;EX_CLOSED | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Set this if you want the exit to be closed at reset time. | |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,278: | Line 12,769: | ||
;EX_LOCKED | ;EX_LOCKED | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Set this if you want the exit to be locked at reset time. | |
− | < | + | <blockquote> |
− | + | An interesting aspect is that if you do not specify a key, you can | |
only unlock this door with the 'pick' skill, 'unlock' spell or from | only unlock this door with the 'pick' skill, 'unlock' spell or from | ||
− | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> with UnSet(); | + | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> with UnSet(); |
− | </ | + | </blockquote> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,289: | Line 12,780: | ||
;EX_PICK_PROOF | ;EX_PICK_PROOF | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Using this flag renders the 'pick' skill and 'unlock' spell un useable on the | |
− | lock of this exit. | + | lock of this exit. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,296: | Line 12,787: | ||
;EX_HIDDEN | ;EX_HIDDEN | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | If this bit is set, the exit is hidden until the mobile has successfully | |
− | searched for it, using the 'search'-command. | + | searched for it, using the 'search'-command. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,305: | Line 12,796: | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | Now that we have all the information we need we can close the door | |
− | |||
after the reset time expires. For our two rooms the door reset would | after the reset time expires. For our two rooms the door reset would | ||
− | look like this. | + | look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,318: | Line 12,807: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>As you can see from the example it is very important to |
close both sides of the door. If you do not close both sides you will | close both sides of the door. If you do not close both sides you will | ||
get very weird and undefined errors when players are trying to open and | get very weird and undefined errors when players are trying to open and | ||
− | close them</ | + | close them</blockquote> |
− | + | Another thing that you can do with the door reset command is | |
change the doors status. In our previous example we reset the door to | change the doors status. In our previous example we reset the door to | ||
its status that it has when it first is loaded into the game. If | its status that it has when it first is loaded into the game. If | ||
however we wanted to change the door to a locked door we could do that | however we wanted to change the door to a locked door we could do that | ||
− | by adding the locked flag like this. | + | by adding the locked flag like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,342: | Line 12,830: | ||
<TITLE>Loading objects and NPCs</TITLE> | <TITLE>Loading objects and NPCs</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Time to start loading your zone with its life and all the other | |
strange things you have built. There is two commands that do all the | strange things you have built. There is two commands that do all the | ||
loading and equipping of objects. Oddly enough the commands are called | loading and equipping of objects. Oddly enough the commands are called | ||
'load' and 'equip'. The format of the commands are almost the same | 'load' and 'equip'. The format of the commands are almost the same | ||
but equip must be used inside a NPC grouping. With that in mind lets | but equip must be used inside a NPC grouping. With that in mind lets | ||
− | start with simple loads and work our way up. | + | start with simple loads and work our way up. |
− | + | The command to load an object or an NPC into a room is as | |
− | follows: | + | follows: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,365: | Line 12,852: | ||
;object or NPC | ;object or NPC | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The first argument to the load command is the object or NPC | |
symbolic name that you want to load. The first argument is the only one | symbolic name that you want to load. The first argument is the only one | ||
− | that must be included in all load commands. | + | that must be included in all load commands. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 13,375: | Line 12,862: | ||
;into | ;into | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This is just a symbol that tells the reset that we are loading the | |
− | object or NPC into some other unit. | + | object or NPC into some other unit. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 13,384: | Line 12,871: | ||
;object, NPC, and room | ;object, NPC, and room | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The third argument is the symbolic name of the place where you are loading the object | |
− | and the NPC. | + | and the NPC. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,392: | Line 12,879: | ||
;load amount | ;load amount | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | the fourth argument is an optional argument that tells the reset | |
how many of the objects are allowed in the world, zone, or locally. The | how many of the objects are allowed in the world, zone, or locally. The | ||
− | possible values for this field are as follows: | + | possible values for this field are as follows: |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 13,400: | Line 12,887: | ||
;max <num> | ;max <num> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This command is always part of another reset command (load, | |
equip, etc.). At reset time the entire world is scanned for occurences | equip, etc.). At reset time the entire world is scanned for occurences | ||
of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than | of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than | ||
− | <num> will the command be executed. | + | <num> will the command be executed. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,410: | Line 12,897: | ||
;local <num> | ;local <num> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This command is always part of another reset command (load, | |
equip, etc.). At reset time the location of which the unit is to | equip, etc.). At reset time the location of which the unit is to | ||
be loaded into is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit only if the currently | be loaded into is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit only if the currently | ||
existing number is less than <num> will the | existing number is less than <num> will the | ||
− | command be executed. | + | command be executed. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,420: | Line 12,907: | ||
;zonemax <num> | ;zonemax <num> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This command is always part of another reset command (load, | |
equip, etc.). At reset time the entire zone being reset is | equip, etc.). At reset time the entire zone being reset is | ||
scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently | scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently | ||
existing number is less than <num> will the command be | existing number is less than <num> will the command be | ||
− | executed. | + | executed. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,435: | Line 12,922: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | Any reset command may be followed by a pair of curly brackets {} | |
containing more reset commands. The commands inside the brackets | containing more reset commands. The commands inside the brackets | ||
− | will only be executed in case the associated command was successful. | + | will only be executed in case the associated command was successful. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 13,444: | Line 12,931: | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | Don't be alarmed if this sounds a bit hard. It all gets much | |
more clear as some examples are explained. Lets take a look at the | more clear as some examples are explained. Lets take a look at the | ||
− | following example and see if we can't make this much more clear. | + | following example and see if we can't make this much more clear. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,455: | Line 12,941: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This example is pretty simple it says load the fido into the | |
temple only if there isn't already 1 in the world. Now lets get a bit | temple only if there isn't already 1 in the world. Now lets get a bit | ||
− | more complicated. | + | more complicated. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,470: | Line 12,955: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Now we have said again load the fido into the temple if there is | |
not already one in the world. Then if fido loads fill his inventory | not already one in the world. Then if fido loads fill his inventory | ||
− | with a bone and load excrement into the temple as well. | + | with a bone and load excrement into the temple as well. |
− | + | We can get even more complicated but still just using the load | |
− | commands by doing the following | + | commands by doing the following |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,489: | Line 12,973: | ||
} | } | ||
} | } | ||
− | |||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | now we still have the fido loading if there isn't one already in | |
the world then the bone and the excrement and finally we load a bag. | the world then the bone and the excrement and finally we load a bag. | ||
If there isn't an apple already in the world we load the bag with a | If there isn't an apple already in the world we load the bag with a | ||
− | apple in it other wise the bag will be empty. | + | apple in it other wise the bag will be empty. |
− | + | Well that should be enough load examples for now but we will get | |
right back to them in a bit. Now we should introduce another reset | right back to them in a bit. Now we should introduce another reset | ||
command called the 'equip' command that we have already mentioned. The | command called the 'equip' command that we have already mentioned. The | ||
'equip' command works a lot like load but has much simpler arguments. | 'equip' command works a lot like load but has much simpler arguments. | ||
− | The 'equip' command is as follows. | + | The 'equip' command is as follows. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,514: | Line 12,996: | ||
;symbol | ;symbol | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The first argument is just the symbolic name of the item | |
− | being worn by the NPC. | + | being worn by the NPC. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 13,523: | Line 13,005: | ||
;position | ;position | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The position is any of the positions available in the | |
''vme.h''. The following are all the positions along | ''vme.h''. The following are all the positions along | ||
− | side there defines as found in the ''vme.h''. | + | side there defines as found in the ''vme.h''. |
<TABLE frame=all> | <TABLE frame=all> | ||
Line 13,551: | Line 13,033: | ||
<ENTRY>WEAR_ARMS</ENTRY> | <ENTRY>WEAR_ARMS</ENTRY> | ||
</ROW> | </ROW> | ||
− | |||
<ROW> | <ROW> | ||
Line 13,637: | Line 13,118: | ||
;load amount | ;load amount | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | the fourth argument is an optional argument that tells the reset | |
how many of the objects are allowed in the world, zone, or locally. The | how many of the objects are allowed in the world, zone, or locally. The | ||
− | possible values for this field are as follows: | + | possible values for this field are as follows: |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 13,645: | Line 13,126: | ||
;max <num> | ;max <num> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This command is always part of another reset command (load, | |
equip, etc.). At reset time the entire world is scanned for occurences | equip, etc.). At reset time the entire world is scanned for occurences | ||
of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than | of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than | ||
− | <num> will the command be executed. | + | <num> will the command be executed. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,655: | Line 13,136: | ||
;local <num> | ;local <num> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This command is always part of another reset command (load, | |
equip, etc.). At reset time the location of which the unit is to | equip, etc.). At reset time the location of which the unit is to | ||
be loaded into is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently | be loaded into is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently | ||
existing number is less than <num> will the | existing number is less than <num> will the | ||
− | command be executed. | + | command be executed. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,665: | Line 13,146: | ||
;zonemax <num> | ;zonemax <num> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This command is always part of another reset command (load, | |
equip, etc.). At reset time the entire zone being reset is | equip, etc.). At reset time the entire zone being reset is | ||
scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently | scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently | ||
existing number is less than <num> will the command be | existing number is less than <num> will the command be | ||
− | executed. | + | executed. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,678: | Line 13,159: | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | Now with the equipment command you can now get your NPCs dressed | |
and ready for battle. The 'load' and 'equip' commands are not the | and ready for battle. The 'load' and 'equip' commands are not the | ||
− | easiest though so lets go through some simple examples. | + | easiest though so lets go through some simple examples. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,696: | Line 13,176: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This is how you would equip a NPC with all items from the current | |
zone. As you can see we didn't need full symbolics because the server | zone. As you can see we didn't need full symbolics because the server | ||
− | knows to grab the items from the zone the resets are in. | + | knows to grab the items from the zone the resets are in. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,714: | Line 13,193: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | In this example we only load the silver pile if the guard loads | |
and if the power sword loads which may or may not happen since there is | and if the power sword loads which may or may not happen since there is | ||
only a max of one sword allowed while there is a max of 2 guards | only a max of one sword allowed while there is a max of 2 guards | ||
allowed. What will happen in this case is at the first reset there will | allowed. What will happen in this case is at the first reset there will | ||
be one guard and one pile of silver. The next reset there will still | be one guard and one pile of silver. The next reset there will still | ||
− | only be one pile of silver but now there will be two guards. | + | only be one pile of silver but now there will be two guards. |
− | + | Hopefully you have got the basic resets down. If not don't worry | |
there are plenty more examples to come and we still have to make the | there are plenty more examples to come and we still have to make the | ||
− | resets for our dragon station zone. | + | resets for our dragon station zone. |
</sect1> | </sect1> | ||
− | |||
<sect1 id="resetfunction"> | <sect1 id="resetfunction"> | ||
<TITLE>Special reset functions</TITLE> | <TITLE>Special reset functions</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Now that we have gone over the basic load and equip commands we | |
have some special commands that you can add to them to make them do more | have some special commands that you can add to them to make them do more | ||
interesting things. Sometimes when doing resets you don't always want | interesting things. Sometimes when doing resets you don't always want | ||
Line 13,737: | Line 13,215: | ||
want to clear the rooms or reload an entire object after removing the | want to clear the rooms or reload an entire object after removing the | ||
old one. All these things and more can be accomplished with the reset | old one. All these things and more can be accomplished with the reset | ||
− | section. | + | section. |
<sect2 id="resetcomplete"> | <sect2 id="resetcomplete"> | ||
<TITLE>The complete directive.</TITLE> | <TITLE>The complete directive.</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The 'load' and 'equip' commands have one more argument that can be | |
placed at the end of them to make them act a bit different.the complete | placed at the end of them to make them act a bit different.the complete | ||
directive. In the case where this directive is placed at the end | directive. In the case where this directive is placed at the end | ||
of a 'load or 'equip' command, the unit is only loaded in case all immediate commands inside | of a 'load or 'equip' command, the unit is only loaded in case all immediate commands inside | ||
− | its nesting are executed successfully. For example: | + | its nesting are executed successfully. For example: |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,762: | Line 13,239: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | In this case the captain is only loaded if the objects magic_sword | |
and bag are successfully loaded. if the ruby_ring is not loaded, | and bag are successfully loaded. if the ruby_ring is not loaded, | ||
it will have no effect on the complete directive. To make the ruby_ring | it will have no effect on the complete directive. To make the ruby_ring | ||
affect to captains complete directive, the bag must also have specified a | affect to captains complete directive, the bag must also have specified a | ||
complete directive (because the bag would then not be complete, and thus the | complete directive (because the bag would then not be complete, and thus the | ||
− | captain would not be complete). | + | captain would not be complete). |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 13,774: | Line 13,251: | ||
<TITLE>The follow command</TITLE> | <TITLE>The follow command</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Once you load a NPC you may want that NPC to follow another NPC. | |
That is what the 'follow' command is for. The following is the format | That is what the 'follow' command is for. The following is the format | ||
− | of the 'follow' command | + | of the 'follow' command |
Line 13,789: | Line 13,266: | ||
;symbol | ;symbol | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The first argument to the follow command is the symbolic name of | |
− | the NPC to follow the NPC of the outer grouping. | + | the NPC to follow the NPC of the outer grouping. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,797: | Line 13,274: | ||
;load amount | ;load amount | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | the second argument is an optional argument that tells the reset | |
how many of the NPC followers of this type are allowed in the world, zone, or locally. The | how many of the NPC followers of this type are allowed in the world, zone, or locally. The | ||
− | possible values for this field are as follows: | + | possible values for this field are as follows: |
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
;max <num> | ;max <num> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This command is always part of another reset command (load, | |
equip, etc.). At reset time the entire world is scanned for occurences | equip, etc.). At reset time the entire world is scanned for occurences | ||
of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than | of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than | ||
− | <num> will the command be executed. | + | <num> will the command be executed. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,814: | Line 13,291: | ||
;local <num> | ;local <num> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This command is always part of another reset command (load, | |
equip, etc.). At reset time the location of which the unit is to | equip, etc.). At reset time the location of which the unit is to | ||
be loaded into is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the | be loaded into is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the | ||
− | command be executed. | + | command be executed. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,823: | Line 13,300: | ||
;zonemax <num> | ;zonemax <num> | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This command is always part of another reset command (load, | |
equip, etc.). At reset time the entire zone being reset is | equip, etc.). At reset time the entire zone being reset is | ||
scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently | scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently | ||
existing number is less than <num> will the command be | existing number is less than <num> will the command be | ||
− | executed. | + | executed. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 13,837: | Line 13,314: | ||
;complete | ;complete | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | This only makes the NPC follow if all the other things in the | |
grouping finishes completely. For a better description of how this | grouping finishes completely. For a better description of how this | ||
− | directive works see <xref linkend="resetcomplete">. | + | directive works see <xref linkend="resetcomplete">. |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
</VARIABLELIST> | </VARIABLELIST> | ||
− | + | The follow command is always used nested inside a loaded | |
NPC to force the NPC <symbol> to follow the NPC of the outer | NPC to force the NPC <symbol> to follow the NPC of the outer | ||
grouping. The following would be a correct use of the follow | grouping. The following would be a correct use of the follow | ||
− | command. | + | command. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,872: | Line 13,348: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This example would load two guards that are fully dressed and | |
− | they would start following the captain which is also loaded. | + | they would start following the captain which is also loaded. |
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
<sect2> | <sect2> | ||
<TITLE>The purge command</TITLE> | <TITLE>The purge command</TITLE> | ||
− | + | There are times when you want to clean up a room. This can be | |
done very easy by using the <command>purge</command>. The following is | done very easy by using the <command>purge</command>. The following is | ||
− | the format of the purge command. | + | the format of the purge command. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,889: | Line 13,364: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | This command doesn't take much description. The symbol is the | |
− | |||
room you want to empty of all objects and NPCs. If you wanted to get | room you want to empty of all objects and NPCs. If you wanted to get | ||
rid of all objects and NPCs from a room with the symbolic name of jail | rid of all objects and NPCs from a room with the symbolic name of jail | ||
− | it would look like this. | + | it would look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,905: | Line 13,378: | ||
<TITLE>The random command</TITLE> | <TITLE>The random command</TITLE> | ||
− | + | If you ever want to load something only some of the time. There | |
is a built in <command>random</command> command that allows you to pick | is a built in <command>random</command> command that allows you to pick | ||
the percentage of the time that the item will load. The random command | the percentage of the time that the item will load. The random command | ||
− | has the following format. | + | has the following format. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,918: | Line 13,390: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | It is important to point out this is done by a random percentage | |
chance where as 1% of the time would be almost not at all and 100% of | chance where as 1% of the time would be almost not at all and 100% of | ||
the time would be all the time. If we wanted to load a group of things | the time would be all the time. If we wanted to load a group of things | ||
− | only 80% of the time it would look like this. | + | only 80% of the time it would look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,943: | Line 13,414: | ||
<TITLE>The remove command</TITLE> | <TITLE>The remove command</TITLE> | ||
− | + | Many times players take items out of containers like chests or | |
steal items from your NPCs and leave them naked. If the NPC is not dead | steal items from your NPCs and leave them naked. If the NPC is not dead | ||
the resets don't reload them therefore your NPCs will stand there empty | the resets don't reload them therefore your NPCs will stand there empty | ||
Line 13,949: | Line 13,420: | ||
sometimes you want them to get dressed or refilled again at reset time. that is | sometimes you want them to get dressed or refilled again at reset time. that is | ||
what the <command>remove</command> command is for. The following is the | what the <command>remove</command> command is for. The following is the | ||
− | format of the remove command. | + | format of the remove command. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,958: | Line 13,428: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Again the remove command is a simple command and it only has two | |
arguments, the item and where it is to remove it from. If you | arguments, the item and where it is to remove it from. If you | ||
wanted to have a cabinet that at every reset it would have a knife and a | wanted to have a cabinet that at every reset it would have a knife and a | ||
− | bag of sugar in it would look like this. | + | bag of sugar in it would look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 13,974: | Line 13,443: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | |||
− | |||
</sect2> | </sect2> | ||
Line 13,982: | Line 13,449: | ||
<TITLE>Reset walk through</TITLE> | <TITLE>Reset walk through</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The dragon station is almost finished. All you have to do now is | |
create the resets for it. We don't have a lot of stuff in the zone but | create the resets for it. We don't have a lot of stuff in the zone but | ||
we have enough to make a decent example of how the resets work. As I | we have enough to make a decent example of how the resets work. As I | ||
Line 13,988: | Line 13,455: | ||
first, the objects in rooms second, then the NPCs. again this is | first, the objects in rooms second, then the NPCs. again this is | ||
nothing we force you to do but I find it helps me keep track of my items | nothing we force you to do but I find it helps me keep track of my items | ||
− | and NPCs. | + | and NPCs. |
− | + | With that in mind we will start by resetting our doors. In the | |
zone there is two doors. One is a regular door that is closed when the | zone there is two doors. One is a regular door that is closed when the | ||
mud reboots and the other is a hidden and locked door when the mud | mud reboots and the other is a hidden and locked door when the mud | ||
reboots. We will not block the rooms in and show you them again but | reboots. We will not block the rooms in and show you them again but | ||
if you want to you can see the rooms in <xref linkend="finishedzone">. | if you want to you can see the rooms in <xref linkend="finishedzone">. | ||
− | the resets for these doors would look like this. | + | the resets for these doors would look like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,003: | Line 13,469: | ||
door hallway EAST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} | door hallway EAST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} | ||
door office WEST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} | door office WEST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} | ||
− | |||
//secret door reset | //secret door reset | ||
Line 14,011: | Line 13,476: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>Both sides of the door don't have to have the exact same |
flags the door in the office is hidden but the one on the ship is | flags the door in the office is hidden but the one on the ship is | ||
− | not.</ | + | not.</blockquote> |
− | + | The next thing to build resets for is the two items we are loading | |
− | |||
directly into rooms and their contents if they have any. The two items | directly into rooms and their contents if they have any. The two items | ||
we are loading into rooms are the board and the weapons locker. I am | we are loading into rooms are the board and the weapons locker. I am | ||
just going to stick the board in the main chamber and the weapons locker | just going to stick the board in the main chamber and the weapons locker | ||
− | in the office. The reset for these two items looks like this. | + | in the office. The reset for these two items looks like this. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,034: | Line 13,497: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Notice we also loaded a stiletto into the weapons locker and it will | |
only load once a reboot since the cabinet will never be removed and | only load once a reboot since the cabinet will never be removed and | ||
− | unless the cabinet reloads the stiletto will not reload. | + | unless the cabinet reloads the stiletto will not reload. |
− | + | finally we get to the NPcs and their equipment. We only have 3 | |
NPCs in our zone so it shouldn't be any problem especially since we don't | NPCs in our zone so it shouldn't be any problem especially since we don't | ||
have that much close. I am going to load the dragon into the ship on a | have that much close. I am going to load the dragon into the ship on a | ||
percentage chance basis and then load the Janitor into the station so he | percentage chance basis and then load the Janitor into the station so he | ||
can get to cleaning it up. Finally I will load Bob into the office so | can get to cleaning it up. Finally I will load Bob into the office so | ||
− | he can sit and count his money. | + | he can sit and count his money. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,068: | Line 13,530: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | Only a couple final things to point out. It doesn't matter if you | |
load the same type of plate or same type of clothing on every NPC. It | load the same type of plate or same type of clothing on every NPC. It | ||
would look pretty silly if everyone was wearing the same clothes but I | would look pretty silly if everyone was wearing the same clothes but I | ||
Line 14,075: | Line 13,537: | ||
them into the inventory like we did with the ring on the dragon. That | them into the inventory like we did with the ring on the dragon. That | ||
about covers it all. The resets are now done and we can now put them | about covers it all. The resets are now done and we can now put them | ||
− | all together with the zone and complete our dragon station. | + | all together with the zone and complete our dragon station. |
− | |||
</sect1> | </sect1> | ||
Line 14,083: | Line 13,544: | ||
<TITLE>The complete dragon station</TITLE> | <TITLE>The complete dragon station</TITLE> | ||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,129: | Line 13,589: | ||
ALWAYS_LIGHT | ALWAYS_LIGHT | ||
flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} | flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} | ||
− | |||
west to disposal_room descr | west to disposal_room descr | ||
Line 14,289: | Line 13,748: | ||
//True or False for randomizing or not | //True or False for randomizing or not | ||
FALSE); | FALSE); | ||
− | |||
end | end | ||
Line 14,385: | Line 13,843: | ||
//act for the damage. | //act for the damage. | ||
"You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your lungs explode."); | "You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your lungs explode."); | ||
− | |||
end | end | ||
Line 14,616: | Line 14,073: | ||
door hallway EAST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} | door hallway EAST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} | ||
door office WEST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} | door office WEST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} | ||
− | |||
//secret door reset | //secret door reset | ||
door office SOUTH {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED,EX_HIDDEN} | door office SOUTH {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED,EX_HIDDEN} | ||
door portal_room NORTH {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} | door portal_room NORTH {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} | ||
− | |||
load info_board into chamber | load info_board into chamber | ||
Line 14,639: | Line 14,094: | ||
equip pol_plate WEAR_BODY | equip pol_plate WEAR_BODY | ||
} | } | ||
− | |||
− | |||
random 50 | random 50 | ||
Line 14,660: | Line 14,113: | ||
<TITLE>Color and formatting codes</title> | <TITLE>Color and formatting codes</title> | ||
− | + | Now that you have got a handle on how to build rooms, objects, and | |
NPCs, we will now give you the ability to format text the way you want | NPCs, we will now give you the ability to format text the way you want | ||
it formatted and color it as well. Currently the VME doesn't support | it formatted and color it as well. Currently the VME doesn't support | ||
all the ASCII characters but if we get enough people wanting this | all the ASCII characters but if we get enough people wanting this | ||
− | ability it will be added. | + | ability it will be added. |
<sect1 id="escapecode"> | <sect1 id="escapecode"> | ||
<title>The escape character</title> | <title>The escape character</title> | ||
− | + | When working with colors or formatting there are always two parts | |
to a formatting command. The first part we call the escape character | to a formatting command. The first part we call the escape character | ||
which is the '&' character. Thus all formatting and color commands | which is the '&' character. Thus all formatting and color commands | ||
− | would look as follows: | + | would look as follows: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,684: | Line 14,137: | ||
<title>Formatting codes</title> | <title>Formatting codes</title> | ||
− | + | As you may have noticed the string fields on the VME are formatted | |
in an english paragraph style. What that means is all text is | in an english paragraph style. What that means is all text is | ||
− | formatted with he following rules: | + | formatted with he following rules: |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <listitem | + | <listitem> |
All leading blanks are stripped away. For room descriptions | All leading blanks are stripped away. For room descriptions | ||
3 leading spaces are added. This way we ensure a consistent | 3 leading spaces are added. This way we ensure a consistent | ||
− | formatting of the displayed room descriptions. | + | formatting of the displayed room descriptions.</listitem> |
− | + | <listitem> | |
− | <listitem | ||
Spaces and blanks (newlines) are contracted to single spaces | Spaces and blanks (newlines) are contracted to single spaces | ||
− | yielding a correctly 'wrapped' text for any sentence. | + | yielding a correctly 'wrapped' text for any sentence.</listitem> |
− | + | <listitem> | |
− | <listitem | ||
If a '.' is encountered followed by a blank, a total of two | If a '.' is encountered followed by a blank, a total of two | ||
− | spaces are inserted after the '.'. | + | spaces are inserted after the '.'.</listitem> |
− | |||
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | These formatting rules are great for normal descriptions and | |
extras but what if you want to make a sign or a map. You don't always | extras but what if you want to make a sign or a map. You don't always | ||
want the text to be rapped, if the server rapped your sign it would turn | want the text to be rapped, if the server rapped your sign it would turn | ||
Line 14,713: | Line 14,163: | ||
<xref linkend="formatdescr"> contains a more in depth discussion of each | <xref linkend="formatdescr"> contains a more in depth discussion of each | ||
format command with examples and <xref linkend="colordescr"> deals with | format command with examples and <xref linkend="colordescr"> deals with | ||
− | the color commands. | + | the color commands. |
<TABLE frame=all id="formattable"> | <TABLE frame=all id="formattable"> | ||
Line 14,731: | Line 14,181: | ||
<entry>Used to make an & character instead of an escape code.</entry> | <entry>Used to make an & character instead of an escape code.</entry> | ||
</row> | </row> | ||
− | |||
<row> | <row> | ||
Line 14,809: | Line 14,258: | ||
;&& | ;&& | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | If you want a single '&' you must let the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> | |
know that you don't want a formatting or a color code. You do this by | know that you don't want a formatting or a color code. You do this by | ||
− | doubling the '&' sign. The following is a couple examples: | + | doubling the '&' sign. The following is a couple examples: |
<INFORMALTABLE frame=all> | <INFORMALTABLE frame=all> | ||
Line 14,831: | Line 14,280: | ||
<entry>&&</entry> | <entry>&&</entry> | ||
</row> | </row> | ||
− | |||
<row> | <row> | ||
Line 14,848: | Line 14,296: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | When you want to turn off the formatting you use this formatting | |
code. Everything after the '&l' will be shown exactly as you put it | code. Everything after the '&l' will be shown exactly as you put it | ||
− | in the string. | + | in the string. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,870: | Line 14,318: | ||
;&f | ;&f | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The formatted text as we have already said is default. If you | |
want to turn the formatted text back on after some literal text you will | want to turn the formatted text back on after some literal text you will | ||
have to use the '&f' code. The following is an example of some | have to use the '&f' code. The following is an example of some | ||
− | literal text followed by a short bit of formatted text. | + | literal text followed by a short bit of formatted text. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,891: | Line 14,339: | ||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 14,897: | Line 14,344: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | If you want to input extra spaces in a sentence with out using the | |
'&l' you can add them one at a time or multiple by using the | '&l' you can add them one at a time or multiple by using the | ||
− | '&s' code. | + | '&s' code. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,907: | Line 14,354: | ||
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
</VARLISTENTRY> | </VARLISTENTRY> | ||
− | |||
<VARLISTENTRY> | <VARLISTENTRY> | ||
Line 14,913: | Line 14,359: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | If you want to input some blank lines with out using the literal | |
− | code you can add a '&n'for each line you want. | + | code you can add a '&n'for each line you want. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
This sentence&n&n&n would look like this: | This sentence&n&n&n would look like this: | ||
− | |||
This sentence | This sentence | ||
− | |||
would look like this: | would look like this: | ||
Line 14,934: | Line 14,378: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | The line break is made for use with the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language. You will | |
not need it to do regular text formatting. It was added so a | not need it to do regular text formatting. It was added so a | ||
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> could split a string that is loaded from a file. If you | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> could split a string that is loaded from a file. If you | ||
don't understand the following example don't worry it is explained more | don't understand the following example don't worry it is explained more | ||
− | in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> reference. | + | in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> reference. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,951: | Line 14,395: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | On terminals that can handle it the '&h' will clear the | |
screen. If you wanted a sign that would clear the screen before | screen. If you wanted a sign that would clear the screen before | ||
− | displaying when a character looked at it would look like this. | + | displaying when a character looked at it would look like this. |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,976: | Line 14,420: | ||
<sect1 id="colordescr"> | <sect1 id="colordescr"> | ||
<title>Color code descriptions and examples</title> | <title>Color code descriptions and examples</title> | ||
− | |||
<VARIABLELIST> | <VARIABLELIST> | ||
Line 14,983: | Line 14,426: | ||
<DICTDEF> | <DICTDEF> | ||
− | + | In order to allow you to change the colors there are two codes. One is | |
for the foreground color (&c) and the other is for the background | for the foreground color (&c) and the other is for the background | ||
color (&b). '&c' is used with one or two | color (&b). '&c' is used with one or two | ||
arguments depending on brightness, while the '&b' s only used with | arguments depending on brightness, while the '&b' s only used with | ||
− | one because it has only one brightness. They both have the forms as follows: | + | one because it has only one brightness. They both have the forms as follows: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 14,995: | Line 14,438: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | It is important to set both the foreground and background color | |
because if a player has his default background color set to blue and you | because if a player has his default background color set to blue and you | ||
use blue as a foreground color it will make the letters invisible to the | use blue as a foreground color it will make the letters invisible to the | ||
player. It is also important to set the colors back to the default | player. It is also important to set the colors back to the default | ||
− | color when done. this is done by using the following command: | + | color when done. this is done by using the following command: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 15,006: | Line 14,449: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | < | + | <blockquote>The '&[default]' command will be described in the next |
section. It is enough to know for now that it will return the players | section. It is enough to know for now that it will return the players | ||
− | colors to their default colors.</ | + | colors to their default colors.</blockquote> |
− | + | Before we give some color examples we should now define the | |
symbols for brightness and the symbols for each color and what they | symbols for brightness and the symbols for each color and what they | ||
− | are. | + | are. |
<TABLE frame=all> | <TABLE frame=all> | ||
Line 15,087: | Line 14,530: | ||
<entry></entry> | <entry></entry> | ||
</row> | </row> | ||
− | |||
<row> | <row> | ||
Line 15,093: | Line 14,535: | ||
<entry></entry> | <entry></entry> | ||
</row> | </row> | ||
− | |||
<row> | <row> | ||
Line 15,110: | Line 14,551: | ||
<LISTITEM> | <LISTITEM> | ||
− | + | As we have said in the previous section if you are not careful you | |
can make your text not visible by the player by setting the foreground to | can make your text not visible by the player by setting the foreground to | ||
the same color as the background. In order to make it possible for you | the same color as the background. In order to make it possible for you | ||
Line 15,118: | Line 14,559: | ||
with a default list of colors which can be added to by either the | with a default list of colors which can be added to by either the | ||
''color.def'' or even by a <acronym>DIL</acronym> | ''color.def'' or even by a <acronym>DIL</acronym> | ||
− | program on line. The default colors are as follows: | + | program on line. The default colors are as follows: |
<INFORMALTABLE frame=all> | <INFORMALTABLE frame=all> | ||
<TGROUP align=left cols=3 colsep=1> | <TGROUP align=left cols=3 colsep=1> | ||
Line 15,206: | Line 14,647: | ||
</informaltable> | </informaltable> | ||
− | + | To use these colors all you have to do is use the following formatting command: | |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 15,213: | Line 14,654: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The color that will be shown is the color that the player has set | |
for the color in question. If for example the player has his or her | for the color in question. If for example the player has his or her | ||
'death' color set to bright red with a black background and you have a | 'death' color set to bright red with a black background and you have a | ||
− | description as follows: | + | description as follows: |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 15,224: | Line 14,665: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | + | The description would be in the players 'room_descr' color while | |
the word death would be in his or hers 'death' color. You should note | the word death would be in his or hers 'death' color. You should note | ||
we had to set the color back to the room description color so that the | we had to set the color back to the room description color so that the | ||
− | rest of the description was not in the 'death' color. | + | rest of the description was not in the 'death' color. |
− | + | To change the players color to the default out put color which is the color that is | |
used when no color is specified by the server then you use | used when no color is specified by the server then you use | ||
'default'. You probably won't use this in normal zone building but it | 'default'. You probably won't use this in normal zone building but it | ||
is very important to know it exists when you start making spells, | is very important to know it exists when you start making spells, | ||
− | skills, and commands with <acronym>DIL</acronym | + | skills, and commands with <acronym>DIL</acronym> |
</LISTITEM> | </LISTITEM> | ||
Line 15,245: | Line 14,686: | ||
<TITLE>The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> section</TITLE> | <TITLE>The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> section</TITLE> | ||
− | + | When I first thought of writing this manual I had planned to leave | |
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> totally out of it. The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language always confuses new Builders | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> totally out of it. The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language always confuses new Builders | ||
and complicates teaching simple rooms, objects, and NPCs. It became | and complicates teaching simple rooms, objects, and NPCs. It became | ||
Line 15,251: | Line 14,692: | ||
had to mention it hear so builders would know where to look and | had to mention it hear so builders would know where to look and | ||
what <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> could do for them when they got to the point where they were | what <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> could do for them when they got to the point where they were | ||
− | ready to use it. | + | ready to use it. |
<sect1 id="dilsect"> | <sect1 id="dilsect"> | ||
<TITLE>What is <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>?</TITLE> | <TITLE>What is <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>?</TITLE> | ||
− | + | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is short for, Data-based instructional language. Not to be | |
confused with Database since <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is nothing like a database. Data-based | confused with Database since <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is nothing like a database. Data-based | ||
means that the language works on a fixed set of units like objects, | means that the language works on a fixed set of units like objects, | ||
Line 15,262: | Line 14,703: | ||
Unlike on many of the mud servers on the internet <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is not an | Unlike on many of the mud servers on the internet <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is not an | ||
interpreted language it is a compiled language which gives you the user | interpreted language it is a compiled language which gives you the user | ||
− | much more safe guards against crashes and slow code. | + | much more safe guards against crashes and slow code. |
− | + | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> also provides a full set of data types to allow you to do | |
calculations or store information from players. The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language can | calculations or store information from players. The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language can | ||
even deal with file access and it can add fields and information to the | even deal with file access and it can add fields and information to the | ||
players if needed. In short the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server has its own internal | players if needed. In short the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server has its own internal | ||
functional language that will allow you to do just about anything you | functional language that will allow you to do just about anything you | ||
− | want to. | + | want to. |
</sect1> | </sect1> | ||
Line 15,275: | Line 14,716: | ||
<sect1 id="diluse"> | <sect1 id="diluse"> | ||
<TITLE>What can <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> be used for?</TITLE> | <TITLE>What can <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> be used for?</TITLE> | ||
− | + | ... | |
− | + | It is hard to explain what all <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> can be used for with out just | |
writing a list of things that have already been done in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> so here is the | writing a list of things that have already been done in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> so here is the | ||
− | list. | + | list. |
<itemizedlist> | <itemizedlist> | ||
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>All spells</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>60% of the commands and skills and growing</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Administrator commands</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Movement commands</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>look commands</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>200+ quests and growing</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Message |
− | boards | + | boards</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Mail system</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Clan system</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Automated |
− | Newbie guides | + | Newbie guides</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>object |
− | restrictions | + | restrictions</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Death |
− | Sequence | + | Sequence</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Magical combat |
− | system | + | system</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>NPC agressive |
− | functions | + | functions</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>personalized |
− | Familiars | + | Familiars</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>personalized |
− | pets | + | pets</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Deck of cards</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Chess board</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>dice</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>online AD&D game playing system</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>Communication channels</LISTITEM> |
− | <LISTITEM | + | <LISTITEM>automated wedding chapel</LISTITEM> |
</itemizedlist> | </itemizedlist> | ||
− | + | Realize this is only a small list of things that can be done in | |
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. In the future we hope to be able to add the ability to easily | <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. In the future we hope to be able to add the ability to easily | ||
change combat and all the character update features using <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. These | change combat and all the character update features using <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. These | ||
things can be currently done with <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but it takes a lot of knowledge | things can be currently done with <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but it takes a lot of knowledge | ||
− | and work which we hope to simplify. | + | and work which we hope to simplify. |
</sect1> | </sect1> | ||
Line 15,314: | Line 14,755: | ||
<TITLE>Where do I get more information on <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM></TITLE> | <TITLE>Where do I get more information on <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM></TITLE> | ||
− | + | The online <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> reference guide is the most authoritative guide | |
currently for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. It can be found at | currently for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. It can be found at | ||
− | <ulink url="http://www.valhalla.com">http://www.valhalla.com</ulink> and follow the builders links. | + | <ulink url="http://www.valhalla.com">http://www.valhalla.com</ulink> and follow the builders links. |
− | + | In the near future we hope to have an entire new <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual that | |
will teach, a person who has never coded all the way to people who are | will teach, a person who has never coded all the way to people who are | ||
already professional coders, to use <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. For now if you can not find | already professional coders, to use <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. For now if you can not find | ||
Line 15,327: | Line 14,768: | ||
while you are getting started. It is important that you at least try | while you are getting started. It is important that you at least try | ||
and look through the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> reference before asking a lot of questions | and look through the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> reference before asking a lot of questions | ||
− | because many of the questions may be answered already. | + | because many of the questions may be answered already. |
</sect1> | </sect1> | ||
Line 15,334: | Line 14,775: | ||
<appendix id="app-a"><TITLE>VMC command line options</TITLE> | <appendix id="app-a"><TITLE>VMC command line options</TITLE> | ||
− | + | ||
The argument string is processed from left to right. Options may | The argument string is processed from left to right. Options may | ||
appear between filenames, but it should be noted that an option | appear between filenames, but it should be noted that an option | ||
only takes effect when it is encountered. In most cases, options | only takes effect when it is encountered. In most cases, options | ||
should be placed to the left of the filename arguments. | should be placed to the left of the filename arguments. | ||
− | |||
<INFORMALTABLE frame=none pgwide=1> | <INFORMALTABLE frame=none pgwide=1> | ||
Line 15,374: | Line 14,814: | ||
</informaltable> | </informaltable> | ||
− | + | ||
These options are not available to the email or FTP compiler, but | These options are not available to the email or FTP compiler, but | ||
normally you should not bother with them - they are probably | normally you should not bother with them - they are probably | ||
− | set automatically. | + | set automatically. |
</appendix> | </appendix> | ||
Line 15,480: | Line 14,920: | ||
</TGROUP> | </TGROUP> | ||
</informaltable> | </informaltable> | ||
− | |||
</appendix> | </appendix> | ||
Line 15,487: | Line 14,926: | ||
<TITLE>Race Definitions in values.h</TITLE> | <TITLE>Race Definitions in values.h</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The following list was extracted from the | |
− | ''values.h'' | + | ''values.h'' |
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 15,690: | Line 15,129: | ||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
− | |||
− | |||
</appendix> | </appendix> | ||
<appendix id="app-d"><TITLE>weapon definitions in values.h</TITLE> | <appendix id="app-d"><TITLE>weapon definitions in values.h</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The following list was extracted from the | |
− | ''values.h'' | + | ''values.h'' |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 15,757: | Line 15,193: | ||
<TITLE>Liquid macros file</TITLE> | <TITLE>Liquid macros file</TITLE> | ||
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 15,810: | Line 15,245: | ||
<TITLE>Complete magical transfers macros listing</TITLE> | <TITLE>Complete magical transfers macros listing</TITLE> | ||
− | + | This listing of macros was taken from | |
''wmacros.h''. When building your objects you should | ''wmacros.h''. When building your objects you should | ||
check the macros file to make sure you have the most up to date | check the macros file to make sure you have the most up to date | ||
− | macros. | + | macros. |
− | |||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 15,927: | Line 15,361: | ||
lastf TIF_BRA_DEC \ | lastf TIF_BRA_DEC \ | ||
applyf APF_ABILITY; | applyf APF_ABILITY; | ||
− | |||
#define MAG_TRANSFER(amount) \ | #define MAG_TRANSFER(amount) \ | ||
Line 15,940: | Line 15,373: | ||
lastf TIF_MAG_DEC \ | lastf TIF_MAG_DEC \ | ||
applyf APF_ABILITY; | applyf APF_ABILITY; | ||
− | |||
#define DIV_TRANSFER(amount) \ | #define DIV_TRANSFER(amount) \ | ||
Line 15,994: | Line 15,426: | ||
<TITLE>Skill definitions in values.h</TITLE> | <TITLE>Skill definitions in values.h</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The following list was extracted from the | |
− | ''values.h'' | + | ''values.h'' |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 16,059: | Line 15,491: | ||
#define SKI_PUNCH 58 | #define SKI_PUNCH 58 | ||
#define SKI_GLANCE 59 | #define SKI_GLANCE 59 | ||
− | |||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
Line 16,067: | Line 15,498: | ||
<TITLE>Spell definitions in values.h</TITLE> | <TITLE>Spell definitions in values.h</TITLE> | ||
− | + | The following list was extracted from the | |
− | ''values.h'' | + | ''values.h'' |
− | + | ||
<nowiki> | <nowiki> | ||
Line 16,231: | Line 15,662: | ||
#define SPL_TOTAL_RECALL 164 | #define SPL_TOTAL_RECALL 164 | ||
#define LAST_SPELL 165 | #define LAST_SPELL 165 | ||
− | |||
</nowiki> | </nowiki> | ||
</appendix> | </appendix> | ||
</book> | </book> |
Revision as of 10:45, 25 May 2020
<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN"> <BOOK ID="basiczone"><?dbhtml filename="index.html"> <bookinfo> <TITLE>VME basic zone writing manual</TITLE> <author> <firstname>Ken</firstname> <surname>Perry</surname> </author> <copyright><year>2001</year><holder>Ken Perry</holder></copyright> </bookinfo>
<CHAPTER ID="ch-intro"><?dbhtml filename="ch00.html"> <TITLE>Introduction</TITLE>
<SECT1><TITLE>Giving credit where credit is due!</TITLE>
The, basic zone writing manual, you are reading now, didn't just come flying out of this authors head. In fact it is a conglomeration of several old texts which are no longer used. I had first thought about quoting and giving credit to each person who had ever modified or created portions of the first documentation but because of the nature of the way they were built it was impossible to know who did what. I therefore have decided to create a list here of everyone who has ever worked on or had a hand in the development of the basic zone writing documentation and references. I will also give a short summary for each. I would also like to thank those listed below for their contribution to the development of one of the best mud servers on the internet today.
<VARIABLELIST id="var-credits"> <VARLISTENTRY> ;Original DIKU coding Team <DICTDEF> <itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>Hans Henrik Staerfeldt</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Sebastian Hammer</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Michael Seifert</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Katja Nyboe</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Tom Madsen</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Lars Balker Rasmussen</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
You should all know these people they are not only the original DIKU mud developers but a few of them designed and developed the new <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. One or more of the previous mentioned people were the authors of the following texts that have been swallowed up by this book. <itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>abilities.txt</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>guild.txt</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>monster.txt</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>objects.txt</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>rooms.txt</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>vmc.txt</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Andrew Cowan
<DICTDEF>
One of the original administrators of Valhalla mud and now the administrator of the mud connector. Andrew created the first zone tutorial, which was later included into the vmc.txt to clear up some things missing in the old vmc.txt. Again my thanks go out to Andrew for his contributions not only to this document but to the growth of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programming language. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Ryan Holliday
<DICTDEF>
Made major updates to the tutorial.txt created by Andrew Cowan, which became version two of the tutorial. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Peter Ryskin
<DICTDEF> Wrote the original explanation of how to define exits. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- John Clare
<DICTDEF>
Made major updates to the tutorial.txt created by Andrew Cowan and updated by Ryan Holliday, which became version three of the tutorial. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Marc Bellemare
<DICTDEF>
An editor and an author Marc combined and revised the tutorial and the vmc.txt into one document making it less Valhalla specific and more for any mud running the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Jennifer Garuba
<DICTDEF> Created the first document on how to create shop keepers. She also was one of the first builders to have the insite and to make it clear that a manual like this was needed. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Brian Spanton
<DICTDEF>
Converted the original vmc.txt into HTMl, while at the same time fixing many inconsistencies and typos in it. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Kathy Perry
<DICTDEF>
Wrote the original compiler howto to make it easier for new builders to compile their zone. She was also the first builder to open my eyes to the fact we needed a true manual on how to build.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Mark Pringle
<DICTDEF> Main editor, which spell checked and looked over my major grammer mistakes. I am sure he didn't catch them all but at least the ugly ones were caught. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Morgan Shafer
<DICTDEF>
Wrote the guild definition primer which explained teachers. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
</VARIABLELIST>
</SECT1>
<SECT1> <TITLE> Who should read this book?</TITLE>
This book was designed to be read by anyone who is thinking of writing areas for a <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. If you have wrote for other mud servers you will still need to at least skim every chapter because the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> is like no other mud engine and has some very interesting differences.
</SECT1>
<SECT1> <TITLE>What does this book cover?</TITLE>
The topics covered in this book are everything to do with writing an area for the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. While we do cover using <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions to make your monsters, Rooms, and objects better and smarter we do not cover how to write the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions covered in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual. The following are topics covered by this book. <itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>compiling and debugging</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Macros using the CPP</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Overall Zone structure</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Writing rooms</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Writing Objects</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Writing Monsters</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Doing the resets</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
</SECT1> </chapter>
<chapter ID="ch-01"><?dbhtml filename="ch01.html"> <TITLE>General compiler information</TITLE>
In order to get your zone onto a valhalla Mud Engine (<ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM>) server you must convert your zone from readable english text to binary form the server can understand. The way you do this is with a compiler. No don't freak out you don't have to be a skilled programmer to use a compiler. The only thing you have to do is format your rooms, objects, and Non-player characters (NPC) in a form which the compiler can understand. The great thing about the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> is you can do all your zone writing in your favorite editor with out having to log on to code. For those of you who have coded for other mud servers and are used to coding online this may be a new experience to you but you will find you can plan out better and more well designed areas offline than you can on line.
In the future the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> coding team is thinking of adding an online coding module for those mud administrators that can not live with out it. If you are one of these make sure you write <email>whistler@valhalla.com</email> and express your desires so you can be counted.
This chapter will mainly cover the Valhalla Mud Compiler (<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM>), how it works, and the Valhalla Mud pre processor (<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> -p) works. We will also throw in some debugging hints but debugging will be covered more as you begin creating parts of your areas in the following chapters.
<SECT1><TITLE>The compiler</TITLE>
VMC is the Valhalla Mud Engine Compiler. for <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers. A compiler takes a source file or better described as your areas input file and converts it to a binary file the server can then load and use online. In the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> we call areas you build 'zones', therefore the source file for a zone has the extension 'zon'. In order to make this more clear we will start with our first example.
Lets say you were making a Zone of dragons. You may want to call the file something resembling its contents like, dragon.zon. Notice we have appended the '.zon' extension. The compiler requires all zones to end in '.zon' in order for it to know this is a zone source file.
Now lets say we have completed writing our first zone and want to compile it. The command is simply: <command> VMC> dragon.zon </command> If the zone compiles correctly it will indicate success by printing a message to the screen and outputting two files both with the same root name as the original zone source file but with different extensions. In this case there would be the following: <VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY> ;dragon.data <DICTDEF>
The file holding the binary version of the zone </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- dragon.reset
<DICTDEF>
The file containing the reset information for the zone. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST> If the zone doesn't compile correctly and you have errors it will print a list of the errors and the location where they can be found so you can fix them. The debugging process will be explained more as you learn how to create rooms, monsters, and objects.
</SECT1>
<SECT1><TITLE>The VMC pre-processor</TITLE>
The <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> Pre-Processor (<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> -p) can be thought of as a powerful search and replace tool used by the compiler before it converts the zone to its binary form. This tool gives you the builder the ability to add comments, create short hand expressions for repeated items, include other files in your zone, and even to do some minor calculations when necessary.
If you have coded in C or c++ before the Pre Processor the
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> uses is no different and you can skip this section.
<sect2><TITLE>Commenting your zone</TITLE>
The practice of adding comments to your zone is a good thing to get into so the administrators and other builders can help you with your zone and know what you were trying to do if there are problems. Comments aren't as important when writing the zone as they will be when you start writing your own special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions but it is important to know how comments work and that you can use them if you need to. A comment is a block of text the compiler will never see and is there only for you and who ever reads the file. In order to make it so the compiler will not see the block of text you must surround it by a set of symbols that tell the CPP to strip it out before passing the zone on to the compiler. These symbols are the '/*' and the '*/' symbols or the '//' symbols together in front of a single line.
In order to best explain how comments work we will give you a some what strange example. First we will start by showing you a very basic line you will see time and time again in rooms.
title "this is a title"
This is a title it will show up in everything from rooms, to objects and even NPCs. Now lets see what a commented line would look like.
//I am going to make a title now title /* I put the keyword first*/ "this is a title/*then the title*/
This of course is very ugly but the point is not to be pretty it is to show you both the first way and the second way will look exactly the same to the compiler because all comments are removed before the compiler ever gets it. A better use of a comment in a zone however would be something like this:
/* The following ten rooms are the vineyards, there are 97 rooms in the zone. */ //Zone first created 1994
You will find comments will make coding large zones much easier because you can add text meant just for the builders eyes.
You will have to decide if you want a multi-line comment or a single line comment and use the '//' or the '/**/' respectively. The rule of thumb is if the comment is longer than 1 line it is easier to put the '/**/' around the comment than to comment each individual line.
</sect2> <sect2><TITLE>Macros and what they can do for you</TITLE>
When making a zone you will find there are things you use more than once. In fact you may find things you want others to use or things you want to use in multiple zones. Its true you could block and copy and stick them everywhere. in fact that is what I did when I first started building. I soon found my zone file was extremely large and hard to upkeep. With a few minor changes and a lot of deleting I used short hand or better known in the world of coding as macros to make my zone readable.
Lets say you had some flags you were going to set in fifty rooms and you knew they would all be the same. You could type the following line 50 times.
flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_CAN_BURY}
With the macros however you could make this much easier by just doing the following at the beginning of your zone.
#define DIRTFLOOR flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_CAN_BURY}
Then where ever you want the flags you just type DIRTFLOOR. You are probably thinking, yeah big deal I can do that with block and copy. True but there is another benefit to this. Lets say later you wanted to also make these 50 rooms no teleport. All you would have to change is the define like this:
#define DIRTFLOOR flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER,UNIT_FL_CAN_BURY,UNIT_FL_NO_TELEPORT}
Now when you recompile all 50 rooms are changed and you didn't even have to do a search and replace.
You can also make macros that take arguments. The ability to take arguments is where macros take a leap and a bound out in front of your favorite editor to allow you to do things you can not do easily with search and replace. Lets say you have an exit descr you want to use in 50 swamp rooms because heck everything looks the same in a swamp when you look one direction to the next.
east to swamp1 descr "You see the swamp stretch out for miles";
This could be made into a macro like:
#define sexit(direction, place) direction to place descr \ "You see the swamp stretch out for miles.";
Then all you need to use it is:
SEXIT(east,swamp1) SEXIT(north,swamp2) SEXIT(south,swamp3)
There is no space between 'SEXIT' and '(' that is
important because the CPP sees 'SEXIT(' and 'SEXIT (' as two different things. It is also important to notice all defines must start at the beginning of the line and be either one line long or have a '\' telling the Pre Processor that it should continue with the next line as if it was
this line.
You can also combine macros together so you have a set of macros like:
#define DIRTFLOOR flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER,UNIT_FL_CAN_BURY,UNIT_FL_NO_TELEPORT} #define DIRTSECT movement SECT_INSIDE \ DIRTFLOOR
You may have noticed I capitalize all macros. This is not a must but it is
suggested so you can easily tell what is a macro and what is not.
</sect2> <sect2><TITLE>Including other files in your zone</TITLE>
Another function of the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> Pre Processor, '#include', allows you to include other files in your zone file. The <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> comes with some basic include files you can use the macros out of and use as examples on how to make your own include files. These files are the composed.h,, vme.h, values.h, base.h, liquid.h, and wmacros.h. Including composed.h will include all the rest of the include files into your zone because it has include statements that use all the others.
You will want to include the files at the beginning of
your zone file because all defines you use must be defined before
you use them.
</sect2> <sect2><TITLE>Doing minor calculations</TITLE>
You can also do minor calculations in a macro. Lets say you wanted to make it so the higher level an NPC was the heavier he was and the taller he was. This would be simple with a macro.
#define MLEVEL(lvl) \ level lvl \ height lvl+72 \ weight lvl*9
This macro would increase the height and weight depending on what level you made the NPC pretty simple. There is much more a macro can do for you but the Pre Processor and all its uses go far beyond the scope of this manual. If you are really interested in all the neat things it can do type the following command at the '$' prompt on your Linux box. <command>man cpp</command> The C-Pre Processor is what the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> Pre Processor is based on and most if not all functions of the CPP work in the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM>. </sect2>
</SECT1> </chapter>
<chapter ID="ch-02"><?dbhtml filename="ch02.html"> <TITLE>Zone source file</TITLE>
In this chapter we will define all the sections of a zone file and go in-depth on the zone info section. Once complete with this chapter you should be able to create an empty yet compilable zone.
A zone source file is split up into 6 sections. A zone-declaration section, a mobile (NPC) section, an object section, a room section, a reset section, and the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> section. The zone section is the only section that has to be in the file, and they may appear in any order.
Each section is preceded by a section header. These are the six possible headers: <itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>%zone</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>%rooms</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>%mobiles</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>%objects</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>%reset</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>%<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM></LISTITEM> </itemizedlist> The first four sections may be considered lists of definitions. The reset section can be considered a program in a simple programming language. And the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> section is a bit special - it includes the zone templates (DIL functions that can be used from any zone, on anything, as opposed to "specialized" DIL functions placed inside a unit's definitions). After all sections you are using are defined you must tell the compiler you are done the special symbol '%end' must be placed at the end of the zone for this reason.
<SECT1><TITLE>Definition types</TITLE>
When creating your zone there are six main building blocks. We call these definition types. Each type represents some kind of data you want the compiler to be able to recognize. These data definitions take the basic form:
field value
Where field is the name of a data field, and value is some value. Values are of one of 6 types: <VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY> ;integer <DICTDEF>
A whole number or if you are in practice of using Hex you can
use the C style hex numbers in either upper or lower case (i.e 0X0f3
0x0f3)
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- string
<DICTDEF>
Text enclosed in Double Quotes. The string can span more than
one line
as it would in a description.
title "The dark dragon altar" descr "There are many things you can see and there are many things that can't be seen but this is still a description none the less."
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- stringlist
<DICTDEF>
A set of strings, it can be a single string or multiple depending on your needs.
These are used in names, extras, creators, and special keywords all to be
defined later in their respective places. These are defined in the following
manor.
<fieldname> {"string1","string2","string3", ...}
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- intlist
<DICTDEF>
A list of numbers which can be used with an extra. This type works like the
stringlist but doesn't need the quotes.
extra {"mynumberlist"} {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,...} "This is a number list attached to an extra"
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- flags
<DICTDEF>
Like the Intlist the flag is defined with a list of numbers. The list of numbers
is not taken literally however it is combined to create one number by binary
oring the number list together. If that confuses you don't worry, it
takes some getting used to. These types are used for Manipulation, flags,
and positions.
flags {2,8} manipulate {8}
In the previous example the 'flags' value after this zone compiles would be 10 because binary oring the two flags together is a lot like adding. The two numbers probably make no sense so most flags you use will have defines if I used the defines found in vme.h the previous example would look like this:
flags {UNIT_FL_INVISIBILE,UNIT_FL_BURIED} manipulate {WEAR_BODY}
We will cover this more in-depth later but it was necessary to give a good overview so you understand this field type enough to recognize what it is when you see it. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- symbol
<DICTDEF>
A label you reference from other parts in your zones. Every unit (room,object,room) and even the zone itself has a unique label that can be referenced. It is important to make symbol names that are clear so the Administrators of the mud know what each item is when using the online administration commands.
dark_sword /*good symbol*/ rm_5892 /*Bad symbol*/
When loading items online the zone symbol and the item symbol are combined to create a reference to the item. For example if our zone name was 'dragon' and our item was 'dark_sword' the symbolic name for this item would be 'dark_sword@dragon'. Using symbols will be covered more in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual and in the administration manuals for loading objects online. For now it is enough to understand symbols must follow the following rules when being defined. <itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>The first letter of the symbol must be a letter of the alphabet or a '_' character</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Characters following the first can be numbers, alphabet letters, and '_' characters</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>The name can be no longer than 15 characters</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>No reserved keywords can be used as a name <XREF LINKEND="app-b"></LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
the end tag that ends all unit definitions is also considered a symbol it is just a symbol that must be included with
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
There are two other field types that can not be defined as a regular field type. These are the function reference and the Structure. The function reference can be either a reference to a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function or a special function called from the base code.
Special functions are being replaced with
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> for better performance and should only be used when no <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions exist to replace
them
The Structure field types are a combination of other field types to make a special field type for the unit being defined. A good example of this is a 'exit' for a room. The exit has everything from flag, string, stringlist, and even description fields. The exit field will be defined much more in-depth in the chapter on rooms but it is important to know some fields are considered Structure fields because they can have many values. The only two Structure fields are the exit and extra fields which will both be defined more later because they can be used differently depending on what you are using them for.
</SECT1>
<SECT1 id="zoneinfo"> <TITLE>Zone information section</TITLE>
The zone information section is the only section that must exist in the source file of your area. With out this section the compiler is unable to create the zone because frankly it doesn't know what to call it. It is also the easiest of the sections to learn because there is only a few possible fields. The Zone-section defines the global parameters for the current zone. It is usually wise to place this section in the top of the source file to make it easy to find the zone information when editing the file.
<TITLE>Zone section field descriptions</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=3 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Field</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Type</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>creators</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Stringlist</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This field is where you place the creators of the zone. With this field filled out the Administrators and builders can easily find out who the zone was written by and be able to contact them if there are problems. </ENTRY></ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>lifespan</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Number</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This defines the interval between resets for this zone, in minutes. Default is 60 if this field is left out of the information section. </ENTRY></ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>notes</ENTRY> <ENTRY>String</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This is a plain text description of the zone for administrators and builders. It is often a good idea to include your e-mail address in the notes so you can be reached easily by the administrators. </ENTRY></ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>reset</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Number</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This combined with 'lifespan' defines if the zone will be reset. This field gives the condition that must be met to reset the zones you should use the defines in the vme.h, RESET_NOT, RESET_IFEMPTY, and RESET_ANYHOW. Default is RESET_ANYHOW, which means, the zone will be reset even if players are present within it. </ENTRY></ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>title</ENTRY> <ENTRY>String</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This is the title of the zone, for example Dragons Nest, Dark station, and creators hide out. It is used mainly for the areas command so players can get a list of all the areas in the game. It can however be accessed by the 'zoneptr' variable type in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. If you have a zone that spans across multiple source files you only need to define the title once. If you put the title in all source files it will show up multiple times in the area listing. You would also leave this blank if the zone should not be on the areas list like an administration zone. </ENTRY></ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>weather</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This field sets the humidity level of the zone. If for example you want a hot desert like zone you would want to set this to its highest value. The range of this field is 1000 to -1000. This is an optional field and will not be covered else where because it is simple to use. </ENTRY></ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>%zone</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Symbol</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This entry defines the name of the zone. Default is the preceding component of the current filename, minus the trailing ".zon". Note, the symbol should be added after the %zone tag, which should always be put, even if you do not add a symbol after it. </ENTRY></ROW> </TBODY> </TGROUP>The only field that must exist when you go to create the zone information section is the '%zone'. Leaving the '%zone' field out will cause an error when you try to compile it. We suggest you not only put the '%zone' field but you also add a symbol or as I call it a zone name. The following are three legal examples of a Zone information header. You be the judge of which is more informative.
/*very bad*/ %zone /*bad but better than nothing*/ %zone bug_planet /*The way it should be done!*/ %zone dragonst lifespan 20 reset RESET_ANYHOW creators {"whistler"} notes "This is the dragon station I shortened it to dragonst for ease in loading. If you have any questions email me at whistler@valhalla.com" help "Not sure what could help you now. You are stuck on one of the weirdest space stations you have ever seen and you smell burning sulfur."
If you felt like it you could add a '%end' to the proceeding
examples and compile them. They would create an empty zone so
wouldn't be very exciting but at least its possible. We will not go into any compiling until we have at least one unit
type to compile because it is pretty useless to do.
the next chapters will
define the basic unit building blocks you will use for rooms,
objects, and NPCs and start you off on compiling.
</SECT1>
</chapter>
<chapter ID="ch-03"><?dbhtml filename="ch03.html"> <TITLE>Unit building blocks</TITLE>
When creating your zone you will find some basic structures are used in all three unit types rooms, objects, and NPCs. In this chapter we will define the main building blocks of all units along with some helpful hints
No matter which unit type you are dealing with there is a simple basic structure that lets the compiler know not only what unit type it is dealing with but where one unit begins and where it ends. The way the compiler tells what unit type it is dealing with is by the section header '%rooms', '%objects', and '%mobiles'. All rooms must be defined under the '%rooms' header and likewise objects and NPCS under their respective headers. Each unit starts with a symbolic name called the unit symbol and ends with the keyword end. The following would be a legal definition of any unit type:
symbol_name end
If you define a unit like this when it loads it will be blank, while this is not extremely useful it is good to know you can leave out any field you don't feel you need.
<VARIABLELIST> <TITLE>Unit building blocks</TITLE> <VARLISTENTRY>
- symbol field
<DICTDEF>
In the last chapter we defined the different field types and
the rules you must follow when defining a symbol. It is
important enough to relist these rules here so you do not run into
problems when creating your units.
<itemizedlist>
<LISTITEM>The first letter of the
symbol must be a letter of the alphabet or a '_' character</LISTITEM>
<LISTITEM>Characters following the first can be numbers, alphabet
letters, and '_' characters</LISTITEM>
<LISTITEM>The symbol can be no longer than
15 characters</LISTITEM>
<LISTITEM>No reserved keywords can be used as a symbol<XREF LINKEND="app-b"></LISTITEM>
</itemizedlist>
It is also important to know currently it is hard to deal with units
having capital letters in them, this may be fixed in the future but it is good practice to use all lower case characters in the
symbols.
Another thing you should think about when defining your symbol names is to be clear about what the unit is. When you list units on the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server with <command>wstat</command> the symbolic names are shown if you were to see the list: <computeroutput> i6853 b2419 l1854 </computeroutput> You would have no idea what those three items were unless you personally built them recently, therefore it is a much better coding practice to name things what they are like: <computeroutput> long_sword healer_hut dog </computeroutput></LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- title field
<DICTDEF>
The title field is probably the easiest field on all units it
is what is shown on the first line of a room when you enter and it
is the name shown when you get an object or attack a NPC.
There is only two important things to look at when defining titles
one is punctuation and the other is capitalization. Room titles
need to be capitalized and so do proper names but the first letter of an object
title or a NPC title do not normally need to be capitalized. this is
best explained by some examples.
title "The dragons in."/*good*/ title "a big bull dog."/*bad has a period at the end*/ title "Bill the destroyer"/*good*/ title "A long dagger"/*bad capital 'a'*/
Now to show why some of those are good we will demonstrate by some sample output in the game. <computeroutput>
prompt: l The Dragons Inn You are standing in a moldy inn.
prompt: get A long dagger You get A long dagger.
prompt kick dog You kick a bull dog. in the head. </computeroutput> Notice the 'A' and the extra period do not really look right where they end up appearing in the game. These may be minor nit picky details but if you do it right the first time you won't have to deal with the english major that just happens to be playing on your mud. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- names field
<DICTDEF>
The 'names' field defines the names everything in the game can
use to interact with your unit. For rooms the names are used as
teleport or goto points for characters and NPCs or they are
sometimes used for special DIL functions on objects to trigger in certain
rooms. On NPCs and objects names can be used for anything from
poking a player to giving a player an object. The names field is
very flexible it has even been used to store what a container is
holding in order to have quick access to the names in the container.
it
When making rooms it is not necessary to put room names. In fact it is a good way of making sure players can't teleport to certain rooms because if the room doesn't have a name the person can't teleport to it. Objects and NPCs must have names because if you leave names off of them you can not pick them up or kill them depending on which you are dealing with. It is also good practice to use all combinations of the object or NPCs title so a player will know exactly what to type to use the item for example:
bad_obj title a small dog" names{"small dog","small","dog"} end
It is up to you as a builder if you want to use names like 'small' in your names list since you would not 'get small' in real life it may not have to be added to the names list. It is important however to define your extras from big to small because of how the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> command interpreter handles names of things. For example if you had the following names:
small_item title "a small item" names {"small","item","small item"}
When you try to <command>give small item Bill</command>. The interpreter would try to give small to item and that would not be what you wanted to do. Don't worry the compiler will catch this and give you an error something like: <computeroutput>
Fatal name ordering on line ###.
</computeroutput> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- descr field
<DICTDEF>
The description building block is used in many places. You will find
description fields on extras, exits, rooms, NPCs, objects, and as
you have already seen the help and the notes field of the zone
information section are also description fields.
Depending on what you are working on description fields can mean totally different things to the person looking in the room. A description field on a room can be the inside or outside of the rooms description. A description on extras can be an NPCs descr or an extra description on the room like if you looked at a 'rug' or a 'chair'. On an exit the descr field describes what you see when you look in that direction from the room you are in. The important thing right now is no matter where you use them they all work the same.
description fields like the title field have a tag or unlike the title field can have a set of tags before them like in extras or exits but like titles they are just a string surrounded by quotes. You can make multiple line descriptions if the description is on a NPC you may not want to since it is the description shown when you walk into the room. The following would be some examples of room descriptions.
descr "this is how you would define a room descr and as you can see it can be much longer than a line if you like." extra {"basic extra"} "This is a description field on an extra." extra{"more advanced","extra"}{1,2,3,4,5,6} "This is still the description field. Like the room description or any description field for that matter this can be longer than a line." east to bathroom descr "You see one big toilet!";
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- extra fields
<DICTDEF>
The extra field is the work horse for the builder. It is the
building block that most brings your zone to life. You can use it
to describe body parts or items in a room. When you use
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you will use extras to store information like quest information
or special information you need later. Extras also store the
main description on NPCs since the descr field on NPCs is really the
long title shown in the room which will be explained later
in <xref linkend="ch-05">.
The extra Is the first structure definition you have run into so it may take some playing with to figure it out. The extra has actually 4 fields three of them must be there in some form. The first is the identifier that tells the compiler that this is an extra, the second is a stringlist, the third is an Optional Intlist, and the final one is the extra description field. If the extra had all the fields it would look like this:
extra {"small chair","chair"} {1,2,3,4,5} "Its a chair."
If the previous wasn't an example we would have left out the Intlist because it is not necessary to put the Intlist on a chair unless you want it there for some special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you are creating. the Intlist is the only field that can be totally left out but you can leave the string list blank when you want to make the extra the default description when the object, room, or NPC is being looked at, like this:
extra {} "This would be what you see when you look at any of the names in the names list."
We will go more in-depth into why you want to do this in the following chapters.</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
You are now ready to put these building blocks to work. You have only to learn how to put these fields to work for each of the three unit types and you will be off and running.
</chapter>
<chapter ID="ch-04"><?dbhtml filename="ch04.html"> <TITLE>The room section</TITLE>
The previous chapter gave you the basic building blocks that will be used all through creating rooms, NPCs, and objects. If you jumped straight to this chapter without reading about the general building blocks you might want to return to <XREF LINKEND="ch-03"> first. This chapter will deal with all the fields of rooms what they are and how to use them but with out the previous chapter you may get lost.
In order to get started building rooms you should first be aware of the room fields you can use. The <xref linkend="rmfields"> shows a full listing of all the room fields and their types as defined in <xref linkend="ch-03">.
<TITLE>Room fields and types listing</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=5 colsep=1> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c1" COLWIDTH="2in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c2" COLWIDTH="2in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c3" COLWIDTH=".5in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c4" COLWIDTH="2in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c5" COLWIDTH="2in"> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">Field</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Type</ENTRY> <entry></entry> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">Field</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Type</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">symbolic name</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Symbol</ENTRY> <ENTRY morerows=9 colname="c3"></ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">manipulate</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">names</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Stringlist</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">alignment</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">title</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">String</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">flags</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">descr</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">String</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">weight</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">outside_descr</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">String</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">capacity</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">extra</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Structure</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">light</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">minv</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">exit</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Structure</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">key</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">string</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">movement</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">spell</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">end</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Symbol</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">dilbegin or dilcopy</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Function pointer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4"></ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5"></ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY> </TGROUP>As you can see there is not a whole lot of fields you have to learn in order to make a room. In fact as you will see shortly some of these fields are not even used on rooms. In <xref linkend=" rmfielddescr"> we will expand your knowledge from just knowing what the field types are to how to set them as well.
<sect1 id="rmfielddescr"> <TITLE>Description of room fields</TITLE>
<variablelist id="var-rmfields"> <VARLISTENTRY>
- symbolic name
<DICTDEF>
The rules of the symbols has been explained in <XREF
LINKEND="ch-03">, if you didn't read them yet you may want to review.
The important thing to realize with the room symbol is it is always
good practice to give the room a symbol resembling the title so
administrators and builders can use the
<command>goto</command> and the <command>wstat</command> to easily
goto the room in question.</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- title
<DICTDEF>
The room title field should start with a capital and depending on
your preference the compiler will not complain if you add punctuation
at the end. The following are good examples of a room title.
title "The Post Office" title "The deep dark jungle floor:" title "The Dragon Station control room"
It is really up to you weather you want to use punctuation or not, it is more administrator personal opinion than anything.</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- names
<DICTDEF>
The names field on the rooms are not that important and only should be
used if the builder wishes the room to be accessed by the players by a
teleport command. If the room has no names no one will be able to
teleport to it. On some muds there will be no teleport spell so the
only use for this field will be for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions the administrator
creates. If a builder wants the room to be accessible by teleport then
the names should match the title since that is what the player will try
to teleport to. A few good examples of names on a room would look as
follows.
title "The Post Office" Names {"post office","office"} title "the thrown room" names {"thrown room","thrown"}
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- descr
<DICTDEF>
The description field is what the player sees when walking into the room or
when looking with no arguments.</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- outside_descr
<DICTDEF>
This field is what is shown to a char if the room is loaded inside
another room. For example if you had a room linked inside
another room and called a barrel this would be the description that
lets the character know it is a barrel. An example would be like:
outside_descr "a big old barrel is laying here on its side."
This allows a builder to make a room that looks like an object inside another room.</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- movement
<DICTDEF>
The movement field defines the endurance cost to a character when moving through
this room. In the future these fields will be adjustable by the use of a define
file. Currently all movement fields are constants and are defined in the
vme.h The following is the movement sector types and their values.
The movement is simply defined by placing the 'movement' keyword first followed by the type of sector you desire. For example a few movement fields would look as follows:
movement SECT_FOREST movement SECT_HILLS
Only one movement is needed for a room if you put more than one the last one added will be the one used.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- flags
<DICTDEF>
This field on a room is used to set special attributes in order to make the room
private or no-teleportable and many others. The following is the list of possible
already defined flags. Extras can also be used to create special room flags.
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- extra
<DICTDEF> Extras are the work horse of the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM>. Extras are used in everything from <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to just normal extra descriptions on rooms. The first job for an extra was to hold extra description information on a room. For example if you had a computer room and you described it might look something like this:
descr "This small room houses the computer power of the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> development team. All four walls are lined with various pieces of computer equipment old pizza boxes and plenty of empty soda cans."
The problem is as a player if you saw this description you might want to know what kind of pizza we eat or maybe you would want to see what kind of soda we drink. Or heaven forbid you might want to know what kinds of computer equipment is scattered about the room. In the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers we do this by adding extra descriptions to the room. In this case the builder of the zone may do something like this:
descr "This small room houses the computer power of the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> development team. All four walls are lined with various pieces of computer equipment old pizza boxes and plenty of empty soda cans." extra {"soda cans", "cans", "soda", "can"} "These cans are all Canadian blue. Maybe the Valhalla team hates American beer. Strange all of them look to have strange indentations." extra {"strange indentations", "strange indentation","indentation"} "They are human bite marks. Is this what happens when code doesn't work right?" extra {"pizza boxes","pizza","boxes","box"} "Dominos could make a fortune from all these boxes and probably already have from the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> team. you notice all the boxes are empty at least they finish what they start." extra {"computer pieces","computer parts", "equipment","hardware", "pieces", "parts"} "I bet you thought you would see what we have running. Yeah right you might come over and rob us if we told you that. All you see is an old XT." extra {"xt"} "Its a hunk of junk really!"
There is a lot to notice in the previous examples. First we will start with extras when defined on rooms, NPC, and objects must be in length order for the names. There are a few reasons for this but lets just say the most important reason is we wanted it this way. If you don't put them in order the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> will give you a fatal error and will not compile your zone.
The next thing you should notice is we have used an extra to describe something in another extra. We actually did this twice once for the beer cans and once for the computer parts. That way you can actually give quest information but make the person really have to explore your rooms descriptions to find it.
The previous example is what we consider normal extras in a room. There are also extras that hold information for DIL functions. These special extras can have extra fields and they can be hidden to the players eyes. Here are some examples of special extras.
extra {"$rockcount"} "5" extra {"$playerkill"} "0" extra {"$coke","$milk","$water"}{1,5,10} "Drinks and amounts"
These extras all have the '$' sign appended to the front of the names in order to tell the look command the player shouldn't be able to look at the extra. If you have not already seen <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> coding you may not understand why you would want extras players can't see. The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language can manipulate these extras by reading and writing them in order to change the way a command or another function works. For example the last <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> could be used for a shopkeeper to tell how many of each type of drink he has. Notice the drink extra also has something you haven't seen yet, an added integer list after the namelist. all extras can have these but only extras being used with DIL functions really need them.
Some of these special functions are supported already in the code and the ones that affect the rooms are as follows. In the following $1n is the activator and $2n is the unit in question.
There is only one special extra already supported for rooms and that would be the '$get'. As we have previously mentioned the extras that start with a dollar sign are not seen by the players. This one however is shown to the player when the person types get on the other names in the extras list. This easier to describe in an example than in words so the following would be a good example.:
extra {"$get", "statues", "statue"} "You attempt to pick up a statue but quickly discover your feeble attempts will never work." {"$get", "red roses", "roses"} "You bend down to pick a rose, but then decide to leave the beautiful flower to itself."
With this one special extra we have made it so you don't need to make millions of items so the person can act upon them. You can just make the acts as if the items were in the room. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Exits
<DICTDEF>
Every room has ten possible exits; North, East, South, West, Northeast, Southeast, Southwest, Northwest, Up and Down. To enable mobile use of these commands, you must specify these exits as outlined below:
exit <direction> [to <destination>] [open {<infoflags>}] [key <keyname>] [keyword {<keywords>}] descr <description> ;
<VARIABLELIST>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- exit <directions>
<DICTDEF> Is the direction the exit leads, ie. one of north, south .. up, down. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> <TERM>to <destinations></TERM> <LISTITEM> The symbolic reference to the room, you want this exit to lead to. If you reference a room within another zone, post pend the name with @<zone name>
to myotherroom to hisotherroom@hiszone
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
<TERM>open <info flags></TERM>
<LISTITEM>
These flags describe the state of the door. The following is the list of possible door flags.
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_OPEN_CLOSE
<DICTDEF> Set this if you can open and close this exit, be it a door, gate or otherwise. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_CLOSED
<DICTDEF> Set this if you want the exit to be closed at boot time. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_LOCKED
<DICTDEF> Set this if you want the exit to be clocked at boot time.
An interesting aspect is, if you do not specify a key, you can only unlock this door with the 'pick' skill, 'unlock' spell or from <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> with UnSet();
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_PICK_PROOF
<DICTDEF> Using this flag renders the 'pick' skill and 'unlock' spell un useable on the lock of this exit. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY> ;EX_HIDDEN <DICTDEF> If this bit is set, the exit is hidden until the mobile has successfully searched for it, using the 'search'-command. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- key <keyname>
<DICTDEF> The symbolic name of a key object used for unlocking this exit.
key mykey@myzone
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
;keyword { <stringlist> }
<DICTDEF>
This stringlist holds all the names of the exit,
you specify to manipulate the exit. If the exit is
hidden exit, these are the keywords the mobile can search for.
keyword {"wooden door","door"} keyword {"hidden door","door","hatch","floor"}
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- descr <description>
<DICTDEF> This string is the description of what you see if you look in the direction of the exit. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
<DICTDEF> Every exit statement needs to be terminated with a semi-colon. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
<TITLE>General notes</TITLE> Even though you do not need an exit in all directions, you can use it to place descriptions of the direction.
exit north descr "An unsurmountable mountain blocks your way.";
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- minv
<DICTDEF> This field is rarely used on rooms. It could however be used to make a room invisible inside another room. Or it could be used to store numbered values on a room. The reason this field is on a room is it is part of the base object which all objects are derived from. If the room is going to be inside another room and you don't want it visible the following would make it invisible to all players below the level of 20.
minv 20
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- key
<DICTDEF> This field is not used normally on a room. It is a string that can be used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a part of the base object all unitptrs (unit pointers like, rooms, objects, and NPCs) are derived from.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- manipulate
<DICTDEF> This field is not used normally on a room. It is an integer that can be used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- alignment
<DICTDEF> This field is not used normally on a room. It is an integer that can be used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- weight
<DICTDEF> This field is not used normally on a room. It is an integer that can be used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- capacity
<DICTDEF> This field is not used normally on a room. It is an integer that can be used for anything you desire. The reason it exists on rooms is it is a part of the base object all unitptrs are derived from.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- light
<DICTDEF> This field sets the light on a room. Normally this is not done directly, instead it is set using macros defined in wmacros.h.
<TITLE>Light defines</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=3 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Define</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Light Value</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Affect</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>ALWAYS_LIGHT</ENTRY> <ENTRY>1</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Room is always light no matter time of day</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>IN_ALWAYS_DARK </ENTRY> <ENTRY>-1</ENTRY> <ENTRY>When an inside room is always dark - both inside and outside </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>OUT_DARK_NON_NOON </ENTRY> <ENTRY>-1</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Always a dark room, except when it is high noon </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>OUT_ALWAYS_DARK </ENTRY> <ENTRY>-2</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Always a Dark room, no matter the time of day</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>To set natural light that changes depending on the type of day nothing is needed to be put in the light field the compiler will default to '0'. If you for some reason want to set the light to default lighting you can do so but you don't need to. You will also notice there are two macros that set the light to the exact same value. This is for compatibility with older code base and if you wish to combine these two macros or only use one it would not change the way the mud works.
This is probably one of the simplest fields you will have to deal with in the rooms. In order to set it all that is needed is to place the macro or the light and value on a line in the room and your all done.
//To Set always light with macro ALWAYS_LIGHT //To set Always light with out macro light 1
You can decide which is easiest for you. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- link
<DICTDEF> </LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- spell
<DICTDEF> </LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- dilbegin or dilcopy
<DICTDEF> The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions are what give <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers the edge over all other muds. We will only give some examples here and leave it up to the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual to teach you how to create your own functions that will make your rooms, NPC, and objects more than special.
There are only currently three room functions that come standard with a <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> in the function.zon. There are much more in the zones released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> but you will have to hunt for those. The three that come standard are Safe room, Death room, and forced move. The safe room makes it impossible for players to kill each other, the death room is a function that lets you make things like rock slides and quick sand, and the forced move lets you make an easy river.
Since these are just <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>'s written by builders for the Valhalla mud all you have to do is use the dilcopy keyword in the room with the function name you want to use and the arguments the function requires. The following is what you would find in the function.zon for death room.
/* Death room <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> *tick is in 4th's of seconds * Damage is damage done per tick *act_s is string shown to damaged player. */ dilbegin death_room(tick: integer, damage: integer, act_s: string); var ext: extraptr; u : unitptr; i : integer; code { if (tick < 12) tick := 12; heartbeat := tick; if (damage < 0) damage := -damage; if ("$death room for mobs" in self.extra) i := UNIT_ST_PC|UNIT_ST_NPC; else i := UNIT_ST_PC; while (TRUE) { wait (SFB_TICK, TRUE); foreach (i, u) { if (u.level >= IMMORTAL_LEVEL) continue; if (("$no death room" in u.extra) and (u.type == UNIT_ST_NPC)) continue; // Don't allow pcs to get this flag if (act_s != "") act ("&[hit_me]"+act_s, A_ALWAYS, u, null, null, TO_CHAR); else act ("&[hit_me]You bleed from your wounds.", A_ALWAYS, u, null, null, TO_CHAR); u.hp := u.hp - damage; position_update (u); } } } dilend
If this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function scares you don't worry you don't have to understand or adjust it you just have to use it. In this function it requires a time, damage, and act. So you could use this in a room definition like this:
dilcopy death@function (60,25,"Flames shoot from the floor burning your rear.");
This says to copy the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> from zone function with the arguments 60 seconds, damage 25% and act as shown. Pretty simple eh?
All released <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> room functions are described in <XREF LINKEND="rmdilfunc">. Then we put some to work so you can see how to use them in <XREF LINKEND="rmcomplex">
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
</SECT1>
<sect1 id="rmbasic"> <TITLE>Building your first room</TITLE>
Now you are ready! With all you have learned about room fields you are now ready to build your first room. I personally like dragons and I like space so I have chosen to make a dragon station. We will first do a simple room and build on to it in the next sections. In this section we will walk you through creating a basic room and why we choose what we do where we do.
When making rooms you create the zone source file first as shown in <xref linkend="ch-02">. If you only have rooms you do not need the %reset, %objects, and %mobiles. For the examples in this chapter we will use the zone we created in <xref linkend="ch-02"> and add the %room tag where we will put all the rooms. At the end of the chapter we will have the entire zone so you can see it all together.
The first part of all rooms is the symbolic name it is good to always pick a name that will match the title so you can use the administrator command <command>goto</command> to easily get to the room. The reason is when you use the command <command>wstat</command> it will only show you a list of the rooms by symbolic name for example if you type <command> wstat zone dragon room </command> You will get the following:
List of rooms in zone Dragon: chamber portal office
If you didn't make it clear what the rooms were by the symbolic name it might look like this:
List of rooms in zone Dragon: st_rm1 st_rm2 st_rm3
While this might be great when you first start imagine trying to
remember what all one hundred rooms are.
The first room we will create will be a simple chamber with nothing special. We can build on to it later if we need to.
chamber end
Pretty easy so far. Now lets add some life to it. The room will need a title and a description. The title should be a one line description of a room sort of like if you were walking someone around your house and telling them what each room was like this is 'My houses big bathroom' or maybe this is 'The computer room'. The description should be something you would tell an interior decorator you were talking to on the phone and asking for advice. He would want to know everything about the room you can see so he could give you good advice.
chamber title "The middle chamber of the station" descr "This chamber seems to have the entire station rotating around it. Small human size ornate chairs with dragon designs scrawled on the arms and back are arranged in a triangle like setting with one large chair at the front. This must be where all station meetings are held. large pictures cover the walls depicting dragons in all kinds of situations. Small passages lead of to the west and the east. ." end
It is a matter of taste if you want the descriptions of the exits in your description or not but I like them so I put them. Now if you were reading this description to someone the person might ask you what is on the pictures or maybe even what exactly do the chairs look like so we better take care of that by adding some extras to our little room.
extra {"chairs","chair"} "The chairs are made of some metal you don't recognize and every inch is covered with some kind of dragon." extra {"dragon picture","picture"} "Thousands of dragons dot the skies of this rather life like picture. In the center you see something move. It looks to be a little green dragon." extra{"green dragon","dragon","green"} "An intelligent looking dragon is sitting perched on a large chair watching you."
Normally we could put a movement type for the amount of endurance lost when a person is moving through the area but we will leave it blank and go with the default which is SECT_CITY since with the fake gravity that is the closest we could come with the sector types availible. The last thing we need to finish our room is the two exits leading to the other rooms.
west to portal descr "You see a small room."; east to office descr "You see what looks to be an office.";
Thats it that is all there is to making a room. In the next couple of sections we are going to add some more rooms with more advanced features and give some debugging hints for compiling your rooms but if you understand everything so far your going to have no problem. Lets take a look at our entire finished first room
chamber title "The middle chamber of the station" descr "This chamber seems to have the entire station rotating around it. Small human size ornate chairs with dragon designs scrawled on the arms and back are arranged in a triangle like setting with one large chair at the front. This must be where all station meetings are held. large pictures cover the walls depicting dragons in all kinds of situations. Small passages lead of to the west and the east. ." extra {"chairs","chair"} "The chairs are made of some metal you don't recognize and every inch is covered with some kind of dragon." extra {"dragon picture","picture"} "Thousands of dragons dot the skies of this rather life like picture. In the center you see something move. It looks to be a little green dragon." extra{"green dragon","dragon","green"} "An intelligent looking dragon is sitting perched on a large chair watching you." west to portal descr "You see a small room."; east to office descr "You see what looks to be an office."; end
</SECT1> <sect1 id="rmdebug"> <TITLE>Compiling and debugging your first room</TITLE> It is time we put the zone header information together with your first zone and compile it into a format the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server can use. This is done by using the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> compiler. Depending on if you are doing this on your own Linux server or if you are building for a <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> already set up you will have to use the compiler access method they have defined. No matter if you are compiling by email, ftp, or at the command line with <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> the error messages will all be the same. Since I have no idea how your particular set up is designed I will explain the errors that the compiler will return and you will have to ask your system administrator how to access the compiler. The rest of this section is written as if you have your own <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> running on your own Linux box using the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> at the command line.
When you are working on your first zone it is always a good idea to start with one or two rooms and compile them instead of writing all the rooms and then trying to compile. The reason is the more rooms you have the more confused you can make the compiler if you have a lot of errors and you may not be able to figure out where your first mistake was easily. In our case we only have our first room and the header information for the zone so lets put it together now and try and compile it.
#include composed.h> %zone dragonst lifespan 20 reset RESET_ANYHOw creators {"whistler"} notes "This is the dragon station I shortened it to dragonst for ease in loading. If you have any questions email me at whistler@valhalla.com" help "Not sure what could help you now. You are stuck on one of the weirdest space stations you have ever seen and you smell burning sulfur." %rooms chamber title "The middle chamber of the station descr "This chamber seems to have the entire station rotating around it. Small human size ornate chairs with dragon designs scrawled on the arms and back are arranged in a triangle like setting with one large chair at the front. This must be where all station meetings are held. large pictures cover the walls depicting dragons in all kinds of situations. Small passages lead of to the west and the east. ." extra {"chair","chairs"} "The chairs are made of some metal you don't recognize and every inch is covered with some kind of dragon." extra {"dragon picture","picture"} "Thousands of dragons dot the skies of this rather life like picture. In the center you see something move. It looks to be a little green dragon." extra{"green dragon","dragon","green"} "An intelligent looking dragon is sitting perched on a large chair watching you." west to portal descr "You see a small room."; east to office descr "You see what looks to be an office."; end %end
We added the %room tag to our zone header stuck our room in and now its ready to be compiled and put into the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server for you to be able to look at it in the game. If you downloaded our example zones for this document you can compile this zone along with us and fix the errors as we do for practice. The filename is debug_rm.zon. Just so you know the errors in this zone are intentional so please don't write me an email telling me there are errors in it.
The command to compile the zone is <command>VMC debug_rm.zon</command>. Here is what we get when we first try and compile the zone.
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [Apr 28 2001] Compiling 'debug_rm.zon' <debug_rm.zon> @ 2: Bad include argument <debug_rm.zon> @ 48: Token too long Fatal error compiling in preprocessor stage in file 'debug_rm.zon'.
Don't worry if this looks scary, it really is much easier to read than it looks like. The first thing you need to realize about compiling is always fix one error and compile again because it might fix two or three errors after with one fix. The reason is once a compiler hits something it doesn't understand it gets confused with the rest of the file. It is sort of like if you thought the word 'water' meant 'fire' and you tried to read a book it would get confusing really fast. So you have to correct the definition of 'water' to understand the rest of the book.
Lets take the first error with this in mind. The first error shows up on line three of the error file it says:
<debug_rm.zon> @ 2: Bad include argument
This line is not really cryptic reading it in a more english form would sound like: In file 'debug_rm.zon' you have an error at line 2, the argument to the include statement is not correct. Not all errors will be this clear but the compiler does its best to get you close to the error. Now if you look at line two in debug_rm.zon, you will find, we forgot to put in the '<' symbol. If you fix the line to look like:
#include <composed.h>
Then recompile you will have fixed your first error and get a whole new set to play with. The following is the errors we got after fixing line two:
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [May 9 2001] Compiling 'debug_rm.zon' <debug_rm.zon> @ 47: EOF in string debug_rm.zon: 4: parse error Token: 'RESET_ANYHOw' debug_rm.zon: 21: parse error Token: 'This' debug_rm.zon: 26: parse error Token: 'and' debug_rm.zon: 26: parse error Token: '.' Grave errors in file 'debug_rm.zon'.
Now this looks to be a much more interesting error file than the previous one. Remember we mentioned you should always fix the first error first so the compiler doesn't get confused. In this error file the first line is not the first error we need to fix. We have to do some logical reasoning here. The first error the compiler came across was the one on line 4 that shows up around line 4 of the error file. The lines before it are letting you know somewhere else in the file there is a missing quote. If we clean up the first error however we might be able to find this missing quote much easier. So lets do that lets start by looking at line 4 which is saying the compiler doesn't understand what the token 'RESET_ANYHOw' is. This makes sense the token should be 'RESET_ANYHOW' and the compiler is case sensitive. So all we need to do to fix this one is capitalize the 'w' and the error should be cleared up lets try that and recompile and see what the errors look like. With that line fixed the following is the errors we get.
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [May 9 2001] Compiling 'debug_rm.zon' <debug_rm.zon> @ 47: EOF in string debug_rm.zon: 21: parse error Token: 'This' debug_rm.zon: 26: parse error Token: 'and' debug_rm.zon: 26: pars e error Token: '.' Grave errors in file 'debug_rm.zon'.
Again we must figure out which error message we should deal with first. As before we need to deal with the lowest number error. The error we need to fix first then is the one on line '21'. If you go to line '21' you will notice the line looks fine. When you run into an error like this where the error is not exactly on the line scroll up to the field before the one in question and you should find the problem. In this case we forgot a '"' on the 'title' line and confused the compiler because it thought the ending quote was the one after the 'descr' field. Therefore the compiler didn't understand the 'This' as a field. This is one of the harder errors to find but once you get used to it will come naturally and the compiler does try to get you close. Now if we add the '"' we are missing and recompile the following is the output we get.
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [May 9 2001] Compiling 'debug_rm.zon' <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> Done.
Notice there are no errors and it says '<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> done', this means you have now successfully compiled the zone. I want you to look at the last error file and the fact that we only changed a quote to go from it to no errors. This is why you always deal with one error at a time. Sometimes fixing one error can fix a lot of the weird errors that make no sense. In fact I have seen one quote cause as much as 50 errors so if you jump around trying to fix errors that look like they make sense you may end up making more work for yourself.
Now that you have a compiled zone you should check and make sure all the files are there. When you compile a zone you will end up with three extra files. the files will have the same filename as your zone with a new extension in this case you should have the following.
debug_rm.data debug_rm.err debug_rm.reset debug_rm.zon
If you have all of these you are all set to go. If not then there is something seriously wrong and you may want to write the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> staff for help. To get your new zone in the mud all that is needed is to make sure your zone is in the zonelist in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> etc directory and copy these files into your zone directory. Then reboot the mud. You should be able to log on your builder character and goto your zone by typing, <command>goto chamber@dragonst</command>.
There you go you have now compiled your first zone. Its not much to look at but with what you already know you could make a full zone of very basic rooms. The next few sections will teach you some of the more interesting things you can do when making your rooms.
</SECT1> <sect1 id="rmdilfunc"> <TITLE><ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions for rooms</TITLE>
The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language is the language a builder can use to make his own special functions on rooms, NPCs, objects, PCs, and much more. This manual is for basic zone writing and therefore will not go into how to write your own <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions. The <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> however is released with many functions for you as an Administrator and your builders to use to make special rooms, NPCs, and objects. The following is a list of all room functions released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 server.
<variablelist id="var-roomfunc"> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Death room
<DICTDEF> This function is a simple function that allows you to create a room to do damage to a player. The death_room can kill them slowly like a fire cave would or it can kill them quickly as if you stuck them in a microwave it is all up to how you set the arguments. It also lets you see the acts the players see so this function can be used on any number of death style rooms. There is no need to understand how the function works just how to use it so with that in mind the following is the functions header.
//In function.zon dilbegin death_room(tick: integer, damage: integer, act_s: string);
As with any function all you have to do is 'dilcopy' the function onto your room with the correct zone name and arguments and it will do the rest. In this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you have three arguments to pass The first is the 'tick' or time which in this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is broken down into 'ticks' which are 4 ticks per second. Thus if you wanted to get something to do damage every minute you would put '60*4' in that spot. The next is the amount of damage you want done per your time. If for example you want '60' hit +points damage done each round you just put '60' as that argument. Finally is the act shown to the character as a string in quotes. So a finished death room on your room would look like this.
dilcopy death_room@function(4*60,60, "Flames shoot up from the floor burning your butt.");
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Climb
<DICTDEF>
This special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is used for the climb skill and should be set on stationary objects (stationary mast, robe, tree, wall, etc). The 'difficulty' is the skill-amount required to climb. A skill of 100 would be a 50% chance for the expert thief / climber. The 'damage' is how much damage is given if you fail to climb the object. When you fail, you "fall" to the 'destination', so you can make gravity work correctly. The destination can be the same room in which you started but it doesn't have to be. The 'direction' is the direction in which you want the person to have to climb enclosed in quotes.
With all this in mind the following is the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> definition and an example use of it.
//<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> definition dilbegin climb(destination:string, difficulty:integer, damage:integer,direction:integer); //Example use of Climb dilcopy climb@function("deck@ship", 17, 20, "up");
We should note here, if you wanted the person to have to climb back down you will need to put a climb <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> on the room you are climbing too that has the "down" directory as an argument. This <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> also allows you to link two rooms not linked by normal directions but we suggest you should think before doing this because it may not make sense to not have a link between the two places. </LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Force move
<DICTDEF> This function allows you to move a player or NPC from a room to another room with out having the player or NPC type or do anything.
The following is the definition of the force move <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>
dilbegin force_move (tick: integer, strings: string, random: integer);
The 'tick' parameter is how fast you want the force move to be triggered. The 'tick' is in 1/4 second increments so to get a one second wait you would place a four. The second parameter is two strings the first being the symbolic name of the room you are forcing the character to. The second string is the act you want shown to the player or NPC when it is moved. The final parameter is either a one or a zero. The one stands for true and it would make the timer trigger randomly fifty percent of the time, while a zero would make it not random.
The following is what the force move would look like if you wanted it to trigger every 30 seconds and give acts of a river.
dilcopy force_move@function(4*30,{"river2@riverzon","You float down the river."},0);
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Safe room
<DICTDEF> This function creates a safe room where combat is not allowed. The following is the definition and an example of how to use it.
//Safe room <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> definition dilbegin safe_room (); //Example use of Safe room dilcopy safe_room@function ();
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="rmcomplex"> <TITLE>A more complex set of rooms</TITLE>
In the last section you learned to make basic rooms. In this section we will build on what you already know to allow you to make much more fancy rooms. IN this section we will give a much better view of the exits and what can be done with them including doors, hidden doors and rooms inside other rooms. We will also show some examples of the room <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions being used that were described in the previous section. Finally we will pull it all together in a completed zone for you to compile and play with.
<sect2 id="rmdoorexits"> <TITLE>Exits with doors</TITLE>
When we first defined exits we included the 'keyword' and 'open' fields on a door. In this section we will give an example of two rooms linked together with a door. There is no new information you have not already encountered so we will start with an example.
hallway title "Module tunnel" descr "The hallway is about 50 meters long and around 100 meters from side to side and top to bottom...." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to chamber descr "The hallway opens up into a chamber."; east to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; end office title "The station office" descr "Large paintings fill the walls of this part of the station...." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; end
One important thing you should notice is, whatever you put as a keyword, along with the direction, is what a person must use to open the door. To make sure the door closes at reset time you will have to add the doors reset to the '%reset' section. The door resets will be explained in <xref LINKEND="ch-07">. Notice also in this example we have a direction both in the room you are going to and the room you came from. This means you need a 'west' direction for every 'east' direction leading to it. If you do not put both you will end up with a one way direction.
</sect2>
<sect2> <TITLE>Locked exits</TITLE> Now that you have making a door down, you may find that it is not safe to leave your doors unlocked. Well the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> is ready for you. You have already seen the 'keyword' and 'open' sections and what you can set in them. Now lets use the 'EX_LOCKED field with them and introduce a new macro to allow you to set the difficulty to unlock the lock with out a key.
First lets look at the macro that allows you to set a difficulty on a lock. If you set the lock with out this macro it will default to 0 and thus be easy to pick.
#define DOOR_LOCK_DEF(north_lock, east_lock, south_lock, west_lock,\ up_lock, down_lock, northeast_lock, northwest_lock, southeast_lock,\ southwest_lock)
When using this macro you only set the value of the exit you want to add the difficulty to, you can leave the rest of the exits '0'. Only one of these macros are needed on a room no matter how many exits because each of the exits are included.. If you have an exit to the north that is locked and you want it to have a difficulty of 50% the following would be the line you would add to your room
DOOR_LOCK_DEF(50, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)
Now lets add the macro and the locked flag to the exits and create the room.
hallway title "Module tunnel" descr "The hallway is about 50 meters long and around 100 meters from side to side and top to bottom...." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to chamber descr "The hallway opens up into a chamber."; DOOR_LOCK_DEF(0, 50, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0) east to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}; end office title "The station office" descr "Large paintings fill the walls of this part of the station...." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} DOOR_LOCK_DEF(0, 0, 0, 50, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0) west to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}; end
The only thing you may be wondering about in this example is the 'key' field. I have picked 'nokey' as my value of the key. There is no key in this zone so all this does is create a key hole. If you leave the 'key' field out totally the only way you can open the lock is by a magical spell. It is also important that you read about resets of door locks in <xref LINKEND="ch-07">. </sect2>
<sect2> <TITLE>Hidden exits</TITLE>
Locking the doors may not be enough. In fact sometimes you may not want to lock the door but you might want to hide it. You can do both or either with the following macro added to your exit.
#define SECRET_DOOR_DIFFICULTY(DIR, SKILL) \ extra{SECRET_DOOR} {DIR, SKILL}\ ""
So if you wanted a door or just a passage to the north hidden you would add this before or after your exits.
SECRET_DOOR_DIFFICULTY(NORTH, 50)
Now lets put it all together and link two rooms together with a hidden door.
office title "The station office" descr "Large paintings fill the walls of this part of the station..." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; SECRET_DOOR_DIFFICULTY(SOUTH, 50) south to portal_room descr "You see what looks to be a portal room." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","staff","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED,EX_HIDDEN}; end portal_room title "Green field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a green field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the north." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} north to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}; end
</sect2>
<sect2> <TITLE>Rooms inside of rooms</TITLE> Now that you have normal exits down its time to take a look at something a bit different. Lets say you wanted to put a barrel in a room that is also a room that has exits to other rooms. Or maybe in my case I want to put a transporter pad in the room that is also a room so you can exit back into the room you came from. In the case of the teleporter I could use an object but as you will find it is much easier to deal with a room for this than an object.
To put a room in a room it is much different than using the normal exit fields. The only thing needed is the 'in' keyword and the room you are linking the current room into. There is no need for a semi-colon. The following is what the line would look like.
in <room that room is in>
Not too hard. The following are two rooms one in the other.
portal_room title "Green field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a green field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the north." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"green field","field"} "The field looks to be a green fog shifting and churning as you watch. if you are nuts you could probably enter it." north to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}; //A link to the portal is also here end room_port names{"green field", "field"} title "Green field" descr "Green Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} in portal_room end
After adding a room in a room you should note the room in the description or put an 'outside_descr' on the room inside it. In our example we have chosen to add the description into the room instead
of using the 'outside_descr'. Also doors and locks work the same way as before you can even hide this exit.
</sect2>
<sect2> <TITLE>A room using force move.</TITLE>
Sometimes you will want to help players along their path. This could be for a river that flows strongly enough to force a players raft down stream or maybe for a room of quick sand that sucks the player into another room. In these situations we need to use the force move <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>, explained in the previous section. Here we have built two rooms linked only by a forced move.
portal_room title "Green field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a green field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the north." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"green field","field"} "The field looks to be a green fog shifting and churning as you watch. if you are nuts you could probably enter it." north to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}; //A link to the portal is also here end ship_port names{"green field", "field"} title "Green field" descr "Green Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} in ship dilcopy force_move@function( //Time to activation 4, //room and act "portal_room@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.&nYou appear on the deck of a ship.", //True or False for randomizing or not FALSE); end
</sect2
<sect2> <TITLE>A death room</TITLE>
As a final touch to my little example zone I want to create a room that will kill a player instantly. I will use the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function Death room and the room would simply look as follows.
deathspace title"Open space" descr "You see the ship and the station far off in the distance and you are in Space!" movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} dilcopy death_room@function ( //how often is damage done 4 would be 1 second 4, //damage 400, //act for the damage. "You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your lungs explode."); end
</SECT2> </sect1>
<sect1> <TITLE>Putting the rooms together</TITLE>
Using all you have learned so far and putting it all together into one zone. You end up with a very interesting space station with some secret rooms and traps.. The full zone all together looks like this.
#include <composed.h> %zone dragonst lifespan 20 reset RESET_ANYHOW creators {"whistler"} notes "This is the dragon station I shortened it to dragonst for ease in loading. If you have any questions email me at whistler@valhalla.com" help "Not sure what could help you now. You are stuck on one of the weirdest space stations you have ever seen and you smell burning sulfur." %rooms chamber title "The middle chamber of the station" descr "This chamber seems to have the entire station rotating around it. It is unbelievably large the ceiling seems to be a good 200 meeters high and the room is perfectly cubic. Small human size ornate chairs with dragon designs scrawled on the arms and back are arranged in a triangle like setting with one large chair at the front. This must be where all station meetings are held. large pictures cover the walls depicting dragons in all kinds of situations. large passages lead of to the west and the east.." extra {"chair","chairs"} "The chairs are made of some metal you don't recognize and every inch is covered with some kind of dragon." extra {"dragon picture","picture"} "Thousands of dragons dot the skies of this rather life like picture. In the center you see something move. It looks to be a little green dragon." extra{"green dragon","dragon","green"} "An intellegence looking dragon is sitting perched on a large chair watching you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to disposal_room descr "You see a small room."; east to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway."; end hallway title "Module tunnel" descr "The hallway is about 50 meters long and around 100 meters from side to side and top to bottom. The hallway seems to be dust free. The walls and the floors seem to be made out of the same sterile metal-plastic that all space agencies uses. There are large plate glass windows that open up into space. The hallway is filled with a dim light that seems to come from everywhere yet no where all at once. You notice a glimmer of bright light coming from the windows. To the east you see an air lock and to the west the hallway opens up into a larger room." extra {"windows","window"} "Your eyes are drawn to a large ship lit up with running lights sitting about 1 kilometer from the station." extra{"floor","walls","wall"} "Well what can be said it looks to be in perfect condition. what else would you want to know?" extra {"large ship" ,"ship"} "The ship looks really big and is shaped like a dragon. The scales sparkle and seem to be multiple colors." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to chamber descr "The hallway opens up into a chamber."; east to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; end office title "The station office" descr "Large paintings fill the walls of this part of the station. The room is as large as the other rooms big enough for Dragons to lounge while still having a desk in one corner small enough for a humanoid. The floor along the north wall is lined with some kind of fabric and seems very soft to walk on, it may be some kind of dragon lounge judging by how large an area it covers. There is a passage to the west." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"paintings","painting"} "The paintings are of many dragons and riders in all kinds of tasks from combat to look out. All the figures seem to be staring at a staff being held by a depiction of a wizard on the south wall." extra {"wizard","staff"} "The wizard has his hand stretched out and it seems there is a place you can almost grab the staff. Maybe if you searched the staff you would find it." extra {"desk"} "Its a desk alright but there doesn't seem to be any drawers and it seems totally empty." extra{"fabric"} "Wussshhhhh you bound across the comfortable floor wasn't that fun." west to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; SECRET_DOOR_DIFFICULTY(SOUTH, 50) south to portal_room descr "You see what looks to be a portal room." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","staff","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED,EX_HIDDEN}; end portal_room title "Green field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a green field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the north." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"green field","field"} "The field looks to be a green fog shifting and churning as you watch. if you are nuts you could probably enter it." north to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}; //A link to the portal is also here from room_port end ship_port names{"green field", "field"} title "Green field" descr "Green Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} in ship dilcopy force_move@function( //Time to activation 4, //room and act "portal_room@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.&nYou appear on the deck of a ship.", //True or False for randomizing or not FALSE); end room_port names{"green field", "field"} title "Green field" descr "Green Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} in portal_room dilcopy force_move@function( //Time to activation 4, //room and act "ship@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.&nYou appear on the deck of a ship.", //True or False for randomizing or not FALSE); end disposal_room title "Red field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a red field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the east." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"red field","field"} "The field looks to be a red fog shifting and churning as you watch. if you are nuts you could probably enter it." east to chamber descr "You see the main chamber."; //A link to the portal is also here from dis_port end dis_port names {"red field","field"} title "Red field" descr "Red Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} dilcopy force_move@function( //how fast to force move in seconds 4, //room to force move to and act "deathspace@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.", //true or false random move or not 0); in disposal_room end ship title "War dragon" descr "Blue light softly glows from con duets that line the walls of this ship. The floors beside the east and west wall have what looks to be soft fabric covering. The south wall has small controls that seem to be made for humanoids with two small chairs that look to be pilot seats. view portals are about 50 meters up the side of the ship on the west and east wall and some kind of electronic screen covers the south wall. The ship seems to be a one room ship but there is a green field by the north wall." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"view port"} "Sorry your not 50 meters tall maybe it is made for a dragon?" extra {"view screen","screen"} "It seems to be the pilots view screen but you can't seem to see a way to turn it on." extra {"controls","control"} "The controls are in some weird language and your afraid if you start pushing buttons you might rocket in to the station or worse slam into a planet." extra {"soft fabric","fabric"} "It looks to be a dragon lounge area." //A link to the portal is also here from ship_port end deathspace title"Open space" descr "You see the ship and the station far off in the distance and you are in Space!" movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} dilcopy death_room@function ( //how often is damage done 4 would be 1 second 4, //damage 400, //act for the damage. "You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your lungs explode."); end %end
</sect1> <sect1 id="rmexer"> <TITLE>Suggested room exercises</TITLE>
1. Create a door between the Disposal room and the main chamber
of the station. Make the new door pick-proof and magic-proof.
2. Create another hallway to the south of the main chamber that leads to a ship attached by an airlock. You will need a door before the hallway and before the ship so no one gets sucked out in space. You will need two more rooms for this one for the hallway and one for the ship.
3. Using the Dragon station zone as a guide create your own zone with eight rooms. Don't worry to much about descriptions and extras. Link all eight of the rooms to each of the other rooms. This means each room should have seven exits. If you were to map this it would look like a cube marked with 'X' on the sides.
4.Make a 3 room cliff that uses the climb <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function to climb from the bottom to top.
</SECT1>
</chapter>
<chapter ID="ch-05"><?dbhtml filename="ch05.html"> <TITLE>The NPC section</TITLE>
Now that you have rooms down it is time to start filling your area with some life. The NPC is the Non-player Character or mobile. These are the things players will hunt and interact with
In order to get started building NPCs you should first be aware of the NPC fields you can use. The <xref linkend="npcfields"> shows a full listing of all the NPC fields and their types as defined in <xref linkend="ch-03">.
<TITLE>NPC fields and types</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=5 colsep=1> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c1" COLWIDTH="2in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c2" COLWIDTH="2in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c3" COLWIDTH=".5in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c4" COLWIDTH="2in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c5" COLWIDTH="2in"> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">Field</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Type</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">Field</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Type</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">Symbolic name</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Symbol</ENTRY> <ENTRY morerows=17 colname="c3"></ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">level</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">names</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Stringlist</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">height</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">title</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">String</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">race</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">descr</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">String</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">attack</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">inside_descr</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">String</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">armour</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">extra</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Structure</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">speed</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">manipulate</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">position</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">flags</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">default</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5"> Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">weight</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">ability</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">two Integers</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">capacity</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">weapon</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">two Integers</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">dilbegin or dilcopy</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Function pointer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">spell</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">two Integers</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">defensive</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">romflags</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5"> Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">offensive</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">light</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">mana</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">alignment</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">hit</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">minv</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">money</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">key</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">String</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">exp</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">open</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">sex</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">end tag</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Symbol</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>Many of the same fields you found in rooms, as you can see from <xref linkend="npcfields">, can also be found in NPCs. The fields do not always have exactly the same use when coding rooms, NPCs, and objects but they are normally set in the same manor. It is very important that you read and understand the differences of each field as they pertains to rooms and or NPCs.
<sect1 id="npcfielddescr"> <TITLE>Description of NPC fields</TITLE>
<variablelist id="var-npcfields"> <VARLISTENTRY>
- symbolic name
<DICTDEF>
The rules of the symbols has been explained in <XREF LINKEND="ch-03">, if you didn't read them yet you may want to review.
The important thing to realize with the NPC symbol is it is always
good practice to give the NPC a symbol that resembles the title so
that administrators and builders can use the
<command>load</command> and the <command>wstat</command> to easily
locate, examine, and load the NPC in question.</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- title
<DICTDEF>
The NPC title is what is shown if the NPC is being attacked or talking. It is also what is shown if the NPC can be picked up. there should be no punctuation in the NPC title because of how it is used in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. If you add punctuation or forget to capitalize something that the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> thinks you should it will give you a warning when you compile.
title "a small dog" title "Hansen" title "a black dragon" title "Drako" title "an elephant"
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> <TERM>descr</term> <LISTITEM>
The description field is what the player sees when walking into the room
or when looking with no arguments. The description on a NPC will only
show up when the NPC is in the standing position. All other positions
will show the title and the position they are in.
descr "a small fluffy dog is chasing its tail here." descr "Hansen is standing here sorting the mail."
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- names
<DICTDEF>
The NPC name field is much more important then the room name field. It
is what is used when players are hunting and killing and even
for administrators who are trying to use their administrator commands on a
NPC. The names should match the title and the descr fields and
have all normal combinations of each.
title "a baby black dragon" descr "a tiny baby black dragon is here playing." names {"tiny baby black dragon", "tiny black dragon", "baby black dragon", "black dragon", "tiny dragon", "baby dragon","dragon"} title "Hansen" descr "Hansen the post man is standing here sorting mail." names{"postman","hansen"}
The idea of course is to make any combination that a player may type to try and act upon your NPC. You would not want to describe and title your NPC with an entirely different theme than you created its names with because a player would not know what it is called.</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- inside_descr
<DICTDEF> The inside description is what a player sees if it is inside the NPC. This could be used to show the player its stomach or if on a mount it could be used to show the back of the horse.
inside_descr "The lining of this stomach looks indestructible. Looks like you are in for a long digestion cycle."
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- extra
<DICTDEF> The extra's on the NPC can be used to do many things. It can be used to store information for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs or it can be used to show a part of the NPC like the room extras show a part of the room. There is also a special extra, the NPCs description when you look at it with the look <NPC> command.
Lets show the NPC description extra first. If you use an extra with no names list it will become the NPCs description when you look at any of the names on the NPC.
extra {} "The green furry hamster seems to be glowing and it doesn't seem very happy."
You can also use extras to show parts of the NPC.
extra {"hamster head","head"} "This human like head is covered with a lot of green fur and it looks really upset."
You can also use the extras to give more detailed and vivid descriptions when the NPC is acted upon.
<TITLE>NPC special action extras</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Extra</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>$get_s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to activator when getting a NPC.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$get_o</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to others when getting a NPC.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$drop_s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>a message shown to activator when dropping a NPC.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$drop_o</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to others when dropping an NPC.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$enter_s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to activator When mounting</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$enter_o</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to others when mounting.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$exit_s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to others when dismounting</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$exit_o</ENTRY> <ENTRY>a message shown to others when dismounting</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>In the following example, $1n is the activator and $2n is the unit in question. Assume you are defining a familiar.
extra {"$get_s"} "You pick up the $2n it is very warm and cuddles right up to you." extra {"$get_o"} "$1n picks up the $2n and you see them cuddle together."
Finally you can use extras to store information for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs. We will not cover this because it is a topic covered in-depth in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> documentation. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- manipulate
<DICTDEF> The manipulate filed only has two values for NPCs The two values are 'MANIPULATE_TAKE' and 'MANIPULATE_ENTER'. The 'MANIPULATE_TAKE' makes it possible for a NPC to be picked up this would be good for something like a familiar. The 'MANIPULATE_ENTER' is used for things like mounts when making a mount you will also have to set the capacity so a fat player can jump on. The following is how you set the manipulate flag.
//Make a NPC takable. manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE} //Make a NPC takable and able to be entered manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE|MANIPULATE_ENTER}
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- flags
<DICTDEF> This field on a NPC is used to set special attributes in order to make the NPC able to be buried or not or no-teleportable and many others. The NPC flag list uses the UNIT_FL_* variables that both the objects and the rooms also use, therefore while you can set some flags on an NPC it may not have any affect unless you as a builder or administrator adds the functionality. You can also add extras on an NPC that can be used as a special flag which you will learn as you learn to use <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. The following is a full list of all unit flags and how they affect NPC, if they do.
<TITLE>NPC unit flag affects</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Flag</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_PRIVATE</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on a NPC. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_INVISIBLE</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes unit invisible</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_NO_BURY</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes it so you can create NPC that can be taken like familiars or pets that can not be buried. This flag is not needed on every NPC because the bury command will not allow you to bury an NPC outside of your inventory. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_BURIED</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes unit buried when loaded</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_NO_TELEPORT</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Makes it so you can not summon the NPC with this flag and the NPC with this flag can not teleport. You can still teleport to NPC with this flag the current way teleport is written. Remember all spells are in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> and you can modify them in spells.zon </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_NO_MOB</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on a NPC. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on a NPC. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_INDOORS</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on NPC. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_TRANS</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes unit transparent If the Unit is transparent you will be able to see any other NPCs that it is carrying. For example if a NPC was carrying a familiar you would see that as you walked into the room. It also is used in mounts so the PC can see outside its mount. If the flag is not set on its mount the player will not see what is in the room. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_NO_SAVE</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes it so a PC can't save with unit</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_SACRED</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on a NPC. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_MAGIC</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on a NPC. </ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>If you wanted to make a NPC that a player can carry around but can not save you would set the manipulate and flags as follows.
manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE} flags {UNIT_FL_NO_SAVE}
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- romflags
<DICTDEF> Like flags these are just integer values that are used to change how the NPC interacts with its environment.
<TITLE>Room flags for NPCs</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Flag</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_PROTECTED</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Set this flag if the character is protected by the law-system. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_LEGAL_TARGET</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This flag is used by the law system and should not be set unless you are re-writing your law system. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_OUTLAW</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This flag is used by the law system and should not be set unless you are re-writing your law system. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_GROUP</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This is used by the follow and group commands and should not be set unless you are re-writing your, movement, status, and combat systems. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_BLIND</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Set this if the character is blinded. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_HIDE</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Set flag if character is hidden. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_MUTE</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Set flag if character is mute. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_SNEAK</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Set flag if character is in sneaking mode. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_DETECT_ALIGN</ENTRY> <ENTRY> No actual effect on NPCs. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_DETECT_INVISIBLE</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Set flag if character can see invisible units. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_DETECT_MAGIC</ENTRY> <ENTRY> No actual effect on NPCs. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_DETECT_POISON</ENTRY> <ENTRY> No actual effect on NPCs. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_DETECT_UNDEAD</ENTRY> <ENTRY> No actual effect on NPCs. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_DETECT_CURSE</ENTRY> <ENTRY> No actual effect on NPCs. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_DETECT_LIFE</ENTRY> <ENTRY> No actual effect on NPCs. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_WIMPY</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Set flag if character if wimpy. Wimpy characters flee when they are low on hit points, and they gain less experience when killing others. If a character is both wimpy and aggressive (NPC_AGGRESSIVE) it will only attack sleeping players. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>CHAR_SELF_DEFENCE</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This is an internal combat flag set this only if you create your own combat system. </ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>These flags are set in the same way as other flags in rooms NPCs and objects. The following are a few examples.
//wimpy and hidden romflags {CHAR_HIDDEN, CHAR_WIMPY} //NPC can see invisible romflags {CHAR_DETECT_INVISIBLE}
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- weight
<DICTDEF> The weight is the weight of the NPC in pounds. In the future we may adjust this to allow you to make things lighter for example you could set it in ounces or grams. Right now however all we have is pounds so we have some pretty heavy feathers out there.
To use this you just enter the 'weight' keyword and then the value.
/80 lbs. weight 80
The weight affects the NPCs natural attack damage.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- capacity
<DICTDEF> This field along with the NPCs strength and dexterity decides how much a NPC can carry. If you set the capacity to 300 lbs. the NPC will only be able to carry that much depending if it has the strength and dexterity to carry that much. This of course doesn't affect <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs that link the objects directly into the NPC. To set the capacity you just put the keyword and the amount in your NPC.
capacity 300
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- height
<DICTDEF> The height field is the size of the NPC in centimeters. This determines the size of the equipment the NPC is wearing. You will learn more about size and height in the object section but for now just understand this makes your NPC the right or wrong size. To set the 'height' you just put the 'height' keyword followed by the number of centimeters.
//6 feet tall since 1 inch equals 2.54 height 183
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- dilbegin or dilcopy
<DICTDEF> The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions are what give <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers the edge over all other muds. We will only give some examples here and leave it up to the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual to teach you how to create your own functions that will make your rooms, NPC, and objects more than special.
There are several NPC functions that come standard with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0. The following is a list of the functions.
<itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>Mercenary</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>obey</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>evaluate</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>guard direction</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>shop keeper</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>combat magic</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>fido</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>zone wander</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>global wander</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>team work</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>rescue</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>agressive</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
These are the only NPC functions currently documented in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 release but if you go through the zones that are released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> you are sure to find many more. Hopefully with the descriptions in <XREF LINKEND="npcdilfunc">. You will be able to use the functions listed here and figure out ones that are not.
Since these are just <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>'s written by builders for the Valhalla mud all you have to do is use the dilcopy keyword in the NPC with the function name you want to use and the arguments that function require. The following is what you would find in the function.zon for evaluate.
/* Evaluate <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. amt is the cost of evaluation in iron pieces. Note: not to be confused with <function>evaluate@commands</function>, which is a command. */ dilbegin aware evaluate (amt: integer); var u1 : unitptr; arg: string; buf: string; cur: integer; craft: integer; category: integer; pc : unitptr; pcn: string; arm_text : stringlist; shi_text : stringlist; craft_text: stringlist; code { craft_text:= {"horrible","very bad","bad","worse than average","average", "a little better than average","better than average","good","very good", "supreme"}; arm_text:= {"clothes", "leather", "hard leather", "chain", "plate"}; shi_text:= {"small", "medium", "large"}; heartbeat:= PULSE_SEC*3; :start: arg:= ""; u1:= null; wait (SFB_CMD, command("evaluate")); if (visible(pc, self) == FALSE) goto start; // Pc is just trying to evaluate using the command block; pc:= activator; if (pc.type == UNIT_ST_PC) pcn := pc.name; else pcn := pc.title; arg:= argument; if (visible(self, pc) == FALSE) { exec ("say I don't do business with people I can't see.", self); goto start; } if (arg == "") { exec ("say Which item do you wish to evaluate, "+pcn+"?", self); goto start; } u1:= findunit (pc, arg, FIND_UNIT_IN_ME, null); if (not u1) { exec ("say You do not have such an item, "+pcn+".", self); goto start; } if ((u1.type != UNIT_ST_OBJ) or ( (u1.objecttype != ITEM_WEAPON) and (u1.objecttype != ITEM_ARMOR) and (u1.objecttype != ITEM_SHIELD) )) { exec ("say The "+u1.name+" is neither a sword, shield nor armor!", self); goto start; } // Currency, skip for now if (not transfermoney (pc, null, amt * IRON_MULT)) { exec ("say The cost is merely "+moneystring(amt*IRON_MULT, TRUE)+ ", get them first.", self); goto start; } category:= u1.value[0]; craft:= u1.value[1] / 5 + 4; // / 5 + 4 is to get corresponding craft_text val if (craft < 0) craft := 0; if (craft > 9) craft := 9; // Change the following to use skill_text(craft) instead of itoa(craft) if (u1.objecttype == ITEM_WEAPON) buf := "say The "+u1.name+" is a "+weapon_name(category)+" of "+ craft_text.[craft]+" craftmanship and material."; if (u1.objecttype == ITEM_ARMOR) buf := "say The "+u1.name+" is made of "+arm_text.[category]+" and is of "+ craft_text.[craft]+" craftmanship and material."; if (u1.objecttype == ITEM_SHIELD) buf := "say The "+u1.name+" is a "+shi_text.[category]+" shield of "+ craft_text.[craft]+" craftmanship and material."; exec (buf, self); goto start; } dilend
If this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function scares you don't worry you don't have to understand it or adjust it you only have to use it. In fact this is a really easy <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to use. It only has one argument which is 'amt', the integer value of money you want the evaluator to charge when a person evaluates their stuff. So to use this function it would look like this on an NPC.
dilcopy evaluate@function (5*GOLD_PIECE);
this tells the evaluate <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to charge 5 gold pieces each time a player evaluates something. For more information on the money see the money field.
All released <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> NPC functions are described in <XREF LINKEND="npcdilfunc">. Then we put some to work so you can see how to use them in <XREF LINKEND="npccomplex">
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- defensive
<DICTDEF> This field sets the NPC natural defense. The defense is a natural bonus the NPC gets when being attacked. If this value is set high enough the NPC becomes almost indestructible. You should use the macro to set the NPC natural attack and defense in <xref LINKEND="npcmacroattdef">. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- offensive
<DICTDEF> This field sets the NPC natural offense. The offense is a natural bonus the NPC gets when being attacked. If this value is set high enough the NPC can do some serious damage when attacking. You should use the macro to set the NPC natural attack and defense in <xref LINKEND="npcmacroattdef">.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- mana
<DICTDEF> This sets the NPC max mana points. Using this field you can create special NPCs that have more or less mana points than the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server would normally give when a NPC is loaded.
this field is simple all you have to do to set it is put the 'mana' keyword followed by the amount of mana points you want the NPC to have as its max. The following definition would make an NPC with only 100 mana points no matter what level.
mana 100
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- hit
<DICTDEF> This sets the NPC max hit points. Using this field you can create special NPCs that have more or less hit points than the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server would normally give when a NPC is loaded.
this field is simple all you have to do to set it is put the 'hit' keyword followed by the amount of hit points you want the NPC to have as its max. The following definition would make an NPC with only 100 hit points no matter what level.
hit 100
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- money
<DICTDEF> The money field is how you give your NPC money to have while going along its marry way through your world. The money field is an integer that tells the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> how much money the NPC is carrying. It would however be hard to calculate the amount you want on an NPC with out the macros we have provided. For example to put 5 gold on an NPC you would have to use the following on your NPC.
money 25600
I of course am not sure this will make 5 gold pieces since I did the math in my head and with all this righting I am doing my math mind doesn't seem to be working right. So to make life easier for you and me we have added some macros to help that are rather self explanatory.
IRON_PIECE COPPER_PIECE SILVER_PIECE GOLD_PIECE PLATINUM_PIECE
Now if we wanted to make a NPC carrying five gold it would be as simple as this:
money 5*GOLD_PIECE
the macro method also gains you the ability to tell the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> what amount of each coin you want on the NPC. If you set it using a single integer the compiler would pick how many of each coin. This of course is not what is desired in fact you want to be able to set your money however you like. So setting more than one coin is as simple as adding a comma between the first and second coin.
money 5*GOLD_PIECE, 20*IRON_PIECE
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- exp
<DICTDEF> By default a monster gives 100% of the experience it is worth. This amount is calculated according to the level of the NPC verses the level of the person fighting it. Sometimes the amount of experience is not right since the NPC is really hard to kill for example a dragon with breath weapon and heal at the same level as a merchant with a dagger. These should of course give different experience. The 'exp' field is designed to do just that. The possible range for the 'exp' field is -500% to 500%. If you put the NPC at a negative experience value it will take experience away when it is killed. If you want the default of 100% you do not even need to place this field in your NPC.
//add 50% to the experience gained exp 150 /subtract 150% from the experience gained exp -50
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- sex
<DICTDEF> Gender, one of these:
SEX_NEUTRAL SEX_MALE SEX_FEMALE
the values are pretty obvious which is which gender so all we will show here is how to set it.
//Setting a male NPC sex SEX_MALE
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- level
<DICTDEF> When creating a NPC it must be between level 0 and 199. The level of the NPC decides how many skill points and ability points the NPC has. It, along with the 'exp' percentage, determines the amount of experience gained when the NPC is killed. To set the level of the NPC you use the 'level' keyword and then follow it by the level you are setting.
//set a NPC to level 50 level 50
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- race
<DICTDEF> The 'race' keyword is what you use to set the characters race. Races in <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> are defined by using an integer that lets the spells and skills act differently for each specific type. The <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> comes standard with many races defined in the values.h. For ease in access we have provided them in <xref linkend="app-c">. For now you can look at the short list below taken from the over all race list.
#define RACE_RAT 1102 #define RACE_HORSE 1103 #define RACE_BADGER 1104 #define RACE_SKUNK 1105 #define RACE_BOAR 1106 #define RACE_MOUSE 1107 #define RACE_MONKEY 1108 #define RACE_PORCUPINE 1110 #define RACE_ELEPHANT 1112 #define RACE_CAMEL 1113 #define RACE_FERRET 1114
If for example you wanted to make a monkey you could simply put the 'race' keyword and follow it by the monkey define like this:
race RACE_MONKEY
If the race your looking for doesn't exist in the values.h list, you can either add one buy picking a number not already used and creating your own define in the values.h or by adding the define to your zone. Defines added to a single zone will not be accessible if another builder wants to use it. You could also just set it using a number. The following two methods would act the same.
//add define to values.h and use in your zone #define RACE_SPACE_TROLL 5059 race RACE_SPACE_TROLL //Just plug in a number race 5059
If you don't use the macros things can get confusing really fast with the amount of races there are. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- attack
<DICTDEF> This field sets the NPCs natural attack type. Do not use this field directly instead use the macro described in <xref linkend="npcmacroattarm"> </LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- armour
<DICTDEF> This field sets the NPCs natural armour type. Do not use this field directly instead use the macro described in <xref linkend="npcmacroattarm"> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- speed
<DICTDEF> Speed determines the NPCs speed. The range is one to twelve. You should not set this when compiling an NPC since the result is really undefined. If you have a special NPC that you want to try to make move faster and hit faster then you could try setting this. This field is mainly added so <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> can adjust speed. The lower the number the faster the NPC speed.
//fastest speed. speed 0 //slowest speed speed 12
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- position
<DICTDEF> This field sets the position that the NPC will be in when it is first loaded. The following positions are recognized by the compiler.
POSITION_DEAD POSITION_MORTALLYW POSITION_INCAP POSITION_STUNNED POSITION_SLEEPING POSITION_RESTING POSITION_SITTING POSITION_FIGHTING POSITION_STANDING
Some of these positions make no sense you would not load a NPC into a fight or you would not load an NPC that is already dead. The positions are availible for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> and you will need to read the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manuals to find out what you would want those for. For now the following are enough.
POSITION_SLEEPING POSITION_RESTING POSITION_SITTING POSITION_STANDING
The position combined with the default position determines what will be shown when a player looks in the room. If the position of the NPC matches its default position the NPC description will be shown. If it doesn't match the NPCs title and position will be shown. The default value for both 'position' and 'default' is 'POSITION_STANDING'
To set the position like with other fields you type the 'position' keyword first and follow it by the position you are setting.
position POSITION_SITTING
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- default
<DICTDEF> The default position along with the position determines what is shown when a NPC is in each position. If the position and default positions match the 'descr' field is shown. If they do not match the NPC title is shown along with the current position information. If 'default' is not set it defaults to 'POSITION_STANDING'. The following are possible default positions.
POSITION_DEAD POSITION_MORTALLYW POSITION_INCAP POSITION_STUNNED POSITION_SLEEPING POSITION_RESTING POSITION_SITTING POSITION_FIGHTING POSITION_STANDING
Setting the default field is exactly like setting the 'position' field you place the 'default' keyword first and then the position you want to be default like this:
default POSITION_RESTING
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- ability
<DICTDEF> this field is used to set each of the NPCs abilities. It should not be used directly but instead set through the macro described in <xref linkend="npcmacroability"> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- weapon
<DICTDEF> this field is used to set each of the NPCs weapon proficiencies. It should not be used directly but instead set through the macro described in <xref linkend="npcmacroweapspl"> </LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- spell
<DICTDEF> this field is used to set each of the NPCs spells. It should not be used directly but instead set through the macro described in <xref linkend="npcmacroweapspl"> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- light
<DICTDEF> The light field on NPC is not normally set. If however you have a strange creature like a 'light bug' you can set a light value on a NPC. The default light is set to 0 which means it neither adds or subtracts from the rooms light. To set the light value on a NPC you just put the 'light' keyword first and then the value you want to add to the current light.
//add one to light in room light 1 //default light 0 //take one away light -1
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- alignment
<DICTDEF> This field is a value between -1000 and +1000, where -1000 is ultimate evil, 0 is neutral and +1000 is ultimate good. Good is per definition any value from +1000..+350, neutral is any value from +349..-349 and evil is any value from -350..-1000. Any value in between can also be used.
// Quite evil, maybe a Ghoul alignment -750 // Barely evil. alignment -350 //barely good alignment 350
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- minv
<DICTDEF> This field is the administrator invisible level of the NPC it is set on. This means that if you set the 'minv' to two hundred it will make it so the NPC can not be seen by anyone below the administrator level of two hundred. This is good for hiding ghosts that only come visible when they attack. In order for the 'minv' to be removed an administrator or a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function must change it.
minv 239
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- key
<DICTDEF> Currently this field is not used in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 release. It was added so in the future you wanted to add keys to a NPC for some weird reason like a living trunk then you can. In order to set the key you first place the 'key' keyword and then add the symbolic name of the key.
//if the key is in your zone key mynpckey //if the key is in some other zone key someoneelses@keyzone
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- open
<DICTDEF> this field is not used yet in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 release. The field was added so you could make a NPC that can be opened, closed, locked, and everything else that a room or an object can have set on it. For now we will not document this but if you are interested in how you could use it study the open fields on objects or rooms. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST> </SECT1>
<sect1 id="npcmacros"> <TITLE>NPC macros</TITLE>
<sect2 id="npcmacroattarm"> <TITLE>The attack and armour macro</TITLE>
The natural attack and armour fields allow you to set the NPC to do damage like a certain type of weapons and to defend like a certain type of armour respectively. Lets say you had a metal cougar it would have an attack type of claw and an armour type of plate while a normal dog would have an armour type of leather and an attack type of bite. The 'NATURAL_DEF' macro is what allows you to set these fields. This macro is defined in wmacros.h and looks like this.
#define NATURAL_DEF(weapon_category, armour_category) \ armour armour_category \ attack weapon_category
The word natural can sometimes be a little confusing since you can set any of the weapons types you like on the NPC. It doesn't exactly make sense to have a dog that attacks as if it uses a long sword but if you wish it you can do it. The following is a short list of just the natural weapon types but you can find a full list in <xref linkend="app-d"> or in the values.h of your mud just in case you have added some weapon types.
#define WPN_FIST 34 #define WPN_KICK 35 #define WPN_BITE 36 #define WPN_STING 37 #define WPN_CLAW 38 #define WPN_CRUSH 39
Again you don't have to use leather for dogs as we have already mentioned with our metal cat idea you could make a cloth dragon if you really want but its up to you to keep some sanity on your <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM>. The following is the list of armour types that can be set. You will see that the list is exactly the same as the list you will find later when making armour.
#define ARM_CLOTHES 0 /*Same as a Human in jeans and a T-shirt*/ #define ARM_LEATHER 1 /* A soft flexible leather base armour */ #define ARM_HLEATHER 2 /* A hard un flexible leather base armour */ #define ARM_CHAIN 3 /* A flexible armour composed of interlocking rings */ #define ARM_PLATE 4 /* An un flexible plate armour. */
Now that you have the defines to work with we will return to our metal cat and normal dog. The definitions for them would look something like this.
//Metal Cat NATURAL_DEF(WPN_CLAW, ARM_PLATE) //normal dog NATURAL_DEF(WPN_BITE, ARM_LEATHER)
You should know that the weight of the monster determines the maximum amount of damage it can give when using a natural attack. The weight is categorized as follows:
<TITLE>Weight size chart</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>LBS</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Size</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>0 - 5</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Tiny</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>6 - 40</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Small</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>41 - 160</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Medium</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>161 - 500</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Large</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>500 and up</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Huge</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>By default monsters are medium. So make sure you take this into account when you are creating your NPC. </sect2>
<sect2 id="npcmacroattdef"> <TITLE>The defense and offense bonus macro</TITLE>
There comes a time when you may want to make your NPC super naturally powerful. It is for those times that the offense and defense fields are available for you to set. Normally they default to 0 but you can set them from 0 to 5000. The higher you set the offense number the harder you will hit people you a re in combat with. The higher you set the defense the harder it will be for people to hit your NPC. The following macro allows you to set both the offense and defense.
#define ATTACK_DEFENSE(attack, defense) \ offensive attack \ defensive defense
Using this macro is rather easy you just put the value you want for each and your all done
//a really hard hitting hard to kill NPC ATTACK_DEFENSE( 1000, 1000)
</sect2>
<sect2 id="npcmacroability"> <TITLE>The NPc abilities macro</TITLE>
All abilities are in the range [1..200]. Players usually have a maximum of 150, modified by magic... 200 is considered divine. When creating a monster you can not directly specify the size of the abilities, instead you specify a percentage distribution of points. The amount of points are then distributed by the computer according to the specified level. The 'MSET_ABILITY' macro is available for this purpose, and is defined as:
#define MSET_ABILITY(str,dex,con,hpp,bra,cha,mag,div) \ ability[ABIL_STR] str \ ability[ABIL_DEX] dex \ ability[ABIL_CON] con \ ability[ABIL_HP] hpp \ ability[ABIL_BRA] bra \ ability[ABIL_MAG] mag \ ability[ABIL_DIV] div \ ability[ABIL_CHA] cha
Note the sum of the ability values must be 100%. This is thus an example of an ability distribution:
MSET_ABILITY(25,15,10,15,10,5,10,0) /* Sum is 100% */
The amount of points distributed depends directly upon the level of the monster and the percentage. If the percentage is too high and the level is also set High some ability points may be lost since a NPC gets all abilities over 255 cut off. For example a level 199 monster with an ability percentage a bit above 20% will make an ability above the 255 points maximum. In the current combat system in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 it is not necessary to spend points on both 'mag' and 'div' on the NPC since only one or the other is ever used depending on which is higher.
</sect2>
<sect2 id="npcmacroweapspl"> <TITLE>The NPc weapon and spell macros</TITLE>
NPCs know about weapons and spells but not at the same detailed level as the player. For NPCs the spell and weapon group are used. Thus the Axe hammer category defines all defence and all attack for all kinds of axes and hammers, whereas the player would have to train individually in each axe and hammer type. The same is true for spells. Thus if a monster has 25 points in the weapon sword category it will fight (and defend) with all sword-like weapons at skill 25. When you define weapon and spell skills (monsters have no skill skills) you also define these as percentages, and the program automatically distributes the points. Use the pre-defined macros:
#define MSET_WEAPON(axe_ham, sword, club_mace, pole, unarmed, special) \ weapon[WPN_AXE_HAM] axe_ham \ weapon[WPN_SWORD] sword \ weapon[WPN_CLUB_MACE] club_mace \ weapon[WPN_POLEARM] pole \ weapon[WPN_UNARMED] unarmed \ weapon[WPN_SPECIAL] special
#define MSET_SPELL(div, pro, det, sum, cre, min, hea, col, cel, int, ext) \ spell[SPL_DIVINE] div \ spell[SPL_PROTECTION] pro \ spell[SPL_DETECTION] det \ spell[SPL_SUMMONING] sum \ spell[SPL_CREATION] cre \ spell[SPL_MIND] min \ spell[SPL_HEAT] hea \ spell[SPL_COLD] col \ spell[SPL_CELL] cel \ spell[SPL_INTERNAL] int \ spell[SPL_EXTERNAL] ext<TITLE>MSET_SPELL arguments</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Argument</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>div</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all divine sphere spell.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>pro</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all protection sphere spells.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>det</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all detection sphere spells.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>sum</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all summoning spells.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>Cre</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all creation spells.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>min</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all mind spells.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>hea</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all heat spells (fireball, etc.)</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>col</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all cold spells (frostball, etc.)</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>cel</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all cell (electricity) spells (lightning bolt, etc.)</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>int</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all internal (poison) spells (toxicate, etc.)</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ext</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Covers all external (acid) spells (acid ball etc).</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>
If your not sure what your weapon or spell is categorized as
you can look in the weapons.def or the spells.def for that you are using for your <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM>
server.
The sum of all spell and weapon skills must be 100%. For example, the following would be a legal setting of weapons and spells.
// 75% Total, Club/Mace is primary MSET_WEAPON(10,10,20,5,15,5) // 25% Total, Fire is primary MSET_SPELL(8,0,0,3,0,3,2,3,3,3,3)
Remember that the groups define both attack and defence. Thus if you make an Orc which has 0% in the flail group it can only use its dexterity to defend itself. Likewise with spell groups. For this reason the groups are both "resistance" as well as attack groups. </sect2>
<sect2 id="npcmacrocomposed"> <TITLE>Using the composed.h</TITLE>
The file composed.h contains many standard monsters. It is a good idea to study these definitions, as they form the basis of many different monsters. Note that the definitions by no means are perfect, but we are hoping to make a more or less complete monster compendium. If you create certain (general) monsters, please design it as a macro so it can be incorporated in the file. The more monsters created by using these macros the easier it will be for your builders to create NPCs. If you think you have a really all inclusive Composed.h and want to share it with the rest of the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers running out there on the internet. Feel free to submit it to the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> staff and we will put it in the contribution directories on our release site.
For more information on how to use the composed.h when building your NPC see <xref linkend="npcbasic">.
</sect2> </SECT1>
<sect1 id="npcbasic"> <TITLE>Building your first NPC</TITLE>
Now that you have built your first zone with rooms its time to populate it with Non playing characters for your players to hunt, kill, and or interact with. In the last couple of sections you have looked through the fields. In this section we are going to make a nice easy NPC and then show how to use the composed.h to make your NPC building easier. As I have previously stated in the section on room building I like dragons so the first NPC your going to learn to build is a big bad ugly dragon. Don't worry if you hate dragons or you just want to build a normal world you will learn plenty from my dragon example to be able to adjust it to whatever you want.
When making NPCs you create the zone source file first as shown in <xref linkend="ch-02">. If you only have NPCS you do not need the %reset, %objects, and %rooms fields. For the examples in this chapter we will use the zone we created in <xref linkend="ch-04"> and add the %mobiles section where we will put all the NPC definitions. At the end of this chapter, in <xref linkend="roomnpczone">, we will bring it all together with the rooms we have already defined and our NPCs.
The first part of all NPC definitions is the symbolic name it is good to always pick a name that will match the name of the NPC so it will be easy to load the NPC. The reason the symbolic and name should match is when you use the command <command>wstat</command> it will only show you a list of the NPCs by symbolic name for example if you type <command> wstat zone dragon mobiles </command> You will get the following:
List of mobiles in zone Dragon: dragon clerk trashman
If you didn't make it clear what the NPC was by the symbolic name it might look like this:
List of mobiles in zone Dragon: npc1 npc2 npc3
While this might be great when you first start imagine trying to remember each NPC if you have over 30 of them.
Now lets get started with our dragon. As with the rooms all that is required to make a NPC is the symbolic and end fields. That of course will make a NPC with all defaults.
bldragon end
Thats it for that dragon right? Nope not quite that makes a NPC with all defaults. That means this will probably be a very wimpy human with a symbolic name of dragon and no description, in short it will be a blank when you load it. Now lets start putting the Dragon together.
The first three things we need are the dragons title, description and names. The description should be what you see when you do a 'look' in the room. The title should be what you see when the NPC is talking or fighting. Finally the names should cover everything in the title and description fields so if you wanted to kill them you can easily know what to type.
bldragon title "a black dragon" descr "A big ugly black dragon is clawing the ground here." names {"big ugly black dragon","ugly black dragon","big black dragon", "black dragon","dragon"} ... end
The names, title and description shouldn't be to hard so I don't think its necessary to go into any more description on the subject. Lets move on. Now we have to take care of what a player sees when he or she looks at a NPC. to make the main description of an NPC you place an extra on the NPC with no names in the list. The blank extra is a special extra that will be shown every time you look at anything in the names list of the NPC. So a description of a NPC would look something like this.
extra {} "The black dragons scales glitter like black granite that has been polished for years by water. He has a large neck and huge bat like wings. his eyes watch you as you stand before him. One claw seems to be tapping slightly on the ground as if the dragon is waiting for something."
Now that you have a main description for the NPC you need to make any smaller descriptions that you want the player to be able to look at. In this case the dragon eyes and claw would be good things to describe and maybe a few other things just for humor.
extra {"eyes","eye"} "The dragons eyes seem to follow you no matter where you go in the room nothing seems to escape the dragons attention." extra {"claws","claw"} "The claw is big black and it looks very deadly. It seems like the dragon has two sets of 4 large claws and 2 sets of 4 smaller claws which to say means the claws are about the size of short swords and long swords." extra {"scales","scale"} "Its a scale! Haven't you ever seen a dragon before!" extra {"bat wings","wings"} "The dragon sees you looking and flaps his wings creating one heck of a wind blast."
Now that we have the NPC all described we should start setting things like race, gender, level, height, weight, defense, offense, alignment, abilities, and finally skills and spells. First we will pick a race. Normally the list of races are in your values.h. We have the list in <xref linkend="app-c"> and I have searched for dragon and found the race I want it is as follows.
race RACE_DRAGON_BLACK
If you don't think there is any difference in dragons you can set them all to one race like you could define a race called 'RACE_DRAGON' or something like that.
Now we should chose the gender of our dragon. Make sure your descriptions match what you pick. It would be pretty weird to have a female dragon and have the descriptions say 'he, him, or his'
sex SEX_MALE
Now lets set the height and weight. Remember you set the height in centimeters and the weight in pounds. In the future the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> will standardize to one or the other but for now we have to play the conversion game.
//20 feet (1 inch = 2.54 cm height 625 //566 KG (1 lb. = .45359 kg) weight 1250
Now that we have the size of the dragon we can pick a level. My dragon is only 20 feet tall and 1250 pounds so I think maybe he is a bit young and will make his level around 70.
level 70
The dragon may not wear armour but by default a dragon should have an armour equal to someone wearing plate mail. Not only that but my dragon doesn't like to use his mouth as his natural attack and he sure can't punch with those big claws so we need to set his attack type to claw.
NATURAL_DEF(WPN_CLAW, ARM_PLATE)
Not many black dragons are good so I will pick almost totally evil, since totally evil is -1000 I will set it as follows.
alignment -900
Finally we get to the hard part. Many people have trouble setting the NPC abilities, weapons, and spells. There really is nothing to it if you have read <xref linkend="npcmacroability"> and <xref linkend="npcmacroweapspl">. The only thing you have to remember is the numbers you are putting are not the actual amount but a percentage of the skill points you want the game to use on your NPC when having your NPC practice as it loads and all amounts of abilities must add up to 100% as well as all weapons and spells must add up to 100%. For the dragon the following would be what the abilities, weapons, and spells would look like.
//big strong and magical most ability points on str and mag MSET_ABILITY(20,12,12,12,12,12,20,0) //Set natural attack highest of weapons because he fights with claws MSET_WEAPON(10,10,10,5,30,5) //black dragons have natural defense from acid set it highest MSET_SPELL(0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,30)
That is all you need to make a basic dragon. True this dragon will not do anything but claw you to death if you attack it but in <xref linkend="npccomplex"> we will give the dragon some more abilities with some special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions. For now lets take a look at our finished product.
bldragon title "a black dragon" descr "A big ugly black dragon is clawing the ground here." names {"big ugly black dragon","ugly black dragon","big black dragon", "black dragon","dragon"} extra {} "The black dragons scales glitter like black granite that has been polished for years by water. He has a large neck and huge bat like wings. his eyes watch you as you stand before him. One claw seems to be tapping slightly on the ground as if the dragon is waiting for something." extra {"eyes","eye"} "The dragons eyes seem to follow you no matter where you go in the room nothing seems to escape the dragons attention." extra {"claws","claw"} "The claw is big black and it looks very deadly. It seems like the dragon has two sets of 4 large claws and 2 sets of 4 smaller claws which to say means the claws are about the size of short swords and long swords." extra {"scales","scale"} "Its a scale! Haven't you ever seen a dragon before!" extra {"bat wings","wings"} "The dragon sees you looking and flaps his wings creating one heck of a wind blast." race RACE_DRAGON_BLACK sex SEX_MALE height 625 weight 1250 level 70 NATURAL_DEF(WPN_CLAW, ARM_PLATE) alignment -900 MSET_ABILITY(20,12,12,12,12,12,20,0) MSET_WEAPON(10,10,10,5,30,5) MSET_SPELL(0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,30) end
As you can see there is a bit more to building an NPC than a room but its really not that much harder. Try changing some stuff and make sure to practice debugging your errors the more compiling you do the better you will get.
</SECT1>
<sect1 id="npcdebug"> <TITLE>Compiling and debugging your first NPC</TITLE>
As we have previously mentioned in <xref linkend="rmdebug"> it is always a good idea to build one or two things and then compile to make finding errors easy. In this case we have one NPC to compile and rather than having all the rooms get in my way while compiling it I have removed them and only have the '%mobiles' section. The following is what the zone looks like when it has only one NPC in it.
#include <composed.h> %zone dragonst lifespan 20 reset RESET_ANYHOW creators {"whistler"} notes "This is the dragon station I shortened it to dragonst for ease in loading. If you have any questions email me at whistler@valhalla.com" help "Not sure what could help you now. You are stuck on one of the weirdest space stations you have ever seen and you smell burning sulfur." %mobiles bldragon title "a black dragon" descr "A big ugly black dragon is clawing the ground here." names {"big ugly black dragon","ugly black dragon","big black dragon", "black dragon","dragon"} extra "The black dragons scales glitter like black granite that has been polished for years by water. He has a large neck and huge bat like wings. his eyes watch you as you stand before him. One claw seems to be tapping slightly on the ground as if the dragon is waiting for something." extra {"eye","eyes"} "The dragons eyes seem to follow you no matter where you go in the room nothing seems to escape the dragons attention." extra {"claws","claw"} "The claw is big black and it looks very deadly. It seems like the dragon has two sets of 4 large claws and 2 sets of 4 smaller claws which to say means the claws are about the size of short swords and long swords." extra {"scales","scale"} "Its a scale! Haven't you ever seen a dragon before!" extra {"bat wings","wings"} "The dragon sees you looking and flaps his wings creating one heck of a wind blast." race RACE_DRAGON_BLACK sex SEX_MALE height 625 weight 1250 level 70 NATURAL_DEF (WPN_CLAW, ARM_PLATE) alignment -900 MSET_ABILITY(21,12,12,12,12,12,20,0) MSET_WEAPON(10,10,10,5,30,5) MSET_SPELL(0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,30) end %end
I removed the '%rooms' section added a '%mobiles' section and stuck the dragon in and now its ready to be compiled and put into the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server for you to be able to look at it in the game. If you downloaded our example zones for this document you can compile this zone along with us and fix the errors as we do for practice. The filename is debug_npc.zon. Just so you know the errors in this zone are intentional so please don't write me an email telling me that there are errors in it.
The command to compile the zone is <command>VMC debug_npc.zon</command>. Here is what we get when we first try and compile the zone.
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [May 9 2001] Compiling 'debug_npc.zon' debug_npc.zon: 32: parse error Token: 'extra' debug_npc.zon: 55: parse error Token: 'alignment' Compilation aborted.
This error file doesn't look any harder than the last one we dealt with when compiling our first room. The problem is when we go to line '32' and look for an error we don't find one. This normally means that the error was hard for the compiler to figure out. The best way to deal with an error like this is to start at the line it gives you and go up and look for an error. When we do this we notice that the extra right above the line that the error is on is missing '{}' so we will add them back in. Most of the time you want to do one error and recompile but sometimes you can shorten the process for example in this error file the word 'alignment has been spelled wrong so we can fix that before we recompile so go to line '56' and fix that. Now with those two errors fixed we can recompile and this is what we get:
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [May 9 2001] Compiling 'debug_npc.zon' FATAL: Abilities in 'bldragon' sums up to 101,and not 100. FATAL: Spells&weapons in 'bldragon' sums up to 101, and not 100. WARNING: Fatal errors in zone.
As we have said before you have to make sure that abilities add up to 100 percent this error is telling us that my math sucks and that I have added 1 extra percent to the abilities. Not only that but again if we look at both errors I have also put 1 extra on weapons and spells. So we can fix both of these at once. Notice it doesn't give a line number but that is not a problem because you can search for 'MSET_ABIL' and it will take you right to the problems. After I subtract one from the abilities and one from either the spells or weapons the following is the error file I get.
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [May 9 2001] Compiling 'debug_npc.zon' <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> Done.
Notice there are no errors and it says '<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> done', this means that you have now successfully compiled the zone. The main thing I want to point out is that you can sometimes fix more than one error at a time but be carefull when doing this if you try to fix some errors before fixing the first you will be trying to fix things that are not broken. The safest way to compile stuff is still fix one error at a time.
Now that you have a compiled zone you should check and make sure that all the files are there. When you compile a zone you will end up with three extra files. the files will have the same filename as your zone with a new extension in this case you should have the following.
debug_npc.data debug_npc.err debug_npc.reset debug_rm.zon
If you have all of these you are all set to go. If not then there is something seriously wrong and you may want to write the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> staff for help.
To get your new zone in the mud all that is needed is to make sure your zone is in the zonelist in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> etc directory and copy these files into your zone directory. Then reboot the mud. You should be able to log on your builder character and load your NPC by typing <command>load bldragon@dragonst</command> and you can list your zones NPCs by typing <command>wstat zone dragonst mobiles</command>.
There you go you have now compiled your first NPC. As you can see with as little as you have learned so far you can already make a variety of monsters and NPCs of any kind. The next section will cover the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions you can use with a NPC and then we will get right into some more complex examples. </sect1>
<sect1 id="npcdilfunc"> <TITLE><ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions for NPCs</TITLE>
The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language is the language a builder can use to make his own special functions on rooms, NPCs, objects, PCs, and much more. This manual is for basic zone writing and therefore will not go into how to write your own <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions. The <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> however is released with many functions for you as an Administrator and your builders to use to make special rooms, NPCs, and objects. The following is a list of all NPC functions released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 server.
<variablelist id="var-npcfunc"> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Mercenary
<DICTDEF>
This function allows you to make an NPC hireable by players in the game. You simply dilcopy this unto a mob and the player can then type 'contract <character name> and the mob will hunt that char for a fee. This function takes no special arguments. the following is the function definition found in function.zon:
dilbegin mercenary_hire();
To use it you simply dilcopy it to your NPC as follows:
dilcopy mercenary_hire@function();
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Obey
<DICTDEF> This function when dilcopied on the NPC will make it obey there master. And example mobile of this is the familiar. Upon completing a small quest a Mage receives a familiar that will obey that player and that player only. The player can simply type <command>Tell <familiar name> cast heal <player name></command> and it will carry out the command. This function takes no arguments. The following is the definition found in function.zon:
dilbegin obey();
To use this function simply dilcopy it to the NPC you want to be a mercenary like so:
dilcopy obey@function();
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Evaluate
<DICTDEF> This function when placed on an NPC allows it to evaluate items for a fee. The function definition looks as follows:
dilbegin evaluate (amt:integer);
The function has one argument 'amt' that lets you set the cost of the evaluation of items. If you wanted to set the value to four gold it would work just like when setting the money field and look as follows:
dilcopy evaluate@function(4*GOLD_PIECE);
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Guard Direction
<DICTDEF>
This is an enhanced version of the Guard Way Function. It will allow both
certain players to enter as well as certain mobs. An optional stop <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> can be supplied if you wish to do something special. It takes two arguments, the activator and the direction. The following is the function definition:
dilbegin guard_dir(direction : string, excludepc : stringlist, excludenpc : stringlist, stopdil : string);
This function is dilcopied onto the mob in the room that the mob is initially loaded. Thus is the mob is summoned or commanded away it will not block the directions until it is back to where it was first created. This <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> takes four arguments. The first is the direction to block. The second arguments is for those PC's you wish to allow to pass in that direction without being stopped. The next for the NPCs you wish to allow to pass. The last is the 'act you wish the blocking mob to display to the PC's that are blocked from proceeding in the selected direction. The third and forth arguments may be 'null', this will pass the defaults to the dilcopy. The third argument is a stringlist that tells which players or NPCs are excluded from the guard. The forth is a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you can pass in to do something special to people who are stopped. We will not show how to use the forth argument because it takes more <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> knowledge than this manual covers. The following would be a valid dilcopy for this function:
dilcopy guard_dir@function("south", {"papi", {"rejji"}, null, null);
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Combat magic
<DICTDEF> This function when placed on a mobile allows it to use any of the combat spells. The function definition is as follows: It also allows the NPC to cast heal during combat on itself.
dilbegin combat_mag(atk_spl : string, def_spl : string, def_pct:integer, spd: integer);<TITLE>Combat magic arguments</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=3 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>argument</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Type</ENTRY> <ENTRY>description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>atk_spl</ENTRY> <ENTRY>string</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Attack spell ie "fireball" or "" for none</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>def_spl</ENTRY> <ENTRY>string</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Defense Spell ie "heal" or "" for none</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>def_pct</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY>At what % of hitpoints defense spell will be cast</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>spd</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY>speed at which mob will uses its attack magic, 1 for all at once (every round) to 5 for every 5 rounds. I suggest 2.</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>
Defense spells take priority when the hit points fall below the % specified, after (if) the hits have been restored above that number attack magic will resume. If def_spl is used, function automatically makes sure that it retains enough mana for at least one healing, ie it will attack 4 times if it don't need a healing. The following would be an example of what you would put on your NPC:
dilcopy combat_mag@function ("harm", "heal", 25, 2);
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Fido
<DICTDEF> This function turns the NPC into a corpse eating mobile. The following is the functions definition:
dilbegin fido(txt1:string,txt2:string);<TITLE>Fido arguments</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=3 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Argument</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Type</ENTRY> <ENTRY>description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>txt1</ENTRY> <ENTRY>string</ENTRY> <ENTRY>The text shown when mob finds and eats corpses, default: 'XXX savagely devours a corpse.' will be shown if txt1 is set to "". If txt1 is set to "stop", the mob will NOT devour corpses (convenient if you want your dogs to only eat food leftovers but not corpses). </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>txt2</ENTRY> <ENTRY>string</ENTRY> <ENTRY> The text shown when mob finds and eats ITEM_FOOD, default: 'XXX hungrily devours YYY.' will be shown if txt2 is set to "". If txt2 is set to "stop", the mob will NOT devour ITEM_FOOD (convenient if you want to make a corpse-eating ghoul, who'd choke on normal food, etc). </ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>
In both cases $1n is the mob itself, $2n is the title of the item devoured.
An example of the 'fido' function on an NPC would look as follows:
dilcopy fido@function("$1n slowly devours $2n, crunching the bones.", "$1n grabs $2n and hungrily munches it.");
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Wander zone
<DICTDEF> This function allows a mob to wander around more than one zone, but not all zones. You specify what zones the mob can wander. Has optional intelligence which allows the opening and closing of doors. The following is the function definition:
dilbegin wander_zones(zones : string, spd : integer, doors : integer, lckd_doors : integer);<TITLE>Zone wander arguments</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=3 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>argument</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Type</ENTRY> <ENTRY>description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>zones</ENTRY> <ENTRY>string</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A string of zone names separated by spaces.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>spd</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY>The speed (in seconds) at which the mob wanders. Minimum = 5 secs (for process time).</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>doors</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Can open/close doors (0 = false, 1 = true)</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>lckd_doors</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Can open/closed locked doors (0=false, 1=true)</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>
The options are not too hard so we will show how to use it and leave it at that
dilcopy wander_zones@function ("halfzon haon_dor", 5, 1);
@loadzone option which is used by inputting @loadzone
somewhere in the zones string will replace it by the zone the mob is loaded in like this:
dilcopy wander_zones@function ("halfzon haon_dor @loadzone", 5, 1);
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Global wander
<DICTDEF> This is similar to wander_zones because it's just a modified version of it, which requires no zones argument since it moves in all zones. The following is the function definition:
dilbegin global_wander(spd : integer, doors : integer, lckd_doors :integer);
Argument | Type | Description |
---|---|---|
spd | integer | The speed (in seconds) at which the mob wanders. Minimum = 5 seconds (for process time). |
doors | integer | Can open/close doors (0 = false, 1 = true) |
lckd_doors< | integer | Can open/closed locked doors (0=false, 1=true) |
The options are not to hard so we will show how to use it and leave it at that
dilcopy global_wander@function (60, 1, 1);
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Team work
<DICTDEF> This function when placed on a mob, located in the same room as another mob, will allow the mobile to assist the other in combat. The following is the function definition:
dilbegin aware teamwork(lst: string);
This function takes one argument which is a string of the mobiles it is to protect. So if we wanted a NPC to protect both Jesper and Enver the dilcopy would look as follows:
dilcopy teamwork@function("jesper/enver");
For this to work both mobs must be in the same room or following each other.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Rescue
<DICTDEF> This function when placed on a mob, located in the same room as another mob, will allow the mobile to rescue the other mob if it is attacked. The function is as follows:
dilbegin aware rescue(lst: string);
This function takes one argument, a string of those mobiles you wish this NPC to assist should they be attacked.
For this to work both NPCs must be in the same room or following
each other.
Again we will use our test subjects Jesper and Enver and if we wanted an NPC to protect them and come to their aid the following would be the dilcopy:
dilcopy teamwork@function("jesper/enver");
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Agressive
<DICTDEF> This function makes a Mob hostile to person(s) in the room with it, under certain conditions which are provided as arguments. In short, the all-singing, all-dancing aggression <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. The following is this functions definition:
dilbegin aggressive (sx : integer, rce : integer, opp : integer, levl : integer, sanc : integer, tme : integer, tar : integer, align : string, attack : stringlist);<TITLE>Agressive arguments</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=3 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>argument</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Type</ENTRY> <ENTRY>description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>sx</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY>NOTE: not the sex values in values.h. This decides the sex of your mob's victim. 0 - Sex doesn't matter, 1 - Attack opposite sex to self (if not neutral!), 2 - Attack SEX_MALE, 3 - Attack SEX_FEMALE, 4 - Attack SEX_NEUTRAL. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>rce</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Any of the PC races from 0 to 14. A value of -1 means we don't care about the victim's race. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>opp</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY>0 - Non race specific (same as rce := -1) 1 - Attack the specified rce, 2 - Attack any pc race _but_ the specified rce. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>levl</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Allow level specific aggression. A value of 30 would make the mob hostile to all pcs level 30 and above. A value of -30 (note the -) would make the mob hostile to all pcs level 30 or below. A value of 0 means level doesn't matter. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>sanc</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Does this mob obey the sanc/soothe rules? (ie, if someone has cast sanctuary on themselves, will this mob recognize it, and not attack, or attack anyway). 0 - Doesn't obey sanc or soothe 1 - Obeys only sanc 2 - Obeys only soothe 3 - Obeys both sanc and soothe (SOOTHE is a new spell for ranger's guild) </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>tme</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Time in ticks to wait before attacking (is automatically put to RANTIME, ie, time variance of time-time/2 to time+time/2). Values accepted are from 0 to 400 (that's 0 - 100 seconds. Can be specified using PULSE_SEC). </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>tar</ENTRY> <ENTRY>integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This is a special value which determines which of the eligible victims we pick. -2 - Last eligible victim to into the room. -1 - Weakest eligible victim in room. 0 - Random eligible victim. +1 - Strongest eligible victim in room. +2 - First eligible victim into the room. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>align</ENTRY> <ENTRY>string</ENTRY> <ENTRY> The desired alignment of the victim. "ANY" - We don't care about the alignment. "GOOD" - Attack only good alignment. "EVIL" - Attack only evil alignment. "NEUTRAL " - Attack only neutral alignment. "OPPOSITE" - Attack opposite alignment to self (provided self isn't neutral). "SALIGN" - Attack same alignment as self. "DALIGN" - Attack any alignment different to self. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>attack</ENTRY> <ENTRY>stringlist</ENTRY> <ENTRY> This is a 2 string stringlist. These are the messages sent to the people in the room except the victim, and the victim itself, in that order. If the second (victim) string is "", the first string will be shown to the victim, as if they were anyone else in the room. You can leave both blank if you wish. $1n is the mob name (self), $3n is the victim's name. NOTE: the $ values only apply if you supply BOTH string 1 and 2. </ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY> </TGROUP>
The argument descriptions pretty much explain everything there is to know about the agressive function and what it was so we will finish off by giving an example of a dilcopy that will create a NPC that fits the following description
Let's say our mob is a level 40 Goblin who doesn't like dwarves. He's very particular in that he doesn't like evil female dwarves who are level 20 and above. He does recognize the sanctuary spell, but he doesn't recognize soothe, and he'll wait 10 seconds on average before he attacks. The 2 messages sent are: "$1n savagely attacks $3n with his big axe!" and "$1n attacks you!"
Here's what the function call would look like:
dilcopy aggressive (3, 2, 1, 20, 2, PULSE_SEC*10, 0, "EVIL", {"$1n savagely attacks $3n with his big axe!", "$1n attacks you!"});
In this example, 3 (attack females), 2 (attack dwarves), 1 (just dwarves), 20 (Level 20+ victims), 2 (obey only soothe), PULSE_SEC*10 (wait around 10 seconds before attacking), EVIL (attack only evil), and the strings in the stringlist are displayed to the victim and the room, in that order. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Janitors
<DICTDEF> This function turns the NPC into a janitor that will pick up items left lying around and will also tell new players. those under level 20, where there corpse is if they come across it in there wanderings. You must also supply the wander_zone <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> for this to work correctly. The definition for the janitor function is as follows:
dilbegin janitors(rate: integer);
The Janitor function only takes one argument and that determines how fast the janitor will pick up stuff in seconds.
To make a Janitor that will pick up stuff every thirty seconds the following would be the dilcopy:
dilcopy janitor@function(30);
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Shop Keeper
<DICTDEF> This is one of the more complex dilcopies and considered by some to be confusing. Below I will step you through the creation of the mobile, and the application of this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> using defines to hopefully simplify the use of this function. The function is defined as:
dilbegin aware shopkeeper(prod: stringlist, custom_acts : stringlist, opentimes : stringlist, itemtype: string, sellprofit : integer,buyprofit: integer, maxcash : integer,closedil : string, dilparams : string );
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Step 1
<DICTDEF> First, figure out what you want your shopkeeper to sell. He can sell pretty much any item from any zone, as long as you know its symbolic name. For Hogan (our example shopkeeper), he is a bartender, so he sells things you would commonly find in a pub, tavern, or bar. His list of items (their symbolic names at which zone) are:
grain_alcohol@gobtown1 pretzels@gobtown1 beer_nuts@gobtown1 rum_coke@gobtown1 tuborg@udgaard
Now, since I use defines, I make a define for Hogan's products. I called it TAVERN_PROD (for tavern's products). And use the following setup and just stick the names of your items in where his items are. Each item will have a setup like this:
"tuborg@udgaard 15 20"
A symbolic name followed by two numbers, with the entire thing in quotes. Where :
<itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>The "tuborg@udgaard" is your item's symbolic name</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>The 15 (our first number in the string) is the number of that item that will load into your shop daily</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>The 20 (our second number in the string) is the limit available of that item in the shop ever</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
So this shop would sell tuborgs.. and every mudday, 15 tuborgs will load into our shop to replenish our stock.. and the maximum tuborgs we can have at any given time is 20.
Next we place all this info into the define we created above, which would look like this:
#define TAVERN_PROD \ {"grain_alcohol@gobtown1 15 20", \ "pretzels@gobtown1 10 15", \ "beer_nuts@gobtown1 15 20", \ "rum_coke@gobtown1 10 15", \ "tuborg@udgaard 15 20"}
The above is my define for Hogan's products that he sells. Each one is in quotes and they have commas separating them. If you put each item on its own separate line, you need to put a space and then a back slash after the comma which separates the items, like it shows above. The entire define is enclosed in curly brackets, {}. Now we are finished with the items he sells. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Step 2
<DICTDEF> Now you must decide what kind of dialogue you would like your shopkeeper to say. There are ten separate responses you can make for your shopkeeper. They do go in a specific order and I will list what each do. <VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Response 1
<DICTDEF> The first response will be used if the shopkeeper doesn't have the particular item you're trying to buy in stock, or if he doesn't sell that item at all. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Response 2
<DICTDEF> The second response is used when the player is trying to sell the shopkeeper something which the player does not have in his inventory. Items worn by the player can not be sold until removed from there worn position. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Response 3
<DICTDEF> The third response is used when the player is trying to sell the shopkeeper something that is not one of those of his trade types. (This will be more clear when we get to the trade type part below. Such as a player trying to sell our bartender a canoe. =) </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Response 4
<DICTDEF> The fourth response is used when the player tries to buy something from the shopkeeper, but doesn't have enough money to buy it. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Response 5
<DICTDEF> The fifth response is used when the sale was successful and the player buys something from the shopkeeper. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Response 6
<DICTDEF> The sixth response is again used when the sale was successful, but this time it's for when the player successfully sells something to the shopkeeper. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Response 7
<DICTDEF> The seventh response is used when the shopkeeper doesn't have enough of the item to sell as the player requests. Such as someone trying to buy 10 tuborgs, but our bartender only has 9. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Response 8
<DICTDEF> The eighth response is Used when the shop is closed and a player tries to buy something from or sell something to the shopkeeper. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Response 9
<DICTDEF> The ninth response is used when the player tries to sell an item to the shopkeeper that the shopkeeper doesn't trade that item. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Response 10
<DICTDEF> The tenth (and last!) response is for when the shopkeeper has run out of money and can't afford to buy what the player is trying to sell him. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
Now. again, I made a define called TAVERN_MSG (for tavern messages) and I placed all my responses in it. Don't forget, they do go in that specific order! And below is our setup with responses in it.
In the responses below, $1n refers to the shopkeeper, $2n refers
to the item being sold, bought, etc.. and $3n refers to the person dealing
with the shopkeeper.
#define TAVERN_MSG \ {"$1n says, 'This is a tavern, I don't sell such an item as that!'", \ "$1n says, '$3n, you don't even have that!'", \ "$1n says, 'I don't trade with things such as $2n! Just buy a beer!'", \ "$1n says, '$3n, you can't afford $2n.'", \ "$1n says, 'Thank you, $3n, here are %s for $2n.'", \ "$1n says, 'Thank you, $3n.'", \ "$1n says, 'I don't have that many $2ns in stock.'", \ "$1n says, 'I'm on break, come back later.'", \ "$1n says, 'I haven't got a use for $2n.'", \ "$1n says, 'I'd like to buy it, but I can't afford it, sorry.'"} \
Just like with the items, the responses are in quotes, and are separated with commas. Since I put each on their own separate lines (for neatness sake), I put a space and a back slash, \, after each. The entire define is enclosed in curly braces,{}. And then you're done with your shopkeeper's messages! Don't worry, it gets simpler from here. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Step 3
<DICTDEF> Now we get to decide when we want our shop to be open. We get to use military time, so 1 refers to 1am, 6 refers to 6am, 12 refers to 12pm (noon), 18 refers to 6pm, and both 0 and 24 refer to 12am (midnight).. etc.. =) And my define for this I named TAVERN_OPEN_TIMES (for when the tavern is open) and I used the following setup:
#define TAVERN_OPEN_TIMES {"12","18"}
You just have to make your define and stick your times in quotes and enclose them in curly braces. So Hogan will be opened from 1am ("1") until 11pm ("23"). He will close after 11pm and reopen again at 1am. You may also add multiple open and close times as per the following example:
#define TAVERN_OPEN_TIMES {"1","12","16","20"}
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Step 4
<DICTDEF> For this step you get to choose your shopkeeper's trade types. And what you pick all depends on what kinds of things you want your shopkeeper to sell and buy. You can find the item types in values.h, but I'll also list them below.
<TITLE>Sale types</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=4 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Value</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Type</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Value</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Type</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>1</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_LIGHT</ENTRY><ENTRY>14</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_TRAP</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>2</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_SCROLL</ENTRY><ENTRY>15</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_CONTAINER</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>3</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_WAND</ENTRY><ENTRY>16</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_NOTE</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>4</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_STAFF</ENTRY><ENTRY>17</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_DRINKCON</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>5</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_WEAPON</ENTRY><ENTRY>18</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_KEY</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>6</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_FIREWEAPON</ENTRY><ENTRY>19</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_FOOD</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>7</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_MISSILE</ENTRY><ENTRY>20</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_MONEY</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>8</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_TREASURE</ENTRY><ENTRY>21</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_PEN</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>9</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_ARMOR</ENTRY><ENTRY>22</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_BOAT</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>10</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_POTION</ENTRY><ENTRY>23</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_SPELL</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>11</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_WORN</ENTRY><ENTRY>24</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_BOOK</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>12</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_OTHER</ENTRY><ENTRY>25</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_SHIELD</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>13</ENTRY><ENTRY>ITEM_TRASH</ENTRY><ENTRY></ENTRY><ENTRY></ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>We are making a bartender, so he should sell food and drinks. So I selected ITEM_FOOD, and it's corresponding number is 19. So I made my define TAVERN_ITEM_TYPE (for our tavern's type of items) using the following setup:
#define TAVERN_ITEM_TYPE "19"
Now, if we had a magic shop, and wanted to sell potions and scrolls, I would make a define called for example MAGIC_ITEM_TYPE and make it like this:
#define MAGIC_ITEM_TYPE "2 10"
The 2 was our number corresponding to the scrolls, and the 10 corresponded to the potions. That is how you make your shopkeeper sell more than one item type, just stick the corresponding numbers inside quotes with a space separating them. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Step 5
<DICTDEF> Now you get to decide how much money your shopkeeper gets to have to buy things with. One platinum piece is equal to 40960. So if I wanted him to have two platinum pieces to spend on buying things from players, I would make a define called TAVERN_MAX_CASH (for the maximum amount of money our shopkeeper gets) and use the following setup:
#define TAVERN_MAX_CASH 81920
I got 81920 by multiplying the 40960 (one platinum) by 2 </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Step 6
<DICTDEF> The sixth thing we get to do is to decide how much profit does our shopkeeper get when he sells his items. Items should have a cost to them already tagged on them, so their whatever their cost is, that is equal to 100%. Now, if your shopkeeper wants to take an extra 10% on the items he's selling so he can support his family, then you would make his selling profit 110. So I made a define called TAVERN_SELL_PROFIT (for his profit when he sells things) and gave him 110% selling profit, and used the following setup:
#define TAVERN_SELL_PROFIT 110
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Step 7
<DICTDEF> This last define is almost exactly like our selling profit, but now, we're doing our buying profit... when a player sells an item to the shopkeeper, he doesn't want to pay full price because it must be used since a player has it. Now the item's cost is 100%, and maybe the shopkeeper only wants to buy items for half its cost. So I would make his buying profit 50, and use the following setup.
#define TAVERN_BUY_PROFIT 50
All of the previous defines you can place anywhere in the zone. I like to place mine before the %<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> section just to keep them somewhere where I know they all are. You can place each one on the mob itself, but I think that looks cluttered so's why I put them where I put them. And you're going to have a dilcopy placed on your mob also, which I'll explain in step 8. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Step 8
<DICTDEF> Okay one last step. Now you get to place the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> on your shopkeeper mob using all of those cute little defines you just made. The syntax for the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is:
dilcopy shopkeeper@function(products, responses, opentimes, tradetypes, sellprofit, buyprofit, maxcash, closedil, dilparams);
Take your defines from above the defines that you made are called:
TAVERN_PROD, TAVERN_MSG, TAVERN_OPEN_TIMES, TAVERN_ITEM_TYPE, TAVERN_SELL_PROFIT, TAVERN_BUY_PROFIT, and TAVERN_MAX_CASH.
Now all you have to do is place them in the syntax where they belong like in the below example.
dilcopy shopkeeper@function(TAVERN_PROD, TAVERN_MSG, TAVERN_OPEN_TIMES, TAVERN_ITEM_TYPE, TAVERN_SELL_PROFIT, TAVERN_BUY_PROFIT, TAVERN_MAX_CASH, "", "");
For the last two fields, I just put "", "" because I don't make my own unique <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> for those. By just putting and empty set of quotes for each, it makes it go to the default. And make sure you don't forget that semicolon at the end either.
You are pretty much done now. All you have to do is place your defines either up before %<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> or somewhere in %mob if you'd like, and place the dilcopy onto your mob. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
Just to make sure I've completely beaten a very dead horse, this is what it would look like in the end.
%zone sample_zon #define TAVERN_PROD \ {"grain_alcohol@gobtown1 15 20", \ "pretzels@gobtown1 10 15", \ "beer_nuts@gobtown1 15 20", \ "rum_coke@gobtown1 10 15", \ "tuborg@udgaard 15 20"} #define TAVERN_MSG \ {"$1n says, 'This is a tavern, I don't sell such an item as that!'", \ "$1n says, '$3n, you don't even have that!'", \ "$1n says, 'I don't trade with things such as $2n! Just buy a beer!'", \ "$1n says, '$3n, you can't afford $2n.'", \ "$1n says, 'Thank you, $3n, here are %s for $2n.'", \ "$1n says, 'Thank you, $3n.'", \ "$1n says, 'I don't have that many $2ns in stock.'", \ "$1n says, 'I'm on break, come back later.'", \ "$1n says, 'I haven't got a use for $2n.'", \ "$1n says, 'I'd like to buy it, but I can't afford it, sorry.'"} \ #define TAVERN_OPEN_TIMES {"1","23"} #define TAVERN_ITEM_TYPE "19" #define TAVERN_MAX_CASH 81920 #define TAVERN_SELL_PROFIT 110 #define TAVERN_BUY_PROFIT 50 %mobiles bartender names {"hogan","goblin","bartender"} title "Hogan" descr "Hogan stands behind the bar waiting to take your order." extra {} "He looks back at you, patiently waiting for your order." M_AVG_GOBLIN(76,SEX_MALE) alignment -1000 exp 100 money 2 SILVER_PIECE, 2 COPPER_PIECE dilcopy shopkeeper@function(TAVERN_PROD, TAVERN_MSG, TAVERN_OPEN_TIMES, TAVERN_ITEM_TYPE,TAVERN_SELL_PROFIT, TAVERN_BUY_PROFIT, TAVERN_MAX_CASH, "", ""); end
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
</VARIABLELIST>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="npccomplex"> <TITLE>A more complex set of NPCs</TITLE>
In the last sections you learned all the fields and how to make a basic NPC. In this section we will use the information from the last sections to create some more unique NPCs for our dragon station zone There is not a lot of new information here we will be using the DIL functions from the previous section and adding some flags to the NPCs to make them act different.
<sect2> <TITLE>Magic casting NPC</TITLE>
The basic Dragon we made in the <xref linkend="npcbasic"> looks like a real dragon but it is a bit boring when you fight a dragon and don't get toasted by an acid or fire spell or two. in <xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> the 'combat_magic' function was described. This is the function you use to make all NPCs cast magic while in combat. With that in mind lets take a look at how we can make our dragon a bit more interesting g.
Well lets see a black dragon is supposed to have the ability to either cast fire breath or acid breath depending on who you talk to. Once you learn <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you could even make fire breath be a skill not a spell but for now we will stick with what we know. I like the acts of the acid breath spell so we will use that as the spell of choice. The NPC as we defined it before hasn't changed so the following would be the entire dragon with the combat magic function.
bldragon title "a black dragon" descr "A big ugly black dragon is clawing the ground here." names {"big ugly black dragon","ugly black dragon","big black dragon", "black dragon","dragon"} extra {} "The black dragons scales glitter like black granite that has been polished for years by water. He has a large neck and huge bat like wings. his eyes watch you as you stand before him. One claw seems to be tapping slightly on the ground as if the dragon is waiting for something." extra {"eye","eyes"} "The dragons eyes seem to follow you no matter where you go in the room nothing seems to escape the dragons attention." extra {"claws","claw"} "The claw is big black and it looks very deadly. It seems like the dragon has two sets of 4 large claws and 2 sets of 4 smaller claws which to say means the claws are about the size of short swords and long swords." extra {"scales","scale"} "Its a scale! Haven't you ever seen a dragon before!" extra {"bat wings","wings"} "The dragon sees you looking and flaps his wings creating one heck of a wind blast." race RACE_DRAGON_BLACK sex SEX_MALE height 625 weight 1250 level 70 NATURAL_DEF (WPN_CLAW, ARM_PLATE) alignment -900 MSET_ABILITY(20,12,12,12,12,12,20,0) MSET_WEAPON(10,10,10,5,30,5) MSET_SPELL(0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,30) //Combat Magic added. dilcopy combat_mag@function("acid breath", "", 25, 2); end
That is all there is to it. If you are wondering where I got the 'acid breath' part of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> copy all the spells names are in the spells.def or you can just pick a spell by what you would type if you wanted to cast it yourself in the game. Now if this still looks like a lot to do to make a dragon the dragon above could have been created with exactly the same information by using the composed.h and the 'M_DRAGON_BLACK_OLD' macro. If we use the macro the dragon would look like this
bldragon title "a black dragon" descr "A big ugly black dragon is clawing the ground here." names {"big ugly black dragon","ugly black dragon","big black dragon", "black dragon","dragon"} extra {} "The black dragons scales glitter like black granite that has been polished for years by water. He has a large neck and huge bat like wings. his eyes watch you as you stand before him. One claw seems to be tapping slightly on the ground as if the dragon is waiting for something." extra {"eye","eyes"} "The dragons eyes seem to follow you no matter where you go in the room nothing seems to escape the dragons attention." extra {"claws","claw"} "The claw is big black and it looks very deadly. It seems like the dragon has two sets of 4 large claws and 2 sets of 4 smaller claws which to say means the claws are about the size of short swords and long swords." extra {"scales","scale"} "Its a scale! Haven't you ever seen a dragon before!" extra {"bat wings","wings"} "The dragon sees you looking and flaps his wings creating one heck of a wind blast." M_DRAGON_BLACK_OLD(SEX_MALE) end
As you can see with the second way the dragon was a lot easier to make because we let the macro set all the other values we just described the NPC and set the macro. </sect2>
<sect2> <TITLE>A wandering janitor</TITLE>
Our space station is nice but we wouldn't want a lot of people coming to visit if we didn't have a janitor to walk around cleaning up. Dragons most likely wouldn't be low life enough to be Janitors so I think we will leave that up to a hobgoblin. the following would be the definition of a hobgoblin wandering Janitor.
janitor names {"ugly janitor", "janitor", "hobgoblin"} title "an ugly janitor" descr "an ugly janitor is walking around, cleaning up." extra{} "This ugly green thing looks more goblin than hobgoblin but he seems intent on cleaning everything around him." race RACE_HOBGOBLIN level 6 sex SEX_MALE height 130 /* cm */ weight 120 /* Pounds */ // he is sort of good for cleaning so much alignment 900 NATURAL_DEF(WPN_FIST, ARM_LEATHER) MSET_ABILITY(10,10,10,23,15,22,10,0) \ MSET_WEAPON(10,10,10,10,10,10) /* Average in everything, any wpn */ MSET_SPELL(4,2,2,2,2,2,2,6,6,6,6) /* Resistances */ //give him some money money 5 IRON_PIECE dilcopy janitors@function(15); // only want him cleaning the station dilcopy wander_zones@function("dragonst", 20, 1, 1); end
Like with the dragon if we wanted to create this NPC easier we would use the Hobgoblin defines in composed.h so we don't have to fill out all the information. If we did this it would simply look as follows:
janitor names {"ugly janitor", "janitor", "hobgoblin"} title "an ugly janitor" descr "an ugly janitor is walking around, cleaning up." extra{} "This ugly green thing looks more goblin than hobgoblin but he seems intent on cleaning everything around him." M_AVG_HOBGOBLIN(6, SEX_MALE) // he is sort of good for cleaning so much alignment 900 //give him some money money 5 IRON_PIECE dilcopy janitors@function(15); // only want him cleaning the station dilcopy wander_zones@function("dragonst", 20, 1, 1); end
As you can see you can combine the DIL functions you learned in <xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> to make your NPC do more than one thing.
</sect2>
<sect2 id="specteach"> <TITLE>Creating a teacher</TITLE>
Setting up teachers on valhalla is harder and more strict formed than most things in the game. The reason is the way you set them up is to use an old form of functions called special. In the future guilds will be in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> like everything else but for now the teachers that are released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> are base code. Even though the teachers are base code they still allow for you to adjust many things. The truth is you don't have to use our teachers you could code your own in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but many find this easier.
Guild teacher definitions are actually less complex than people think they are. There really are no big, mysterious secrets. The key is simply to understand the numbers and how the balance is achieved. (From here on in, GTD will refer to "guild teacher definition", and "entity" will be used to refer to the ability/spell/skill/weapon being offered by the GTD.)
Using TAB characters in GTDs is a very bad idea! It will have extremely
adverse effects, including causing the mud to crash.
We need to tart first and explain that to use the teacher special functions you need to use a field not described anywhere else in the NPC descriptions. The field is called a 'special'. The reason the 'special' field was not included in the field descriptions is because it is being removed from the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> as soon as banks and teachers have been replaced by <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> there will be no more special functions. For now however we need to use them for the for mentioned purposes. The format for a special function is as follows:
special <Function define> <function arguments>
For teachers the function definition is 'SFUN_TEACH_INIT' and the arguments range from who can join, what the acts of the teacher are, and what the teacher teaches.
In the first part of a SFUN_TEACH_INIT definition, there are several pieces of important information which allow the mud to know what you are trying to provide to players. The entire set of arguments are enclosed in double quotes. So a teacher with nothing at all in it would look like this:
special SFUN_TEACH_INIT "<arguments go here>"
After the opening double quote ("), the first thing necessary is the text formatting code '&l', which tells the compiler to ignore the standard text formatting protocols for the rest of the string or until the '&f' code is given.
Immediately following the '&l' code, with no spaces at all, the type of entity the function will teach is defined. It is one of the following types: <itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>abilities</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>spells</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>skills</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>weapons</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
The first two lines of the SFUN_TEACH_INIT looks like this:
special SFUN_TEACH_INIT "&labilities;0;
The '0;' is the end of field marker that will be used through out the teacher fields
The next set of arguments to the teacher function is the acts the teacher will use when a person is trying to train. There are seven acts total and they are as follows: <VARIABLELIST> <TITLE>Teacher acts</TITLE> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Line 1
<DICTDEF> This line is displayed when the player makes a mistake in typing the name of an entity, whether or not it is actually offered at the teacher. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Line 2
<DICTDEF> This line is similar to the first, but is usually evident of attempting to practice an entity not offered at this particular teacher. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Line 3
<DICTDEF> This is the act displayed when the player has insufficient funds to practice the desired entity. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Line 4
<DICTDEF> This is displayed when the player has not got enough ability or skill practice points to learn the desired entity. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Line 5
<DICTDEF> Simply put, the player has exceeded the teacher's expertise in the offered entity and must go elsewhere to learn more, if at all possible. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Line 6
<DICTDEF> This line is displayed when the player is either wearing magical, stat-modifying equipment or is affected by spells/skills which modify stats. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Line 7
<DICTDEF> This line is what is shown when your armour affects you using special functions in base code. This is rare and may never be seen. In the future when the teachers are made in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> this act may not be necessary. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
Now we can add the acts to our example it would look as follows:
special SFUN_TEACH_INIT "&labilities;0; $1n tells you, 'I have never heard of such an ability.'; $1n tells you, 'I do not know how to teach this ability.'; $1n tells you, 'You haven't got %s for me.'; $1n tells you, 'You haven't got %d ability points.'; $1n tells you, 'I can not teach you any more.'; $1n tells you, 'You must be unaffected by magic, else I can't teach you.'; $1n tells you, 'Remove all equipment, please.';
$1n is the substitution variable for the teacher's title (see the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> document for more details).
%s is the amount of money the teacher requires to teach the entity in question.
%d is the amount of ability or skill practice points required to practice the given entity.
The standard GTD termination character, a semicolon (;) ends each act
about the actual GTDs, or the lines that actually define what the teachers teach and everything to do about how expensive and how high they teach it. A GTD is a single line, composed of several fields. The data contained in these fields determines how a particular entity is practiced.
Here is an example of a GTD:
0; 100; scan ; 9; 9000; 7; 0;
Note that it has a lot of white space in it. It is really not necessary, as the field terminators are the semicolons. This means that you could just as easily write:
0;100;scan;9;9000;7;0;
When making teachers most people prefer to put the white space in to make it easier to read and find errors. A larger example would look as follows:
0; 100; scan ; 9; 9000; 7; 0; 0; 90; consider ; 4; 4000; 5; 10; 0; 0; 100; appraisal ; 9; 4000; 5; 0; 0; 100; fleeing ; 9; 9000; 6; 12; 0;
Each part of the GTD separated by a semicolon is called a field. The following is the fields and their definitions.
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Field 1
<DICTDEF> Field 1 is the guild level. It is simply the level at which one is allowed to practice the particular entity in the guild. A level of 0 indicates that one can practice it from the beginning. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Field 2
<DICTDEF>
This is the maximum percentage one is allowed to practice the particular entity. It can be anywhere from 1 to 200. For abilities, it should be in increments of 2 (or divisible by 2), and for spells, skills, or weapons, in increments of 5 (or divisible by 5). This means that the effective minimum depends on whether the entity is an ability or a spell, skill or weapon.
Therefore, the minimums for abilities is 2, and the minimum for spells, skills or weapons is 5. Anything less will be automatically practiced to the effective minimum. This also means that putting an odd number for abilities will result in the player practicing an additional point, and for spells, skills or weapons, practicing up to the nearest 5.
For example: Percentage maximum for an ability is set for 95%. Player practices the ability, which then becomes 96%. Player then decides to practice a weapon skill. It is set to 77% maximum. After practicing, the player has 80% in the weapon. It is better to simply make the ability 96% and the weapon 80% maximum instead. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Field 3
<DICTDEF> Name of Entity </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Field 4
<DICTDEF> This is the practice cost minimum in Old gold pieces. Anything less than 10 here will simply be translated as 1 iron piece. Anything other than a number divisible by 10 is rounded up to the nearest iron piece. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Field 5
<DICTDEF> This is the practice cost maximum in old gold pieces. It is generally defined as being 1000 times what Field 4 is defined as:
The reason for this is because there is a scale related to the current practice percentage of the entity. The practice minimum is what the entity costs when it is at 0%, and the practice maximum is what it costs to practice it to maximum percentage.
It is not necessary to multiply the minimum by 1000 to define the maximum. It can be any number, as long as the maximum exceeds the minimum. Failure to do so will result in the mud crashing. It is unknown what will happen if the fields have 0 entered in them. I warn that it could be rather unpredictable.
Setting the maximum too high will only serve to dissuade players from practicing and indeed even playing. This is not to say you cannot make a truly powerful entity very expensive. Just make sure that the entity is worth the cost. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Field 6
<DICTDEF> This is the only necessary practice points field. It allows one to use their skill or ability practice points to increase their character's powers. This number is generally determined by the desire of the builder to make the entity easier or harder to practice, based upon the logical consideration of how this class would learn/use the entity.
For instance, a Fighter class would find practicing "fist" to be exceedingly easy, so they may only need 4 points to practice this skill, but on the other hand, a Mage class would not have such an experience so it may cost them 15 points to practice.
Don't go overboard, making this field an outrageous number will mean that no one is likely to practice the entity, mainly because of lack of points. However, like in the cost fields, it can be made expensive to reflect the power of the entity. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Field 7 - X
<DICTDEF> You can repeat field 6 as many times as you want the player to be able to practice in one level so you can set a point cost each time. This is so each time they practice at a level you can make it more expensive.
An example of this would look as follows:
0; 90; consider ; 4; 4000; 5; 10; 0;
This example has consider being practiced at guild level 0 up to 90%, costing 4 old gold pieces minimum, 4000 old gold pieces maximum, 5 practice points for the first practice per level and 10 for the second.
For 15 points a level, the player can practice consider twice. It is actually quite nice to be able to do this, and generally easier entities take advantage of this more often.
Each additional field is followed by a semicolon </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Field X
<DICTDEF> This is the termination field for the GTD. It tells the compiler that the GTD is finished. In fact, if you set a practice point field to 0, it would consider that Field X, and end the GTD.
Every GTD line must have an end of field marker! </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
When we refer to old gold pieces they represent the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> money system as follows:
<TITLE>Old to new money conversions.</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Old gold piece</ENTRY> <ENTRY>New money</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>10</ENTRY> <ENTRY>1 Iron Piece (IP)</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>80</ENTRY> <ENTRY>1 copper piece (CP)</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>640</ENTRY> <ENTRY>1 silver piece (SP)</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>5120</ENTRY> <ENTRY>1 gold piece (GP)</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>40960</ENTRY> <ENTRY>1 platinum piece (PP)</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>Of course, to finish up the entire SFUN_TEACH_INIT, you must include a closing double quotation mark ("). Failure to do so will cause no end of problems for you.
A finished teacher of ability function would look like this:
special SFUN_TEACH_INIT "&labilities;0; $1n tells you, 'I have never heard of such an ability.'; $1n tells you, 'I do not know how to teach this ability.'; $1n tells you, 'You haven't got %s for me.'; $1n tells you, 'You haven't got %d ability points.'; $1n tells you, 'I can not teach you any more'; $1n tells you, 'You must be unaffected by magic, otherwise I can't teach you.'; $1n tells you, 'Remove all equipment, please.'; 0; 100; Strength ; 4; 4000; 8; 0; 0; 90; Dexterity ; 14; 14000; 12; 0; 0; 90; Constitution ; 14; 14000; 9; 0; 0; 100; Hitpoints ; 4; 4000; 11; 0; 2; 60; Brain ; 23; 23000; 14; 0; 4; 80; Charisma ; 18; 18000; 14; 0; "
There are two other easy to use specials that you will want to use with your teacher. they are 'SFUN_GUILD_BASIS' and 'SFUN_MEMBERS_ONLY'.
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- SFUN_GUILD_BASIS
<DICTDEF> This initializes the teacher and the only argument is the guild name
special SFUN_GUILD_BASIS "Udgaard Fighter"
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- SFUN_MEMBERS_ONLY
<DICTDEF> This simply blocks anyone who is not in the guild from practicing This means the argument is the guild name. and the act separated by a '#', an example would look as follows:
special SFUN_MEMBERS_ONLY "Udgaard fighter#$1n says, 'Buggar ye off, $3n.'" </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
</VARIABLELIST>
Finally we will show you what a full teacher would look like with the entire specials and the NPC definition.
jones names {"blacksmith", "smith", "Jones"} title "Jones the blacksmith" descr "The venerable Jones Blacksmith is here." extra {} "The smith is old but his arms still retain the strength of his youth. He looks as if he has retired, but he can still put you through the drills of physical training." flags {UNIT_FL_NO_TELEPORT} romflags {CHAR_PROTECTED} //Define from composed.h M_HUMAN_WARRIOR_AXE(80, SEX_MALE) //negative exp to discourage killing teacher exp -100 special SFUN_GUILD_BASIS GUILD_UDG_FIGHTER special SFUN_MEMBERS_ONLY GUILD_UDG_FIGHTER+"#$1n says, 'Buggar ye off, $3n.'" special SFUN_TEACH_INIT "&labilities;0; $1n tells you, 'I have never heard of such an ability.'; $1n tells you, 'I do not know how to teach this ability.'; $1n tells you, 'You haven't got %s for me.'; $1n tells you, 'You haven't got %d ability points.'; $1n tells you, 'I can not teach you any more'; $1n tells you, 'You must be unaffected by magic, otherwise I can't teach you.'; $1n tells you, 'Remove all equipment, please.'; 0; 100; Strength ; 4; 4000; 8; 0; 0; 90; Dexterity ; 14; 14000; 12; 0; 0; 90; Constitution ; 14; 14000; 9; 0; 0; 100; Hitpoints ; 4; 4000; 11; 0; 2; 60; Brain ; 23; 23000; 14; 0; 4; 80; Charisma ; 18; 18000; 14; 0; "
</sect2>
<sect2 id="specguildmaster"> <TITLE>Guild master functions</TITLE>
When you make a guild you have to make a guild master for it. This NPC will let people join and leave the guild and it also gives titles. To create a guild master you need to use three 'special' functions. The functions you need are 'SFUN_GUILD_BASIS', 'SFUN_GUILD_MASTER', and 'SFUN_GUILD_TITLES'.
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- SFUN_GUILD_BASIS
<DICTDEF> This initializes the master and the only argument is the guild name
special SFUN_GUILD_BASIS "Udgaard Fighter"
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- SFUN_GUILD_MASTER
<DICTDEF> The guild master function takes 6 arguments. Like the teacher function the arguments must be surrounded by double quotes. The strings in the arguments must be surrounded by tilde marks (~). The following is a description of the arguments and what they do.
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Line1
<DICTDEF> The first argument on is what the guild name is. As in the teacher you need to pre-pend the '&l' symbol so the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> doesn't mess with the formatting of the string when the guild master is compiled.
&lGuild = ~Udgaard fighter~
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> <term>Line 2</term> <LISTITEM> This argument is what quest needs to be done before the character can enter the guild.
Guild Enter Quest = ~Fighter Proven~
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> <term>Line 3</term> <LISTITEM> This argument is the amount it costs to enter the guild in old gold pieces.
Guild Enter Cost = 640
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> <term>Line 4</term> <LISTITEM> this argument is the quest the player must do before leaving the guild. If the player has not completed this quest the guild master will not let the player leave.
Guild Leave Quest = ~Wimp proven~
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> <term>Line 5</term> <LISTITEM> This argument is how much old gold pieces it will cost to quit the guild. If the player doesn't have enough money the guild master will not let the player join.
Guild Leave Cost = 3200
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> <term>Line 6</term> <LISTITEM> This argument is what guild the guild master will not accept players from. For example the following will make it so no Thief can be in the fighter guild.
Guild Exclude Quest = ~Udgaard Thief Quitter~
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
When we refer to old gold pieces they represent the
<ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> money system as shown in <xref
linkend="oldgold">
The following is what a full 'SFUN_GUILD_MASTER' function would look like
special SFUN_GUILD_MASTER "&lGuild = ~Udgaard fighter~ Guild Enter Quest = ~Fighter Proven~ Guild Enter Cost = 640 Guild Leave Quest = ~Wimp proven~ Guild Leave Cost = 3200 Guild Exclude Quest = ~Udgaard Fighter Quitter~"
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- SFUN_GUILD_TITLES
<DICTDEF>
This function allows the player to request a title at the guild master. A title will be given every 5 levels up to level 100 so you have 20 titles you can set. The title function takes one title for male chars and one title for female chars so you have to set 40 titles.
The arguments of this function are easy. The first thing you do is the normal '&l' to let the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> know not to mess with this string. Then you put the guild name. Finally you follow it by the list of 40 titles. The following is the fighter guilds title list
special SFUN_GUILD_TITLES "&lUdgaard fighter the %s Swordpupil the %s Swordpupil the %s Recruit the %s Recruit the %s Sentry the %s Sentress the %s Fighter the %s Fighter the %s Soldier the %s Soldier the %s Warrior the %s Warrior the %s Veteran the %s Veteran the %s Swordsman the %s Swordswoman the %s Fencer the %s Fenceress the %s Combatant the %s Combatess the %s Hero the %s Heroine the %s Myrmidon the %s Myrmidon the %s Swashbuckler the %s Swashbuckleress the %s Mercenary the %s Mercenaress the %s Swordmaster the %s Swordmistress the %s Lieutenant the %s Lieutenant the %s Champion the %s Lady Champion the %s Dragoon the %s Lady Dragoon the %s Cavalier the %s Cavalier the %s Knight the %s Lady Knight"
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
Put all three of these functions on your NPC and your all set you have a guild master. </sect2>
<sect2 id="specbank"> <TITLE>NPC banker</TITLE>
The banker function is the easiest 'special' function there is to use. The following placed on an NPC will make a banker:
special SFUN_BANK
As you see its very simple, so we will just show you a completed banker and leave it at that.
bob names {"Bob"} title "Bob" descr "Bob the Banker is here, sitting behind the counter." extra {} "He has a very serious look on his face." // define from composed.h M_SHOP_KEEPER(4, SEX_MALE, RACE_HUMAN) //discourage people from killing banker exp -500 flags {UNIT_FL_NO_TELEPORT} special SFUN_BANK end
</sect2>
</SECT1>
<sect1 id="roomnpczone"> <TITLE>Dragon station with rooms and NPCs</TITLE>
Now we will add the NPCs we have built to the zone from the previous chapter. This is still not complete while it does compile and you can log into your zone, you still have to load your NPCs and there are no objects. These will be added as you progress through this manual. The following is the source file so far.
#include <composed.h> %zone dragonst lifespan 20 reset RESET_ANYHOW creators {"whistler"} notes "This is the dragon station I shortened it to dragonst for ease in loading. If you have any questions email me at whistler@valhalla.com" help "Not sure what could help you now. You are stuck on one of the weirdest space stations you have ever seen and you smell burning sulfur." %rooms chamber title "The middle chamber of the station" descr "This chamber seems to have the entire station rotating around it. It is unbelievably large the ceiling seems to be a good 200 meeters high and the room is perfectly cubic. Small human size ornate chairs with dragon designs scrawled on the arms and back are arranged in a triangle like setting with one large chair at the front. This must be where all station meetings are held. large pictures cover the walls depicting dragons in all kinds of situations. large passages lead of to the west and the east.." extra {"chair","chairs"} "The chairs are made of some metal you don't recognize and every inch is covered with some kind of dragon." extra {"dragon picture","picture"} "Thousands of dragons dot the skies of this rather life like picture. In the center you see something move. It looks to be a little green dragon." extra{"green dragon","dragon","green"} "An intellegence looking dragon is sitting perched on a large chair watching you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to disposal_room descr "You see a small room."; east to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway."; end hallway title "Module tunnel" descr "The hallway is about 50 meters long and around 100 meters from side to side and top to bottom. The hallway seems to be dust free. The walls and the floors seem to be made out of the same sterile metal-plastic that all space agencies uses. There are large plate glass windows that open up into space. The hallway is filled with a dim light that seems to come from everywhere yet no where all at once. You notice a glimmer of bright light coming from the windows. To the east you see an air lock and to the west the hallway opens up into a larger room." extra {"windows","window"} "Your eyes are drawn to a large ship lit up with running lights sitting about 1 kilometer from the station." extra{"floor","walls","wall"} "Well what can be said it looks to be in perfect condition. What else would you want to know?" extra {"large ship" ,"ship"} "The ship looks really big and is shaped like a dragon. The scales sparkle and seem to be multiple colors." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to chamber descr "The hallway opens up into a chamber."; east to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; end office title "The station office" descr "Large paintings fill the walls of this part of the station. The room is as large as the other rooms big enough for Dragons to lounge while still having a desk in one corner small enough for a humanoid. The floor along the north wall is lined with some kind of fabric and seems very soft to walk on, it may be some kind of dragon lounge judging by how large an area it covers. There is a passage to the west." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"paintings","painting"} "The paintings are of many dragons and riders in all kinds of tasks from combat to look out. All the figures seem to be staring at a staff being held by a depiction of a wizard on the south wall." extra {"wizard","staff"} "The wizard has his hand stretched out and it seems there is a place you can almost grab the staff. Maybe if you searched the staff you would find it." extra {"desk"} "Its a desk alright but there doesn't seem to be any drawers and it seems totally empty." extra{"fabric"} "Wussshhhhh you bound across the comfortable floor wasn't that fun." west to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; SECRET_DOOR_DIFFICULTY(SOUTH, 50) south to portal_room descr "You see what looks to be a portal room." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","staff","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED,EX_HIDDEN}; end portal_room title "Green field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a green field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the north." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"green field","field"} "The field looks to be a green fog shifting and churning as you watch. if you are nuts you could probably enter it." north to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}; //A link to the portal is also here from room_port end ship_port names{"green field", "field"} title "Green field" descr "Green Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} in ship dilcopy force_move@function( //Time to activation 4, //room and act "portal_room@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.&nYou appear on the deck of a ship.", //True or False for randomizing or not FALSE); end room_port names{"green field", "field"} title "Green field" descr "Green Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} in portal_room dilcopy force_move@function( //Time to activation 4, //room and act "ship@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.&nYou appear on the deck of a ship.", //True or False for randomizing or not FALSE); end disposal_room title "Red field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a red field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the east." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"red field","field"} "The field looks to be a red fog shifting and churning as you watch. if you are nuts you could probably enter it." east to chamber descr "You see the main chamber."; //A link to the portal is also here from dis_port end dis_port names {"red field","field"} title "Red field" descr "Red Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} dilcopy force_move@function( //how fast to force move in seconds 4, //room to force move to and act "deathspace@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.", //true or false random move or not 0); in disposal_room end ship title "War dragon" descr "Blue light softly glows from con duets that line the walls of this ship. The floors beside the east and west wall have what looks to be soft fabric covering. The south wall has small controls that seem to be made for humanoids with two small chairs that look to be pilot seats. view portals are about 50 meters up the side of the ship on the west and east wall and some kind of electronic screen covers the south wall. The ship seems to be a one room ship but there is a green field by the north wall." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"view port"} "Sorry your not 50 meters tall maybe it is made for a dragon?" extra {"view screen","screen"} "It seems to be the pilots view screen but you can't seem to see a way to turn it on." extra {"controls","control"} "The controls are in some weird language and your afraid if you start pushing buttons you might rocket in to the station or worse slam into a planet." extra {"soft fabric","fabric"} "It looks to be a dragon lounge area." //A link to the portal is also here from ship_port end deathspace title"Open space" descr "You see the ship and the station far off in the distance and you are in Space!" movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} dilcopy death_room@function ( //how often is damage done 4 would be 1 second 4, //damage 400, //act for the damage. "You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your lungs explode."); end %mobiles bldragon title "a black dragon" descr "A big ugly black dragon is clawing the ground here." names {"big ugly black dragon","ugly black dragon","big black dragon", "black dragon","dragon"} extra {} "The black dragons scales glitter like black granite that has been polished for years by water. He has a large neck and huge bat like wings. his eyes watch you as you stand before him. One claw seems to be tapping slightly on the ground as if the dragon is waiting for something." extra {"eye","eyes"} "The dragons eyes seem to follow you no matter where you go in the room nothing seems to escape the dragons attention." extra {"claws","claw"} "The claw is big black and it looks very deadly. It seems like the dragon has two sets of 4 large claws and 2 sets of 4 smaller claws which to say means the claws are about the size of short swords and long swords." extra {"scales","scale"} "Its a scale! Haven't you ever seen a dragon before!" extra {"bat wings","wings"} "The dragon sees you looking and flaps his wings creating one heck of a wind blast." M_DRAGON_BLACK_OLD(SEX_MALE) end janitor names {"ugly janitor", "janitor", "hobgoblin"} title "an ugly janitor" descr "an ugly janitor is walking around, cleaning up." extra{} "This ugly green thing looks more goblin than hobgoblin but he seems intent on cleaning everything around him." M_AVG_HOBGOBLIN(6, SEX_MALE) // he is sort of good for cleaning so much alignment 900 //give him some money money 5 IRON_PIECE dilcopy janitors@function(15); // only want him cleaning the station dilcopy wander_zones@function("dragonst", 20, 1, 1); end bob names {"Bob"} title "Bob" descr "Bob the Banker is here, sitting behind the counter." extra {} "He has a very serious look on his face." // define from composed.h M_SHOP_KEEPER(4, SEX_MALE, RACE_HUMAN) //discourage people from killing banker exp -500 flags {UNIT_FL_NO_TELEPORT} special SFUN_BANK end %end
</sect1>
<sect1 id="npcexer"> <TITLE>Suggested NPC exercises</TITLE>
1. Using the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function for team work found in <xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> create a guard that will help all other guards.
2. Using the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function for rescue found in <xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> add to your guard from exercise one and make it so will now rescue as well as help.
3. Using the shop keeper function from <xref linkend="npcdilfunc">; make a shop keeper that sells two types of food. The shop keeper should make 5 of them a day and it should only buy items of the food type. For all other arguments be creative.
4. Using the shop keeper you created from exercise three, turn your shop keeper into a global wondering sales person.
5. Using the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function for agressive found in <xref linkend="npcdilfunc"> create a Dwarf agressive to any Orc that walks into the room.
</SECT1>
</chapter>
<chapter ID="ch-06"><?dbhtml filename="ch06.html"> <TITLE>The objects section</TITLE>
The previous chapters would be enough for you to create an entire game of nudists with no technology and no items of any kind. This of corse would be a very boring game of naked people fighting with no weapons. don't worry the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> has a solution to this you can build objects to dress up the NPCs and to fill the rooms with cluttered junk.
In order to get started building objects you should first be aware of the object fields you can use. The <xref linkend="objfields"> shows a full listing of all the object fields and their types as defined in <xref linkend="ch-03">.
<TITLE>Object fields and types</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=5 colsep=1> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c1" COLWIDTH="2in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c2" COLWIDTH="2in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c3" COLWIDTH=".5in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c4" COLWIDTH="2in"> <COLSPEC COLNAME="c5" COLWIDTH="2in"> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">Field</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Type</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">Field</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Type</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">symbolic name</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Symbol</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c3" morerows=10></ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">affect</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">affect function</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">names</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Stringlist</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">dilbegin or dilcopy</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">function pointer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">title</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">String</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">key</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">String</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">descr</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">String</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">open</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">inside_descr</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">String</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">manipulate</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">extra</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Structure</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">spell</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">minv</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">value</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">alignment</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">cost</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">flags</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">rent</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">weight</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">type</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Integer</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">capacity</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4">end tag</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5">Symbol</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY COLNAME="c1">light</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c2">Integer</ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c4"></ENTRY> <ENTRY COLNAME="c5"></ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>Many of the same fields you found in rooms and NPCs, as you can see from <xref linkend="objfields">, can also be found in objects. The fields do not always have exactly the same use when coding rooms, NPCs, and objects but they are normally set in the same manor. It is very important that you read and understand the differences of each field as they pertains to rooms, objects, and or NPCs.
<sect1 id="objfielddescr"> <TITLE>Description of object fields</TITLE>
<variablelist id="var-objfields"> <VARLISTENTRY>
- symbolic name
<DICTDEF> The rules of the symbols has been explained in <XREF LINKEND="ch-03">, if you didn't read them yet you may want to review. The important thing to realize with the object symbol is it is always good practice to give the object a symbol that resembles the title and description so administrators and builders can use the <command>load</command> and the <command>wstat</command> to easily locate, examine, and load the object in question.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- title
<DICTDEF> The object title is what is shown if the object is being picked up, dropped, given to someone, when you do the inventory command, , or being used in combat. there should be no punctuation in the object title because of how it is used in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. If you add punctuation or forget to capitalize something that the <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> thinks you should it will give you a warning when you compile. The following are good examples of an object title.
title "a big rock" title "the flame tongue" title "a lap top" title "a garbage bag" title "an oval hover car"
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> <TERM>descr</term> <LISTITEM> The description field is what the player sees when walking into the room or when looking with no arguments. It is good practice to make this no longer than one line not counting the 'descr' tag.
Some examples of the object description field would be as follows:
descr "a green bloody sword is laying here." descr "A massive wooden round table sits here." descr "a funny looking hammer is laying here."
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- names
<DICTDEF> The object names are as important as the NPC names. They are what you act on when picking the object up, dropping it, throwing it, just about anything you do to objects use these name fields. On drink containers you add the liquid name at the end, so people can drink the liquid. You always need to make sure you put every possible name that the player may use to examine or take your item. The rule of thumb is if it is in the title or description it should be in the names list. conversely if it is not in the title or description it shouldn't be in the names list because the players will not use it if they don't know about it.
The following is some examples of good 'names' fields with respect to their 'title' and 'descr'.
title "a big rock" descr "a big rock is here blocking the road." names {"big rock","rock"} title "an old twisted staff" descr "An old twisted staff has been discarded here." names{"old twisted staff","twisted staff","old staff","staff"}
The idea of course is to make any combination that a player may type to try and act upon your object. You would not want to describe and title your object with an entirely different theme than you created its names with because a player would not know what it is called. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- inside_descr
<DICTDEF> The inside description is what a player sees if it is inside the object. This is used for things like Coffins or boxes or boats that a player can climb inside. The inside description is defined the same way the normal description is but you can make it as many lines as you want like you would with a room description.
inside_descr "You are inside a black coffin with a red velvet padding - scary!" inside_descr "You are inside the pink time machine. a small control panel is on the floor and seems to be operated by stepping on it."
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- extra
<DICTDEF> The extra's on the object like the NPC, can be used to do many things. It can be used to store information for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs or it can be used to show a part of the object like the room extras show a part of the room. They can even be used to create new acts when a person picks the item up, drops, or enters it.There is also a special extra that is the object's description when you look at it with the look <object> command.
Lets go over the object description extra first. If you use an extra with no names list it will become the object's description when you look at any of the names on it.
extra {} "Its just a rock nothing special about it." extra {} "The ice cube is about 40 meters perfectly cubed. It seems to be melting slightly but waiting for it to finish would be sort of like waiting for the ice age to end."
You can also use extras to show parts of the object.
extra {"crack"} "There is a big crack in the side of the ice cube. Maybe if you mess with the crack you will be able to open it or something." extra {"bed post","post"} "Its a big gold bed post don't you wish you could get this sucker off it would make you a rich adventurer indeed."
You can also use the extras to give more detailed and vivid descriptions when the object is acted upon.
<TITLE>Object special action extras</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Extra</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>$wear_s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to activator when wearing (+wield/grab/hold) an item.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$wear_o</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to others when wearing an item.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$rem_s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to activator when removing worn stuff.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$rem_o</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to others when removing an item.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$get_s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to activator when getting an item.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$get_o</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to others when getting an item.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$drop_s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to activator when dropping an item.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$drop_o</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to other when dropping an object.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$enter_s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to activator when entering an item.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$enter_o</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to other when entering an item.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$exit_s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to activator when leaving an item.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>$exit_o</ENTRY> <ENTRY>A message shown to other when leaving an item.</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>In the following example of an ice cube, 1n is the activator and $2n is the unit in question.
extra {"$get_s"} "You pick up the $2N, it is very cold and begins to melt in your hands." extra {"$get_o"} "$1n picks up the $2N, you notice that a drop of water hits the ground as it begins to melt in $1s hand."
Finally you can use extras to store information for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> programs. We will not cover this because it is a topic covered in-depth in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> documentation. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- manipulate
<DICTDEF> This field is what defines the things that can be done to the object. For example a piece of armour should be able to be taken and worn, while a fountain should be able to be entered but not taken unless its some magical portable fountain. There are two sets of manipulate flags even though you can use them together. We separate them because the first two are flags that tell you if you can take or enter something while the rest of the manipulate flags are for worn positions.
First the two flags for taking and entering are:
<TITLE>Take and enter flags</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Manipulate</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_TAKE</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Set this flag if the unit can be taken (picked up/moved about).</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_ENTER</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Set this flag if it is possible to enter a unit, ie set it in a coffin if you want players to be able to enter the coffin. </ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>These flags are set to indicate on what body positions a particular object can be worn:
<itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_FINGER</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_NECK</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_BODY</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_HEAD</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_LEGS</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_FEET</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_HANDS</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_ARMS</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_SHIELD</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_ABOUT</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_WAIST</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_WRIST</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WIELD</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_HOLD</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_EAR</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_BACK</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MANIPULATE_WEAR_CHEST</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM> MANIPULATE_WEAR_ANKLE</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
Currently you can only set one of the worn positions flags on an item at a time. You can set both enter and take on an item with a position or just one or the other. Some legal examples of combinations are as follows:
//An earring manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WEAR_EAR} //A backpack manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_ENTER, MANIPULATE_WEAR_BACK} //strange true but its legal an earring pack manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_ENTER, MANIPULATE_WEAR_EAR}
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- flags
<DICTDEF> This field on an object is used to set special attributes in order to make the object able to be buried or not or no-teleportable and many others. The object flag list uses the UNIT_FL_* variables that both the NPCs and the rooms also use, therefore while you can set some flags on an object it may not have any affect unless you as a builder or administrator adds the functionality. You can also add extras on an object that can be used as a special flag which you will learn as you learn to use <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. The following is a full list of all unit flags and how they affect objects, if they do.
<TITLE>Object unit flag affects</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Flag</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_PRIVATE</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on a NPC. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_INVISIBLE</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes unit invisible</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_NO_BURY</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes it so you can create objects that can not be buried for example a weapon that for some reason shouldn't be buried.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_BURIED</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes unit buried when loaded</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_NO_TELEPORT</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes it so you can not teleport into this object. This flag only works on containers. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_NO_MOB</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on an object. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on a NPC. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_INDOORS</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on an object. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_TRANS</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes unit transparent If the Unit is transparent you will be able to see any NPCs that it is carrying. For example if a canoe was carrying a familiar you would see that as you walked into the room. If this flag is not set and you are in a canoe you will not see outside the canoe and no one will see in. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_NO_SAVE</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Makes it so a PC can't save with unit</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_SACRED</ENTRY> <ENTRY> Currently has no affect on an object. </ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>UNIT_FL_MAGIC</ENTRY> <ENTRY>This flag is used by spells to tell if the object is magic.</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>If you wanted to make an object that a player can carry around but can not save you would set the manipulate and flags as follows.
manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE} flags {UNIT_FL_NO_SAVE}
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- type
<DICTDEF> This field is what you use to set the objects type. The type field is used when spells are cast or commands are executed on the object. You can add your own item types but they will not change the actions of base code commands. The following is the list of item types and what they mean when you set them. Some are not supported with the current code but you can add support for them if you like by making <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> commands, which is covered in another manual.
<TITLE>Item types</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Type</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_LIGHT</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be lighted and extinguished.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_SCROLL</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be read as a magical scroll.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_WAND</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be used with the <command>use</command> command.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_STAFF</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be used with the <command>tap</command> command as a magical staff</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_WEAPON</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type are used as weapons.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_FIREWEAPON</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Currently not supported but could be used to classify a special type of weapon.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_MISSILE</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Currently not supported but could be used to classify a special type of weapon.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_TREASURE</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type are of some great value to sell but nothing else like a Gem or a block of gold.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_ARMOR</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be worn or used as armour.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_POTION</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be used with the <command>quaff</command> as a position.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_WORN</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be worn but not normally used for armour it is more for clothing.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_OTHER</ENTRY> <ENTRY>This item type is for items that don't fit any other type. Now that you can make your own commands with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 you should just make your own item type instead of using this value.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_TRASH</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type are usually junk or broken equipment.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_TRAP</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Not currently supported but could be used to make a trap command by creating a trap item</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_CONTAINER</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items that can be used as containers.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_NOTE</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be used to write on like paper or slates.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_DRINKCON</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can carry liquids.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_KEY</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be used as a key.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_FOOD</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be eaten</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_MONEY</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be spent as currency</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_PEN</ENTRY> <ENTRY>No longer supported but could be used to force people to have a writing instrument before writing a message.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_BOAT</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be used as a water craft</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_SPELL</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Not currently supported but it could be used to make a page in a spell book</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_BOOK</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Not currently supported but could be used to make regular and spell books.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_SHIELD</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type can be used as a shield.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_SKIN</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Not currently supported in the release but could be used to make the skin command and create skins of animals</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ITEM_BOARD</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Items of this type are used for public communications in the form of boards that can be read from and written to.</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>Unlike flags and manipulate fields only one item type can be set on an object at a time. The format for the 'type' field is simply the keyword followed by the value as follows:
type ITEM_BOARD
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- weight
<DICTDEF> The weight is the weight of the object in pounds. In the future we may adjust this to allow you to make things lighter for example you could set it in ounces or grams. Right now however all we have is pounds so we have some pretty heavy feathers out there.
To use this you just enter the 'weight' keyword and then the value.
/80 lbs. weight 80
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- capacity
<DICTDEF> This field sets the size of a container object. If the object does not have the manipulate enter flag set then this field doesn't have to be set. The capacity is currently by pounds since the weight of objects is set in pounds. In the future we may take into account size and weight but right now it goes only by weight. The following line of code would set an item to carry 600 pounds of stuff.
capacity 600
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- key
<DICTDEF> The key field sets the key name of the key that will open the item. This field should be set to the symbolic name of the key that opens the item it is on. If the item is in the same zone as the key then you do not need to put the zone extension on the key name. The following are the three possible examples of using the key field.
//if object and key are in same zone. key brasskey //if key and object are in same zone key brasskey@zonename //if key and object are not in same zone key brasskey@otherzonename
Notice you can put the zone name on it if the key is in the same zone but if the key is not in the same zone you must put the zone name on it. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- cost
<DICTDEF> This is the field you set to add a cost to your object. If you leave this field out it will default to no cost and will not be able to be sold at stores. The system for setting cost on an item is the same as setting money on a NPC. As with a NPC we could set it using a single number but it would not be easy to understand. For example 5 gold pieces would be something like:
money 25600
I am no more sure this will make five gold pieces than I was when I used this same example with the money field in NPC. The problem is I just did the math in my head so its not very accurate. It is much easier to use the defined money types to set exactly what you want as follows:
IRON_PIECE COPPER_PIECE SILVER_PIECE GOLD_PIECE PLATINUM_PIECE
Now if we wanted to make an object costing five gold it would be as simple as this:
money 5*GOLD_PIECE
the define method also gains you the ability to tell the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> what amount of each coin you want on the NPC. If you set it using a single integer the compiler would pick how many of each coin. This of course is not what is desired in fact you want to be able to set your cost however you like. So setting more than one coin is as simple as adding a comma between the first and second coin.
money 5*GOLD_PIECE, 20*IRON_PIECE
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- rent
<DICTDEF> This field tells how much it costs you to keep an item while your offline. The rent is not always taken if the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server is set up to not take any rent then it will not matter if you set this or not. Also the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> can be set up to take a percentage of this field so it may not take the exact amount you et. If the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server is set up to take 100% of the rent then what you set will be taken. To set this field you do the same as you do with the cost field.
money 5*GOLD_PIECE, 20*IRON_PIECE
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- minv
<DICTDEF> This field is the administrator invisible level of the object it is set on. This means that if you set the 'minv' to two hundred it will make it so the object can not be seen by anyone below the administrator level of two hundred. This is good for hiding objects that you need for administrators but you don't want players to see. In order for the 'minv' to be removed an administrator or a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function must change it.
minv 239
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- alignment
<DICTDEF> The object alignment is not currently used. It is an integer value that can be set on an object to be used with any <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions. In the future it will be what determines if a good or evil person can wield an item. The value is set by placing the 'alignment' keyword first followed by the alignment desired from -1000 to +1000.
alignment -250
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- open
<DICTDEF> The open field is used if you want to give your object the ability to be opened, closed, and or locked. If you add the open flags you need to also add a key field which has already been explained. The following are all the possible open flags and what they are used for.
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_OPEN_CLOSE
<DICTDEF> Set this if you can open and close this object. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_CLOSED
<DICTDEF> Set this if you want the object to be closed when loaded. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_LOCKED
<DICTDEF> Set this if you want the object to be locked when loaded.
An interesting aspect is that if you do not specify a key, you can only unlock this door with the 'pick' skill, 'unlock' spell or from <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> with UnSet();
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_PICK_PROOF
<DICTDEF> Using this flag renders the 'pick' skill and 'unlock' spell un useable on the lock of this object. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> ;EX_INSIDE_OPEN <DICTDEF> Usable on container objects only, this enables the mobile to 'open' and 'lock' from the inside. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
The simplest use of this field is to make an object that opens and closes. A coffin for example would have its flags set as follows:
open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE}
If you wanted to set an object that is locked and closed and having a brass key that can open it, when it is loaded. It would look as follows.
open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED, EX_LOCKED} key brass_key
You would have to define the key in the object section as well and the symbolic name for that key would be 'brass_key'
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- spell
<DICTDEF> The spell field is the power of the objects defense against spells. You can set it from zero which is just not setting the field all the way to 200% which means a person who has 100% in a spell will fail almost all the time. To set this field it would look as follows:
//Spell resistance at 150% spell 150
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- value
<DICTDEF> The object values are used for just about any special item from armour to drink containers. They should not be set directly unless you have a reason to do so, like a special <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> command that checks a value on an item. You also have to be carefull not to over write what a value is already used for example value one is already used on weapons and armours for craftsman ship that will be explained later in <xref linkend="objmacros">.
If you find you need to set the values there are a total of five of them and they can be set to any integer value as follows:
value[0] 5 value[1] 16 value[2] -2 value[3] -10 value[4] 12
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- affect
<DICTDEF> The affect field should not be set directly, instead you should use the macros defined in <xref linkend="objmacros">.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- dilbegin or dilcopy
<DICTDEF> As has been mentioned in previous sections the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions are what give <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers the edge over all other muds. We will only give some examples here and leave it up to the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual to teach you how to create your own functions that will make your rooms, NPC, and objects more than special.
There are several object functions that come standard with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0. The following is a list of those functions.
<itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>Guild restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Anti-guild restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Quest restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Quests restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Alignment restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Level restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Virtual level restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Race restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Ability restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Skill restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Spell restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Weapon restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Gender restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Player restrict</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>boards</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>tuborg/dilbegin</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
These are the only object functions currently documented in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 release but if you go through the zones that are released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> you are sure to find many more. Hopefully with the descriptions in <XREF LINKEND="objdilfunc">. You will be able to use the functions listed here and figure out ones that are not.
Since these are just <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>'s written by builders for the Valhalla mud all you have to do is use the dilcopy keyword in the NPC with the function name you want to use and the arguments that function requires. The following is what you would find in the function.zon for tuborgs.
dilbegin tuborg(s:string); external sub_drink_info@commands(d:unitptr); var u : unitptr; code { :start: wait(SFB_CMD, ( (command("drink")) or (command("sip")) or (command("taste")) ) ); u := activator; secure (u,start); if (findunit (activator,argument,FIND_UNIT_INVEN|FIND_UNIT_SURRO,null)!=self) goto start; if ( command("sip") or command("taste") ) { block; act("$1n tastes $2n enjoying every drop.", A_HIDEINV, u, self, null, TO_ROOM); act("The taste of the $2N is nothing less than divine.", A_HIDEINV, u, self, null, TO_CHAR); goto start; } if ( u.thirst >20 ) { block; act("Your not thirsty.", A_HIDEINV, u, null, null, TO_CHAR); goto start; } block; act ("You drink $2n and it makes you feel more energetic!", A_HIDEINV, u, self, null, TO_CHAR); act ("$1n drinks $2n and looks more energetic!", A_HIDEINV, u, self, null, TO_ROOM); u.thirst := u.thirst + 10; u.full := u.full + 10; if (u.thirst > 24) { u.thirst := 24; } if (u.full > 24) { u.full := 24; } u.endurance := u.endurance+50; if (u.endurance > u.max_endurance) { u.endurance := u.max_endurance; } sub_drink_info@commands(self); quit; } dilend
If this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> function scares you don't worry you don't have to understand it or adjust it you only have to use it. In fact this is a really easy <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to use. The argument on the tuborg function is not used yet so all you have to do is pass in a blank string or any string for that matter. So if you wanted to make a tuborg in the game you would just add this to your drink container.
dilcopy tuborg@function ("");
All of the above listed <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> object functions are described in <XREF LINKEND="objdilfunc">. Then we put some to work so you can see how to use them in <XREF LINKEND="objcomplex"> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
</VARIABLELIST>
</SECT1>
<sect1 id="objmacros"> <TITLE>Object macros</TITLE>
To make the creation of some objects easier we have provided a set of Macros. The macros range from general armour and weapons macros to macros that help you create special affects on all items. We will first cover what craftsmanship and magical modifiers are in <xref linkend="objcraft"> and <xref linkend="objmag"> respectively. After which we will show the use of craftsmanship and magical modifiers in <xref linkend="objmacroweapon"> and <xref linkend="objmacroarmour">.
<sect2 id="objcraft">
<TITLE>Weapon and armour craftsmanship</TITLE>
The craftsmanship is a way of expressing the overall quality of a piece of armour or weapon. The quality on the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> servers currently means the amount of hit points given to an item. The craftsmanship ranges from 25 to -25 and the hit points range from 125 to 6000. The craftsmanship can be looked at as how tough or good the armour or weapon is. The following table should help you in deciding how tough your armour or weapon should be.
<TITLE>Approximate hit points verses craftsmanship</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Craftsmanship</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Hit points</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>25</ENTRY> <ENTRY>6000</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>20</ENTRY> <ENTRY>5000</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>15</ENTRY> <ENTRY>4000</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>10</ENTRY> <ENTRY>3000</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>5</ENTRY> <ENTRY>2000</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>0</ENTRY> <ENTRY>1000</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>-5</ENTRY> <ENTRY>875</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>-10</ENTRY> <ENTRY>650</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>-15</ENTRY> <ENTRY>425</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>-20</ENTRY> <ENTRY>300</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>-25</ENTRY> <ENTRY>125</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>It is suggested the higher the craftsmanship the higher the cost of the weapon should be. This is not a must but it goes with out saying the quality of an item should be represented in the cost of it. Of corse there is the time you would want to sell your players poor quality items at a high cost just to make them think they are getting something cool.
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objmag"> <TITLE>Magical modifier</TITLE>
The magical modifier can be said to modify damage done to an opponent. In a combat the damage is calculated and then the magical bonuses on armour or weapons is added in. This is best explained by an example.
Lets say that you were about to give 25 hit points of damage to a person. Your sword has a plus 25% in magical bonus. The bonus is added to your damage to make it a total of 50 hit points of damage. The player you are hitting however has a +25% magical bonus on his armour that you are about to hit him on. That will reduce the damage back to its 25% hit points originally done. This is just a nice way to add a bit of damage for a special weapon.
The magical modifier ranges from 25 to -25. It affects both the damage being given to a player and the damage being given to a weapon or a piece of armour.
It is suggested that you modify the costs of your objects to fit the amount of magical bonus along with adding the magical flag tot he objects flag list so an identify spell can pick up that there is magic about the object. This is not a must but your players will love you for it. </sect2> <sect2 id="objmacroweapon"> <TITLE>Setting weapon fields</TITLE>
To create a weapon you only need three pieces of information. The weapons craftsmanship and magical modifiers defined in <xref linkend="objcraft"> and <xref linkend="objmag"> and the weapon type. You have seen the weapon types before when defining a NPCs natural attack type in <xref linkend="npcmacroattarm">. The full list of weapon types that are released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 can be found in <xref linkend="app-d">. With craftsmanship, magical modifier and the weapon type all you need to do is pick from one of the following macros and insert your numbers.
#define WEAPONSZ_DEF(weapon_category, craftsmanship, magic_bonus, hgt) \ WEAPON_DEF(weapon_category, craftsmanship, magic_bonus)\ height hgt #define SHIELD_DEF(shield_type, craftsmanship, magic_bonus) \ manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WEAR_SHIELD} \ type ITEM_SHIELD \ value[0] shield_type \ value[1] craftsmanship \ value[2] magic_bonus
As you can see the first macro uses the second macro so the only difference between them is the first one sets the height field. Using the first macro will force your weapon to be a certain size when loaded. While not setting the height field by using the second macro would let the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server set the size of the weapon by what NPC it is loaded on.
A flail (two handed) of non-pure iron (-3%), a little better than average craftsmanship (5%) and no magic bonuses would have:
WEAPON_DEF(WPN_FLAIL, +2, 0)
A rusty (-5%) mean sacrificial dagger by a skilled smithy (+5%) and magically enchanted might be:
flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} WEAPON_DEF(WPN_DAGGER, 0, +5)
An old shaky wooden stick made for a 400 cm tall person could be:
WEAPONSZ_DEF(WPN_CLUB, -5, 0,400)
A wooden bastard sword would have considerable less craftsmanship than listed since wood prevents the slashing effect, also it would be non-sense to apply better than average craftsmanship in this case.
WEAPON_DEF(WPN_BROAD_SWORD, -15, 0)
</sect2> <sect2 id="objmacroarmour"> <TITLE>Setting armour fields</TITLE>
When designing armour it is no more difficult then when designing weapons. There is five main armour types. The types don't define the material type for example if you wanted to create a wooden pair of armour that protected like plate armour you could do this by defining the armour type as plate and then adding the material as defined in <xref linkend="objmacromattype">. The five armour types are as follows:
<itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>Clothes</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Leather</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Hard leather</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Chain</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Plate</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
The armours macros are almost the same as the weapons macro it looks as follows.
#define ARMOUR_DEF(atype, craftsmanship, magic_bonus) \ manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE} \ type ITEM_ARMOR \ value[0] atype value[1] craftsmanship \ value[2] magic_bonus #define ARMOURSZ_DEF(atype, craftsmanship, magic_bonus, hgt)\ ARMOUR_DEF(atype,craftsmanship, magic_bonus) \ height hgt
The craftsmanship and magical modifier fields have already been explained so the only thing new that you need to pass into these macros is the 'atype' which stands for armour type. As we have mentioned there are five different armour types. The following are the defines for each:
<itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>ARMOUR_CLOTHES</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>ARMOUR_LEATHER</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>ARMOUR_HLEATHER</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>ARMOUR_CHAIN</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>ARMOUR_PLATE</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
The armour type defines how different weapons and spells are defended against for example plate would be better against acid maybe and worse against electricity. You as a <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> administrator will have to decide which armours are better at what by changing your weapons.def and spells.def
This explains the entire armour define but there is some more to it. The rest will be covered in <xref linkend="objarmour"> For now an example use of the armour define would be as follows:
flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} ARMOR_DEF(ARM_PLATE,+15,+5)
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objmacroshield"> <TITLE>Setting shield fields</TITLE>
We have tried to keep the interface of making armours, weapons, and shields the same. If you have already looked through the defines for weapons and armours you will find that there is very little difference here. The following is the define for the macro that sets the shield values.
#define SHIELD_DEF(shield_type, craftsmanship, magic_bonus) \ manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WEAR_SHIELD} \ type ITEM_SHIELD \ value[0] shield_type \ value[1] craftsmanship \ value[2] magic_bonus #define SHIELDSZ_DEF(shield_type, craftsmanship, magic_bonus, hgt) \ SHIELD_DEF(shield_type, craftsmanship, magic_bonus)\ height hgt
You have already seen the craftsmanship and magical modifiers in <xref linkend="objcraft"> and <xref linkend="objmag">, so the only thing different here is the shield type. There are three shield types available in the current combat system and they are categorized by size. the three sizes are small, medium, and large. to set the type you use the defines from vme.h which define the following:
<itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>SHIELD_SMALL</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>SHIELD_MEDIUM</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>SHIELD_LARGE</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
the larger the shield the better chance of blocking an attack. You may want to remember to add weight as you add size to your shield so players are weighted down and can not carry the best of everything but that is up to the administrator of the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server.
A small magical wooden shield could be assigned:
flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} SHIELD_DEF(SHIELD_SMALL, 0, +5)
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objmacromattype"> <TITLE>Setting material types</TITLE>
Currently Material types are not used greatly in spells or skills but in the future we hope to add more functionality for materials. For example in the future if you are hit by an acid spell we want your armour to be damaged depending on the material it is. The material doesn't have any affect on damage given or taken it is just a way you can check in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> what the weapon is made out of. The following is the list you would find in wmacros.h of in the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 release.
#define MATERIAL_WOOD(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_wood"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_METAL(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_metal"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_STONE(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_stone"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_CLOTH(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_cloth"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_LEATHER(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_leather"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_SKIN(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_skin"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_ORGANIC(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_organic"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_GLASS(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_glass"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_FIRE(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_fire"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_WATER(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_water"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_EARTH(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_earth"} DESCR #define MATERIAL_MAGIC(DESCR) extra {"$material", "$mat_magic"} DESCR
Therefore if you had a wooden staff you could add the following to your weapon so spells would know what it was made out of.
MATERIAL_WOOD("a hard oak")
</sect2> <sect2 id="objmacroliqcont"> <TITLE>Drink container macros</TITLE>
There are two different kinds of macros for drink containers. The one you use depends on the need at the time. The harder macro is made so you can create a drink of any kind. If however you want normal drinks like water, beer, or even lemonade there are more simple macros already defined for you to use in liquid.h. The following is a couple of the macros from the liquid.h for a full listing see <xref linkend="app-e">.
#define LIQ_WATER(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("clear", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,10,1,0,POISON) #define LIQ_BEER(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("brown", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,5,2,3,POISON) #define LIQ_WINE(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("red", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,5,2,5,POISON) #define LIQ_COFFEE(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("black", WEIGHT, CAPACITY, INSIDE, 6, 1, 0,POISON)
To use these macros the arguments are pretty simple. <VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- weight
<DICTDEF> The first argument just says how heavy your drink container is when empty. Like a barrel might be 15 pounds and a glass might be 1 pound. You may be thinking there is no way the glasses in your kitchen are one pound. The truth is if we had less than a pound then we would set the glass to less but currently all units are measured in pounds so the least we can make it is a pound. In the future of the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> we will be converting to smaller measurements like grams or ounces. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY> <term>capacity</term> <LISTITEM> The second argument is what your container can carry weight wise. So if your barrel is 15 pounds and your barrel can carry 35 pounds of a liquid then the total weight when full would be 50 pounds, if my math is working today. To make a container with infinity liquid like a fountain you just set capacity to '-1'.
Making capacities ridiculously large can cause weight bugs.
If your going to allow ridiculous amounts you might just want to give them the infinite amount or really work on your drink and pour
functions
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY> <term>inside</term> <LISTITEM> The third argument is how much liquid by weight your container has inside. This value should not be greater than the capacity but if you mess up it will be fixed when the player tries to drink from it. The total weight of the drink container and the liquid it contains will be the weight added to this value. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY> <term>poison</term> <LISTITEM> the forth argument is the amount of poison in your drink. There is no limit on the amount of poison but understand that a value of ten would be a very high poison value. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
So if you wanted to make a simple small glass of water you would use the water macro and it would look like this:
LIQ_WATER(1,2,2,0)
You are probably wondering what it takes to fill a player from empty. The players thirst ranges from -24 which is dieing of thirst all the way to positive 24 which is full. So if you have a barrel that can hold 24 capacity one full barrel can take a person from zero thirst to full.
Now lets say you want to make something more exotic. All the normal drinks are made or at least a great number of them are in the liquid.h but what if you had a race from outer space that drank nothing but silicone oil. This obviously is not covered in our liquid file so you would have to make one yourself or use the more complex macro.
#define LIQ_DEF(color, wgt, max_cap, inside,thirst,full,drunk,poison) \ type ITEM_DRINKCON \ weight (wgt)+(inside) \ capacity max_cap \ value[0] inside \ value[3] poison \ extra {"$drink_color"}color \ extra {"$drink_thirst"} #thirst \ extra {"$drink_full"} #full \ extra {"$drink_drunk"} #drunk
As you can see this define has much more information you need to pass it but it really is not that hard. The following are the arguments and what they do.
<VARIABLELIST>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- color
<DICTDEF> the first argument is the color of the liquid. this color will be shown when you look at the liquid in the container.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- wgt
<DICTDEF> The second argument is the weight of the container as in the last macros. It is what the container would weigh empty. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- max_cap
<DICTDEF> The third argument is the maximum capacity of the container. If the value is set to 15 and the container is fulled it will contain 15 pounds of liquid which adds to the base weight to get the total weight of the container. If you want a container to have unlimited contents then you set the capacity to '-1' and the weight will be that of the 'wgt' field. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- inside
<DICTDEF> The forth argument is the amount of liquid the container starts with. This amount should not be greater than the 'max_cap' field, but if it is it will be corrected when the player takes a drink or acts on the container. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- thirst
<DICTDEF> The fifth field is how much thirst this gives per pound of liquid consumed. For example if you have a glass of water and it only has a capacity of 1 with 1 inside. this value will be added once to the players thirst field.
this can be a bit confusing so lets first explain that the thirst field can be anything from 0 to 10 or even greater but we suggest only 10 max. With that in mind know that we set water at 10 because it is one of the best thirst quenchers known to man. Therefore a glass with 1 capacity and 1 quantity inside will give a player +10 to his thirst so if the player was down to zero thirst value one drink will give them 10. remember that a players thirst ranges from -24 to +24 so with three drinks of water a person could fill his thirst need entirely.
With that in mind when setting this field you have to think what kind of thirst quencher is my drink. If for example it is vodka it would have little to know thirst quenching power so you would set this field to 0 or 1.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- full
<DICTDEF> The sixth field like the thirst field sets how the drink will affect the chars fullness. The chars fullness field is normally set when a player is eating but as you know drinking some drinks will also give you the feeling of being full. One drink like this would be milk. The chars fullness field ranges from -24 to 24 like the thirst field and the argument you are setting on this field should range from 0 to 10 unless you have a pro teen drink that fills them like food. Milk might have a fullness of something like 5. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- drunk
<DICTDEF> the seventh field like thirst and full deals with the Drunkenness of a character. A character can range from 0 (not drunk) all the way up to 24 (smashed). The drunk field on this macro sets how much drunk is added for each quantity of the liquid is consumed. Therefore something like vodka should have a value of 10 while something like water should be down at 0 unless you have some weird race that gets drunk from water. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- poison
<DICTDEF> The eighth and final field is again like the last macro we looked at it sets the poison factor of a liquid. The value ranges from 0 (no poison) to whatever you want but understand that 10 is an extreme poison factor and a player drinking this will most likely die quickly. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
</VARIABLELIST>
So with the definitions of each arguments in mind lets return to the example of making a silicone oil based liquid. We will first show what it would look like using the hard macro then what the new easy macro that you could create would look like.
LIQ_DEF("blue",5,10,10,5,1,0,0)
Now if you want to make this a liquid your going to use a lot you would define your own easier macro like this.
#define LIQ_SILICONE(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("blue", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,5,1,0,POISON)
That covers the use of the macros but for more information on the drink containers see <xref linkend="objdrink">. </sect2>
<sect2 id="objmacrofood"> <TITLE>The food macros</TITLE>
The food macro is much easier than that of the drink macro so if you have drink containers down you will have no problem making food to go with your beverage. The players fullness value ranges from -24 to 24 as we have already learned when making drink containers and in the current food system on the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server we do not allow thirst to be modified by food. Therefore the only thing you have to set is the amount of fullness and the poison factor if there is any. The following is what the define for food looks like.
#define FOOD_DEF(food_amount, poison_factor) \ type ITEM_FOOD \ value[0] food_amount \ value[3] poison_factor
Therefore if you wanted to make sure that only one of your foods that you were creating would fill a player entirely in one bite you would set it like this:
FOOD_DEF(50,0)
It is recommended that you only set the value between 1 and 10 so that players have to eat a bit as if they were eating in the real world. </sect2>
<sect2 id="objmacrolight"> <TITLE>Light object macro</TITLE>
The light macro is very simply to use it only has two values duration and brightness of light. The macro is defined as follows:
#define LIGHT_DEF(hours, how_bright) \ type ITEM_LIGHT \ value[0] hours \ value[1] how_bright
The first argument is the duration in mud hours which is about 5 minutes per mud hour. The second argument is how bright the object is 0 would be stupid cause it would give off no light but you never know maybe you want to do something like that. One, two, and three would be small torch, large torch, and lantern respectively. You could set a brightness greater than 3 but you should be carefull not to over light your characters or you may cause light bugs.
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objmacrocontainer"> <TITLE>Container macro</TITLE>
The container macro is a simple macro that just sets two fields. The only information you have to give it is the capacity of the container. Remember that capacity of an item is in weight not size. Therefore if some ones corpse weighs 230 pounds you will need a container that has a capacity of 230 to fit the corpse in it. The following is the macros definition as found in wmacros.h:
#define CONTAINER_DEF(max_capacity) \ type ITEM_CONTAINER \ capacity max_capacity
If you wanted to create a coffin that could carry any normal human corpse you could set it something like this:
container_def(300)
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objmacromoney"> <TITLE>Money macro</TITLE>
Money is one of the simplest objects you can make on the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server. With this macro all you need is the symbolic before the macro and the end keyword after the macro and you have 1 piece of money or a whole pile. The macro is defined in the wmacros.h and looks exactly as follows:
#define MONEY(coin_type, coins) \ type ITEM_MONEY \ manipulate MANIPULATE_TAKE \ title coin_type \ value[0] coins
The arguments are simple the first argument is the type of money the five possible values are: <itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>IRON_PIECE</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>COPPER_PIECE</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>SILVER_PIECE</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>GOLD_PIECE</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>PLATINUM_PIECE</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
The second argument is the amount of coins. If you set it to zero then it will still make exactly 1 of the coins. The following would be what one platinum piece would be like in a zone file.
platinum_piece MONEY(PLATINUM_PIECE, 0) /* Rest of values are inserted at runtime */ end
Now if you want to make a whole pile of money it would look like this:
platinum_pile MONEY(PLATINUM_PIECE, 80) /* Rest of values are inserted at runtime */ extra {} "Holy cow thats a stash." end
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objmacrocurse"> <TITLE>Cursed objects macro</TITLE>
Sometimes when making special objects you want to make an item that a person can wear but can't remove. With the cursed object macro this is a simple thing. The cursed object macro is defined in wmacros.h and looks as follows:
#define CURSED_OBJECT \ affect \ id ID_CURSE \ duration -1 \ firstf TIF_NONE \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_NONE \ applyf APF_MOD_OBJ_FLAGS \ data[0] OBJ_NO_UNEQUIP;
to use this macro it is simply a matter of putting the define in your object like this:
CURSED_OBJECT
When you set this macro on an object it adds an affect that can only be removed by the 'set' command or by the 'remove curse spell'. </sect2>
<sect2 id="objmacropws"> <TITLE>Potion, wand, and staff macros</TITLE>
The macros for potions, scrolls, wands, and staffs are almost the same. In fact there is only two differences. The first is the potions and scrolls can cast three spells while wands can only cast two, The second is wands and staffs have multiple charges possible while scrolls and potions only can be used once. The following are the macros for all four as found in wmacros.h.
#define POTION_DEF(power,spell1,spell2,spell3) \ manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_HOLD} \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ spell power \ type ITEM_POTION \ value[0] power \ value[1] spell1 \ value[2] spell2 \ value[3] spell3 #define SCROLL_DEF(power,spell1,spell2,spell3) \ manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_HOLD} \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ spell power \ type ITEM_SCROLL \ value[0] power \ value[1] spell1 \ value[2] spell2 \ value[3] spell3 #define WAND_DEF(power,charge,spell1,spell2) \ manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_HOLD} \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ spell power \ type ITEM_WAND \ value[0] power \ value[1] charge \ value[2] spell1 \ value[3] spell2 \ value[4] charge /* The max charge */ #define STAFF_DEF(power,charge,spell1,spell2) \ manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_HOLD} \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ spell power \ type ITEM_STAFF \ value[0] power \ value[1] charge \ value[2] spell1 \ value[3] spell2 \ value[4] charge /* The max charge */
The arguments are as follows for the macros.
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- power
<DICTDEF> The first argument on potions, scrolls, wands, and staff is the power the spell will be cast at. You can have the power set in the range 1-200. The spell power works the same as a player training in the spell. The higher the number the more powerfull the cast. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- charge
<DICTDEF> The second argument on the staffs and wands is how many charges it has. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- spell#
<DICTDEF> On potions and scrolls you can set up to 2 spells you do not have to set them both the one you don't want set to 0. On staffs and wands you can set three spells. Again if you want only one or two you can leave the one you do not want set to 0. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST> </sect2>
<sect2 id="objmacrotransfers">
<TITLE>Magical transfer macros</TITLE>
There are times when you want to give a player a bonus in a ability, weapon, skill, and or weapon. There is even times when you want to adjust a characters speed or add a flag to a player when they wear an item. The following macros are what you would use to do any of those when a person uses an item.
<itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>CHAR_FLAG_TRANSFER(_MFLAGS)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>SKILL_TRANSFER(skill, amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>WEAPON_TRANSFER(weapon, amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>SPELL_TRANSFER(spell, amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>STR_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>DEX_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>CON_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>CHA_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>BRA_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>MAG_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>DIV_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>HIT_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>SPEED_TRANSFER(newspeed)</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>SLOW_TRANSFER(amount)</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
For the full definitions of the transfer macros see <xref linkend="app-f"> or the header file wmacros.h.
The transfer macros can be broken down into three groups those which transfer percentage, flags, and speed. The skill, weapons, spells, and ability macros transfer the amount of percentage you put. If you give a negative percentage it will take that much away from the player or NPC in that catagory. The character flag transfer actually adds the flag to the player while the player is using the item. The speed transfer macros add or subtract the amount of speed you give them. The range for speed is from zero to twelve with twelve being the slowest. </sect2> </sect1>
<sect1 id="objbasic"> <TITLE>Building your first object</TITLE>
Now that you have learned how to make rooms and NPCs its time to make the objects for your little world. In the last couple of sections you have looked through the fields. In this section we are going to make a nice easy object. There is really not that much new from what you have learned with rooms and NPCs so this should be a real quick section. As always we will start with something I like which as you remember is dragons. So the first object we will make is a dragon head. I didn't say I liked them alive now did I? Anyway this will be a nice simple object that your player can pick up and carry around.
When making objects you create the zone source file first as shown in <xref linkend="ch-02">. If you only have objects you do not need the %reset, %mobiles, and %rooms fields. For the examples in this chapter we will use the zone we created in <xref linkend="ch-04"> and add the %objects section where we will put all the object definitions. At the end of this chapter, in <xref linkend="roomnpcobjzone">, we will bring it all together with the rooms and NPCs we have defined already.
The first part of all object definitions is the symbolic name it is good to always pick a name that will match the name of the object so it will be easy to load the object. The reason the symbolic and name should match is when you use the command <command>wstat</command> it will only show you a list of the objects by symbolic name for example if you type <command> wstat zone dragon objects</command> You will get the following:
List of objects in zone Dragon: claw info_board dragon_head
If you didn't make it clear what the object was by the symbolic name it might look like this:
List of objects in zone Dragon: obj1 a_obj2 o3
While this might be great when you first start imagine trying to remember each object if you have over 30 of them.
Now lets get started with our dragon head. As with the rooms and npcs all that is required to make an object is the symbolic and end fields. That of course will make a NPC with all defaults.
dragon_head end
Thats it for that dragon head right? Nope not quite, like before with NPCs, that makes an object with all defaults. That means this will probably be a very blank spot on the screen with no names and no way your players can interact with it. Now lets start putting the Dragon heads other more interesting fields on.
Like with rooms and NPCs, the first three things we need are the dragon heads title, description and names. The description should be what you see when you do a 'look' in the room. The title should be what you see when the object is in your inventory or you are whacking someone over the head with it. Since we are not making a weapon though the title is what will be shown when you are picking up or dropping the object. Finally the names should cover everything in the title and description fields so if your player wants to pick the object up or wear it will be easy to figure out what the names are.
dragon_head title "a gold dragon head" descr "A large golden dragon head is laying here looking sad." names {"large golden dragon head","large gold dragon head", "golden dragon head","large dragon head","gold dragon head", "dragon head","large head", "sad head","head"} ... end
The names, title and description shouldn't be to hard so I don't think its necessary to go into any more description on the subject. Lets move on. Now we have to take care of what a player sees when he or she looks at an object. to make the main description of an NPC you place an extra on the NPC with no names in the list. The blank extra is a special extra that will be shown every time you look at anything in the names list of the object. So a description of an object would look something like this.
extra {} "The head is large and beautiful, at least as beautiful as a dead dragon head can be. There is an extreme look of sorrow on the dragons face and it seems to be for much more than its own death."
Now that you have a main description for the object you need to make any smaller descriptions that you want the player to be able to look at. In this case it may be good to give some secret information if the player looks at the face of the head directly.
extra {"gold dragon head face","dragon head face","head face","face"} "Looking into the dragons face your eyes are drawn to the eyes of the dead dragon. Could there be something there?" extra {"eyes","eye"} "A world of blue skies and no storms is visible through the eyes and it seems to be moving as if you were watching the world from space."
Now that we have the object all described we only need to give the object the manipulate flags it needs, weight, height, and maybe some extras that will make some cool acts when a player picks it up or drops it.
First thing to do though is pick the manipulate flags you want on the object. This is not a weapon or armour so all the player really needs to be able to do with it is pick it up and maybe hold it if you want and I do. The flags would then be as follows:
manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE,MANIPULATE_HOLD}
If you were feeling a little weird you could even make the person be able to wear the dragon head on his head but that would just be strange. of course its always good to know you have options.
Now lets set the height and weight. Remember you set the height in centimeters and the weight in pounds. In the future the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> will standardize to one or the other but for now we have to play the conversion game.
//20 feet (1 inch = 2.54 cm height 33 //566 KG (1 lb. = .45359 kg) weight 50
The final touch to our little dragon head is some cute acts when the player picks it up or drops it. If you remember from the extra fields in <xref linkend="objfielddescr">, there are some special extras that are made just for this purpose.
extra {"$get_s"} "You suddenly feel very sad for a world that you don't even know." extra {"$get_o"} "A strange look of sadness crosses $1ns face." extra {"$drop_s"} "You feel much happier but you remember a feeling of great sorrow." extra {"drop_o"} "$1n seems to cheer up a bit."
There are other things we could add to this item but I want to keep this first object simple. The finished head would then look like this:
dragon_head title "a gold dragon head" descr "A large golden dragon head is laying here looking sad." names {"large golden dragon head","large gold dragon head", "golden dragon head","large dragon head","gold dragon head", "dragon head","large head", "sad head","head"} extra {} "The head is large and beautiful, at least as beautiful as a dead dragon head can be. There is an extreme look of sorrow on the dragons face and it seems to be for much more than its own death." extra {"gold dragon head face","dragon head face","head face","face"} "Looking into the dragons face your eyes are drawn to the eyes of the dead dragon. Could there be something there?" extra {"eyes","eye"} "A world of blue skies and no storms is visible through the eyes and it seems to be moving as if you were watching the world from space." manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE,MANIPULATE_HOLD} height 33 weight 50 extra {"$get_s"} "You suddenly feel very sad for a world that you don't even know." extra {"$get_o"} "A strange look of sadness crosses $1ns face." extra {"$drop_s"} "You feel much happier but you remember a feeling of great sorrow." extra {"drop_o"} "$1n seems to cheer up a bit." end
Thats all there is to making regular items. The rest is just adding functionality to what you already know. We will get much deeper into what you can do with items in <xref linkend="objcomplex"> but first we will go over a debugging example and then all the special DIL functions made for objects.
</SECT1> <sect1 id="objdebug"> <TITLE>Compiling and Debugging your first object</TITLE>
As we have previously mentioned in <xref linkend="rmdebug"> and <xref linkend="npcdebug"> it is always a good idea to build one or two things and then compile to make finding errors easy. In this case we have one object to compile and rather than having all the rooms and NPCS get in my way while compiling it I have removed them and only have the '%objects' section. The following is what the zone looks like when it has only one object in it.
#include <composed.h> %zone dragonst lifespan 20 reset RESET_ANYHOW creator {"whistler"} notes "This is the dragon station I shortened it to dragonst for ease in loading. If you have any questions email me at whistler@valhalla.com" help "Not sure what could help you now. You are stuck on one of the weirdest space stations you have ever seen and you smell burning sulfur." %objects dragon_head title "a gold dragon head" descr "A large golden dragon head is laying here looking sad." names {"large golden dragon head","large gold dragon head, "golden dragon head","large dragon head","gold dragon head", "dragon head","large head", "sad head","head"} extra {} "The head is large and beautiful, at least as beautiful as a dead dragon head can be. There is an extreme look of sorrow on the dragons face and it seems to be for much more than its own death." extra {"gold dragon head face","dragon head face","head face","face"} "Looking into the dragons face your eyes are drawn to the eyes of the dead dragon. Could there be something there?" extra {"eyes","eye"} "A world of blue skies and no storms is visible through the eyes and it seems to be moving as if you were watching the world from space." manipulate MANIPULATE_TAKE,MANIPULATE_HOLD height 33 weight 50 extra {"$get_s"} "You suddenly feel very sad for a world that you don't even know." extra {"$get_o"} "A strange look of sadness crosses $1ns face." extra {"$drop_s"} "You feel much happier but you remember a feeling of great sorrow." extra {"drop_o"} "$1n seems to cheer up a bit." end %end
I removed the '%rooms' and '%mobiles' sections added a '%objects' section and stuck the dragon head in and now its ready to be compiled and put into the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server for you to be able to look at it in the game. If you downloaded our example zones for this document you can compile this zone along with us and fix the errors as we do for practice. The filename is debug_obj.zon. Just so you know the errors in this zone are intentional so please don't write me an email telling me that there are errors in it.
The command to compile the zone is <command>VMC debug_obj.zon</command>. Here is what we get when we first try and compile the zone.
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [May 9 2001] Compiling 'debug_obj.zon' <debug_obj.zon> @ 65: EOF in string debug_obj.zon: 5: parse error Token: '{' debug_obj.zon: 25: parse error Token: 'golden' Grave errors in file 'debug_obj.zon'.
This error file doesn't look any harder than the last one we dealt with when compiling our first room or NPC. We can not stress enough always fix the smallest numbered error first. In this case the lowest numbered error shows up in line five of the zone. The error says something is wrong with the '{' but looking at the line it is obvious the compiler got confused because I forgot 's' at the end of 'creators'. If we fix line five and recompile this is what we get:
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [May 9 2001] Compiling 'debug_obj.zon' <debug_obj.zon> @ 65: EOF in string debug_obj.zon: 25: parse error Token: 'golden' Grave errors in file 'debug_obj.zon'.
Now we have come to another one of those weird errors. If you look at line 25 you will find that the line looks like it is correct. As we have said before when you find an error like this it most likely means that you are missing a quote or a '{}'. The only way to find the problem is start at the quote or '{}' before the word in the error and go backwards through the file till you find a missing one. Lucky for us the missing one is in the very next string. If you add a double quote just before the ending comma on line 24 and recompile you will get the following:
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [May 9 2001] Compiling 'debug_obj.zon' debug_obj.zon: 42: parse error Token: ',' Compilation aborted.
This error is a little tricky. It seems to be pointing at the ',' as the problem. If you look at the line though and remember what you need for a manipulate field you will notice that the surrounding '{}' are missing. The reason the compiler is pointing at the comma is because it doesn't understand what to do with the comma with out the '{}' grouping symbols. Fixing these and recompiling results in the following message from the compiler.
<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> v2.0 Copyright (C) 2001 by Valhalla [May 9 2001] Compiling 'debug_obj.zon' <ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> Done.
Notice there are no errors and it says '<ACRONYM>VMC</ACRONYM> done', this means that you have now successfully compiled the zone. This is the last debugging walk through in the manual. If you still have a lot of trouble figuring out errors don't stress compiling is an art the more you do it the easier it will get. We suggest you take the zones we have provided in our release and create errors so you can get used to the messages you will see when you are making your own zones. Never be afraid to ask for help from someone else sometimes a bug is so simple you will over look it and sometimes it just takes a second person a single glance to find it. Another trick to finding errors if you have been looking for more than 5 minutes take a break and come back in 10 minutes sometimes that short relaxing time will help you find the problem.
You have now compiled your first object. The steps are the same to get it into the game as it was for the rooms and NPCs. We will not go over them again except to say copy your files that the compiler made over into the zone directory of your mud and reboot. From there log on and you should be able to <command>wstat</command> and <command>load</command> your object by using its full symbolic name. It would be a good idea to try and get this zone into your server and lay with the object a bit so when you get to <xref linkend="objcomplex"> you will be ready for anything. </SECT1>
<sect1 id="objdilfunc"> <TITLE><ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions for objects</TITLE>
The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language is the language a builder can use to make his own special functions on rooms, NPCs, objects, PCs, and much more. This manual is for basic zone writing and therefore will not go into how to write your own <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> functions. The <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> however is released with many functions for you as an Administrator and your builders to use to make special rooms, NPCs, and objects. The following sections contain a full list of all object functions released with the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 server.
<sect2 id="objdilrestrict"> <TITLE>Restriction functions</TITLE>
The desire to have different equipment comes from every players desire to be different. The restrict functions were designed to help make this a reality by only allowing certain groups of players to wear some items. The restrict functions can be used alone or together to make a greater restricted item. for example you could make an item, restricted to only females or you could make an item, restricted to females that had a strength greater than 20 and who have done a certain quest.
All restrict functions have a name that describes what the restriction function is for and four other arguments. the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th argument is the exact same for all restrict functions only the name of the restrict and the first argument changes. The format for the restrict functions is as follows.
dilcopy <function name> (arg 1, <max damage>, <percentage>,<Optional <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>>);
We will skip the function name and the first argument and get back to them later.
<VARIABLELIST>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- max damage and percentage
<DICTDEF>
The second and third arguments set the damage done when the wrong player wears an object. The reason we are explaining them together is they can work together or separately depending on how you set them. The second argument is the max damage the third argument is the percentage damage.
When both arguments are set to 0 no damage will be done when the item is illegally worn. When the second argument is set to a number like 100 and the third argument is set to 0, exactly 100 damage will be done to the player no matter how many hit points he/she has. So by setting the second argument to a number and setting the third to 0 you could possibly kill your victim since it will remove the amount specified no matter how much the player has.
If you do not want to possibly kill your victim the Third argument should be used. If you set the second argument to 0 and the third argument to a number it will do a percent of damage to the player. for example if The third argument was set to 25 it would do 25 % damage to a player.
You can also use the second and third argument together if you want to set a max amount of damage without possibly killing them. for example if you set the second argument to 100 and third to 25. The item will do 25% damage up to 100 hit points of damage. This all might be a bit confusing so let me show you a few examples and tell you what they would do.
<VARIABLELIST>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- second= 0 third = 25
<DICTDEF> This would do 25% damage to a player. second =100 third = 0 this would do 100 damage to a player no matter his amount of hit points. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- second = 25 third = 25
<DICTDEF> This would do 25 % damage to a player up to 25 hit points. So if a player had 150 hit points the max that could be removed is 25 hit points. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- optional <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>
<DICTDEF> All restrict DIL functions have a default set of acts. If you want to make your own set of acts you have to create your own <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> that does nothing more than act. If you don't understand how this works. You may want to look in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual about passing DIL functions as arguments. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
Now we should get back to the first argument and function name since they are what control the restricts. The function name has been chosen so you can easily tell what the restrict was created for while the first argument changes depending on which restrict you use. The following are what each function restricts name is and what the function name and first argument are.
<VARIABLELIST>
<VARLISTENTRY> <TERM>Guild Restrict</term> <LISTITEM> This function restricts an object to players in a certain guild or guilds. Anyone not in the guild or guilds, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin guild_restrict (guilds:stringlist,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first argument is a stringlist. This means you can restrict this item to more than one guild. All guilds in the string list will be able to wear this object. If we wanted to make an item that only Paladins and sorcerers could wear it would look like this.
dilcopy guild_restrict@function ({"Midgaard Paladin", "Midgaard Sorcerer"},0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- Anti-guild Restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object to players not in a certain guild or guilds. Anyone not in the guild or guilds listed, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin anti_guild_restrict (guilds:stringlist,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first argument is a stringlist. This means you can restrict this item from more than one guild. All guilds in the string list will not be able to wear this object. If we wanted to make an item that only Paladins and sorcerers could not wear it would look like this.
dilcopy anti_guild_restrict@function ({"Midgaard Paladin", "Midgaard Sorcerer"},0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Quest Restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object to players who have done a certain quest. Any player who has not done the quest, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin quest_restrict (qst:string,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first argument is a string. The quest restrict is only made to restrict the by one quest at a time. If you want the item to have multiple quests restrictions you just add another dilcopy to it. The following Would be an object restricted to one quest.
dilcopy quest_restrict@function ("Eagles quest complete",0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Quests Restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object to players who have a certain quest or quests. Anyone not having all quests in the list of quests, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin quests_restrict (qsts:stringlist,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first argument is a stringlist. This means you can restrict this item to more than one quest. Players that have not done every quest will not be able to use the object. If we wanted to make an item that only players that have finished both the 'Eagles quest complete' and the 'Feather fall quest complete' could wear. It would look like this.
dilcopy quests_restrict@function ({"Eagles quest complete", "Feather fall quest complete"},0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Alignment Restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object to players with a certain alignment range. Anyone not in the alignment range, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory.
We said at the beginning of this section that all restricts have only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and second argument in the alignment restrict function are used together and thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin ali_restrict (max:integer,min:integer,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first and second arguments are two integers. the first is the max alignment that can wear or use this object and the second is the minimum alignment. So if we wanted to restrict an item to only good players it would look like this.
dilcopy ali_restrict@function (1000,350,0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Level restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object to players above or equal to a certain level. Any player not at least the level or higher, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory. This restrict works in the old level system from one to fifty which means if the level restrict is set higher than fifty no player will be able to wear or use this object. This is good if you have objects that only your administrators should be able to use. If you want to restrict an object to greater than level fifty for players you need to use the 'vlevel' restrict. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin level_restrict (lvl:integer,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first argument is an integer. The integer for the level restrict can range from 1 to 255. Thus if we wanted to make an object that only administrator could wear or use it would look like this
dilcopy level_restrict@function (51, 0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Virtual Level Restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object to players above or equal to a certain level. Any player not at least the level or higher, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory. This restrict works in the new level system from one to infinity. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin vlevel_restrict (lvl:integer,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first argument is an integer. The integer for the level restrict can range from 1 to infinite. Thus if we wanted to make an object that only players that have reached the level of 5000 could wear or use, it would look like this.
dilcopy vlevel_restrict@function (5000, 0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Race restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object from players of a certain race. Any player not of the selected race, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin race_restrict (rc:integer,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first argument is an integer. The integer being passed in should be the race you want to restrict the object from. You can pass in the defines as listed in <xref linkend="app-c"> or if you have added races you will find the list of races in values.h. If we wanted to restrict an object from humans the following is what it would look like.
dilcopy race_restrict@function (RACE_HUMAN,0,25,"");
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Gender restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object to players of a certain gender. Anyone not of the gender, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin sex_restrict (sx:integer,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first argument is an integer. The integer you should pass in is one of the defines from vme.h. The gender defines are as follows.
#define SEX_NEUTRAL 0 #define SEX_MALE 1 #define SEX_FEMALE 2
If we wanted to make an item that could only be worn by a female player, it would look like this.
dilcopy sex_restrict (SEX_FEMALE,0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Player restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object to players who have a specific name. Any player of the wrong name, will have the damage done as set in the 2nd and 3rd arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin ply_restrict (pname:string,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first argument is a string. The quest restrict is only made to restrict the quest to one person at a time. While this <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> was designed to be put on when a player receives a quest item and thus was made to be dilcopied in a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you can still put it on when you first create the object if you are making special items for administrators or players that you know in advance. If you want more information about copying a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> from with in another <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you will have to read the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual If however you want to restrict this to a single player at compile time of your zone it would look something like this.
dilcopy ply_restrict@function ("Whistler",0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Ability restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object from a player with less than a certain amount of a certain ability. Any player not having the correct amount of a certain ability, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory.
We said at the beginning of this section that all restricts have only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and second argument in the ability restrict function are used together and thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin abi_restrict (abi:integer,min_abi:integer,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first and second arguments are two integers. the first is the ability type and the second is the amount of that ability the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the item. the ability types can be found in vme.h and are listed here for convenience.
#define ABIL_MAG 0 #define ABIL_DIV 1 #define ABIL_STR 2 #define ABIL_DEX 3 #define ABIL_CON 4 #define ABIL_CHA 5 #define ABIL_BRA 6 #define ABIL_HP 7
If you wanted to restrict an object to people having more than 50% strength it would look like this:
dilcopy abi_restrict@function (ABIL_STR,50,0,25,"");
If you want to restrict an object to more than one ability you only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% divine and 30% brain. The item would have these two lines.
dilcopy abi_restrict@function (ABIL_DIV,50,0,25,""); dilcopy abi_restrict@function (ABIL_BRA,30,0,25,"");
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Skill restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object from a player with less than a certain amount of a certain skill. Any player not having the correct amount of a certain skill, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory.
We said at the beginning of this section that all restricts have only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and second argument in the skill restrict function are used together and thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin ski_restrict (ski:integer,min_ski:integer,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first and second arguments are two integers. the first is the skill and the second is the amount of that skill the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the item. the skills can be found in <xref linkend="app-g"> and values.h. We have also included the first five skills here for convenience in explaining how the function works.
#define SKI_TURN_UNDEAD 0 #define SKI_SCROLL_USE 1 #define SKI_WAND_USE 2 #define SKI_CONSIDER 3 #define SKI_DIAGNOSTICS 4
If you wanted to restrict an object to people having more than 50% 'turn undead' it would look like this:
dilcopy ski_restrict@function (ASKI_TURN_UNDEAD,50,0,25,"");
If you want to restrict an object to more than one skill you only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% in 'turn undead' and 30% in 'scroll use'. The item would have these two lines.
dilcopy ski_restrict@function (SKI_TURN_UNDEAD,50,0,25,""); dilcopy ski_restrict@function (SKI_SCROLL_USE,30,0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Spell restrict
<DICTDEF>
This function restricts an object from a player with less than a certain amount of a certain spell. Any player not having the correct amount of a certain spell, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory.
We said at the beginning of this section that all restricts have only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and second argument in the spell restrict function are used together and thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin sp_restrict (spl:integer,min_sp:integer,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first and second arguments are two integers. the first is the spell and the second is the amount of that spell the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the item. the spells can be found in <xref linkend="app-h"> and values.h. We have also included the first five spells here for convenience in explaining how the function works.
#define SPL_LOCK 52 #define SPL_UNLOCK 53 #define SPL_DROWSE 54 #define SPL_SLOW 55 #define SPL_DUST_DEVIL 56
If you wanted to restrict an object to people having more than 50% 'lock' spell, it would look like this:
dilcopy sp_restrict@function (ASPL_LOCK,50,0,25,"");
If you want to restrict an object to more than one spell you only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% in 'lock' and 30% in 'unlock' spells. The item would have these two lines.
dilcopy sp_restrict@function (SPL_LOCK,50,0,25,""); dilcopy SPL_restrict@function (SPL_LOCK,30,0,25,"");
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Weapon restrict
<DICTDEF> This function restricts an object from a player with less than a certain amount of a certain weapon. Any player not having the correct amount of a certain weapon, will have the damage done as set in the 3nd and 4th arguments unless none is set. Even if no damage is set the object will be removed off of the players equipment and placed in their inventory.
We said at the beginning of this section that all restricts have only 4 arguments. This was a bit of a lie since this restrict has five arguments. The reason we didn't count this one is because the first and second argument in the weapon restrict function are used together and thus are only really one argument. The following is the definition of the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> as found in function.zon.
dilbegin weap_restrict (wpn:integer,min_wpn:integer,damage:integer,percent:integer,action:string);
As the definition indicates the first and second arguments are two integers. the first is the weapon and the second is the amount of that weapon the player needs to have or greater to wear or use the item. the weapons can be found in <xref linkend="app-d"> and values.h. We have also included the first five weapons here for convenience in explaining how the function works.
#define WPN_BATTLE_AXE 7 /* Two Handed */ #define WPN_HAND_AXE 8 #define WPN_WAR_MATTOCK 9 /* Two Handed */ #define WPN_WAR_HAMMER 10 #define WPN_GREAT_SWORD 11 /* Two Handed */
If you wanted to restrict an object to people having more than 50% 'battle axe', it would look like this:
dilcopy weap_restrict@function (WPN_BATTLE_AXE,50,0,25,"");
If you want to restrict an object to more than one weapon you only need to add another restrict to the item. For example if you wanted to restrict it to people having greater than or equal to 50% in 'hand axe' and 30% in 'battle axe' spells. The item would have these two lines.
dilcopy weap_restrict@function (WPN_HAND_AXE,50,0,25,""); dilcopy weap_restrict@function (WPN_BATTLE_AXE,30,0,25,"");
</LISTITEM>
</VARLISTENTRY>
</VARIABLELIST>
</sect2> <sect2 id="objdiltuborg"> <TITLE>Tuborg function</TITLE>
What game would be complete with out the Denmark water! With that in mind the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> 2.0 has a tuborg function that makes a drink give endurance and health when drank. The function is defined in function.zon as follows:
dilbegin tuborg (s:string);
As the definition indicates the tuborg function only has one argument. The real surprise is that the argument is not used yet in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> so no matter what you set it to it doesn't matter. In the future this argument is going to allow different kinds of tuborgs to be made but for now its just a place holder and all that is needed is a set of double quotes.
To create a tuborg you just add the following line to your drink container.
dilcopy tuborg@function ("");
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objdilboard"> <TITLE>Message board</TITLE>
Every game needs a way for Administrators and players to exchange ideas. The message boards have been designed for this purpose. The boards function can be easy to use or more difficult depending on what all you want them to do. The board function is defined in boards.zon as follows.
dilbegin board (idxfile:string,l_res:string,r_res:string,p_res:string,bmax:integer);
This looks pretty hard I know but to make a normal board we have made it as simple as possible while allowing for the boards to be used in almost any situation. After you make your first board it is pretty much block and copy and change the first argument. The arguments are as follows:
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- idxfile
<DICTDEF>
The first argument is the board index filename. It tells the board <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> what name to store the board under so if you create more boards with the same name they will all be pointing to the same messages. You can put any legal symbolic name in this string and it will work with no problems. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- l_res
<DICTDEF>
the second argument is a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you pass in that does any checks to see if the player looking at the board is allowed to. This requires some knowledge in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but we have given some example DIL functions in the boards.zon.
//used to restrict players access to a board dilbegin string admin_res (u:unitptr,v:unitptr); //used to restrict non-admin from removing posts dilbegin string rem_res (u:unitptr, v:unitptr);
So with the 'admin_res' you could do something like this:
dilcopy board@boards ("wizbrd","admin_res@boards"...);
Putting the 'admin_res' function in the second argument would make it so only administrators could look at the board. If you put an empty string or two double quotes as the argument it will let anyone look at the board.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- r_res
<DICTDEF> the third argument is a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you pass in that does any checks to see if the player trying to remove a post at the board is allowed to. This requires some knowledge in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but we have given some example DIL functions in the boards.zon
//used to restrict players access to a board dilbegin string admin_res (u:unitptr,v:unitptr); //used to restrict non-admin from removing posts dilbegin string rem_res (u:unitptr, v:unitptr);
So with the 'rem_res' you could do something like this:
dilcopy board@boards ("citizen","","rem_res@boards",...);
With the 'rem_res' in the third argument only administrators can now remove from this board but anyone can look at it because of the empty string in the second argument. Putting an empty string in the third argument will make it so anyone can remove from this board.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- p_res
<DICTDEF>
the forth argument is a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> you pass in that does any checks to see if the player trying to post at the board is allowed to. This requires some knowledge in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but we have given some example DIL functions in the boards.zon.
//used to restrict players access to a board dilbegin string admin_res (u:unitptr,v:unitptr); //used to restrict non-admin from removing posts dilbegin string rem_res (u:unitptr, v:unitptr);
As you can see we haven't made a post restriction <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> because as of yet we haven't found a need for one. If you have a need for one just look over the two restrict DIL functions we have already mentioned and you will find it is really easy to make. We want to allow anyone to post so our dilcopy looks like this:
dilcopy board@boards ("citizen","","rem_res@boards","",...);
With the 'rem_res' in the third argument only administrators can now remove from this board but anyone can post to it because of the empty string in the forth argument. The empty string again in the second argument also allows everyone to look at the board. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- max
<DICTDEF> The fifth argument is simply the amount of posts that you want to allow to be posted before the board is full. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
To make a free for all board where everyone can post, remove posts, look at what posts are on the board, and have a max of 50 posts it would simply be as follows:
dilcopy board@boards("citizen","","","",50);
When making a board for players to post concerns to the administrators and only have the administrators be able to remove them, wile still allowing everyone to read them it would look like this.
dilcopy board@boards("citizen","","rem_res@boards","",100);
</sect2> </sect1>
<sect1 id="objcomplex"> <TITLE>More complex objects</TITLE>
In the last sections you learned all the fields and how to make a basic object. In this section we will use the information from the last sections to create some more unique objects for our dragon station zone There is not a lot of new information here we will be using the DIL functions, fields, and flags to make objects we have only mentioned before.
<sect2 id="objboard"> <TITLE>Making a communication board</TITLE>
In <xref linkend="objdilboard"> you learned all there you need to know about the boards <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to create a board. In this small section we are going to show you the rest of a board and what a finished one looks like.
As with all objects the first step is to fully describe and name your board. We will stick with the space station theme since our goal is to have a complete example zone for you. The boards symbolic, names, title, description and extra turned out like this.
info_board title "a merchant information board" descr "A merchant information Board is mounted on a wall here." names {"merchant information board","information board","merchant board","board"} extra {} "A large flashy black steal board."
Just incase the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server we have has a spell that can damage inanimate objects we will give this board a material type.
MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality black steel")
Now for the special stuff for the board. We need to give the board a type and copy the board <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> to it.
type ITEM_BOARD dilcopy board@boards("info","","rem_res@boards","",100);
There you go nothing to it you have just created your first board. Now lets bring it all together and tag on an end symbol and we are all finished.
info_board title "a merchant information board" descr "A merchant information Board is mounted on a wall here." names {"merchant information board","information board","merchant board","board"} extra {} "A large flashy black steal board." MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality black steel") type ITEM_BOARD dilcopy board@boards("info","","rem_res@boards","",100); end
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objcontainer"> <TITLE>Making a container</TITLE>
I thought it would be cool to have a small weapons locker on the space station not to mention event hough we went over the container macro in <xref linkend="objmacrocontainer">, we didn't cover everything you need in fact the macro eaves a few things out because you may or may not want to set them.
As with all objects we start right off by describing the item. There is nothing new here so we will just show it to you and go on.
wpn_locker title "a weapons locker" names {"weapons locker","weapon locker","locker"} descr "a small weapons locker hangs on the wall here." extra {} "It is an ordinary weapons locker that looks like it holds any illegal weapons that are taken on the station."
Now we need to put in all the information that makes this item a container that can't be taken but it can be opened and it is locked.
manipulate {MANIPULATE_ENTER} CONTAINER_DEF(500) open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} key black_key
Notice we didn't make the item 'MANIPULATE_TAKE' because we don't want people to be able to walk off with our weapons locker. One final touch and we are all finished with the weapons locker. It is always nice to put a material type on your items so a spell or a skill can tell if you can do anything with them. So with our material added in the full locker would look like this.
wpn_locker title "a weapons locker" names {"weapons locker","weapon locker","locker"} descr "a small weapons locker hangs on the wall here." extra {} "It is an ordinary weapons locker that looks like it holds any illegal weapons that are taken on the station." MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality steel") manipulate {MANIPULATE_ENTER} CONTAINER_DEF(500) open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} key black_key end
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objdrink"> <TITLE>Creating drinks</TITLE>
In <xref linkend="objmacroliqcont">, we covered how to set the size and weight of the container and its content but now we need to talk about some other special things about a drink container verses other objects.
The drink container is one of the few objects that has rules on how you set the title, description and names fields. The title and description fields should ot have anything to do with the liquid inside the container. This means if you have a barrel full of water you do not put the word water in the title or the description. In our case we have a bag full of wine so we do not put wine in either the title or description. The reason for this is if the player drinks the bag empty and then fills it with water and we had put wine in the title or description it would still be there but the bag would now be full of water.. Our symbolic, title, and description would then look like this.
liq_ration title "a red bag" descr "A red bag has been gently placed here."
The names on the other hand MUST have the drink name as the last name in the name list. The reason it must be the last one is when a player drinks or pours out the liquid the name is removed. If a player then refills the container the name of the new liquid is added to the last name. The bag we are making is full of wine so our names list would look like this.
names {"red bag", "bag", "wine"}
Now we add the liquid define for wine
LIQ_WINE(1,2,2,0)
Finally we add the material type for the bag, the cost to buy the container, an extra players can look at, and finally an identify extra so if a player casts either the identify or improved identify spell on the bag they will se it. with all that added The finished drink container looks like this.
liq_ration names {"red bag", "bag", "wine"} title "a red bag" descr "A red bag has been gently placed here." extra {} "A small label reads Tassel Grove's finest. Year 321" MATERIAL_ORGANIC("a soft plastic") manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE} LIQ_WINE(1,2,2,0) cost 2 IRON_PIECE extra {"$identify"} "Its the special wine from Tassel grove a small halfling village on the planet Valhalla. It seems like a great vintage wine." end
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objfood"> <TITLE>Creating food</TITLE>
The food is very simple to make its just a regular item with the macros you learned in <xref linkend="objmacrofood">. In fact making food is so simple we almost left it out. I am only adding this to show how simple it is to change a regular item like the dragon head we showed you in <xref linkend="objbasic"> into a food item. Now only a sick person would make a dragon head into food but if you wanted to you just add the 'FOOD_DEF(...)' and your all set. here is a basic food that you might find laying around a space station.
beef_stick title "a tough leathery stick" descr "A tough leathery looking stick is laying here." names {"tough leathery stick","tough leather stick","leathery stick", "leather stick","tough stick","stick"} extra {} "This has the word BEEF burnt into it." manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE} FOOD_DEF(5,0) weight 1 cost 1 COPPER_PIECE MATERIAL_ORGANIC("tough beef") end
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objweapon"> <TITLE>Making a weapon</TITLE>
Whats a game with out some kind of weapon to chop or bash things into little pieces. We examined how to set the weapon fields in <xref linkend="objmacroweapon">, the object transfers in <xref linkend="objmacrotransfers">, and the restriction DIL functions in <xref linkend="objdilrestrict">. Now we will pull all we have learned together and make a pretty nifty little stiletto.
The first part as with all our example objects is to set up the symbolic, names, title, description, object extra, and material type. this is no different from any other object so here is what we ended up with
w_stiletto title "a stiletto" names {"stiletto", "dagger"} descr "A deadly looking stiletto has been left here." extra{} "This looks like a thieves dream come true. " MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality steel")
Now lets add the defines and DIL functions that make this a special weapon along with the manipulate flags that makes it able to be wielded. We will give it a bonus in magic and good craftsmanship along with a plus in backstab for all those assassins on the game.
manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WIELD} WEAPON_DEF(WPN_DAGGER, 1, 2) SKILL_TRANSFER(SKI_BACKSTAB, 2) dilcopy abi_restrict@function (ABIL_DEX,10,0,25,"");
to finish it off we will give the weapon a cost, rent, and finally two identifies for the two identify spells. Now that we have it all defined we pull it together and it looks like this.
w_stiletto title "a stiletto" names {"deadly looking stiletto","deadly stiletto","stiletto", "dagger"} descr "A deadly looking stiletto has been left here." extra{} "This looks like a thieves dream come true. " MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality steel") manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WIELD} WEAPON_DEF(WPN_DAGGER, 1, 2) SKILL_TRANSFER(SKI_BACKSTAB, 2) dilcopy abi_restrict@function (ABIL_DEX,10,0,25,""); weight 2 cost 2 GOLD_PIECE rent 1 COPPER_PIECE extra {"$identify"} "The stiletto looks magical in nature and seems really sharp. You can tell if you wield it you would be able to backstab someone really easy." extra{"$improved identify"} "The stiletto gives you a magical bonus of +1 and has a quality of +2. It also raises your back stabbing skill by 2%. You have to have at least 10% in dex before you can wield this magical weapon." end
</sect2> <sect2 id="objarmour"> <TITLE>Making armour</TITLE>
In <xref linkend="objmacroarmour"> we explained how to set the armour fields now we will finish off by adding some more important information about armour in general.
The most important thing to realize is that not all wear positions on the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server are armour positions. In fact only seven of the wear positions count as armour the rest are non-armour positions which we will cover next in <xref linkend="objnon-armour">. The following are the armour positions and their defines.
<TITLE>Armour positions</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Position</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Define</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>head</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_HEAD</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>hands</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_HANDS</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>arms</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_ARMS</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>body</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_BODY</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>legs</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_LEGS</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>feet</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_FEET</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>cloak</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_ABOUT</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>There is one more field that works as armour, 'MANIPULATE_WEAR_SHIELD' but since that uses another define it is not
shown here. We will leave that for an exercise for you to do
later.
First we do the same as we have for every other item, pick the symbolic, title, description, extra description, and material type for the plate.
pol_plate names {"polished breast plate","polished plate","breast plate","plate"} title "a polished breast plate" descr "A polished breast plate has been left here." MATERIAL_METAL("A high luster silver colored metal")
Now we pick the armour type in this case I want it to be made like plate mail and I want it to have a magical bonus and a high craftsmanship. Obviously since this is a plate we will pick the body position.
manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WEAR_BODY} ARMOUR_DEF(ARM_PLATE,5,9)
All that is left is to add the cost, rent, the identify extras, and I felt like putting a 40% strength restriction on the armour. With all that added together we finish up with the following piece of armour.
pol_plate names {"polished breast plate","polished plate","breast plate","plate"} title "a polished breast plate" descr "A polished breast plate has been left here." extra{} "This is one shiny plate it seems to be made out of one perfect piece of metal. There doesn't even seem to be any markings of owner ship." MATERIAL_METAL("A high luster silver colored metal") manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WEAR_BODY} ARMOUR_DEF(ARM_PLATE,5,9) dilcopy abi_restrict@function (ABIL_STR,40,0,25,""); cost 2 GOLD_PIECE rent 3 COPPER_PIECE weight 25 extra{"$identify"} "This is a high quality plate with a magical feeling." extra{"$improved identify"} "The plate has a magical bonus to your defence of a +5 and a quality of +9. You need 40% in strength to be able to wear it." end
</sect2>
<sect2 id="objnon-armour"> <TITLE>Making non-armour worn objects</TITLE>
In the previous section we defined armour that actually protects the char in combat. Here we will learn how to make the clothing and jewelery that may not do anything directly to combat but it can give your characters bonuses that help in combat in the long run. We will start by listing all the non-armour worn positions and their manipulate defines and then we will give a simple ring object.
<TITLE>Non-armour positions</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Position</ENTRY> <ENTRY>define</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>ear</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_EAR</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>neck</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_NECK</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>wrist</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_WRIST</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>finger</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_FINGER</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>chest</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_CHEST</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>back</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_BACK</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>waist</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_WAIST</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ankle</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_ANKLE</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP>When giving ability, skill, weapon, or spell bonuses make
sure you realize that positions like ear, neck, wrist, and ankle can all have two on a player. This means any bonuses you give can be doubled if
the player gets two of them
I don't want to beat a dead horse so since I have already explained armour in <xref linkend="objarmour"> the only difference here is there is no 'ARMOUR_DEF' everything else is the same. The following was one of the first items my wife made as a new builder and I have always liked it. I know, I am a lush but this way I don't have to write an example.
maskwa names {"maskwa platinum ring", "platinum ring","maskwa ring","maskwa","ring"} title "a Maskwa ring" descr "A Maskwa platinum ring is laying here." MATERIAL_METAL("Platinum, and other precious metals") extra {} "The ring has a large bear head. Could this be the legendary head of Maskwa? Any thing formed with its head on it is said to strengthen the wearer." type ITEM_WORN manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_HOLD, MANIPULATE_WEAR_FINGER} cost 100 COPPER_PIECE rent 50 IRON_PIECE weight 1 STR_TRANSFER(+1) end
One last thing I forgot to mention. The item type also
changes but then that is not hard to understand since this is not armour it should be some other thing. In the case of non-armour worn items the
item type is 'ITEM_WORN'.
</sect2>
</SECT1>
<sect1 id="roomnpcobjzone"> <TITLE>Dragon station with rooms, NPCs, and objects</TITLE>
Now we will add the objects we have built to the zone from the previous chapter. This is still not complete while it does compile and you can log into your zone, you still have to load your NPCs and objects but they do not load themselves and they are not dressed with their armour. This will be taken care of in <xref linkend="ch-07"> and you will finally have a finished zone. The following is the source file so far.
#include <composed.h> %zone dragonst lifespan 20 reset RESET_ANYHOW creators {"whistler"} notes "This is the dragon station I shortened it to dragonst for ease in loading. If you have any questions email me at whistler@valhalla.com" help "Not sure what could help you now. You are stuck on one of the weirdest space stations you have ever seen and you smell burning sulfur." %rooms chamber title "The middle chamber of the station" descr "This chamber seems to have the entire station rotating around it. It is unbelievably large the ceiling seems to be a good 200 meeters high and the room is perfectly cubic. Small human size ornate chairs with dragon designs scrawled on the arms and back are arranged in a triangle like setting with one large chair at the front. This must be where all station meetings are held. large pictures cover the walls depicting dragons in all kinds of situations. large passages lead of to the west and the east.." extra {"chair","chairs"} "The chairs are made of some metal you don't recognize and every inch is covered with some kind of dragon." extra {"dragon picture","picture"} "Thousands of dragons dot the skies of this rather life like picture. In the center you see something move. It looks to be a little green dragon." extra{"green dragon","dragon","green"} "An intellegence looking dragon is sitting perched on a large chair watching you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to disposal_room descr "You see a small room."; east to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway."; end hallway title "Module tunnel" descr "The hallway is about 50 meters long and around 100 meters from side to side and top to bottom. The hallway seems to be dust free. The walls and the floors seem to be made out of the same sterile metal-plastic that all space agencies uses. There are large plate glass windows that open up into space. The hallway is filled with a dim light that seems to come from everywhere yet no where all at once. You notice a glimmer of bright light coming from the windows. To the east you see an air lock and to the west the hallway opens up into a larger room." extra {"windows","window"} "Your eyes are drawn to a large ship lit up with running lights sitting about 1 kilometer from the station." extra{"floor","walls","wall"} "Well what can be said it looks to be in perfect condition. what else would you want to know?" extra {"large ship" ,"ship"} "The ship looks really big and is shaped like a dragon. The scales sparkle and seem to be multiple colors." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to chamber descr "The hallway opens up into a chamber."; east to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; end office title "The station office" descr "Large paintings fill the walls of this part of the station. The room is as large as the other rooms big enough for Dragons to lounge while still having a desk in one corner small enough for a humanoid. The floor along the north wall is lined with some kind of fabric and seems very soft to walk on, it may be some kind of dragon lounge judging by how large an area it covers. There is a passage to the west." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"paintings","painting"} "The paintings are of many dragons and riders in all kinds of tasks from combat to look out. All the figures seem to be staring at a staff being held by a depiction of a wizard on the south wall." extra {"wizard","staff"} "The wizard has his hand stretched out and it seems there is a place you can almost grab the staff. Maybe if you searched the staff you would find it." extra {"desk"} "Its a desk alright but there doesn't seem to be any drawers and it seems totally empty." extra{"fabric"} "Wussshhhhh you bound across the comfortable floor wasn't that fun." west to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; SECRET_DOOR_DIFFICULTY(SOUTH, 50) south to portal_room descr "You see what looks to be a portal room." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","staff","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED,EX_HIDDEN}; end portal_room title "Green field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a green field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the north." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"green field","field"} "The field looks to be a green fog shifting and churning as you watch. if you are nuts you could probably enter it." north to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}; //A link to the portal is also here from room_port end ship_port names{"green field", "field"} title "Green field" descr "Green Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} in ship dilcopy force_move@function( //Time to activation 4, //room and act "portal_room@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.&nYou appear on the deck of a ship.", //True or False for randomizing or not FALSE); end room_port names{"green field", "field"} title "Green field" descr "Green Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} in portal_room dilcopy force_move@function( //Time to activation 4, //room and act "ship@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.&nYou appear on the deck of a ship.", //True or False for randomizing or not FALSE); end disposal_room title "Red field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a red field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the east." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"red field","field"} "The field looks to be a red fog shifting and churning as you watch. if you are nuts you could probably enter it." east to chamber descr "You see the main chamber."; //A link to the portal is also here from dis_port end dis_port names {"red field","field"} title "Red field" descr "Red Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} dilcopy force_move@function( //how fast to force move in seconds 4, //room to force move to and act "deathspace@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.", //true or false random move or not 0); in disposal_room end ship title "War dragon" descr "Blue light softly glows from con duets that line the walls of this ship. The floors beside the east and west wall have what looks to be soft fabric covering. The south wall has small controls that seem to be made for humanoids with two small chairs that look to be pilot seats. view portals are about 50 meters up the side of the ship on the west and east wall and some kind of electronic screen covers the south wall. The ship seems to be a one room ship but there is a green field by the north wall." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"view port"} "Sorry your not 50 meters tall maybe it is made for a dragon?" extra {"view screen","screen"} "It seems to be the pilots view screen but you can't seem to see a way to turn it on." extra {"controls","control"} "The controls are in some weird language and your afraid if you start pushing buttons you might rocket in to the station or worse slam into a planet." extra {"soft fabric","fabric"} "It looks to be a dragon lounge area." //A link to the portal is also here from ship_port end deathspace title"Open space" descr "You see the ship and the station far off in the distance and you are in Space!" movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} dilcopy death_room@function ( //how often is damage done 4 would be 1 second 4, //damage 400, //act for the damage. "You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your lungs explode."); end %mobiles bldragon title "a black dragon" descr "A big ugly black dragon is clawing the ground here." names {"big ugly black dragon","ugly black dragon","big black dragon", "black dragon","dragon"} extra {} "The black dragons scales glitter like black granite that has been polished for years by water. He has a large neck and huge bat like wings. his eyes watch you as you stand before him. One claw seems to be tapping slightly on the ground as if the dragon is waiting for something." extra {"eye","eyes"} "The dragons eyes seem to follow you no matter where you go in the room nothing seems to escape the dragons attention." extra {"claws","claw"} "The claw is big black and it looks very deadly. It seems like the dragon has two sets of 4 large claws and 2 sets of 4 smaller claws which to say means the claws are about the size of short swords and long swords." extra {"scales","scale"} "Its a scale! Haven't you ever seen a dragon before!" extra {"bat wings","wings"} "The dragon sees you looking and flaps his wings creating one heck of a wind blast." M_DRAGON_BLACK_OLD(SEX_MALE) end janitor names {"ugly janitor", "janitor", "hobgoblin"} title "an ugly janitor" descr "an ugly janitor is walking around, cleaning up." extra{} "This ugly green thing looks more goblin than hobgoblin but he seems intent on cleaning everything around him." M_AVG_HOBGOBLIN(6, SEX_MALE) // he is sort of good for cleaning so much alignment 900 //give him some money money 5 IRON_PIECE dilcopy janitors@function(15); // only want him cleaning the station dilcopy wander_zones@function("dragonst", 20, 1, 1); end bob names {"Bob"} title "Bob" descr "Bob the Banker is here, sitting behind the counter." extra {} "He has a very serious look on his face." // define from composed.h M_SHOP_KEEPER(4, SEX_MALE, RACE_HUMAN) //discourage people from killing banker exp -500 flags {UNIT_FL_NO_TELEPORT} special SFUN_BANK end %objects info_board title "a merchant information board" descr "A merchant information Board is mounted on a wall here." names {"merchant information board","information board","merchant board","board"} extra {} "A large flashy black steal board." MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality black steel") type ITEM_BOARD dilcopy board@boards("info","","rem_res@boards","",100); end w_stiletto title "a stiletto" names {"deadly looking stiletto","deadly stiletto","stiletto", "dagger"} descr "A deadly looking stiletto has been left here." MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality steel") manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WIELD} WEAPON_DEF(WPN_DAGGER, 1, 2) weight 2 cost 2 GOLD_PIECE rent 1 COPPER_PIECE SKILL_TRANSFER(SKI_BACKSTAB, 2) dilcopy abi_restrict@function (ABIL_DEX,10,0,25,""); extra{} "This looks like a thief dream come true. " extra {"$identify"} "The stiletto looks magical in nature and seems really sharp. You can tell if you wield it you would be able to backstab someone really easy." extra{"$improved identify"} "The stiletto gives you a magic bonus of +1 and has a quality of +2. It also raises your back stabbing skill by 2%. You have to have at least 10% in dex before you can wield this magical weapon." end wpn_locker title "a weapons locker" names {"weapons locker","weapon locker","locker"} descr "a small weapons locker hangs on the wall here." manipulate {MANIPULATE_ENTER} CONTAINER_DEF(500) open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} weight 400 MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality steel") extra {} "It is an ordinary weapons locker that looks like it holds any illegal weapons that are taken on the station." end pol_plate names {"polished breast plate","polished plate","breast plate","plate"} title "a polished breast plate" descr "A polished breast plate has been left here." extra{} "This is one shiny plate it seems to be made out of one perfect piece of metal. There doesn't even seem to be any markings of owner ship." manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WEAR_BODY} ARMOUR_PLATE(5,9) MATERIAL_METAL("A high luster silver colored metal") manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WEAR_BODY} ARMOUR_DEF(ARM_PLATE,5,9) dilcopy abi_restrict@function (ABIL_STR,40,0,25,""); cost 2 GOLD_PIECE rent 3 COPPER_PIECE weight 25 extra{"$identify"} "This is a high quality plate with a magical feeling." extra{"$improved identify"} "The plate has a magical bonus to your defence of a +5 and a quality of +9. You need 40% in strength to be able to wear it." end liq_ration names {"red bag", "bag", "wine"} title "a red bag" descr "A red bag has been gently placed here." MATERIAL_ORGANIC("a soft plastic") manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE} LIQ_WINE(1,2,2,0) cost 2 IRON_PIECE extra {} "A small label reads Tassel Grove's finest. Year 321" extra {"$identify"} "Its the special wine from Tassel grove a small halfling village on the planet Valhalla. It seems like a great vintage wine." end beef_stick title "a tough leathery stick" descr "A tough leathery looking stick is laying here." names {"tough leathery stick","tough leather stick","leathery stick", "leather stick","tough stick","stick"} extra {} "This has the word BEEF burnt into it." manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE} FOOD_DEF(5,0) weight 1 cost 1 COPPER_PIECE MATERIAL_ORGANIC("tough beef") end maskwa names {"maskwa platinum ring", "platinum ring","maskwa ring","maskwa","ring"} title "a Maskwa ring" descr "A Maskwa platinum ring is laying here." MATERIAL_METAL("Platinum, and other precious metals") extra {} "The ring has a large bear head. Could this be the legendary head of Maskwa? Any thing formed with its head on it is said to strengthen the wearer." type ITEM_WORN manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_HOLD, MANIPULATE_WEAR_FINGER} cost 100 COPPER_PIECE rent 50 IRON_PIECE weight 1 STR_TRANSFER(+1) end %end
</sect1>
<sect1 id="objexer"> <TITLE>Suggested object exercises</TITLE>
1. Using information you learned in <xref linkend="objcraft">, <xref linkend="objmag">, <xref linkend="objmacroshield">, and <xref linkend="objarmour"> create a large shield.
2. Using information you learned in <xref linkend="objnon-armour"> and <xref linkend="objmacrotransfers"> create a ring that gives a person 5% strength bonus and removes 5% magic ability.
3. Using information you learned from <xref linkend="objmacroliqcont"> and <xref linkend="objdrink"> create a beer or soda from your local area.
4. Using information you learned in <xref linkend="objmacrolight">; make an object that gives off a bright light and will never run out.
5. Using the macros found in <xref linkend="objmacroliqcont">, <xref linkend="objmacrofood">, <xref linkend="objmacromoney">, and <xref linkend="objmacrocontainer"> along with information found in <xref linkend="objfood"> and <xref linkend="objdrink">; create a chest that can be locked that contains food, drink, a pile of silver pieces, and a pile of iron pieces.
</SECT1>
</chapter>
<chapter ID="ch-07"><?dbhtml filename="ch07.html"> <TITLE>The reset section</TITLE>
Once you have learned to build rooms, objects and NPCs, you will find one main missing thing, while you have created NPCs and objects they don't exist in the game unless you load them. When developing the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> we found that logging on and loading everything for the players to interact with, became a very difficult thing to do when we got over 30 items. After many seconds of thought we came up with the idea of a reset section that would do all of this work for us. In fact the reset takes care of closing doors after players have opened them, loading NPCs and their equipment, loading objects by themselves in rooms or even loaded objects in objects.
Everything inside the reset section activates once at boot time and then again when the reset time is up and the reset flag is true. These two fields were described in <xref linkend="zoneinfo"> and are included in the zone header. The reset section is denoted by the symbol '%reset' and can placed anywhere but we try to keep it at the end of our zone files. There is no set order you must reset your doors, objects, and NPCs in but I like to do doors first, special reset commands second, objects in rooms third, objects with objects in them forth, NPCs fifth, and finally NPCs. You may find that you have a better way of sorting them and again it is up to you.
<sect1 id="doorreset"> <TITLE>Door resets</TITLE>
To show how the door resets work we will revisit an old room example from <xref linkend="rmdoorexits">. The following two rooms are linked with a door and at boot time they are reset to closed. When the mud boots the door flags set on the room are the door flags that are used. After boot up time the reset section is where the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> gets its information about what to do with the door.
hallway title "Module tunnel" descr "The hallway is about 50 meters long and around 100 meters from side to side and top to bottom...." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to chamber descr "The hallway opens up into a chamber."; east to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; end office title "The station office" descr "Large paintings fill the walls of this part of the station...." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; end
Now that we have two rooms lets define the reset command and how it works. All reset commands have a keyword and then a set of arguments. The door reset command is simply 'door' followed by a set of arguments that tell the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> where the door is, which door in that location, and what you want to do with the door. The command looks like this.
door <room symbol> <Direction number> {<door flags>}
<VARIABLELIST> <TITLE>Door argument explanation</TITLE> <VARLISTENTRY>
- room symbolic
<DICTDEF> As the name indicates this is the room that the door is located in. If you are resetting a door not in the zone the reset command is in you will need to use a full symbolic name with the zone extension. The following would be two valid examples.
//room symbolic in this zone door myroom ... //room symbolic in another zone door out_room@frogwart ...
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- direction number
<DICTDEF> The direction number can be one of the pre-defined direction numbers in the file vme.h. shown here so you don't have to go flipping file to file.
#define NORTH 0 #define EAST 1 #define SOUTH 2 #define WEST 3 #define UP 4 #define DOWN 5 #define NORTHEAST 6 #define NORTHWEST 7 #define SOUTHEAST 8 #define SOUTHWEST 9
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- door flags
<DICTDEF>
These flags, surrounded by '{}', describe the state of the door after the reset. The following is the list of possible door flags.
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_OPEN_CLOSE
<DICTDEF> Set this if you can open and close this exit, be it a door, gate or otherwise. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_CLOSED
<DICTDEF> Set this if you want the exit to be closed at reset time. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_LOCKED
<DICTDEF> Set this if you want the exit to be locked at reset time.
An interesting aspect is that if you do not specify a key, you can only unlock this door with the 'pick' skill, 'unlock' spell or from <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> with UnSet();
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- EX_PICK_PROOF
<DICTDEF> Using this flag renders the 'pick' skill and 'unlock' spell un useable on the lock of this exit. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY> ;EX_HIDDEN <DICTDEF> If this bit is set, the exit is hidden until the mobile has successfully searched for it, using the 'search'-command. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
Now that we have all the information we need we can close the door after the reset time expires. For our two rooms the door reset would look like this.
door hallway EAST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED} door office WEST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}
As you can see from the example it is very important to
close both sides of the door. If you do not close both sides you will get very weird and undefined errors when players are trying to open and
close them
Another thing that you can do with the door reset command is change the doors status. In our previous example we reset the door to its status that it has when it first is loaded into the game. If however we wanted to change the door to a locked door we could do that by adding the locked flag like this.
door hallway EAST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} door office WEST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}
</sect1>
<sect1 id="resetloadobjnpc"> <TITLE>Loading objects and NPCs</TITLE>
Time to start loading your zone with its life and all the other strange things you have built. There is two commands that do all the loading and equipping of objects. Oddly enough the commands are called 'load' and 'equip'. The format of the commands are almost the same but equip must be used inside a NPC grouping. With that in mind lets start with simple loads and work our way up.
The command to load an object or an NPC into a room is as follows:
load <object or NPC> [into] [<room<] [<load amount>] [{Other loads and equip commands}]
<VARIABLELIST>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- object or NPC
<DICTDEF> The first argument to the load command is the object or NPC symbolic name that you want to load. The first argument is the only one that must be included in all load commands.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- into
<DICTDEF> This is just a symbol that tells the reset that we are loading the object or NPC into some other unit.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- object, NPC, and room
<DICTDEF> The third argument is the symbolic name of the place where you are loading the object and the NPC. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- load amount
<DICTDEF> the fourth argument is an optional argument that tells the reset how many of the objects are allowed in the world, zone, or locally. The possible values for this field are as follows:
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- max <num>
<DICTDEF> This command is always part of another reset command (load, equip, etc.). At reset time the entire world is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the command be executed. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- local <num>
<DICTDEF> This command is always part of another reset command (load, equip, etc.). At reset time the location of which the unit is to be loaded into is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the command be executed. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- zonemax <num>
<DICTDEF> This command is always part of another reset command (load, equip, etc.). At reset time the entire zone being reset is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the command be executed. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- Optional grouping
<DICTDEF>
Any reset command may be followed by a pair of curly brackets {} containing more reset commands. The commands inside the brackets will only be executed in case the associated command was successful.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
</VARIABLELIST>
Don't be alarmed if this sounds a bit hard. It all gets much more clear as some examples are explained. Lets take a look at the following example and see if we can't make this much more clear.
load udgaard/fido into midgaard/temple max 1
This example is pretty simple it says load the fido into the temple only if there isn't already 1 in the world. Now lets get a bit more complicated.
load udgaard/fido into midgaard/temple max 1 { load bone load excrement into midgaard/temple }
Now we have said again load the fido into the temple if there is not already one in the world. Then if fido loads fill his inventory with a bone and load excrement into the temple as well.
We can get even more complicated but still just using the load commands by doing the following
load udgaard/fido into midgaard/temple max 1 { load bone load excrement into midgaard/temple load bag { load apple max 1 } }
now we still have the fido loading if there isn't one already in the world then the bone and the excrement and finally we load a bag. If there isn't an apple already in the world we load the bag with a apple in it other wise the bag will be empty.
Well that should be enough load examples for now but we will get right back to them in a bit. Now we should introduce another reset command called the 'equip' command that we have already mentioned. The 'equip' command works a lot like load but has much simpler arguments. The 'equip' command is as follows.
equip <symbol> position [load amount <num>]
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- symbol
<DICTDEF> The first argument is just the symbolic name of the item being worn by the NPC.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- position
<DICTDEF> The position is any of the positions available in the vme.h. The following are all the positions along side there defines as found in the vme.h.
<TITLE>Wear positions</TITLE> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Position</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Define(s)</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>head</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_HEAD</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>hands</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_HANDS</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>arms</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_ARMS</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>body</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_BODY</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>legs</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_LEGS</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>feet</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_FEET</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>cloak</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_ABOUT</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>shield</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_SHIELD</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>hold</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_HOLD</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>wield</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_WIELD</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ear</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_EAR_R and WEAR_EAR_L</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>neck</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_NECK_1 and WEAR_NECK_2</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>wrist</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_WRIST_R and WEAR_WRIST_L</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>finger</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_FINGER_R and WEAR_FINGER_L</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>chest</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_CHEST</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>back</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_BACK</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>waist</ENTRY> <ENTRY>MANIPULATE_WEAR_WAIST</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>ankle</ENTRY> <ENTRY>WEAR_ANKLE_R and WEAR_ANKLE_L</ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY></TGROUP></LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- load amount
<DICTDEF> the fourth argument is an optional argument that tells the reset how many of the objects are allowed in the world, zone, or locally. The possible values for this field are as follows:
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- max <num>
<DICTDEF> This command is always part of another reset command (load, equip, etc.). At reset time the entire world is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the command be executed. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- local <num>
<DICTDEF> This command is always part of another reset command (load, equip, etc.). At reset time the location of which the unit is to be loaded into is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the command be executed. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- zonemax <num>
<DICTDEF> This command is always part of another reset command (load, equip, etc.). At reset time the entire zone being reset is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the command be executed. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
</VARIABLELIST>
Now with the equipment command you can now get your NPCs dressed and ready for battle. The 'load' and 'equip' commands are not the easiest though so lets go through some simple examples.
load guard into jail { equip helmet WEAR_HEAD equip plate WEAR_BODY equip pants WEAR_LEGS equip specialsword max 1 load brass_key }
This is how you would equip a NPC with all items from the current zone. As you can see we didn't need full symbolics because the server knows to grab the items from the zone the resets are in.
load guard into safe_room max 2 { equip plate WEAR_BODY load powersword max1 { load silver_pile into safe_room } }
In this example we only load the silver pile if the guard loads and if the power sword loads which may or may not happen since there is only a max of one sword allowed while there is a max of 2 guards allowed. What will happen in this case is at the first reset there will be one guard and one pile of silver. The next reset there will still only be one pile of silver but now there will be two guards.
Hopefully you have got the basic resets down. If not don't worry there are plenty more examples to come and we still have to make the resets for our dragon station zone. </sect1>
<sect1 id="resetfunction"> <TITLE>Special reset functions</TITLE>
Now that we have gone over the basic load and equip commands we have some special commands that you can add to them to make them do more interesting things. Sometimes when doing resets you don't always want items or NPCs to load or sometimes you want them to load but only if a certain amount of other things correctly load. There are also times you want to clear the rooms or reload an entire object after removing the old one. All these things and more can be accomplished with the reset section.
<sect2 id="resetcomplete"> <TITLE>The complete directive.</TITLE>
The 'load' and 'equip' commands have one more argument that can be placed at the end of them to make them act a bit different.the complete directive. In the case where this directive is placed at the end of a 'load or 'equip' command, the unit is only loaded in case all immediate commands inside its nesting are executed successfully. For example:
load captain into jail_room complete { equip magic_sword position WEAR_WIELD max 1 load bag { load ruby_ring max 1 } }
In this case the captain is only loaded if the objects magic_sword and bag are successfully loaded. if the ruby_ring is not loaded, it will have no effect on the complete directive. To make the ruby_ring affect to captains complete directive, the bag must also have specified a complete directive (because the bag would then not be complete, and thus the captain would not be complete).
</sect2>
<sect2> <TITLE>The follow command</TITLE>
Once you load a NPC you may want that NPC to follow another NPC. That is what the 'follow' command is for. The following is the format of the 'follow' command
follow <symbol> <load amount #> <complete>
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- symbol
<DICTDEF> The first argument to the follow command is the symbolic name of the NPC to follow the NPC of the outer grouping. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- load amount
<DICTDEF> the second argument is an optional argument that tells the reset how many of the NPC followers of this type are allowed in the world, zone, or locally. The possible values for this field are as follows: <VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- max <num>
<DICTDEF> This command is always part of another reset command (load, equip, etc.). At reset time the entire world is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the command be executed. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- local <num>
<DICTDEF> This command is always part of another reset command (load, equip, etc.). At reset time the location of which the unit is to be loaded into is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the command be executed. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> <VARLISTENTRY>
- zonemax <num>
<DICTDEF> This command is always part of another reset command (load, equip, etc.). At reset time the entire zone being reset is scanned for occurences of the loaded unit - only if the currently existing number is less than <num> will the command be executed. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST> </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- complete
<DICTDEF> This only makes the NPC follow if all the other things in the grouping finishes completely. For a better description of how this directive works see <xref linkend="resetcomplete">. </LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
The follow command is always used nested inside a loaded NPC to force the NPC <symbol> to follow the NPC of the outer grouping. The following would be a correct use of the follow command.
load captain into jail { follow guard max 4 { equip guard_helmet WEAR_HEAD equip guard_plate WEAR_BODY equip guard_legs WEAR_LEGS equip guard_boots WEAR_FEET } follow guard max 4 { equip guard_helmet WEAR_HEAD equip guard_plate WEAR_BODY equip guard_legs WEAR_LEGS equip guard_boots WEAR_FEET } }
This example would load two guards that are fully dressed and they would start following the captain which is also loaded. </sect2> <sect2> <TITLE>The purge command</TITLE>
There are times when you want to clean up a room. This can be done very easy by using the <command>purge</command>. The following is the format of the purge command.
purge <symbol>
This command doesn't take much description. The symbol is the room you want to empty of all objects and NPCs. If you wanted to get rid of all objects and NPCs from a room with the symbolic name of jail it would look like this.
purge jail
</sect2> <sect2> <TITLE>The random command</TITLE>
If you ever want to load something only some of the time. There is a built in <command>random</command> command that allows you to pick the percentage of the time that the item will load. The random command has the following format.
random <num> {group or single set of resets}
It is important to point out this is done by a random percentage chance where as 1% of the time would be almost not at all and 100% of the time would be all the time. If we wanted to load a group of things only 80% of the time it would look like this.
random 80 { load captain into jail_room complete { equip magic_sword position WEAR_WIELD max 1 load bag { load ruby_ring max 1 } } }
</sect2> <sect2> <TITLE>The remove command</TITLE>
Many times players take items out of containers like chests or steal items from your NPCs and leave them naked. If the NPC is not dead the resets don't reload them therefore your NPCs will stand there empty and so will your chests. This is fine if that is what you want but sometimes you want them to get dressed or refilled again at reset time. that is what the <command>remove</command> command is for. The following is the format of the remove command.
remove <symbol1> in <symbol2>
Again the remove command is a simple command and it only has two arguments, the item and where it is to remove it from. If you wanted to have a cabinet that at every reset it would have a knife and a bag of sugar in it would look like this.
remove cabinet in kitchen load cabinet into kitchen { load sugarbag load knife }
</sect2> </sect1> <sect1 id="resetdragon"> <TITLE>Reset walk through</TITLE>
The dragon station is almost finished. All you have to do now is create the resets for it. We don't have a lot of stuff in the zone but we have enough to make a decent example of how the resets work. As I mentioned at the start of the chapter on resets I like to do the doors first, the objects in rooms second, then the NPCs. again this is nothing we force you to do but I find it helps me keep track of my items and NPCs.
With that in mind we will start by resetting our doors. In the zone there is two doors. One is a regular door that is closed when the mud reboots and the other is a hidden and locked door when the mud reboots. We will not block the rooms in and show you them again but if you want to you can see the rooms in <xref linkend="finishedzone">. the resets for these doors would look like this.
//Office door reset door hallway EAST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} door office WEST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} //secret door reset door office SOUTH {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED,EX_HIDDEN} door portal_room NORTH {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}
Both sides of the door don't have to have the exact same
flags the door in the office is hidden but the one on the ship is
not.
The next thing to build resets for is the two items we are loading directly into rooms and their contents if they have any. The two items we are loading into rooms are the board and the weapons locker. I am just going to stick the board in the main chamber and the weapons locker in the office. The reset for these two items looks like this.
load info_board into chamber load wpn_locker into office { load w_stiletto }
Notice we also loaded a stiletto into the weapons locker and it will only load once a reboot since the cabinet will never be removed and unless the cabinet reloads the stiletto will not reload.
finally we get to the NPcs and their equipment. We only have 3 NPCs in our zone so it shouldn't be any problem especially since we don't have that much close. I am going to load the dragon into the ship on a percentage chance basis and then load the Janitor into the station so he can get to cleaning it up. Finally I will load Bob into the office so he can sit and count his money.
load bob into office { equip pol_plate WEAR_BODY } load janitor into chamber { equip pol_plate WEAR_BODY } random 50 { load bldragon { load maskwa } }
Only a couple final things to point out. It doesn't matter if you load the same type of plate or same type of clothing on every NPC. It would look pretty silly if everyone was wearing the same clothes but I wanted to make sure you understood you didn't have to make one set for everyone. Also you don't have to equip wearable things you can load them into the inventory like we did with the ring on the dragon. That about covers it all. The resets are now done and we can now put them all together with the zone and complete our dragon station.
</sect1>
<sect1 id="finishedzone"> <TITLE>The complete dragon station</TITLE>
#include <composed.h> %zone dragonst lifespan 20 reset RESET_ANYHOW creators {"whistler"} notes "This is the dragon station I shortened it to dragonst for ease in loading. If you have any questions email me at whistler@valhalla.com" help "Not sure what could help you now. You are stuck on one of the weirdest space stations you have ever seen and you smell burning sulfur." %rooms chamber title "The middle chamber of the station" descr "This chamber seems to have the entire station rotating around it. It is unbelievably large the ceiling seems to be a good 200 meeters high and the room is perfectly cubic. Small human size ornate chairs with dragon designs scrawled on the arms and back are arranged in a triangle like setting with one large chair at the front. This must be where all station meetings are held. large pictures cover the walls depicting dragons in all kinds of situations. large passages lead of to the west and the east.." extra {"chair","chairs"} "The chairs are made of some metal you don't recognize and every inch is covered with some kind of dragon." extra {"dragon picture","picture"} "Thousands of dragons dot the skies of this rather life like picture. In the center you see something move. It looks to be a little green dragon." extra{"green dragon","dragon","green"} "An intellegence looking dragon is sitting perched on a large chair watching you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to disposal_room descr "You see a small room."; east to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway."; end hallway title "Module tunnel" descr "The hallway is about 50 meters long and around 100 meters from side to side and top to bottom. The hallway seems to be dust free. The walls and the floors seem to be made out of the same sterile metal-plastic that all space agencies uses. There are large plate glass windows that open up into space. The hallway is filled with a dim light that seems to come from everywhere yet no where all at once. You notice a glimmer of bright light coming from the windows. To the east you see an air lock and to the west the hallway opens up into a larger room." extra {"windows","window"} "Your eyes are drawn to a large ship lit up with running lights sitting about 1 kilometer from the station." extra{"floor","walls","wall"} "Well what can be said it looks to be in perfect condition. What else would you want to know?" extra {"large ship" ,"ship"} "The ship looks really big and is shaped like a dragon. The scales sparkle and seem to be multiple colors." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} west to chamber descr "The hallway opens up into a chamber."; east to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; end office title "The station office" descr "Large paintings fill the walls of this part of the station. The room is as large as the other rooms big enough for Dragons to lounge while still having a desk in one corner small enough for a humanoid. The floor along the north wall is lined with some kind of fabric and seems very soft to walk on, it may be some kind of dragon lounge judging by how large an area it covers. There is a passage to the west." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"paintings","painting"} "The paintings are of many dragons and riders in all kinds of tasks from combat to look out. All the figures seem to be staring at a staff being held by a depiction of a wizard on the south wall." extra {"wizard","staff"} "The wizard has his hand stretched out and it seems there is a place you can almost grab the staff. Maybe if you searched the staff you would find it." extra {"desk"} "Its a desk alright but there doesn't seem to be any drawers and it seems totally empty." extra{"fabric"} "Wussshhhhh you bound across the comfortable floor wasn't that fun." west to hallway descr "You see what looks to be a hallway." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED}; SECRET_DOOR_DIFFICULTY(SOUTH, 50) south to portal_room descr "You see what looks to be a portal room." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","staff","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED,EX_HIDDEN}; end portal_room title "Green field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a green field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the north." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"green field","field"} "The field looks to be a green fog shifting and churning as you watch. if you are nuts you could probably enter it." north to office descr "You see what looks to be an office." keyword {"air lock door","air lock","door"} key nokey open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED}; //A link to the portal is also here from room_port end ship_port names{"green field", "field"} title "Green field" descr "Green Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} in ship dilcopy force_move@function( //Time to activation 4, //room and act "portal_room@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.&You appear on the deck of a ship.", //True or False for randomizing or not FALSE); end room_port names{"green field", "field"} title "Green field" descr "Green Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} in portal_room dilcopy force_move@function( //Time to activation 4, //room and act "ship@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.&You appear on the deck of a ship.", //True or False for randomizing or not FALSE); end disposal_room title "Red field room" descr "Like the other rooms on the station this one is large enough for dragons to comfortably fit in. The strange thing about this room though is it is totally empty except for a red field right in the center. there is a door that leads to another room to the east." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"red field","field"} "The field looks to be a red fog shifting and churning as you watch. if you are nuts you could probably enter it." east to chamber descr "You see the main chamber."; //A link to the portal is also here from dis_port end dis_port names {"red field","field"} title "Red field" descr "Red Mist swirls about you." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} dilcopy force_move@function( //how fast to force move in seconds 4, //room to force move to and act "deathspace@dragonst!You feel your body dissolving for lack of a better description.", //true or false random move or not 0); in disposal_room end ship title "War dragon" descr "Blue light softly glows from con duets that line the walls of this ship. The floors beside the east and west wall have what looks to be soft fabric covering. The south wall has small controls that seem to be made for humanoids with two small chairs that look to be pilot seats. view portals are about 50 meters up the side of the ship on the west and east wall and some kind of electronic screen covers the south wall. The ship seems to be a one room ship but there is a green field by the north wall." movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} extra {"view port"} "Sorry your not 50 meters tall maybe it is made for a dragon?" extra {"view screen","screen"} "It seems to be the pilots view screen but you can't seem to see a way to turn it on." extra {"controls","control"} "The controls are in some weird language and your afraid if you start pushing buttons you might rocket in to the station or worse slam into a planet." extra {"soft fabric","fabric"} "It looks to be a dragon lounge area." //A link to the portal is also here from ship_port end deathspace title"Open space" descr "You see the ship and the station far off in the distance and you are in Space!" movement SECT_INSIDE ALWAYS_LIGHT flags {UNIT_FL_NO_WEATHER, UNIT_FL_INDOORS} dilcopy death_room@function ( //how often is damage done 4 would be 1 second 4, //damage 400, //act for the damage. "You realize to late that was the trash disposal transporter and you feel your lungs explode."); end %mobiles bldragon title "a black dragon" descr "A big ugly black dragon is clawing the ground here." names {"big ugly black dragon","ugly black dragon","big black dragon", "black dragon","dragon"} extra {} "The black dragons scales glitter like black granite that has been polished for years by water. He has a large neck and huge bat like wings. his eyes watch you as you stand before him. One claw seems to be tapping slightly on the ground as if the dragon is waiting for something." extra {"eye","eyes"} "The dragons eyes seem to follow you no matter where you go in the room nothing seems to escape the dragons attention." extra {"claws","claw"} "The claw is big black and it looks very deadly. It seems like the dragon has two sets of 4 large claws and 2 sets of 4 smaller claws which to say means the claws are about the size of short swords and long swords." extra {"scales","scale"} "Its a scale! Haven't you ever seen a dragon before!" extra {"bat wings","wings"} "The dragon sees you looking and flaps his wings creating one heck of a wind blast." M_DRAGON_BLACK_OLD(SEX_MALE) end janitor names {"ugly janitor", "janitor", "hobgoblin"} title "an ugly janitor" descr "an ugly janitor is walking around, cleaning up." extra{} "This ugly green thing looks more goblin than hobgoblin but he seems intent on cleaning everything around him." M_AVG_HOBGOBLIN(6, SEX_MALE) // he is sort of good for cleaning so much alignment 900 //give him some money money 5 IRON_PIECE dilcopy janitors@function(15); // only want him cleaning the station dilcopy wander_zones@function("dragonst", 20, 1, 1); end bob names {"Bob"} title "Bob" descr "Bob the Banker is here, sitting behind the counter." extra {} "He has a very serious look on his face." // define from composed.h M_SHOP_KEEPER(4, SEX_MALE, RACE_HUMAN) //discourage people from killing banker exp -500 flags {UNIT_FL_NO_TELEPORT} special SFUN_BANK end %objects info_board title "a merchant information board" descr "A merchant information Board is mounted on a wall here." names {"merchant information board","information board","merchant board","board"} extra {} "A large flashy black steal board." MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality black steel") type ITEM_BOARD dilcopy board@boards("info","","rem_res@boards","",100); end w_stiletto title "a stiletto" names {"deadly looking stiletto","deadly stiletto","stiletto", "dagger"} descr "A deadly looking stiletto has been left here." MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality steel") manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WIELD} WEAPON_DEF(WPN_DAGGER, 1, 2) weight 2 cost 2 GOLD_PIECE rent 1 COPPER_PIECE SKILL_TRANSFER(SKI_BACKSTAB, 2) dilcopy abi_restrict@function (ABIL_DEX,10,0,25,""); extra{} "This looks like a thieves dream come true. " extra {"$identify"} "The stiletto looks magical in nature and seems really sharp. You can tell if you wield it you would be able to backstab someone really easy." extra{"$improved identify"} "The stiletto gives you a magical bonus of +1 and has a quality of +2. It also raises your back stabbing skill by 2%. You have to have at least 10% in dex before you can wield this magical weapon." end wpn_locker title "a weapons locker" names {"weapons locker","weapon locker","locker"} descr "a small weapons locker hangs on the wall here." manipulate {MANIPULATE_ENTER} CONTAINER_DEF(500) open {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} weight 400 MATERIAL_METAL("A very fine quality steel") extra {} "It is an ordinary weapons locker that looks like it holds any illegal weapons that are taken on the station." end pol_plate names {"polished breast plate","polished plate","breast plate","plate"} title "a polished breast plate" descr "A polished breast plate has been left here." extra{} "This is one shiny plate it seems to be made out of one perfect piece of metal. There doesn't even seem to be any markings of owner ship." manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WEAR_BODY} ARMOUR_PLATE(5,9) MATERIAL_METAL("A high luster silver colored metal") manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_WEAR_BODY} ARMOUR_DEF(ARM_PLATE,5,9) dilcopy abi_restrict@function (ABIL_STR,40,0,25,""); cost 2 GOLD_PIECE rent 3 COPPER_PIECE weight 25 extra{"$identify"} "This is a high quality plate with a magical feeling." extra{"$improved identify"} "The plate has a magical bonus to your defence of a +5 and a quality of +9. You need 40% in strength to be able to wear it." end liq_ration names {"red bag", "bag", "wine"} title "a red bag" descr "A red bag has been gently placed here." MATERIAL_ORGANIC("a soft plastic") manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE} LIQ_WINE(1,2,2,0) cost 2 IRON_PIECE extra {} "A small label reads Tassel Grove's finest. Year 321" extra {"$identify"} "Its the special wine from Tassel grove a small halfling village on the planet Valhalla. It seems like a great vintage wine." end beef_stick title "a tough leathery stick" descr "A tough leathery looking stick is laying here." names {"tough leathery stick","tough leather stick","leathery stick", "leather stick","tough stick","stick"} extra {} "This has the word BEEF burnt into it." manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE} FOOD_DEF(5,0) weight 1 cost 1 COPPER_PIECE MATERIAL_ORGANIC("tough beef") end maskwa names {"maskwa platinum ring", "platinum ring","maskwa ring","maskwa","ring"} title "a Maskwa ring" descr "A Maskwa platinum ring is laying here." MATERIAL_METAL("Platinum, and other precious metals") extra {} "The ring has a large bear head. Could this be the legendary head of Maskwa? Any thing formed with its head on it is said to strengthen the wearer." type ITEM_WORN manipulate {MANIPULATE_TAKE, MANIPULATE_HOLD, MANIPULATE_WEAR_FINGER} cost 100 COPPER_PIECE rent 50 IRON_PIECE weight 1 STR_TRANSFER(+1) end %reset //Office door reset door hallway EAST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} door office WEST {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} //secret door reset door office SOUTH {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED,EX_HIDDEN} door portal_room NORTH {EX_OPEN_CLOSE, EX_CLOSED,EX_LOCKED} load info_board into chamber load wpn_locker into office { load w_stiletto } load bob into office { equip pol_plate WEAR_BODY } load janitor into chamber { equip pol_plate WEAR_BODY } random 50 { load bldragon { load maskwa } } %end
</sect1> </chapter>
<chapter ID="ch-08"><?dbhtml filename="ch08.html"> <TITLE>Color and formatting codes</title>
Now that you have got a handle on how to build rooms, objects, and NPCs, we will now give you the ability to format text the way you want it formatted and color it as well. Currently the VME doesn't support all the ASCII characters but if we get enough people wanting this ability it will be added.
<sect1 id="escapecode"> <title>The escape character</title>
When working with colors or formatting there are always two parts to a formatting command. The first part we call the escape character which is the '&' character. Thus all formatting and color commands would look as follows:
&<color or formating command>
</sect1>
<sect1> <title>Formatting codes</title>
As you may have noticed the string fields on the VME are formatted in an english paragraph style. What that means is all text is formatted with he following rules:
<itemizedlist> <listitem> All leading blanks are stripped away. For room descriptions 3 leading spaces are added. This way we ensure a consistent formatting of the displayed room descriptions.</listitem> <listitem>
Spaces and blanks (newlines) are contracted to single spaces yielding a correctly 'wrapped' text for any sentence.</listitem> <listitem> If a '.' is encountered followed by a blank, a total of two spaces are inserted after the '.'.</listitem> </itemizedlist>
These formatting rules are great for normal descriptions and extras but what if you want to make a sign or a map. You don't always want the text to be rapped, if the server rapped your sign it would turn out looking like a jumble of punctuation in the form of a paragraph. <xref linkend="formattable"> contains a list of all formatting characters and a short description of them. <xref linkend="formatdescr"> contains a more in depth discussion of each format command with examples and <xref linkend="colordescr"> deals with the color commands.
<title>Formatting and color codes</title> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <thead> <row> <entry>Code</entry> <entry>Description</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry>&</entry> <entry>Used to make an & character instead of an escape code.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>l</entry> <entry> Text from this point forward will not be formatted. It will be interpreted literally with newlines, spaces, etc. Useful when making a sign or a map. </entry> </row> <row> <entry>f</entry> <entry> Text from this point forward will be formatted. This option is the reverse of &l and is default on any section of text. </entry> </row> <row> <entry>s<#></entry> <entry> Force a singe space character (or <#> if specified, may come in handy, instead of having to toggle formatting). </entry> </row> <row> <entry>n</entry> <entry> Force a new line, very handy instead of toggling the &l formatting switch. </entry> </row> <row> <entry>h</entry> <entry> Clears the screen if the terminal of the user supports it. </entry> </row> <row> <entry>x</entry> <entry> A file new line used for split so that you can split a file into lines </entry> </row> <row> <entry>c<color></entry> <entry> Set the foreground color. </entry> </row> <row> <entry>b<color></entry> <entry> Set the background color. </entry> </row> <row> <entry>[<color>]</entry> <entry> Set a preset foreground and background color. </entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup></sect1>
<sect1 id="formatdescr" <title>Formatting code descriptions and examples</title> <VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- &&
<DICTDEF> If you want a single '&' you must let the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> know that you don't want a formatting or a color code. You do this by doubling the '&' sign. The following is a couple examples:
<INFORMALTABLE frame=all> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1>
<thead> <row> <entry>text</entry> <entry>Result</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry>&&</entry> <entry>&</entry> </row> <row> <entry>&&&&</entry> <entry>&&</entry> </row>
<row> <entry>&&&&&&</entry> <entry>&&&</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </INFORMALTABLE>
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- &l
<DICTDEF>
When you want to turn off the formatting you use this formatting code. Everything after the '&l' will be shown exactly as you put it in the string.
&l * * * * * * * * * * * * *
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- &f
<DICTDEF> The formatted text as we have already said is default. If you want to turn the formatted text back on after some literal text you will have to use the '&f' code. The following is an example of some literal text followed by a short bit of formatted text.
&l * * * * * * * * * * * * * &fThe X marks the spot!
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- &s<#>
<DICTDEF>
If you want to input extra spaces in a sentence with out using the '&l' you can add them one at a time or multiple by using the '&s' code.
This sentence has 10 spaces&s10before the first word before.
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- &n
<DICTDEF>
If you want to input some blank lines with out using the literal code you can add a '&n'for each line you want.
This sentence&n&n&n would look like this: This sentence would look like this:
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- &x
<DICTDEF>
The line break is made for use with the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language. You will not need it to do regular text formatting. It was added so a <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> could split a string that is loaded from a file. If you don't understand the following example don't worry it is explained more in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> reference.
mystrlist:=split(string,"&");
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY>
- &h
<DICTDEF>
On terminals that can handle it the '&h' will clear the screen. If you wanted a sign that would clear the screen before displaying when a character looked at it would look like this.
&h&l * * * * * * * * * * * * * &fThe X marks the spot!
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST>
</sect1>
<sect1 id="colordescr"> <title>Color code descriptions and examples</title>
<VARIABLELIST> <VARLISTENTRY>
- &c and &b
<DICTDEF>
In order to allow you to change the colors there are two codes. One is for the foreground color (&c) and the other is for the background color (&b). '&c' is used with one or two arguments depending on brightness, while the '&b' s only used with one because it has only one brightness. They both have the forms as follows:
&c<bright><color> &b<color>
It is important to set both the foreground and background color because if a player has his default background color set to blue and you use blue as a foreground color it will make the letters invisible to the player. It is also important to set the colors back to the default color when done. this is done by using the following command:
&[default]
The '&[default]' command will be described in the next
section. It is enough to know for now that it will return the players
colors to their default colors.
Before we give some color examples we should now define the symbols for brightness and the symbols for each color and what they are.
<title>Colors</title> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <thead> <row> <entry>Code</entry> <entry>Color</entry> </row> </thead> <tbody> <row> <entry>n</entry> <entry>Black</entry> </row> <row> <entry>r</entry> <entry>Red</entry> </row> <row> <entry>g </entry> <entry>Green</entry> </row> <row> <entry>y</entry> <entry>Yellow</entry> </row> <row> <entry>b</entry> <entry>Blue</entry> </row> <row> <entry>m</entry> <entry>Magenta</entry> </row> <row> <entry>c</entry> <entry>Cyan</entry> </row> <row> <entry>w</entry> <entry>White</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup></LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY>
<VARLISTENTRY> <TERM>&[<color>]</TERM> <LISTITEM>
As we have said in the previous section if you are not careful you can make your text not visible by the player by setting the foreground to the same color as the background. In order to make it possible for you to easily change how the color looks and to even match it with the way players have their colors set already we have created colors that the players can set. and you can use. The <acronym>VME</acronym> comes with a default list of colors which can be added to by either the color.def or even by a <acronym>DIL</acronym> program on line. The default colors are as follows: <INFORMALTABLE frame=all> <TGROUP align=left cols=3 colsep=1> <tbody> <row> <entry>death</entry> <entry>default</entry> <entry>exit</entry> </row> <row> <entry>group</entry> <entry>hit_me</entry> <entry>hit_opponent</entry> </row> <row> <entry>hit_other</entry> <entry>immort_descr</entry> <entry>immort_title</entry> </row> <row> <entry>log</entry> <entry>miss_me</entry> <entry>miss_opponent</entry> </row> <row> <entry>miss_other</entry> <entry>nodam_me</entry> <entry>nodam_opponent</entry> </row> <row> <entry>nodam_other</entry> <entry>npc_descr</entry> <entry>npc_title</entry> </row> <row> <entry>obj_descr</entry> <entry>obj_title</entry> <entry>pc_descr</entry> </row> <row> <entry>pc_title</entry> <entry>prompt</entry> <entry>respond</entry> </row> <row> <entry>room_descr</entry> <entry>broom_title</entry> <entry>say_other</entry> </row> <row> <entry>say_self</entry> <entry>shield_me</entry> <entry>shield_opponent</entry> </row> <row> <entry>shield_other</entry> <entry>shout_other</entry> <entry>shout_self</entry> </row> <row> <entry>social_other</entry> <entry>social_self</entry> <entry>spells</entry> </row> <row> <entry>tell_other</entry> <entry>tell_self</entry> <entry>time</entry> </row> <row> <entry>weather</entry> <entry>whisper</entry> <entry>who</entry> </row> <row> <entry>who_guild</entry> <entry>who_inv</entry> <entry>who_name</entry> </row> <row> <entry>who_title</entry> <entry>wiz</entry> <entry>xpgain</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </informaltable>
To use these colors all you have to do is use the following formatting command:
&[color]
The color that will be shown is the color that the player has set for the color in question. If for example the player has his or her 'death' color set to bright red with a black background and you have a description as follows:
descr "This is a &[death]death&[room_descr]room"
The description would be in the players 'room_descr' color while the word death would be in his or hers 'death' color. You should note we had to set the color back to the room description color so that the rest of the description was not in the 'death' color.
To change the players color to the default out put color which is the color that is used when no color is specified by the server then you use 'default'. You probably won't use this in normal zone building but it is very important to know it exists when you start making spells, skills, and commands with <acronym>DIL</acronym>
</LISTITEM> </VARLISTENTRY> </VARIABLELIST> </sect1>
</chapter>
<chapter ID="ch-09"><?dbhtml filename="ch09.html"> <TITLE>The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> section</TITLE>
When I first thought of writing this manual I had planned to leave <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> totally out of it. The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language always confuses new Builders and complicates teaching simple rooms, objects, and NPCs. It became clear to me though that <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is such a part of the server that I at least had to mention it hear so builders would know where to look and what <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> could do for them when they got to the point where they were ready to use it.
<sect1 id="dilsect"> <TITLE>What is <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>?</TITLE>
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is short for, Data-based instructional language. Not to be confused with Database since <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is nothing like a database. Data-based means that the language works on a fixed set of units like objects, NPCS, and rooms and is designed to give them a life of their own. Unlike on many of the mud servers on the internet <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> is not an interpreted language it is a compiled language which gives you the user much more safe guards against crashes and slow code.
<ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> also provides a full set of data types to allow you to do calculations or store information from players. The <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> language can even deal with file access and it can add fields and information to the players if needed. In short the <ACRONYM>VME</ACRONYM> server has its own internal functional language that will allow you to do just about anything you want to.
</sect1>
<sect1 id="diluse"> <TITLE>What can <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> be used for?</TITLE> ...
It is hard to explain what all <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> can be used for with out just writing a list of things that have already been done in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> so here is the list.
<itemizedlist> <LISTITEM>All spells</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>60% of the commands and skills and growing</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Administrator commands</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Movement commands</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>look commands</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>200+ quests and growing</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Message boards</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Mail system</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Clan system</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Automated Newbie guides</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>object restrictions</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Death Sequence</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Magical combat system</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>NPC agressive functions</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>personalized Familiars</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>personalized pets</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Deck of cards</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Chess board</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>dice</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>online AD&D game playing system</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>Communication channels</LISTITEM> <LISTITEM>automated wedding chapel</LISTITEM> </itemizedlist>
Realize this is only a small list of things that can be done in <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. In the future we hope to be able to add the ability to easily change combat and all the character update features using <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. These things can be currently done with <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> but it takes a lot of knowledge and work which we hope to simplify. </sect1>
<sect1 id="moredilinfo"> <TITLE>Where do I get more information on <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM></TITLE>
The online <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> reference guide is the most authoritative guide currently for <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. It can be found at <ulink url="http://www.valhalla.com">http://www.valhalla.com</ulink> and follow the builders links.
In the near future we hope to have an entire new <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual that will teach, a person who has never coded all the way to people who are already professional coders, to use <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM>. For now if you can not find what you need in the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> reference manual you can join the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> email list at <email>dil-request@valhalla.com</email> or you can send a mail to <email>whistler@valhalla.com</email>. Until and even after the new <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> manual is written we will always try to help you as much as possible while you are getting started. It is important that you at least try and look through the <ACRONYM>DIL</ACRONYM> reference before asking a lot of questions because many of the questions may be answered already.
</sect1> </chapter>
<appendix id="app-a"><TITLE>VMC command line options</TITLE>
The argument string is processed from left to right. Options may
appear between filenames, but it should be noted that an option
only takes effect when it is encountered. In most cases, options
should be placed to the left of the filename arguments.
<INFORMALTABLE frame=none pgwide=1> <TGROUP align=left cols=2 colsep=1> <THEAD> <ROW> <ENTRY>Option</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Description</ENTRY> </ROW> </THEAD> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>-m</ENTRY> <ENTRY>The location of the money file. Normally etc/money.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>-v</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Verbose compiler output shows much more information about objects and NPC</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>-M</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Make option. Only compile source files if they have been modified more recently than the corresponding output files.</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>-p</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Pre process the file only</ENTRY> </ROW> <ROW> <ENTRY>-s</ENTRY> <ENTRY>Suppress the generation of output files.</ENTRY> </ROW>
</TBODY></TGROUP> </informaltable>
These options are not available to the email or FTP compiler, but
normally you should not bother with them - they are probably
set automatically.
</appendix>
<appendix id="app-b"><TITLE>Reserved keyword listing</TITLE>
<informaltable frame=none pgwide=1> <TGROUP align=left cols=8 colsep=4 rowsep=0> <TBODY> <ROW> <ENTRY>ability</ENTRY> <ENTRY>affect</ENTRY> <ENTRY>alignment</ENTRY> <ENTRY>applyf</ENTRY> <ENTRY>armour</ENTRY> <ENTRY>attack</ENTRY> <ENTRY>bits</ENTRY> <ENTRY>bright</ENTRY> </ROW><ROW> <ENTRY>capacity</ENTRY> <ENTRY>complete</ENTRY> <ENTRY>cost</ENTRY> <ENTRY>creators</ENTRY> <ENTRY>data</ENTRY> <ENTRY>default</ENTRY> <ENTRY>defensive</ENTRY> <ENTRY>descr</ENTRY> </ROW><ROW> <ENTRY>dilcopy</ENTRY> <ENTRY>door</ENTRY> <ENTRY>duration</ENTRY> <ENTRY>end</ENTRY> <ENTRY>equip</ENTRY> <ENTRY>exit</ENTRY> <ENTRY>exp</ENTRY> <ENTRY>extra</ENTRY> </ROW><ROW> <ENTRY>firstf</ENTRY> <ENTRY>flags</ENTRY> <ENTRY>follow</ENTRY> <ENTRY>height</ENTRY> <ENTRY>help</ENTRY> <ENTRY>hit</ENTRY> <ENTRY>id</ENTRY> <ENTRY>in</ENTRY> </ROW><ROW> <ENTRY>inside_descr</ENTRY> <ENTRY>into</ENTRY> <ENTRY>key</ENTRY> <ENTRY>keyword</ENTRY> <ENTRY>lastf</ENTRY> <ENTRY>level</ENTRY> <ENTRY>lifespan</ENTRY> <ENTRY>light</ENTRY> </ROW><ROW> <ENTRY>link</ENTRY> <ENTRY>load</ENTRY> <ENTRY>local</ENTRY> <ENTRY>mana</ENTRY> <ENTRY>manipulate</ENTRY> <ENTRY>max</ENTRY> <ENTRY>minv</ENTRY> <ENTRY>money</ENTRY> </ROW><ROW> <ENTRY>movement</ENTRY> <ENTRY>names</ENTRY> <ENTRY>nop</ENTRY> <ENTRY>notes</ENTRY> <ENTRY>npcflags</ENTRY> <ENTRY>offensive</ENTRY> <ENTRY>open</ENTRY> <ENTRY>outside_descr</ENTRY> </ROW><ROW> <ENTRY>position</ENTRY> <ENTRY>purge</ENTRY> <ENTRY>race</ENTRY> <ENTRY>random</ENTRY> <ENTRY>remove</ENTRY> <ENTRY>rent</ENTRY> <ENTRY>reset</ENTRY> <ENTRY>romflags</ENTRY> </ROW><ROW> <ENTRY>sex</ENTRY> <ENTRY>special</ENTRY> <ENTRY>speed</ENTRY> <ENTRY>spell</ENTRY> <ENTRY>string</ENTRY> <ENTRY>tickf</ENTRY> <ENTRY>time</ENTRY> <ENTRY>title</ENTRY> </ROW><ROW> <ENTRY>to</ENTRY> <ENTRY>type</ENTRY> <ENTRY>value</ENTRY> <ENTRY>weapon</ENTRY> <ENTRY>weather</ENTRY> <ENTRY>weight</ENTRY> <ENTRY>zonemax</ENTRY> <ENTRY></ENTRY> </ROW> </TBODY> </TGROUP> </informaltable>
</appendix>
<appendix id="app-c"> <TITLE>Race Definitions in values.h</TITLE>
The following list was extracted from the values.h
#define RACE_HUMAN 0 /* PC race */ #define RACE_ELF 1 /* PC race */ #define RACE_DWARF 2 /* PC race */ #define RACE_HALFLING 3 /* PC race */ #define RACE_GNOME 4 /* PC race */ #define RACE_HALF_ORC 5 #define RACE_HALF_OGRE 6 #define RACE_HALF_ELF 7 #define RACE_BROWNIE 8 #define RACE_GROLL 9 #define RACE_DARK_ELF 10 #define RACE_SKAVEN 120 #define RACE_GNOLL 121 #define RACE_GOBLIN 122 #define RACE_HOBGOBLIN 123 #define RACE_KOBOLD 124 #define RACE_NIXIE 125 #define RACE_NYMPH 126 #define RACE_OGRE 127 #define RACE_ORC 128 #define RACE_SATYR 129 #define RACE_FAUN 130 #define RACE_SPRITE 131 #define RACE_DRYAD 132 #define RACE_LEPRECHAUN 133 #define RACE_PIXIE 134 #define RACE_SYLPH 135 #define RACE_HERMIT 136 #define RACE_SHARGUGH 137 #define RACE_GIANT 138 #define RACE_WARDEN 139 /* Warden??? */ #define RACE_TROLL 140 #define RACE_NORSE_GOD 142 /* Hmmmm. probably need better categories */ #define RACE_MERMAID 145 #define RACE_SIREN 146 #define RACE_NAIAD 147 #define RACE_MERMAN 148 #define RACE_MINOTAUR 149 #define RACE_YETI 150 #define RACE_OTHER_HUMANOID 999 #define RACE_BEAR 1000 #define RACE_DOG 1001 #define RACE_WOLF 1002 #define RACE_FOX 1003 #define RACE_CAT 1004 #define RACE_RABBIT 1005 #define RACE_DEER 1006 #define RACE_COW 1007 #define RACE_HARE 1008 #define RACE_GOAT 1009 #define RACE_EAGLE 1010 #define RACE_PIG 1011 #define RACE_DUCK 1100 /* This will interest the biologists... */ #define RACE_BIRD 1101 /* This will interest the biologists... */ #define RACE_RAT 1102 #define RACE_HORSE 1103 #define RACE_BADGER 1104 #define RACE_SKUNK 1105 #define RACE_BOAR 1106 #define RACE_MOUSE 1107 #define RACE_MONKEY 1108 #define RACE_PORCUPINE 1110 #define RACE_ELEPHANT 1112 #define RACE_CAMEL 1113 #define RACE_FERRET 1114 #define RACE_VULTURE 1115 #define RACE_SQUIRREL 1116 #define RACE_OWL 1117 #define RACE_LEMURE 1118 /* Half-monkey (Makier) */ #define RACE_ELK 1119 /* Larger deer (Whapiti-deer) */ #define RACE_LION 1120 #define RACE_TIGER 1121 #define RACE_LEOPARD 1122 #define RACE_OTHER_MAMMAL 1999 #define RACE_TREE 2000 #define RACE_VINE 2001 #define RACE_FLOWER 2002 #define RACE_SEAWEED 2003 #define RACE_CACTUS 2004 #define RACE_OTHER_PLANT 2999 #define RACE_MAGGOT 3000 #define RACE_BEETLE 3001 #define RACE_SPIDER 3002 #define RACE_COCKROACH 3003 #define RACE_BUTTERFLY 3004 #define RACE_ANT 3005 #define RACE_WORM 3006 #define RACE_LEECH 3008 #define RACE_DRAGONFLY 3009 #define RACE_MOSQUITO 3010 #define RACE_OTHER_INSECT 3999 #define RACE_LIZARD 4000 #define RACE_SNAKE 4001 #define RACE_FROG 4002 #define RACE_ALLIGATOR 4004 #define RACE_DINOSAUR 4005 #define RACE_CHAMELEON 4006 #define RACE_SCORPION 4007 #define RACE_TURTLE 4008 #define RACE_BAT 4009 #define RACE_TOAD 4010 #define RACE_OTHER_REPTILE 4999 #define RACE_CAVE_WIGHT 5001 /* Some kind a creature... */ #define RACE_UR_VILE 5002 /* Some kind a creature... */ #define RACE_STONE_RENDER 5003 /* Some kind a creature... */ #define RACE_VAMPIRE 5005 #define RACE_SLIME 5006 #define RACE_WYRM 5007 #define RACE_AUTOMATON 5008 #define RACE_UNICORN 5009 #define RACE_DRAGON_MIN 5010 /* For use with special object */ #define RACE_DRAGON_BLACK 5010 #define RACE_DRAGON_BLUE 5011 #define RACE_DRAGON_GREEN 5012 #define RACE_DRAGON_RED 5013 #define RACE_DRAGON_WHITE 5014 #define RACE_DRAGON_SILVER 5015 #define RACE_DRAGON_TURTLE 5016 #define RACE_DRAGON_LAVA 5017 #define RACE_DRAGON_SHADOW 5018 #define RACE_DRAGON_LIZARD 5019 #define RACE_DRAGON_MAX 5020 /* For use with special object */ #define RACE_LESSER_DEMON 5020 /* Approx. Level < 100 */ #define RACE_GREATER_DEMON 5021 /* Approx. Level > 100 */ #define RACE_SERVANT_DEMON 5022 /* Approx. < level 20 */ #define RACE_PRINCE_DEMON 5023 /* Almost god, max level 149 (no more!) */ #define RACE_LESSER_DEVIL 5025 /* Approx. Level < 100 */ #define RACE_GREATER_DEVIL 5026 /* Approx. Level > 100 */ #define RACE_SHADOW_DEVIL 5027 #define RACE_ARCH_DEVIL 5028 #define RACE_MEDUSA 5030 #define RACE_WINGED_HORSE 5031 #define RACE_GARGOYLE 5033 #define RACE_GOLEM 5034 #define RACE_YOGOLOTH 5035 #define RACE_MIST_DWELLER 5036 #define RACE_WEREWOLF 5037 #define RACE_WERERAT 5038 #define RACE_ELEMENTAL_AIR 5040 #define RACE_ELEMENTAL_EARTH 5041 #define RACE_ELEMENTAL_FIRE 5042 #define RACE_ELEMENTAL_FROST 5043 #define RACE_ELEMENTAL_WATER 5044 #define RACE_ELEMENTAL_LIGHT 5045 #define RACE_DEVOURER 5600 #define RACE_DANALEK 5601 #define RACE_FAMILIAR 5900 /* Weirdo race... */ #define RACE_OTHER_CREATURE 5999 #define RACE_ZOMBIE 6000 #define RACE_LICH 6001 #define RACE_GHOUL 6002 #define RACE_SKELETON 6003 #define RACE_GHOST 6004 #define RACE_SPIRIT 6005 #define RACE_MUMMIE 6006 #define RACE_BANSHEE 6007 #define RACE_NAGA_SOUL 6008 #define RACE_OTHER_UNDEAD 6999 #define RACE_CRAB 7000 #define RACE_SAND_SPIDER 7002 #define RACE_RIVER_LEECH 7003 #define RACE_SAND_CRAWLER 7004 #define RACE_SEA_HORSE 7005 #define RACE_SHARK 7006 #define RACE_LAMPREY 7007 #define RACE_MANTA_RAY 7008 #define RACE_CLIFF_HUGGER 7009 #define RACE_ALGAE_MAN 7010 #define RACE_WHELK 7011 #define RACE_OYSTER 7012 #define RACE_KRAKEN 7013 #define RACE_CAVE_FISHER 7014 /* Tiamat: lobster / spider breed */ #define RACE_OCTOPUS 7015 #define RACE_WHALE 7016 #define RACE_DOLPHIN 7017 #define RACE_EEL 7018 #define RACE_FISH 7998 #define RACE_OTHER_MARINE 7999
</appendix> <appendix id="app-d"><TITLE>weapon definitions in values.h</TITLE>
The following list was extracted from the values.h
#define WPN_BATTLE_AXE 7 /* Two Handed */ #define WPN_HAND_AXE 8 #define WPN_WAR_MATTOCK 9 /* Two Handed */ #define WPN_WAR_HAMMER 10 #define WPN_GREAT_SWORD 11 /* Two Handed */ #define WPN_SCIMITAR 12 #define WPN_KATANA 13 #define WPN_FALCHION 14 #define WPN_KOPESH 15 #define WPN_BROAD_SWORD 16 #define WPN_LONG_SWORD 17 #define WPN_RAPIER 18 #define WPN_SHORT_SWORD 19 #define WPN_DAGGER 20 #define WPN_BATTLE_MACE 21 /* Two Handed */ #define WPN_MACE 22 #define WPN_BATTLE_CLUB 23 /* Two handed */ #define WPN_CLUB 24 #define WPN_MORNING_STAR 25 #define WPN_FLAIL 26 #define WPN_QUARTERSTAFF 27 #define WPN_SPEAR 28 #define WPN_HALBERD 29 #define WPN_BARDICHE 30 #define WPN_SICKLE 31 #define WPN_SCYTHE 32 /* Two handed */ #define WPN_TRIDENT 33 #define WPN_FIST 34 #define WPN_KICK 35 #define WPN_BITE 36 #define WPN_STING 37 #define WPN_CLAW 38 #define WPN_CRUSH 39 #define WPN_WHIP 40 #define WPN_WAKIZASHI 41 #define WPN_BOW 42 /* Here down to Staff are Rangers Guild Jan 98 */ #define WPN_CROSSBOW 43 #define WPN_SLING 44 #define WPN_FIGHTING_STAFF 45 /* Two handed */ #define WPN_SABER 46 #define WPN_CUTLASS 47 #define WPN_MACHETE 48 #define WPN_LANCE 49 #define WPN_SHOCK_LANCE 50 #define WPN_PIKE 51 #define WPN_GREAT_AXE 52 #define WPN_BATTLE_SWORD 53
</appendix>
<appendix id="app-e"> <TITLE>Liquid macros file</TITLE>
#define LIQ_WATER(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("clear", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,10,1,0,POISON) #define LIQ_BEER(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("brown", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,5,2,3,POISON) #define LIQ_WINE(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("clear", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,5,2,5,POISON) #define LIQ_ALE(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("brown", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,5,2,2,POISON) #define LIQ_DARK_ALE(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("dark brown", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,5,2,1,POISON) #define LIQ_WISKEY(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("golden",WEIGHT ,CAPACITY,INSIDE,4,1,6,POISON) #define LIQ_WHISKY(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("golden",WEIGHT ,CAPACITY,INSIDE,4,1,6,POISON) #define LIQ_LEMONADE(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("red", WEIGHT, CAPACITY, INSIDE, 8, 1, 0,POISON) #define LIQ_FIREBRT(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("green", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,0,0,10,POISON) #define LIQ_LOCALSPC(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("clear", WEIGHT, CAPACITY, INSIDE, 3, 3, 3,POISON) #define LIQ_SLIME(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("light green", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,8,4,0,POISON) #define LIQ_MILK(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("white", WEIGHT, CAPACITY, INSIDE, 6, 3, 0,POISON) #define LIQ_TEA(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("brown", WEIGHT, CAPACITY, INSIDE, 6, 1, 0,POISON) #define LIQ_COFFEE(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("black", WEIGHT, CAPACITY, INSIDE, 6, 1, 0,POISON) #define LIQ_COFFE(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("black", WEIGHT, CAPACITY, INSIDE, 6, 1, 0,POISON) #define LIQ_BLOOD(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("red", WEIGHT, CAPACITY, INSIDE, -1, 2, 0, POISON) #define LIQ_SALTWAT(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("clear", WEIGHT, CAPACITY, INSIDE, 2, 1, 0, POISON) #define LIQ_COKE(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("black", WEIGHT, CAPACITY, INSIDE, 5, 1, 0,POISON) #define LIQ_VODKA(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("clear", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,0,0,10,POISON) #define LIQ_BRANDY(WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,POISON) \ LIQ_DEF("golden", WEIGHT,CAPACITY,INSIDE,4,1,6,POISON)
</appendix>
<appendix id="app-f"> <TITLE>Complete magical transfers macros listing</TITLE>
This listing of macros was taken from wmacros.h. When building your objects you should check the macros file to make sure you have the most up to date macros.
#define CHAR_FLAG_TRANSFER(_MFLAGS) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_CHARFLAGS \ duration -1 \ data[0] _MFLAGS \ firstf TIF_EYES_TINGLE \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_EYES_TINGLE \ applyf APF_MOD_CHAR_FLAGS; /* skill MUST be one of SKI_XXX, amount in -10 to +10 */ #define SKILL_TRANSFER(skill, amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_SKILL_TRANSFER \ duration -1 \ data[0] skill \ data[1] amount \ firstf TIF_SKI_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_SKI_DEC \ applyf APF_SKILL_ADJ; /* weapon MUST be one of WPN_XXX, amount in -10 to +10 */ #define WEAPON_TRANSFER(weapon, amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_WEAPON_TRANSFER \ duration -1 \ data[0] weapon \ data[1] amount \ firstf TIF_WPN_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_WPN_DEC \ applyf APF_WEAPON_ADJ; /* spell MUST be one of SPL_XXX, amount in -10 to +10 */ #define SPELL_TRANSFER(spell, amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_SPELL_TRANSFER \ duration -1 /* Must be permanent in the object */ \ data[0] spell /* It is a spell SPL_XXX transfer */ \ data[1] amount /* Amount of better spell skill */ \ firstf TIF_SPL_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_SPL_DEC \ applyf APF_SPELL_ADJ; #define STR_TRANSFER(amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_STR \ duration -1 /* Must be permanent in the object */ \ data[0] ABIL_STR /* It is a strength function */ \ data[1] amount /* Amount of better strength */ \ firstf TIF_STR_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_STR_DEC \ applyf APF_ABILITY; #define DEX_TRANSFER(amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_DEX \ duration -1 /* Must be permanent in the object */ \ data[0] ABIL_DEX /* It is a dex function */ \ data[1] amount /* Amount of better dex */ \ firstf TIF_DEX_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_DEX_DEC \ applyf APF_ABILITY; #define CON_TRANSFER(amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_CON \ duration -1 /* Must be permanent in the object */ \ data[0] ABIL_CON /* It is a con function */ \ data[1] amount /* Amount of better con */ \ firstf TIF_CON_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_CON_DEC \ applyf APF_ABILITY; #define CHA_TRANSFER(amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_CHA \ duration -1 /* Must be permanent in the object */ \ data[0] ABIL_CHA /* It is a cha function */ \ data[1] amount /* Amount of better cha */ \ firstf TIF_CHA_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_CHA_DEC \ applyf APF_ABILITY; #define BRA_TRANSFER(amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_BRA \ duration -1 /* Must be permanent in the object */ \ data[0] ABIL_BRA /* It is a bra function */ \ data[1] amount /* Amount of better bra */ \ firstf TIF_BRA_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_BRA_DEC \ applyf APF_ABILITY; #define MAG_TRANSFER(amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_MAG \ duration -1 /* Must be permanent in the object */ \ data[0] ABIL_MAG /* It is a mag function */ \ data[1] amount /* Amount of better mag */ \ firstf TIF_MAG_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_MAG_DEC \ applyf APF_ABILITY; #define DIV_TRANSFER(amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_DIV \ duration -1 /* Must be permanent in the object */ \ data[0] ABIL_DIV /* It is a div function */ \ data[1] amount /* Amount of better div */ \ firstf TIF_DIV_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_DIV_DEC \ applyf APF_ABILITY; #define HIT_TRANSFER(amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_HPP \ duration -1 /* Must be permanent in the object */ \ data[0] ABIL_HP /* It is a hit point function */ \ data[1] amount /* Amount of better strength */ \ firstf TIF_HIT_INC \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_HIT_DEC \ applyf APF_ABILITY; #define SPEED_TRANSFER(newspeed) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_SPEED \ duration -1 /* Must be permanent in the object */ \ data[0] newspeed \ firstf TIF_SPEED_BETTER \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_SPEED_WORSE \ applyf APF_SPEED; #define SLOW_TRANSFER(amount) \ flags {UNIT_FL_MAGIC} \ affect \ id ID_TRANSFER_SPEED \ duration -1 \ data[0] newspeed \ firstf TIF_SPEED_WORSE \ tickf TIF_NONE \ lastf TIF_SPEED_BETTER \ applyf APF_SPEED;
</appendix>
<appendix id="app-g"> <TITLE>Skill definitions in values.h</TITLE>
The following list was extracted from the values.h
#define SKI_TURN_UNDEAD 0 #define SKI_SCROLL_USE 1 #define SKI_WAND_USE 2 #define SKI_CONSIDER 3 #define SKI_DIAGNOSTICS 4 #define SKI_APPRAISAL 5 #define SKI_VENTRILOQUATE 6 #define SKI_WEATHER_WATCH 7 #define SKI_FLEE 8 #define SKI_SNEAK 9 #define SKI_BACKSTAB 10 #define SKI_HIDE 11 #define SKI_FIRST_AID 12 #define SKI_PICK_LOCK 13 #define SKI_STEAL 14 #define SKI_RESCUE 15 #define SKI_SEARCH 16 #define SKI_LEADERSHIP 17 #define SKI_KICK 18 #define SKI_SWIMMING 19 #define SKI_BASH 20 #define SKI_CLIMB 21 #define SKI_SHIELD 22 #define SKI_TRIP 23 #define SKI_DUAL_WIELD 24 #define SKI_CUFF 25 #define SKI_RESIZE_CLOTHES 26 #define SKI_RESIZE_LEATHER 27 #define SKI_RESIZE_METAL 28 #define SKI_EVALUATE 29 /* "Fake skill to simulate combinations */ #define SKI_PEEK 30 #define SKI_PICK_POCKETS 31 #define SKI_FILCH 32 #define SKI_DISARM 33 #define SKI_SKIN 34 #define SKI_SHELTER 35 #define SKI_SOOTHE 36 #define SKI_AMBUSH 37 #define SKI_CURARE 38 #define SKI_FASHION 39 #define SKI_BUTCHER 40 #define SKI_LAY_TRAP 41 #define SKI_SHOOT 42 #define SKI_HERBS 43 #define SKI_FORAGE 44 #define SKI_DOWSE 45 #define SKI_TRACK 46 #define SKI_HUNT 47 #define SKI_THROW 48 #define SKI_COOK 49 #define SKI_SCAN 50 #define SKI_SLIP 51 #define SKI_PALM 52 #define SKI_PLANT 53 #define SKI_STALK 54 #define SKI_KNEE 55 #define SKI_ELBOW 56 #define SKI_HIT 57 #define SKI_PUNCH 58 #define SKI_GLANCE 59
</appendix>
<appendix id="app-h"> <TITLE>Spell definitions in values.h</TITLE>
The following list was extracted from the values.h
#define SPL_CALL_LIGHTNING 12 /* Cell Group */ #define SPL_BLESS 13 /* D I V I N E */ #define SPL_CURSE 14 #define SPL_REMOVE_CURSE 15 #define SPL_CURE_WOUNDS_1 16 #define SPL_CURE_WOUNDS_2 17 #define SPL_CURE_WOUNDS_3 18 #define SPL_CAUSE_WOUNDS_1 19 #define SPL_CAUSE_WOUNDS_2 20 #define SPL_CAUSE_WOUNDS_3 21 #define SPL_DISPEL_EVIL 22 #define SPL_REPEL_UNDEAD_1 23 #define SPL_REPEL_UNDEAD_2 24 #define SPL_BLIND 25 #define SPL_CURE_BLIND 26 #define SPL_LOCATE_OBJECT 27 #define SPL_LOCATE_CHAR 28 #define SPL_RAISE_MAG 29 /* P R O T E C T I O N */ #define SPL_RAISE_DIV 30 #define SPL_RAISE_STR 31 #define SPL_RAISE_DEX 32 #define SPL_RAISE_CON 33 #define SPL_RAISE_CHA 34 #define SPL_RAISE_BRA 35 #define SPL_SUN_RAY 36 #define SPL_DIVINE_RESIST 37 #define SPL_QUICKEN 38 #define SPL_HASTE 39 #define SPL_RAISE_SUMMONING 40 #define SPL_AWAKEN 41 #define SPL_MIND_SHIELD 42 #define SPL_HEAT_RESI 43 #define SPL_COLD_RESI 44 #define SPL_ELECTRICITY_RESI 45 #define SPL_POISON_RESI 46 #define SPL_ACID_RESI 47 #define SPL_PRO_EVIL 48 #define SPL_SANCTUARY 49 #define SPL_DISPEL_MAGIC 50 #define SPL_SUSTAIN 51 #define SPL_LOCK 52 #define SPL_UNLOCK 53 #define SPL_DROWSE 54 #define SPL_SLOW 55 #define SPL_DUST_DEVIL 56 #define SPL_DET_ALIGN 57 /* D E T E C T I O N */ #define SPL_DET_INVISIBLE 58 #define SPL_DET_MAGIC 59 #define SPL_DET_POISON 60 #define SPL_DET_UNDEAD 61 #define SPL_DET_CURSE 62 #define SPL_SENSE_LIFE 63 #define SPL_IDENTIFY_1 64 #define SPL_IDENTIFY_2 65 #define SPL_RANDOM_TELEPORT 66 /* S U M M O N I N G */ #define SPL_CLEAR_SKIES 67 #define SPL_STORM_CALL 68 #define SPL_WORD_OF_RECALL 69 #define SPL_CONTROL_TELEPORT 70 #define SPL_MINOR_GATE 71 #define SPL_GATE 72 #define SPL_CREATE_FOOD 73 /* C R E A T I O N */ #define SPL_CREATE_WATER 74 #define SPL_LIGHT_1 75 #define SPL_LIGHT_2 76 #define SPL_DARKNESS_1 77 #define SPL_DARKNESS_2 78 #define SPL_STUN 79 #define SPL_HOLD 80 #define SPL_ANIMATE_DEAD 81 #define SPL_LEATHER_SKIN 82 #define SPL_BARK_SKIN 83 #define SPL_CONTROL_UNDEAD 84 #define SPL_BONE_SKIN 85 #define SPL_STONE_SKIN 86 #define SPL_AID 87 #define SPL_COLOURSPRAY_1 88 /* M I N D */ #define SPL_COLOURSPRAY_2 89 #define SPL_COLOURSPRAY_3 90 #define SPL_INVISIBILITY 91 #define SPL_WIZARD_EYE 92 #define SPL_FEAR 93 #define SPL_CONFUSION 94 #define SPL_SLEEP 95 #define SPL_XRAY_VISION 96 #define SPL_SUMMER_RAIN 97 #define SPL_COMMAND 98 #define SPL_LEAVING 99 #define SPL_FIREBALL_1 100 /* H E A T */ #define SPL_FIREBALL_2 101 #define SPL_FIREBALL_3 102 #define SPL_FROSTBALL_1 103 /* C O L D */ #define SPL_FROSTBALL_2 104 #define SPL_FROSTBALL_3 105 #define SPL_LIGHTNING_1 106 /* C E L L */ #define SPL_LIGHTNING_2 107 #define SPL_LIGHTNING_3 108 #define SPL_STINKING_CLOUD_1 109 /* I N T E R N A L */ #define SPL_STINKING_CLOUD_2 110 #define SPL_STINKING_CLOUD_3 111 #define SPL_POISON 112 #define SPL_REMOVE_POISON 113 #define SPL_ENERGY_DRAIN 114 #define SPL_DISEASE_1 115 #define SPL_DISEASE_2 116 #define SPL_REM_DISEASE 117 #define SPL_ACIDBALL_1 118 /* E X T E R N A L */ #define SPL_ACIDBALL_2 119 #define SPL_ACIDBALL_3 120 #define SPL_FIND_PATH 121 /* Divine */ #define SPL_DISPEL_GOOD 122 #define SPL_PRO_GOOD 123 #define SPL_TRANSPORT 124 #define SPL_FIRE_BREATH 125 #define SPL_FROST_BREATH 126 #define SPL_LIGHTNING_BREATH 127 #define SPL_ACID_BREATH 128 #define SPL_GAS_BREATH 129 #define SPL_LIGHT_BREATH 130 #define SPL_HOLD_MONSTER 131 #define SPL_HOLD_UNDEAD 132 #define SPL_RAISE_DEAD 133 #define SPL_RESURRECTION 134 #define SPL_UNDEAD_DOOR 135 #define SPL_LIFE_PROTECTION 136 #define SPL_ENERGY_BOLT 137 #define SPL_CLENCHED_FIST 138 #define SPL_METEOR_SHOWER 139 #define SPL_SUN_BEAM 140 #define SPL_SOLAR_FLARE 141 #define SPL_SUMMON_DEVIL 142 #define SPL_SUMMON_DEMON 143 #define SPL_SUMMON_FIRE 144 #define SPL_SUMMON_WATER 145 #define SPL_SUMMON_AIR 146 #define SPL_SUMMON_EARTH 147 #define SPL_CHARGE_WAND 148 #define SPL_CHARGE_STAFF 149 #define SPL_MENDING 150 #define SPL_REPAIR 151 #define SPL_RECONSTRUCT 152 #define SPL_SENDING 153 #define SPL_REFIT 154 #define SPL_FIND_WANTED 155 #define SPL_LOCATE_WANTED 156 #define SPL_SUN_GLOBE 157 #define SPL_MAGIC_CANDLE 158 #define SPL_SONIC_BREATH 159 #define SPL_SHARD_BREATH 160 #define SPL_CONE_SHARD 161 #define SPL_RAISE_HPP 162 #define SPL_MANA_BOOST 163 /* Creation */ #define SPL_TOTAL_RECALL 164 #define LAST_SPELL 165
</appendix> </book>